Table of Contents

Form 10-K

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

(Mark One)

[X]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE

ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002

OR

[ ]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from            to            

Commission file number 1-4482

               ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.               

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)


            New York            

   

       11-1806155        

(State or other jurisdiction of

(I.R.S. Employer

 incorporation or organization)

 Identification Number)

       
       

50 Marcus Drive, Melville, New York

   

          11747          

(Address of principal executive

        (Zip Code)

 offices)

       

Registrant's telephone number, including area code

       631-847-2000      


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Name of Each Exchange on

Title of Each Class

     Which Registered

Common Stock, $1 par value

New York Stock Exchange

Preferred Share Purchase Rights

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

   Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes [X]  No [ ]

   Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]

   Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes [X]  No [ ]

   The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of February 28, 2003 was $1,409,874,920.

   Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

   Common Stock, $1 par value: 100,831,609 shares outstanding at February 28, 2003.

The following documents are incorporated herein by reference:

1. Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 22, 2003 (incorporated in Part III).


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

PART I

   Item 1.    Business
  
Item 2.    Properties
  
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings
  
Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

PART II

   Item 5.    Market Price of the Registrant's Common Equity and
             
Related Stockholders Matters
  
Item 6.    Selected Financial Data
  
Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
             
Results of Operations
  
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk
  
Item 8.    Financial Statements
  
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreement with Accountants on Accounting and
             
Financial Disclosures

PART III

   Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
  
Item 11.   Executive Compensation
  
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
  
Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
  
Item 14.   Controls and Procedures

PART IV

   Item 15.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K

Signatures
Certification of Chief Executive Officer
Certification of Chief Financial Officer


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

   

Page

 

PART I

 
     

Item 1.

Business

3

Item 2.

Properties

7

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

7

Item 4.

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

7

     
 

PART II

 
     

Item 5.

Market Price of the Registrant's Common Equity and

 
 

  Related Stockholder Matters

8

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

9

Item 7.

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial

 
 

  Condition and Results of Operations

10

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

23

Item 8.

Financial Statements

24

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on

 
 

  Accounting and Financial Disclosure

57

     
 

PART III

 
     

Item 10.

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

57

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

57

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and

 
 

  Management

57

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

57

Item 14.

Controls and Procedures

58

     
 

PART IV

 
     

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on

 
 

  Form 8-K

59

     

Signatures

68

Certification of Chief Executive Officer

69

Certification of Chief Financial Officer

70

2


Table of Contents

 

 

PART I

Item 1. Business .

Arrow Electronics, Inc. (the "company"), incorporated in New York in 1946, is one of the world's largest providers of electronic components and computer products to industrial and commercial customers and a leading provider of services, including materials planning, programming and assembly services, inventory management, a comprehensive suite of online supply chain tools, and design services, to the electronics industry. As one of the electronics distribution industry's leaders in operating systems, employee productivity, value-added programs, and total quality assurance, the company is distributor of choice for over 600 suppliers.

The company's global distribution network spans the world's three largest electronics markets - the Americas, Europe, and the Asia/Pacific region. The company serves a diversified base of original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), contract manufacturers (CMs), and commercial customers worldwide. OEMs include manufacturers of computer and office products, industrial equipment (including machine tools, factory automation, and robotic equipment), telecommunications products, aircraft and aerospace equipment, and scientific and medical devices. Commercial customers are mainly value-added resellers (VARs) and OEMs of computer systems. The company maintains over 190 sales facilities and 21 distribution centers in 40 countries and territories. Through this network, the company can offer one of the broadest product offerings in the industry and a wide range of value-added services to help customers reduce their time to market, lower their total cost of ownership, and enhance their overall competitiveness.

The Americas Components group is comprised of operations in North America, South America, and Latin America. The North American group is comprised of targeted sales and marketing groups providing tailored solutions to eight distinct customer segments. Arrow's other operations in the Americas Components group are in Argentina, Brazil, and Mexico.

The North American Computer Products group ("NACP") is a leading distributor of enterprise and embedded computing systems to resellers and OEM customers in North America. NACP is comprised of four divisions that make up Enterprise Computing Solutions, which serves resellers, and Arrow OEM Computer Solutions, which serves industrial OEM customers.

The company is one of the largest Pan-European electronic components distributors. In the Northern European region, the company serves Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Ireland, Norway, Sweden, and the United Kingdom. In the Central European region, the company serves Austria, Belgium, the Czech Republic, Germany, Hungary, the Netherlands, Poland, and Switzerland, and in the Southern European region the company serves France, Greece, Israel, Italy, Portugal, Slovenia, Spain, and Turkey.

The company is one of the leading electronics distributors in the Asia/Pacific region. It has facilities in Australia, Hong Kong, India, Malaysia, New Zealand, the People's Republic of China, the Philippines, Singapore, South Korea, Taiwan, and Thailand.

The company distributes a broad range of electronic components, computer products, and related equipment. About 58 percent of the company's consolidated sales are comprised of semiconductor products. Industrial and commercial computer products, including servers, workstations, storage products, microcomputer boards and systems, design systems, desktop computer systems, software, monitors, printers, flat panel displays, system chassis and enclosures, controllers, and communication control equipment, account for about 25 percent of sales. The remaining sales are comprised of passive, electromechanical, and interconnect products, principally capacitors, resistors, potentiometers, power supplies, relays, switches, and connectors.

The financial information about the company's reportable segments and foreign and domestic operations can be found in Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

3


Table of Contents

Most manufacturers of electronic components and computer products rely on authorized distributors, such as the company, to augment their sales and marketing operations. As a stocking, marketing, and financial intermediary, the distributor relieves manufacturers of a portion of the costs and personnel associated with stocking and selling their products (including otherwise sizable investments in finished goods inventories, accounts receivable systems, and distribution networks), while providing geographically dispersed selling, order processing, and delivery capabilities. At the same time, the distributor offers a broad range of customers the convenience of accessing from a single source multiple products from multiple suppliers and rapid or scheduled deliveries, as well as other value-added services such as kitting and memory programming capabilities. The growth of the electronics distribution industry has been fostered by the many manufacturers who recognize their authorized distributors as essential extensions of their marketing organizations.

The company and its affiliates serve over 150,000 industrial and commercial customers. Industrial customers range from major OEMs and CMs to small engineering firms, while commercial customers include principally VARs and OEMs. No single customer accounted for more than two percent of the company's 2002 sales.

Most of the company's customers require delivery of the products they have ordered on schedules that are generally not available on direct purchases from manufacturers, and frequently their orders are of insufficient size to be placed directly with manufacturers.

The electronic components and other products offered by the company are sold by field sales representatives, who regularly call on customers in assigned market areas, and by telephone from the company's selling locations, by inside sales personnel with access to pricing and stocking data provided by computers which accept and process orders. Each of the company's North American selling locations, warehouses, and primary distribution centers is electronically linked to the company's central computer system, which provides fully integrated, online, real-time data with respect to nationwide inventory levels and facilitates control of purchasing, shipping, and billing. The company's international operations have similar online, real-time computer systems and they can access the company's Worldwide Stock Check System, which provides access to the company's online, real-time inventory system.

There are over 600 manufacturers whose products are sold by the company. The company does not regard any one supplier of products to be essential to its operations and believes that many of the products presently sold by the company are available from other sources at competitive prices. Most of the company's purchases are pursuant to authorized distributor agreements which are typically cancelable by either party at any time or on short notice.

Approximately 67 percent of the company's inventory consists of semiconductors. It is the policy of most manufacturers to protect authorized distributors, such as the company, against the potential write-down of such inventories due to technological change or manufacturers' price reductions. Under the terms of the related distributor agreements, and assuming the distributor complies with certain conditions, such suppliers are required to credit the distributor for inventory losses incurred through reductions in manufacturers' list prices of the items. In addition, under the terms of many such agreements, the distributor has the right to return to the manufacturer for credit a defined portion of those inventory items purchased within a designated period of time.

A manufacturer who elects to terminate a distributor agreement is generally required to purchase from the distributor the total amount of its products carried in inventory. While these industry practices do not wholly protect the company from inventory losses, the company believes that they currently provide substantial protection from such losses.

The company's business is extremely competitive, particularly with respect to prices, franchises, and, in certain instances, product availability. The company competes with several other large multi-national, national, and numerous regional and local distributors. As one of the world's largest

4


Table of Contents

electronics distributors, the company's financial resources and sales are greater than most of its competitors.

The company and its affiliates employ over 11,700 personnel worldwide as of December 31, 2002.

Available Information

The company makes the annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and any current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to any of these reports available through its Internet site ( http://www.arrow.com ) as soon as reasonably practicable after the company files such material with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). The information posted on the company's Internet site is not incorporated into this annual report on Form 10-K. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site ( http://www.sec.gov ) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

5


Table of Contents

Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the names and ages of, and the positions and offices with the company held by, each of the executive officers of the company as of March 27, 2003:

Name

Age

Position or Office Held

Daniel W. Duval

66

Chairman

William E. Mitchell

59

President and Chief Executive Officer

Robert E. Klatell

57

Executive Vice President

Betty Jane Scheihing

54

Senior Vice President

Peter S. Brown

52

Senior Vice President and General Counsel

Michael J. Long

44

Vice President and President of North

  American Computer Products

Jan M. Salsgiver

46

Vice President and President of the Americas

  Components

Paul J. Reilly

46

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Mark F. Settle

52

Vice President and Chief Information Officer

Set forth below is a brief account of the business experience during the past five years of each executive officer of the company.

Daniel W. Duval was appointed Chairman in June 2002. He served as interim Chief Executive Officer from September 2002 to February 2003. Prior thereto, he served as a Director since 1987. In addition to the company, he also serves as Director of The Manitowoc Company, Inc., Miller-Valentine Group, and Gosiger, Inc. He also served as Vice Chairman of Robbins & Myers, Inc. from January 1999 to December 1999 and President and Chief Executive Officer and Director for more than five years prior thereto.

William E. Mitchell was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer of the company in February 2003. Prior thereto, he served as Executive Vice President of Solectron Coroporation and President of Solectron Global Services, Inc. since March 1999 and previously served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Sequel, Inc. since 1995.

Robert E. Klatell has been Executive Vice President of the company since July 1995.

Betty Jane Scheihing has been a Senior Vice President of the company since May 1996.

Peter S. Brown has been a Senior Vice President of the company and General Counsel since September 2001. Prior to joining the company, he served as the managing partner of the London office of the law firm of Pillsbury Winthrop LLP (formerly, Winthrop, Stimson, Putnam, & Roberts) for more than five years.

Michael J. Long has been President and Chief Operating Officer of NACP since July 1999. In addition, he has been a Vice President of the company for more than five years.

Jan M. Salsgiver has been President of the Americas Components group since July 1999. Prior thereto, she served as President of the Arrow Supplier Services Group since its inception in January 1998. In addition, she has been a Vice President of the company for more than five years.

Paul J. Reilly has been Chief Financial Officer since October 2001 and has served as a Vice President of the company more than five years.

Mark F. Settle has been a Vice President of the company and Chief Information Officer since November 2001. Prior to joining the company, he served as Executive Vice President, Systems and Processing at Visa International since April 1999 and previously served as Chief Information Officer at Occidental Petroleum Corporation since February 1997.

6


Table of Contents

Item 2.   Properties .

The company owns and leases sales offices, distribution centers, and administrative facilities worldwide. The company's executive office is located in Melville, New York and occupies a 163,000 square foot facility under a long-term lease. The company owns 20 locations throughout the Americas, Europe, and the Asia/Pacific region. The company occupies over 260 additional locations under leases due to expire on various dates through 2053. The company believes its facilities are well maintained and suitable for company operations.


Item 3.   Legal Proceedings .

The company and/or its subsidiaries are parties to various legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business. It is not anticipated that any such matters will have a material adverse impact, individually and in the aggregate, on the company's financial position, liquidity, or results of operation.


Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders .

None.

7


Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5.   Market Price of the Registrant's Common Equity and Related
          Stockholder Matters .

Market Information

The company's common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (trading symbol: "ARW"). The high and low sales prices during each quarter of 2002 and 2001 were as follows:

Year

 

High  

   

Low  

           

2002:

         

  Fourth Quarter

$

16.78

 

$

8.60

  Third Quarter

 

20.85

   

12.30

  Second Quarter

 

28.56

   

18.61

  First Quarter

 

32.97

   

26.08

           

2001:

         

  Fourth Quarter

$

30.71

 

$

19.84

  Third Quarter

 

29.50

   

18.00

  Second Quarter

 

29.07

   

20.65

  First Quarter

 

33.44

   

21.85

Holders

On February 28, 2003, there were approximately 3,000 shareholders of record of the company's common stock.

Dividend History

The company did not pay cash dividends on its common stock during 2002 or 2001. While the board of directors considers the payment of dividends on the common stock from time to time, the declaration of future dividends will be dependent upon the company's earnings, financial condition, and other relevant factors, including debt covenants.

8


Table of Contents

Item 6.   Selected Financial Data.

The following table sets forth certain selected consolidated financial data and should be read in conjunction with the company's consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this annual report:

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA (a)

(In thousands except per share data)

For the year ended:

2002(b)(c)

     

2001(d)

     

2000

     

1999(e)

     

1998

Sales

$

7,390,154

$

9,487,292

$

12,065,283

$

8,325,401

$

7,235,556

Operating income

$

167,530

$

152,670

$

773,193

$

326,169

$

328,156

Income (loss) from

  continuing operations

$

12,087

$

(75,587

)

$

351,934

$

115,379

$

135,024

Income (loss) per share

  from continuing

  operations:

    Basic

$

.12

$

(.77

)

$

3.64

$

1.21

$

1.42

    Diluted

$

.12

$

(.77

)

$

3.56

$

1.20

$

1.39

At year-end:

                                     

Accounts receivable

                                     

  and inventories

 

$

2,579,833

   

$

2,762,679

   

$

5,419,476

   

$

2,890,365

   

$

2,431,774

Total assets

   

4,667,605

     

5,358,984

     

7,604,541

     

4,483,255

     

3,839,871

Long-term debt

   

1,807,113

     

2,441,983

     

3,027,671

     

1,553,421

     

1,047,041

Shareholders' equity

   

1,235,249

     

1,766,461

     

1,913,748

     

1,550,529

     

1,487,319

(a)

The disposition of the Gates/Arrow operations in May 2002 represents a disposal of a "component of an entity" as defined in Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Statement No. 144. Accordingly, 1998 through 2001 have been restated to exclude Gates/Arrow.

(b)

Income from continuing operations and income per share from continuing operations exclude the impact of the company's adoption of FASB Statement No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," on January 1, 2002. Statement No. 142, which requires that ratable amortization of goodwill be replaced with periodic tests for goodwill impairment, resulted in an impairment charge of $603.7 million or $6.05 and $5.97 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively.

(c)

Operating income and income from continuing operations include a severance charge of $5.4 million or $3.2 million net of related taxes. Excluding this charge, operating income, income from continuing operations, and income per share from continuing operations on a basic and diluted basis would have been $172.9 million, $15.3 million, and $.15, respectively.

(d)

Operating income and loss from continuing operations include restructuring costs and other special charges of $227.6 million (of which $174.6 million is in operating income) or $145.1 million net of related taxes, and an integration charge associated with the acquisition of Wyle Electronics and Wyle Systems of $9.4 million or $5.7 million net of related taxes. Excluding these charges, operating income, income from continuing operations, and income per share from continuing operations on a basic and diluted basis would have been $336.7 million, $75.2 million, $.76, and $.75, respectively.

 

(e)

Operating income and income from continuing operations include a special charge of $24.6 million or $16.5 million net of related taxes, associated with the acquisition and integration of Richey Electronics, Inc. and the electronics distribution group of Bell Industries, Inc. Excluding this charge, operating income, income from continuing operations, and income per share from continuing operations on a basic and diluted basis would have been $350.7 million, $131.9 million, $1.39, and $1.37, respectively.

9


Table of Contents

Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
          Results of Operations .

For an understanding of the significant factors that influenced the company's performance during the past three years, the following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and other information appearing elsewhere in this annual report. In May 2002, the company sold substantially all of the assets of Gates/Arrow, a business unit within the company's North American Computer Products group ("NACP") that sold commodity computer products such as printers, monitors, other peripherals, and software in North America. The disposition of the Gates/Arrow operations represents a disposal of a "component of an entity" as defined in Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Statement No. 144. Accordingly, the company's consolidated financial statements and related notes have been presented to reflect Gates/Arrow as a discontinued operation for all periods.

Sales

Consolidated sales for 2002 decreased 22.1 percent from $9.5 billion in 2001 to $7.4 billion. Sales of electronic components declined 25.6 percent, principally as a result of significantly lower demand from telecommunications and networking customers and the large contract manufacturers that serve them reflecting continued low levels of business activity in those industries. Since the beginning of the economic downturn in the industry early in 2001, the company's operating groups that service these customers have experienced the greatest absolute decline in sales levels. Sales declined by 54.1 percent to such customers in 2002, compared with the year-earlier period. In addition, contributing to the decline is lower demand in the company's core OEM businesses due to the weakened general economic conditions worldwide. Historically, in the electronics distribution industry, Europe has trailed the business cycles experienced in North America by six to nine months; however, the decline in activity levels in Europe are less than in North America due to the fact that in Europe sales to telecommunication and networking customers, and the contract manufacturers that serve them, is a lower percentage of total business activity than it is in North America. Sales declined in Asia/Pacific principally due to the termination of a single large customer engagement during the middle of 2001, and a 60 percent decrease in the sales of microprocessors (a product segment not considered a part of the company's core business).

Computer products sales declined 11.4 percent for 2002, compared with the year-earlier period. Beginning in mid-2001, the company's computer products businesses implemented a new strategy which focused less on sales volume and placed more emphasis on profitability. While sales of computer products declined compared with 2001, operating income increased by 33.2 percent, excluding goodwill amortization. Sales of North American mid-range computer products were relatively flat compared with 2001, while operating income increased by 38 percent, excluding goodwill amortization in 2001. Sales of low margin microprocessors in 2002 decreased by 27.9 percent compared with the year-earlier period. The OEM market continues to be impacted by reduced activity levels at large complex telecommunications and networking companies. As a result, OEM sales were down 23 percent compared with the year-earlier period. Lastly, translation of the financial statements of the company's international operations into U.S. dollars resulted in increased revenues of $118 million because of a weakening U.S. dollar in 2002 when compared with 2001.

In 2001, consolidated sales decreased by 21.4 percent from $12.1 billion in 2000 to $9.5 billion. This decline was principally due to a 27.1 percent decrease in sales of electronic components as a result of severely depressed demand at telecommunications and networking customers and the contract manufacturers that serve them, and lower demand in the company's core OEM business due to weakened general economic conditions. In addition, the company terminated a single customer engagement in the Asia/Pacific region during 2001 which resulted in a sales decline of approximately $193 million versus 2000. Sales of computer products increased by 3.5 percent in 2001 when compared with 2000. In the fourth quarter of 2000, Hewlett Packard modified its agreements with its distributors transforming the previously existing relationship from

10


Table of Contents

that of a distributor to that of an agent. Thus, the company modified its method of recognizing revenue to include only the payment from Hewlett Packard for the company's sales and marketing efforts. The modification resulted in a reduction of more than $300 million in revenue in 2001 compared with 2000. In 2001, sales of low margin microprocessors (a product segment not considered a part of the company's core business) decreased by nearly $207 million. Lastly, translation of the financial statements of the company's international operations into U.S. dollars resulted in reduced revenues of $118 million because of a strengthened U.S. dollar in 2001 when compared with 2000. Each of these factors was offset, in part, by the acquisitions that occurred in 2000.

Consolidated sales of $12.1 billion in 2000 were 44.9 percent higher than 1999 sales of $8.3 billion. This sales increase was driven by a 60.5 percent growth in the sales of electronic components and more than $850 million of sales from acquired companies and positive market conditions for computer products offset, in part, by foreign exchange rate differences and fewer sales of low margin microprocessors. Sales of computer products were flat in 2000 when compared with 1999. Translation of the financial statements of the company's international operations into U.S. dollars resulted in reduced revenues of $466 million when compared with 1999. Excluding the impact of acquisitions and foreign exchange rate differences, sales increased by 40.2 percent over the prior year.

Special Charges

Discontinued Operations

In May 2002, the company sold substantially all of the assets of Gates/Arrow. Total cash proceeds are estimated to be $44.7 million, subject to price adjustments, of which $41.1 million has been collected as of December 31, 2002. The assets sold consisted primarily of accounts receivable, inventories, and property and equipment. The buyer also assumed certain liabilities.

The company recorded a net loss of $6.1 million (net of related taxes of $4.1 million) on the disposal of Gates/Arrow. The loss consists of the following (in millions):

Personnel costs

$

1.3

Facilities

3.1

Professional fees

.6

Asset write-down

3.0

Other

2.2

$

10.2

Personnel costs relate to the termination of 88 individuals employed by the Gates/Arrow business and 57 NACP warehouse personnel due to reduced activity levels as a result of the sale. Facilities costs are principally related to vacated warehouse space no longer required as a result of the sale. The write-down of assets adjusted the carrying value of the assets sold to the value agreed upon under the terms of the contract of sale.

Extraordinary Item

During 2002, the company repurchased senior notes due in the fourth quarter of 2003 with a principal amount of $398.2 million. The premium paid and the related deferred financing costs written-off upon the repurchase of this debt, aggregating $12.9 million, net of related taxes, is recognized as an extraordinary loss in the company's consolidated statement of operations. As a result of this transaction, net interest expense will be reduced by approximately $31.1 million from the date of the repurchase through the 2003 maturity dates should interest rates remain the same.

Change in Accounting Principle

In June 2001, the FASB issued Statement No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." This Statement, among other things, eliminates the amortization of goodwill and requires annual tests for determining impairment of goodwill. On January 1, 2002, the company adopted Statement No. 142, and accordingly, discontinued the amortization of goodwill. If 2001 were restated

11


Table of Contents

to reflect the elimination of goodwill amortization, earnings would have increased by approximately $41.6 million and $.42 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively.

As required under the accounting provisions of Statement No. 142, the company completed the two steps required to identify and measure goodwill impairment for each reporting unit as of January 1, 2002. The first step involved identifying all reporting units with carrying values (including goodwill) in excess of fair value determined by reference to comparable businesses using a weighted average EBIT multiple. The reporting units identified from the first step were then measured for impairment by comparing the units' fair value to their carrying value. Those reporting units having a carrying value substantially exceeding their fair value were identified as being fully impaired, and the company fully wrote down the related goodwill. For reporting units with potential impairment, the company determined the fair value of the assets and liabilities of the unit and wrote down the goodwill to its implied fair value accordingly. The majority of the reporting units' assets and liabilities were inventory, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, which are carried at fair value. No other impairment indicators have arisen since January 1, 2002.

In determining a reporting unit, the company looked to its current reporting structure at the date of adoption and allocated goodwill to the reporting units. In most cases, the goodwill was identifiable to specific acquisitions, so the allocation was direct. The following were determined to be the reporting units of the company: (i) North American Components, (ii) North American Computer Products, (iii) individual countries for Europe Components, (iv) Europe Computer Products, (v) South America, and (vi) individual countries for Asia.

As a result of the evaluation process discussed above, the company recorded an impairment charge of $603.7 million, which was recorded as a cumulative effect of change in accounting principle at January 1, 2002. The company does not have any other intangible assets subject to valuation under Statement No. 142.

Severance Charge

During 2002, the company's chief executive officer resigned. As a result, the company recorded a severance charge totaling $5.4 million ($3.2 million net of related taxes) principally based on the terms of his employment agreement. Included therein are provisions principally related to salary continuation, retirement benefits, and the vesting of restricted stock and options.

Restructuring Costs and Other Special Charges

In mid-2001, the company took a number of significant steps, including a reduction in its worldwide workforce, salary freezes and furloughs, cutbacks in discretionary spending, deferral of non-strategic projects, consolidation of facilities, and other major cost containment and cost reduction actions, to mitigate, in part, the impact of significantly reduced revenues. As a result of these actions, the company recorded restructuring costs and other special charges of $227.6 million or $145.1 million net of related taxes. The special charges include costs associated with headcount reductions, the consolidation or closing of facilities, valuation adjustments to inventory and Internet investments, the termination of certain customer engagements, and various other miscellaneous items. Of the total charge of $227.6 million, $174.6 million reduced operating income (including $97.5 million in cost of products sold) and $53 million was recorded as a loss on investments. There were no material revisions to these actions and their related costs. A summary of the special charges included in operating income is as follows (in millions):

Personnel

$

15.2

Facilities

10.0

Customer terminations

38.8

Inventory

97.5

IT systems and other

13.1

$

174.6

12


Table of Contents

The company recorded a charge of $15.2 million related to personnel costs. The total number of positions eliminated was nearly 1,200, out of the then existing worldwide total of 14,150, or approximately 9 percent. The actual number of employees terminated approximated original estimates. The reduction in headcount was principally due to reduced activity levels across all functions throughout the company. There was no single group of employees or business segment that was impacted by this restructuring. Instead, it impacted both exempt and non-exempt employees across a broad range of functions including sales and marketing, warehouse employees, employees working in value-added centers, finance personnel in credit/collections and accounts payable, human resources and IT. The company's approach was to reduce its headcount in the areas with reduced activities. Of the total positions eliminated, approximately 1,000 were completed by December 31, 2001 and the remaining positions were eliminated by March 31, 2002. The company also consolidated or closed 15 facilities and accordingly recorded a charge of $10 million related to vacated leases, including write-offs of related leasehold improvements.

The company also terminated certain customer programs principally related to services not traditionally provided by the company because they were not profitable. The $38.8 million provision included charges for inventory these customers no longer required, pricing disputes, and non-cancelable purchase commitments.

The company recorded an inventory provision of $97.5 million which was included in cost of products sold. The provision related to a substantial number of parts. In addition to North America, provisions were recorded in Europe and the Asia/Pacific region. The inventory charge was principally related to product purchased for single or limited customer engagements and in certain instances from non-traditional, non-franchised sources for which no contractual protections such as return rights, scrap allowance, or price protection exist. The inventory provision was principally for electronic components. The parts were written down to estimated realizable value; in many cases to estimated scrap value or zero. At December 31, 2002, approximately 60 percent of the inventory for which a provision was made had been scrapped and approximately 30 percent of this inventory was sold at its reduced carrying value with minimal impact on gross margins. The remaining inventory provision of approximately $7 million at December 31, 2002 relates to inventory which will primarily be disposed of or scrapped by the end of 2003.

Also included in the charge was $13.1 million for IT systems and other miscellaneous items related to logistics support and service commitments no longer being used, hardware and software not utilized by the company, professional fees related to contractual obligations of certain customer terminations, and the write-off of an investment in an IT-related service provider.

Internet Investments Write-Down

As a result of the significant decline in the Internet sector during 2001, the company assessed the value of its investments early in the third quarter of 2001. In order to assess the value of its investments, the company selected a pool of comparable publicly traded companies and obtained the stock price of each company at the date of the company's original investment and in the third quarter of 2001. The percentage change in the average stock price was applied to the related investment to determine the change in the value of the investment, modified to the extent that the entity had cash to repay the investors. The company determined that certain of these investments had experienced an other than temporary decline in their realizable values. Accordingly, in the third quarter of 2001, the company recorded a charge of $53 million to write various Internet investments down to their realizable values. At December 31, 2002, the remaining book value of these investments was $2.3 million.

In connection with the restructuring costs and other special charges discussed above, operating expenses declined, in part, as a result of the reduction in workforce, cutbacks in discretionary spending, deferral of non-strategic projects, and consolidation of facilities initiated in mid-2001 as a result of the significant reduction in sales and related activities. The full financial

13


Table of Contents

impact of these actions, commencing in the second quarter of 2002, is reflected as a reduction in selling, general and administrative expenses. Such cost savings are approximately $70 million for 2002. These cost savings may not be permanent as increased activity levels resulting from, among other factors, increased revenues may require an increase in headcount and other increased spending. There have been no significant changes made to this charge and the actual cost savings achieved were not materially different than those expected. Approximately $30 million of the charge was expected to be spent in cash. Of this amount, approximately $23.5 million was spent as of December 31, 2002. Non-cash usage amounted to $129.2 million to date.

Integration charge

In 2001, the company recorded an integration charge of $9.4 million ($5.7 million net of related taxes) related to the acquisition of Wyle Electronics and Wyle Systems (collectively, "Wyle"). In connection with the integration of Wyle, approximately 240 positions, largely performing duplicate functions, were eliminated. A summary of the integration charge is as follows (in millions):

Personnel

$

4.1

Facilities

1.4

Leasehold improvements

1.2

IT and other

2.7

$

9.4

Of the expected $8.2 million to be spent in cash, approximately $7.2 million was spent as of December 31, 2002. The remaining amount to be spent in cash will be paid from the company's cash flow from operations. Non-cash usage amounted to $1.2 million.

At December 31, 2002, the remaining restructuring costs and other special charges and various integration charges recorded in connection with the acquisition of Wyle, as well as previous acquisitions, totaling $50.7 million, of which $35.8 million is expected to be spent in cash, will be utilized as follows:

-

Personnel accruals of $3 million will be principally utilized to cover the extended costs associated with the termination of international personnel and are expected to be utilized over the next 18 months.

-

Facilities accruals totaling $23.7 million relate to terminated leases with expiration dates through 2010. Approximately $6.7 million will be paid in 2003. The minimum lease payments for these leases are approximately, $5.8 million in 2004, $4.2 million in 2005, $3.9 million in 2006, $1 million in 2007, and $2.1 million thereafter.

-

Customer terminations accruals of $5.4 million will be utilized before the end of 2003.

-

Asset and inventory write-downs of $7.4 million relate primarily to inventory write-downs, the majority of which will be disposed of or scrapped before the end of 2003.

-

IT and Other of $11.2 million relate to leases for hardware and software, consulting contracts for logistics services, and professional fees related to contractual obligations for certain customer terminations with expected utilization dates through 2005. Approximately $6.9 million will be utilized in 2003, $2.7 million in 2004, and $1.6 million in 2005.

Operating Income

The company recorded gross profit of $1.3 billion for 2002, compared with gross profit of $1.5 billion in the year-earlier period. Included in gross profit for 2001 are restructuring costs and other special charges of $97.5 million; excluding these charges gross profit would have been $1.6 billion. The decline in gross profit, exclusive of the aforementioned restructuring costs and other special charges, is principally due to the 22.1 percent decline in sales in 2002. The gross profit margins for 2002 improved by approximately 40 basis points when compared with the year-earlier period, excluding restructuring costs and other special charges. The increase in gross profit percentage is principally due to a change in the mix of sales, which in

14


Table of Contents

2002 is more heavily concentrated on the businesses serving core OEM customers that typically have higher margins, and a corresponding smaller proportion of sales to large accounts that typically have a lower gross profit percentage. It also reflects the computer products businesses' increasing focus on higher margin business.

The company recorded operating income of $167.5 million in 2002 as compared with $152.7 million in 2001. Included in operating income for 2002 is the severance charge of $5.4 million associated with the resignation of the company's chief executive officer. Excluding this charge, operating income for 2002 would have been $172.9 million. Included in operating income for 2001 are $174.6 million of restructuring costs and other special charges described above, the integration charge of $9.4 million associated with the acquisition of Wyle, and goodwill amortization of $48 million. Excluding these charges and goodwill amortization, operating income for 2001 would have been $384.6 million. The decrease in operating income of $211.7 million for 2002 compared with the year-earlier period, exclusive of the aforementioned special charges and goodwill amortization, is principally a result of the 22.1 percent decline in sales offset, in part, by a 9.1 percent reduction in expenses.

The company recorded gross profit of $1.5 billion for 2001, compared with gross profit of $2 billion in the year-earlier period. Included in gross profit for 2001 are the aforementioned restructuring costs and other special charges of $97.5 million; excluding these charges gross profit would have been $1.6 billion. The decline in gross profit, exclusive of the aforementioned restructuring costs and other special charges, is principally due to the decline in sales of 21.4 percent in 2001. Exclusive of the aforementioned special charges, gross profit margins for 2001 improved by approximately 20 basis points when compared with the year-earlier period. The increase in gross profit percentage is principally due to a change in the mix of sales, which is more heavily concentrated on the businesses serving core OEM customers that typically have higher margins, and fewer sales to large accounts that typically have a lower gross profit percentage. It also reflects the computer products businesses' increasing focus on higher margin business.

The company's operating income decreased to $152.7 million in 2001 compared with $773.2 million in 2000. Excluding the aforementioned special charges, operating income for 2001 would have been $336.7 million. The decrease in operating income was due to the sudden and dramatic reduction in sales that began in the latter part of the first quarter of 2001, and accelerated thereafter.

The company recorded gross profit of $2 billion for 2000, compared with gross profit of $1.2 billion in the year-earlier period. The increase in gross profit is principally due to the increase in sales of 44.9 percent in 2000. The gross profit margins for 2000 improved by approximately 150 basis points when compared with the year-earlier period. The increase in gross profit percentage is driven by margin improvements in core component businesses in North America and Europe.

Operating income increased to $773.2 million in 2000 compared with $326.2 million in 1999. Included in 1999 is an integration charge of $24.6 million associated with the acquisition and integration of Richey Electronics, Inc. ("Richey") and the electronics distribution group of Bell Industries, Inc. ("EDG"). Excluding this charge, operating income for 1999 would have been $350.7 million. The increase in operating income, exclusive of the integration charge, was a result of increased sales in the electronic components businesses around the world and increased gross profit margins, as well as the full year impact of cost savings resulting from the integration of Richey and EDG offset, in part, by lower sales of computer products and increased spending in the company's Internet business. The increase in operating income was offset, in part, by an increase in operating expenses, excluding the integration charge discussed above, of 36.3 percent in 2000, compared with the year-earlier period due to the increase in sales. Despite this increase, operating expenses as a percentage of sales were 9.2 percent, the lowest in the company's history.

15


Table of Contents

Interest Expense

Interest expense of $152.6 million in 2002 decreased from $210.6 million in the year-earlier period as a result of significantly lower debt balances. During the past twelve months, free cash flow, defined as cash flow from operations less capital expenditures, has totaled $616.1 million, thereby permitting the company to reduce debt by $385.8 million and increase cash by $137.2 million. The positive free cash flow reflects the decline in sales coupled with improved working capital utilization.

In 2001, interest expense increased to $210.6 million compared with $169.9 million in 2000. The increase in interest expense was the result of the full year impact of interest on $1.2 billion of additional borrowings incurred in 2000 to fund acquisitions offset, in part, by the generation of $1.7 billion in cash flow from operations in 2001. The increase in cash flow from operations is due to the company's decreased working capital and capital expenditure requirements. The cash generated from operations in 2001 was utilized to reduce debt by $1.1 billion and to increase cash on hand by $501.3 million.

Interest expense of $169.9 million in 2000 increased by $63 million from 1999 as a result of increases in borrowings to fund the company's acquisitions, working capital requirements, capital expenditures, and investments in Internet joint ventures.

Income Taxes

The company recorded an income tax provision from continuing operations at an effective tax rate of 35.1 percent in 2002, compared with a benefit for taxes at an effective tax rate of 31.4 percent in the year-earlier period. Excluding the impact of the aforementioned charges and goodwill amortization, the effective tax rate for 2002 and 2001 would have been 36.3 percent and 33.2 percent, respectively. The company's effective tax rate is principally impacted by, among other factors, the statutory tax rates in the countries in which it operates and the related level of income generated by these operations.

In 2001, the company recorded an income tax benefit at an effective tax rate of 31.4 percent, compared with a provision for taxes at an effective tax rate of 40.7 percent in 2000. Excluding the impact of the aforementioned special charges, the effective tax rate would have been 40.8 percent for 2001.

The company recorded a provision for taxes at an effective tax rate of 40.7 percent in 2000 compared with 44.8 percent in the year-earlier period. Excluding the integration charge, the effective tax rate would have been 43.6 percent in 1999. The lower rate for 2000 was due to the company's significantly increased operating income, which lowered the negative effect of non-deductible goodwill amortization on the company's effective tax rate.

Net Income (Loss)

The company recorded a net loss of $610.5 million for 2002, compared with $73.8 million in the year-earlier period. Included in the results for 2002 are the net loss associated with discontinued operations, an extraordinary charge associated with the prepayment of debt, a cumulative effect of change in accounting principle as mandated by FASB Statement No. 142, and the severance charge mentioned above. The net loss associated with the discontinued operations, the extraordinary charge, and the change in accounting principle are discussed in greater detail above. Included in the results for 2001 are restructuring costs and other special charges and an integration charge, also previously discussed.

The company recorded income from continuing operations of $12.1 million ($.12 per share on a basic and diluted basis) in 2002, compared with losses from continuing operations of $75.6 million in the year-earlier period. Excluding the aforementioned severance charge, income from continuing operations would have been $15.3 million ($.15 per share on a basic and diluted basis) in 2002. Included in net loss from continuing operations for 2001 are restructuring costs and other special charges of $227.6 million ($145.1 million net of

16


Table of Contents

related taxes), integration charge of $9.4 million ($5.7 million net of related taxes) and goodwill amortization of $48 million ($41.6 million net of related taxes). Excluding these expenses, net income from continuing operations for 2001 would have been $116.8 million ($1.19 and $1.13 per share on a basic and diluted basis). The decrease in income from continuing operations for 2002 compared with the year-earlier period exclusive of the severance charge, restructuring and other special charges, integration charges and goodwill amortization, is due to the significant reduction in sales offset, in part, by an increase in gross profit margins, and a decrease in operating expenses and interest expense.

The company recorded a net loss of $73.8 million in 2001 compared with net income of $357.9 million in 2000. Excluding the aforementioned special charges, and income from discontinued operations, net income from continuing operations for 2001 and 2000 would have been $75.2 million and $351.9, respectively. The decrease in net income from continuing operations, excluding special charges, was due to lower gross profit, as a result of lower sales, and higher levels of interest expense.

Net income in 2000 was $357.9 million, an increase from $124.2 million in 1999. Included in the results for 1999 was an integration charge of $24.6 million associated with the acquisition and integration of Richey and EDG. Excluding this charge, net income from continuing operations for 2000 and 1999 would have been $351.9 million and $131.9 million, respectively. The increase in net income excluding the integration charge, was a result of increased sales, improved gross profit margins, and continued expense control offset, in part, by higher levels of interest expense.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The company maintains a significant investment in accounts receivable and inventories. As a percentage of total assets, accounts receivable and inventories were approximately 55.3 percent and 51.6 percent in 2002 and 2001, respectively. At December 31, 2002, cash and short-term investments increased to $694.1 million from $556.9 million at December 31, 2001 and total debt decreased to $2.1 billion at December 31, 2002 from $2.5 billion compared with the year-earlier period.

One of the characteristics of the company's business is that in periods of revenue growth, investments in accounts receivable and inventories grow, and the company's need for financing may increase. In the periods in which revenue declines, investments in accounts receivable and inventories generally also decrease, and cash is generated. At December 31, 2002, working capital, defined as accounts receivable and inventories net of payables, decreased by $458.7 million, or 21.6 percent, compared with December 31, 2001, due to decreased sales and improved asset utilization.

The net amount of cash provided by operating activities in 2002 was $667.9 million, principally reflecting lower working capital requirements. This generation of cash resulted in a reduction in net debt (defined as total debt less cash) from $1.9 billion to $1.4 billion. The net amount of cash used for investing activities was $79.8 million, including $111.9 million for consideration paid for acquired businesses and $51.7 million for various capital expenditures offset, in part, by the cash proceeds of $41.1 million from the sale of Gates/Arrow and the partial repayment of a note receivable of $41.7 million resulting from a previous transaction. The net amount of cash used for financing activities was $484.3 million, primarily reflecting the early retirement of bonds due in the fourth quarter of 2003 and the repayment of short-term and long-term debt.

During 2002, the company repurchased senior notes with a principal amount of $398.2 million, due in the fourth quarter of 2003. The premium paid and the related deferred financing costs written-off upon the repurchase of this debt, aggregated $12.9 million, net of related taxes, and is recognized as an extraordinary loss in the company's consolidated statement of operations. As a result of this transaction, net interest expense will be reduced by approximately $31.1 million from the date of the repurchase through the 2003 maturity date should interest rates remain the same.

17


Table of Contents

In August 2002, the company entered into a series of interest rate swaps (the "swaps") with third parties with an aggregate notional amount of $250 million in order to hedge the change in fair value of the company's 8.7% senior notes, due in 2005, as a result of fluctuations in interest rates. These contracts are classified as fair value hedges and mature in October 2005. The swaps modify the company's interest rate exposure by effectively converting the fixed 8.7% senior notes to a floating rate based on the six-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a spread (effective rate of 6.76% at December 31, 2002) through their maturities. The company accounts for these fair value hedges in accordance with FASB Statement No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." The hedges were assessed as effective as the market value adjustments for the hedged notes and the swaps directly offset each other. The fair value of the swaps at December 31, 2002 was $9.5 million and is included in "Other assets" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. In addition, the fair value adjustment of $9.5 million is included in "Long-term debt."

A summary of contractual obligations as of December 31, 2002 is as follows (in thousands):

Within

1-3

4-5

After

1 Year

Years

Years

5 Years

Total

Long-term debt

$

286,348

$

260,661

$

200,238

$

1,346,214

(a)

$

2,093,461

Operating leases

54,937

72,235

39,079

63,703

229,954

Surplus properties

7,222

9,728

4,469

6,375

27,794

$

348,507

$

342,624

$

243,786

$

1,416,292

$

2,351,209

(a)

Includes zero coupon convertible debentures which may be put to the company in 2006.

Under the terms of various joint venture agreements, the company would be required to pay its pro-rata share, based upon its ownership interests, of the debt of the joint ventures in the event that the joint ventures were unable to meet their obligations. The joint ventures had no debt outstanding at December 31, 2002.

In connection with certain acquisitions, the company may be required to make future payments. During 2002, the company made such payments aggregating $108.5 million in connection with three acquisitions, of which $95.7 million has been capitalized as cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired, and $12.8 million has been recorded as a reduction in capital in excess of par value.

In a limited number of instances the company is contractually required to purchase the shareholder interest held by others in its majority (but less than 100 percent), owned subsidiaries. Such payments, which are dependent upon the occurrence of certain events and the passage of time, are to be based upon a multiple of earnings (as defined in the relevant agreements) over a contractually determined period and, in certain instances, capital structure. In most instances the amount to be paid will not be less than the book value of the shares. Based upon the performance of these businesses through December 31, 2002, such payments would be approximately $13 million ($116 million at December 31, 2001), which would principally be capitalized as cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired offset by the carrying value of the related minority interest. These amounts will change as the performance of these subsidiaries change.

In February 2003, the company purchased substantially all of the assets of the Industrial Electronics Division ("IED") of Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc. for approximately $235 million, subject to adjustment based upon an audit of the assets and liabilities being acquired. IED will be integrated with the North American Components group. Through the combined businesses, the company expects cost savings and additional revenue that is estimated to improve earnings by $.20 per share annually after the first full year following completion of the integration.

During the first quarter of 2003, the company took steps to more effectively organize its North American structure, systems, and processes. The net result of these steps will be to reduce the company's cost structure by at least $40

18


Table of Contents

million annually. The programs and positions to be affected have been identified and the vast majority of personnel have been notified. The majority of the impact of these initiatives will be seen beginning in the second quarter of 2003. The company will record a special restructuring charge ranging from $12 million to $15 million in the first quarter of 2003.

During the first quarter of 2003, the company repurchased an additional $69.3 million of its 8.2% senior notes, due in October 2003. The premium paid and the deferred financing costs written-off upon the repurchase of this debt, aggregated approximately $2.5 million and will be expensed in the consolidated statement of operations in the first quarter of 2003. As a result of this transaction net interest expense will be reduced by approximately $2.8 million from the date of the repurchase through the original maturity date, if interest rates remain the same.

In February 2003, the company amended its three-year revolving credit facility to make certain changes to the terms of the facility, including amendments to covenants and a reduction in the size of the facility from $650 million to $450 million of available credit. The three-year revolving credit facility, as amended, bears interest at the applicable eurocurrency rate plus a margin which is based on facility utilization and other factors. The company pays the banks a facility fee of .20% per annum. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the company had no outstanding borrowings under this facility.

In February 2003, the company renewed its asset securitization program (the "program") and made certain changes to the terms of the program, including amendments to covenants, elimination of a rating trigger that could have made the program unavailable for additional borrowings in the event that the company's senior unsecured credit rating fell below investment grade, and reduction in the size of the program from $750 million to $550 million. Under the program, the company can sell, on a revolving basis, an individual interest in a pool of certain North American trade accounts receivable and retains a subordinated interest and servicing rights to those receivables. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively, there were no receivables sold to and held by third parties under the program, and, as such, the company had no obligations outstanding under this program. The company has not utilized this facility since June 2001.

During the first quarter of 2001, the company completed the sale of $1.5 billion principal amount at maturity of zero coupon convertible senior debentures (the "convertible debentures") due February 21, 2021. The convertible debentures were priced with a yield to maturity, including the accretion of discount, of 4% per annum and may be converted into the company's common stock at a conversion ratio of 11.972 common shares per $1,000 of principal amount at maturity. The company, at its option, may redeem all or part of the convertible debentures (at the issue price plus accrued original issue discount through the date of redemption) any time on or after February 21, 2006. Holders of the convertible debentures may require the company to repurchase the convertible debentures (at the issue price plus accrued original issue discount through the date of repurchase) on February 21, 2006, 2011, or 2016. The net proceeds resulting from this transaction of $671.8 million were used to repay a $400 million short-term credit facility with the remaining amount principally utilized to repay amounts outstanding under the company's then existing global multi-currency credit facility.

At December 31, 2001, working capital decreased by $1.8 billion, or 45.6 percent, compared with December 31, 2000, due to decreased sales and improved asset utilization.

The net amount of cash provided by operating activities in 2001 was $1.7 billion, principally reflecting lower working capital requirements. The net amount of cash used for investing activities was $107.1 million, including $64.3 million for various capital expenditures, $27.3 million for the acquisition of the remaining 10 percent of interest in Scientific and Business Minicomputers, Inc ("SBM") and $15.5 million for various investments. The net amount of cash used for financing activities was $1.1 billion, primarily reflecting the repayment of short-term and long-term debt.

19


Table of Contents

In 2000, working capital increased by 75.6 percent, or $1.7 billion, compared with 1999. Excluding the impact of acquisitions, working capital increased by 31.2 percent, or $692 million, due to increased sales and higher working capital requirements.

The net amount of cash used for operating activities in 2000 was $336.4 million, principally resulting from increased accounts receivable and inventories offset, in part, by increased payables and earnings for the year. The net amount of cash used for investing activities was $1.4 billion, including $1.2 billion primarily for the acquisitions of Wyle, the open computing alliance subsidiary of Merisel, Inc., Jakob Hatteland Electronic AS, and Tekelec Europe, and $80.2 million for various capital expenditures. The net amount of cash provided by financing activities was $1.7 billion, primarily reflecting the issuance of senior debentures, borrowings under the company's commercial paper program, and various short-term borrowings.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The company's financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires the company to make significant estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The company evaluates its estimates, including those related to uncollectible receivables, inventories, intangible assets, income taxes, restructuring and integration costs, and contingencies and litigation, on an ongoing basis. The company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

The company believes the following critical accounting policies, among others, involve the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements:

-

The company recognizes revenue in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, "Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements" ("SAB 101"). Under SAB 101 revenue is recognized when the title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the sales price is determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue typically is recognized at time of shipment. Sales are recorded net of discounts, rebates, and returns.

 

A portion of the company's business involves shipments directly from its suppliers to its customers. In these transactions, the company is responsible for negotiating price both with the supplier and customer, payment to the supplier, establishing payment terms with the customer, product returns, and has risk of loss if the customer does not make payment. As the principal with the customer, the company recognizes revenue when the company is notified by the supplier that the product is shipped.

 

In addition, the company has certain business with select customers and suppliers that is accounted for on an agency basis in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") No. 99-19 "Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent." In such cases, the terms of the transactions govern revenue recognition.

-

The company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. If the financial condition of the company's customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances would be required.

20


Table of Contents

-

Inventories are recorded at the lower of cost or market. Write-downs of inventories to market value are based upon contractual provisions governing price protection, stock rotation, and obsolescence, as well as assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If assumptions about future demand change and/or actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by the company, additional write-downs of inventories may be required. Because of the large number of transactions and the complexity of managing the process around price protections and stock rotations, estimates are made regarding adjustments to the book cost of inventories. Actual amounts could be different from those estimated.

-

The company assesses its investments accounted for as available-for-sale on a quarterly basis to determine whether declines in market value below cost are other than temporary. When the decline is determined to be other than temporary, the cost basis for the individual security is reduced and a loss is realized in the period in which it occurs. The company makes such determination based upon the quoted market price and operating results of the investment. In addition, the company evaluates its intent to retain the investment over a period of time which would be sufficient to allow for any recovery in market value.

-

The carrying value of the company's deferred tax assets is dependent upon the company's ability to generate sufficient future taxable income in certain tax jurisdictions. Should the company determine that it would not be able to realize all or part of its deferred tax assets in the future, a valuation allowance to the deferred tax assets would be established in the period such determination was made.

-

The company uses various financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments, for purposes other than trading. Derivatives used as part of the company's risk management strategy are designated at inception as hedges and measured for effectiveness both at inception and on an ongoing basis. The company has also entered into interest rate swap transactions that convert certain fixed rate debt to variable rate debt, effectively hedging the change in fair value of the fixed rate debt resulting from fluctuations in interest rates. The fair value hedges and the hedged debt are adjusted to current market values through interest expense.

-

The company is subject to proceedings, lawsuits, and other claims related to environmental, labor, product and other matters. The company assesses the likelihood of an adverse judgment or outcomes for these matters, as well as the range of potential losses. A determination of the reserves required, if any, is made after careful analysis. The required reserves may change in the future due to new developments.

-

The company has recorded special charges in connection with restructuring its businesses, as well as the integration of acquired businesses. These reserves principally include estimates related to employee separation costs, the consolidation of facilities, contractual obligations, and the valuation of certain assets including accounts receivable, inventories, and investments. Actual amounts could be different from those estimated.

-

In assessing the recoverability of the company's goodwill and other long-lived assets, significant assumptions regarding the estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the respective assets must be made, as well as the related estimated useful lives. If these estimates or their related assumptions change in the future as a result of changes in strategy and/or market conditions, the company may be required to record impairment charges for these assets. On January 1, 2002, the company adopted FASB Statement No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," and accordingly, discontinued the amortization of goodwill.

21


Table of Contents

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In June 2001, the FASB issued Statement No. 143, "Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations," which addresses the financial accounting and reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets and the related asset retirement costs. Statement No. 143 requires that the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation be recorded in the period incurred and the related asset retirement costs be capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset. The company is required to adopt this Statement in the first quarter of 2003. The adoption thereof is not expected to have a material impact on the company's consolidated financial position and results of operations.

In April 2002, the FASB issued Statement No. 145, "Recission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections." For most companies, Statement No. 145 will require gains and losses on the extinguishment of debt to be classified as income or loss from continuing operations rather than as an extraordinary item as previously required. The company is required to adopt this Statement in the first quarter of 2003. All prior period financial statements will be restated to conform to the requirements of this Statement.

In June 2002, the FASB issued Statement No. 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities," which addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies EITF Issue No. 94-3, "Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)." Statement No. 146 requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred. The company is required to adopt this Statement in the first quarter of 2003. The adoption thereof is not expected to have a material impact on the company's consolidated financial position and results of operations.

In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45, "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others," ("FIN 45") which clarifies the required disclosures to be made by a guarantor in their interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. FIN 45 also requires a guarantor to recognize, at the inception of the guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken. The company has adopted the disclosure requirements of FIN 45 for financial statements ending December 31, 2002 and will adopt prospectively the initial recognition and measurement provisions of this Interpretation for guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The adoption thereof is not expected to have a material impact on the company's consolidated financial position and results of operations.

In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities," ("FIN 46") which provides guidance on identifying and assessing interests in variable interest entities to decide whether to consolidate that entity. FIN 46 requires consolidation of existing unconsolidated variable interest entities if the entities do not effectively disperse risk among parties involved. The company is required to adopt this Interpretation in the first quarter of 2003. The company has not yet completed its evaluation of the effect thereof, if any, on its consolidated financial positions and results of operations.

Information Relating to Forward-Looking Statements

This report includes forward-looking statements that are subject to certain risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results or facts to differ materially from such statements for a variety of reasons, including, but not limited to: industry conditions, changes in product supply, pricing and customer demand, competition, other vagaries in the electronic components and computer products markets, and changes in relationships with key suppliers. Shareholders and other readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they

22


Table of Contents

are made. The company undertakes no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements.


Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk .

The company is exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates.

The company, as a large international organization, faces exposure to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve and could have a material impact on the company's financial results in the future. The company's primary exposure relates to transactions in which the currency collected from customers is different from the currency utilized to purchase the product sold in Europe, the Asia/Pacific region, and Latin and South America. At the present time, the company hedges only those currency exposures for which natural hedges do not exist. Natural hedges exist when purchases and sales within a specific country are both denominated in the same currency and therefore no exposure exists to hedge with a foreign exchange contract. In Asia, for example, sales and purchases are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars, resulting in a "natural hedge." Natural hedges exist in most countries in which the company operates, although the percentage of natural offsets vs. offsets which need to be hedged by foreign exchange forward contracts ("forward contracts") will vary from country to country. The company does not enter into forward contracts for trading purposes. The risk of loss on a forward contract is the risk of nonperformance by the counterparties, which the company minimizes by limiting its counterparties to major financial institutions. The fair value of the contracts is estimated using market quotes. The notional amount of the contracts at December 31, 2002 and 2001 was $264,795,000 and $151,507,000, respectively. The carrying amounts, which are nominal, approximated fair value at December 31, 2002 and 2001. The translation of the financial statements of the non-North American operations is impacted by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Had the various average foreign currency exchange rates remained the same during 2002 as compared with 2001, 2002 sales and operating income would have been $118 million and $6 million lower, respectively, than the reported results for 2002. Sales and operating income would have fluctuated by approximately $25 million and $1 million, respectively, if average foreign exchange rates had changed by one percentage point in 2002. This amount was determined by considering the impact of a hypothetical foreign exchange rate on the sales and operating income of the company's international operations.

The company's interest expense, in part, is sensitive to the general level of interest rates in the Americas, Europe, and the Asia/Pacific region. The company historically has managed its exposure to interest rate risk through the proportion of fixed rate and variable rate debt in its total debt portfolio. In addition, the company has used interest rate swaps that convert certain fixed rate debt to variable rate debt, effectively hedging the change in fair value of the fixed rate debt resulting from fluctuations in interest rates. At December 31, 2002, as a result of significant generation of operating cash flow, the company had paid down nearly all of its variable rate debt. This reduction in variable rate debt was offset by the aforementioned swaps. As a result, approximately 87 percent of the company's debt was subject to fixed rates, and 13 percent of its debt was subject to variable rates. Interest expense, net of interest income, would have fluctuated by approximately $6 million if average interest rates had changed by one percentage point in 2002. This amount was determined by considering the impact of a hypothetical interest rate on the company's average variable rate on investments and outstanding borrowings. This analysis does not consider the effect of the level of overall economic activity that could exist in such an environment. Further, in the event of a change of such magnitude, the company could likely take actions to further mitigate any potential negative exposure to the change. However, due to the uncertainty of the specific actions that would be taken and their possible effects, the sensitivity analysis assumes no changes in the company's financial structure.

23


Table of Contents

Item 8.   Financial Statements.

 

REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Arrow Electronics, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Arrow Electronics, Inc. as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows, and shareholders' equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and the schedule are the responsibility of the company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and the schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Arrow Electronics, Inc. at December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.




/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP



New York, New York
February 13, 2003

24


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL REPORTING

The consolidated financial statements of Arrow Electronics, Inc. have been prepared by the company, which is responsible for their integrity and objectivity. These statements, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, reflect our best use of judgment and estimates where appropriate. The company also prepared the other information in the annual report and is responsible for its accuracy and consistency with the consolidated financial statements.

The company's system of internal controls is designed to provide reasonable assurance that company assets are safeguarded from loss or unauthorized use or disposition and that transactions are executed in accordance with management's authorization and are properly recorded. In establishing the basis for reasonable assurance, management balances the costs of the internal controls with the benefits they provide. The system contains self-monitoring mechanisms, and compliance is tested through an extensive program of site visits and audits by the company's operating controls (internal audit) staff.

The audit committee of the board of directors, consisting entirely of independent directors, meets regularly with the company's management, operating controls (internal audit) staff, and independent auditors and reviews audit plans and results, as well as management's actions taken in discharging its responsibilities for accounting, financial reporting, and internal controls. Members of management, the operating controls (internal audit) staff, and the independent auditors have direct and confidential access to the audit committee at all times.

The company's independent auditors, Ernst & Young LLP, were engaged to audit the consolidated financial statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. These standards include a study and evaluation of internal controls for the purpose of establishing a basis for reliance thereon relative to the scope of their audit of the consolidated financial statements.

 

/s/ William E. Mitchell              
William E. Mitchell
President and Chief Executive Officer



/s/ Paul J. Reilly                        
Paul J. Reilly
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

25


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands except per share data)

Years Ended December 31,

2002

2001

2000

Sales

$

7,390,154

$

9,487,292

$

12,065,283

Costs and expenses:

  Cost of products sold

6,130,581

8,004,657

10,078,800

  Selling, general and administrative expenses

1,020,527

1,125,099

1,123,039

  Depreciation and amortization

66,141

118,344

90,251

  Severance charge

5,375

-

-

  Restructuring costs and other special

    charges

-

77,147

-

  Integration charge

-

9,375

-

7,222,624

9,334,622

11,292,090

Operating income

167,530

152,670

773,193

Equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated

  companies

2,607

(1,203

)

(2,640

)

Loss on investments

-

53,000

-

Interest expense, net

152,590

210,561

169,881

Income (loss) before income taxes and

  minority interest

17,547

(112,094

)

600,672

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

6,166

(35,228

)

244,733

Income (loss) before minority interest

11,381

(76,866

)

355,939

Minority interest

(706

)

(1,279

)

4,005

Income (loss) from continuing operations

12,087

(75,587

)

351,934

Income (loss) from discontinued

  operations, net of taxes (including

  loss from disposal of $6,120, net of

  tax benefit of $4,114, in 2002)

(5,911

)

1,761

5,997

Income (loss) before extraordinary item

6,176

(73,826

)

357,931

Extraordinary loss, net of taxes

(12,949

)

-

-

Income (loss) before cumulative effect

  of change in accounting principle

(6,773

)

(73,826

)

357,931

Cumulative effect of change in accounting

  principle

(603,709

)

-

-

Net income (loss)

$

(610,482

)

$

(73,826

)

$

357,931

Net income (loss) per basic share:

  Income (loss) from continuing operations

$

.12

$

(.77

)

$

3.64

  Income (loss) from discontinued operations

(.06

)

.02

.06

  Loss from extraordinary item

(.13

)

-

-

  Cumulative effect of change in accounting

    principle

(6.05

)

-

-

  Net income (loss) per basic share

$

(6.12

)

$

(.75

)

$

3.70

Net income (loss) per diluted share:

  Income (loss) from continuing operations

$

.12

$

(.77

)

3.56

  Income (loss) from discontinued operations

(.06

)

.02

.06

  Loss from extraordinary item

(.13

)

-

-

  Cumulative effect of change in accounting

    principle

(5.97

)

-

-

  Net income (loss) per diluted share

$

(6.04

)

$

(.75

)

$

3.62

Average number of shares outstanding:

  Basic

99,786

98,384

96,707

  Diluted

101,068

98,384

98,833

See accompanying notes.

26


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(In thousands except share data)

December 31,

2002

2001

ASSETS

Current assets:

  Cash and short-term investments

$

694,092

$

556,861

  Accounts receivable, net

1,378,562

1,389,882

  Inventories

1,201,271

1,372,797

  Prepaid expenses and other assets

59,810

52,892

  Assets of discontinued operations

-

98,954

Total current assets

3,333,735

3,471,386

Property, plant and equipment at cost:

  Land

42,805

42,288

  Buildings and improvements

186,427

164,111

  Machinery and equipment

384,689

347,170

613,921

553,569

    Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

(314,403

)

(252,374

)

299,518

301,195

Investments in affiliated companies

32,527

32,917

Cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired,

  net of amortization ($190,940 in 2001)

748,368

1,224,283

Other assets

253,457

326,024

Assets of discontinued operations

-

3,179

$

4,667,605

$

5,358,984

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:

  Accounts payable

$

917,271

$

641,454

  Accrued expenses

258,774

342,670

  Short-term borrowings, including current

     portion of long-term debt

286,348

37,289

  Liabilities of discontinued operations

-

25,572

Total current liabilities

1,462,393

1,046,985

Long-term debt

1,807,113

2,441,983

Other liabilities

162,850

103,555

Shareholders' equity:

  Common stock, par value $1:

    Authorized - 160,000,000 shares

    Issued - 103,878,000 and 103,856,000 shares

      in 2002 and 2001, respectively

103,878

103,856

  Capital in excess of par value

510,446

524,299

  Retained earnings

912,602

1,523,084

  Foreign currency translation adjustment

(145,231

)

(259,694

)

1,381,695

1,891,545

  Less: Treasury stock (3,431,000 and 3,998,000

          shares in 2002 and 2001, respectively),

          at cost

(91,775

)

(106,921

)

        Unamortized employee stock awards

(9,377

)

(12,363

)

        Other

(45,294

)

(5,800

)

Total shareholders' equity

1,235,249

1,766,461

$

4,667,605

$

5,358,984

See accompanying notes.

27


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

Year Ended December 31,

2002

2001

2000

Cash flows from operating activities:

  Net income (loss)

(610,482

)

(73,826

)

357,931

  Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net

(5,911

)

1,761

5,997

  Net income (loss) from continuing operations

(604,571

)

(75,587

)

351,934

  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) from

    continuing operations to net cash provided by

    (used for) operations:

      Minority interest

(706

)

(1,279

)

4,005

      Depreciation and amortization

78,783

132,157

99,478

      Accretion of discount on convertible debentures

28,840

23,781

-

      Equity in (earnings) loss of affiliated

        companies

(2,607

)

1,203

2,640

      Deferred income taxes

(7,935

)

(21,619

)

(30,348

)

      Severance charge, net of taxes

3,214

-

-

      Extraordinary charge, net of taxes

12,949

-

-

      Cumulative effect of change in accounting

        principle

603,709

-

-

      Restructuring costs and other special charges,

        net of taxes

-

145,079

-

      Integration charge, net of taxes

-

5,719

-

      Change in assets and liabilities, net of effects

        of acquired businesses and dispositions:

          Accounts receivable

135,329

1,116,898

(326,371

)

          Inventories

240,986

1,435,804

(958,622

)

          Prepaid expenses and other assets

(3,986

)

26,334

(43,168

)

          Accounts payable

251,153

(890,161

)

490,009

          Accrued expenses

(57,781

)

(197,160

)

107,064

          Other

(9,505

)

(23,417

)

(33,068

)

  Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

667,872

1,677,752

(336,447

)

Cash flows from investing activities:

  Acquisition of property, plant and equipment, net

(51,747

)

(64,355

)

(80,164

)

  Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations

41,081

-

-

  Cash consideration paid for acquired businesses

(111,876

)

(27,268

)

(1,221,261

)

  Investments

(5,832

)

(15,509

)

(36,182

)

  Proceeds from sale of investments

6,953

-

-

  Proceeds from note receivable

41,667

-

-

  Issuance of note receivable

-

-

(50,000

)

  Net cash used for investing activities

(79,754

)

(107,132

)

(1,387,607

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

  Change in short-term borrowings

(81,321

)

(423,185

)

1,263,561

  Change in credit facilities

(178

)

(392,396

)

(421,081

)

  Change in long-term debt

(6,019

)

(945,310

)

-

  Repurchase of senior notes

(405,192

)

-

-

  Proceeds from long-term debt

-

-

868,923

  Proceeds from convertible debentures, net

-

668,457

-

  Proceeds from exercise of stock options

8,408

21,972

27,989

  Sale of accounts receivable under securitization

    program

-

251,737

-

  Repayments under securitization program

-

(252,865

)

-

  Purchase of common stock

-

-

(321

)

  Net cash provided for (used by) financing activities

(484,302

)

(1,071,590

)

1,739,071

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

33,415

2,285

(4,356

)

Net increase in cash and short-term investments

137,231

501,315

10,661

Cash and short-term investments at beginning of year

556,861

55,546

44,885

Cash and short-term investments at end of year

$

694,092

$

556,861

$

55,546

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

  Cash paid during the year for:

    Income taxes

$

58,443

$

116,153

$

138,686

    Interest

143,305

195,778

148,076

See accompanying notes.

28


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(In thousands)

 

     

Common

               

Foreign

         

Unamortized

         
     

Stock

 

Capital in

       

Currency

         

Employee

         
     

At Par

 

Excess of

   

Retained

 

Translation

     

Treasury

 

Stock Awards

         
     

Value

 

Par Value

   

Earnings

 

Adjustment

     

Stock

 

And Other

     

Total

 

                                                       

Balance at December 31, 1999

 

$

102,950

   

$

501,379

 

$

1,238,979

   

$

(95,295

)

 

$

(187,269

)

 

$

(10,215

)

 

$

1,550,529

 
                                                       

Net income

   

-

     

-

   

357,931

     

-

     

-

     

-

     

357,931

 

Translation adjustments

   

-

     

-

   

-

     

(65,619

)

   

-

     

-

     

(65,619

)

  Comprehensive income

                                                 

292,312

 

                                                       

Exercise of stock options

   

-

     

(7,387

)

 

-

     

-

     

35,376

     

-

     

27,989

 

Tax benefits related to

                                                     

  exercise of stock options

   

-

     

7,212

   

-

     

-

     

-

     

-

     

7,212

 

Restricted stock awards, net

   

17

     

(743

)

 

-

     

-

     

7,645

     

(6,919

)

   

-

 

Amortization of employee

                                                     

  stock awards

   

-

     

-

   

-

     

-

     

-

     

6,262

     

6,262

 

Issuance of common stock

   

850

     

28,836

   

-

     

-

     

-

     

-

     

29,686

 

Other

   

-

     

79

   

-

     

-

     

(321

)

   

-

     

(242

)

                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2000

   

103,817

     

529,376

   

1,596,910

     

(160,914

)

   

(144,569

)

   

(10,872

)

   

1,913,748

 
                                                       

Net loss

   

-

     

-

   

(73,826

)

   

-

     

-

     

-

     

(73,826

)

Translation adjustments

   

-

     

-

   

-

     

(98,780

)

   

-

     

-

     

(98,780

)

Unrealized loss on securities

   

-

     

-

   

-

     

-

     

-

     

(5,800

)

   

(5,800

)

  Comprehensive loss

                                                 

(178,406

)

                                                       

Exercise of stock options

   

-

     

(9,420

)

 

-

     

-

     

31,392

     

-

     

21,972

 

Tax benefits related to

                                                     

  exercise of stock options

   

-

     

3,456

   

-

     

-

     

-

     

-

     

3,456

 

Restricted stock awards, net

   

39

     

802

   

-

     

-

     

6,256

     

(7,097

)

   

-

 

Amortization of employee

                                                     

  stock awards

   

-

     

-

   

-

     

-

     

-

     

5,606

     

5,606

 

Other

   

-

     

85

   

-

     

-

     

-

     

-

     

85

 

                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2001

 

$

103,856

   

$

524,299

 

$

1,523,084

   

$

(259,694

)

 

$

(106,921

)

 

$

(18,163

)

 

$

1,766,461

 

29


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (continued)
(In thousands)

 

 
     

Common

               

Foreign

         

Unamortized

         
     

Stock

 

Capital in

       

Currency

         

Employee

         
     

At Par

 

Excess of

   

Retained

 

Translation

     

Treasury

 

Stock Awards

         
     

Value

 

Par Value

   

Earnings

 

Adjustment

     

Stock

 

And Other

     

Total

 

                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2001

 

$

103,856

   

$

524,299

 

$

1,523,084

   

$

(259,694

)

 

$

(106,921

)

 

$

(18,163

)

 

$

1,766,461

 
                                                       

Net loss

   

-

     

-

   

(610,482

)

   

-

     

-

     

-

     

(610,482

)

Translation adjustments

   

-

     

7

   

-

     

114,463

     

-

     

-

     

114,470

 

Unrealized loss on securities

   

-

     

-

   

-

     

-

     

-

     

(2,356

)

   

(2,356

)

Minimum pension liability

                                                   

  adjustments

   

-

     

-

   

-

     

-

     

-

     

(37,138

)

   

(37,138

)

  Comprehensive loss

                                                 

(535,506

)

                                                       

Exercise of stock options

   

-

     

(3,158

)

 

-

     

-

     

11,566

     

-

     

8,408

 

Tax benefits related to

                                                     

  exercise of stock options

   

-

     

1,470

   

-

     

-

     

-

     

-

     

1,470

 

Restricted stock awards, net

   

(2

)

   

98

   

-

     

-

     

3,640

     

(3,736

)

   

-

 

Amortization of employee

                                                     

  stock awards

   

-

     

-

   

-

     

-

     

-

     

5,714

     

5,714

 

Other

   

24

     

(12,270

)

 

-

     

-

     

(60

)

   

1,008

     

(11,298

)

                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2002

 

$

103,878

   

$

510,446

 

$

912,602

   

$

(145,231

)

 

$

(91,775

)

 

$

(54,671

)

 

$

1,235,249

 

See accompanying notes.

30


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the company and its majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions are eliminated.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires the company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Short-term Investments

Short-term investments which have a maturity of ninety days or less at time of purchase are considered cash equivalents in the consolidated statement of cash flows. The carrying amount reported in the consolidated balance sheet for short-term investments approximates fair value.

Financial Instruments

The company uses various financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments, for purposes other than trading. Derivatives used as part of the company's risk management strategy are designated at inception as hedges and measured for effectiveness both at inception and on an ongoing basis. The company has also entered into interest rate swap transactions that convert certain fixed rate debt to variable rate debt, effectively hedging the change in fair value of the fixed rate debt resulting from fluctuations in interest rates. The fair value hedges and the hedged debt are adjusted to current market values through interest expense.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes and on accelerated methods for tax reporting purposes. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the term of the related lease or the life of the improvement. Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever changes in circumstances or events may indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. If the fair value is less than the carrying amount of the asset, a loss is recognized for the difference.

Investments

Investments are accounted for using the equity method of accounting if the investment provides the company the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, over an investee. Significant influence is generally deemed to exist if the company has an ownership interest in the voting stock of the investee of between 20 percent and 50 percent, although other factors, such as representation on the investee's Board of Directors, are considered in determining whether the equity method of accounting is appropriate. The company records its investments in equity method investees meeting these characteristics as "Investments in affiliated companies" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

All other equity investments, which consist of investments for which the company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence, are accounted for under the cost method, if private, or as available-for-sale, if

31


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

public. Under the cost method of accounting, investments are carried at cost and are adjusted only for other than temporary declines in realizable value, distributions of earnings, and additional investments. If classified as available-for-sale, the company evaluates the investee's operating performance trend and the publicly quoted market prices of comparable publicly traded companies in order to determine if a decrease in the value of the investment has occurred. Unrealized losses deemed temporary declines in investments classified as available-for-sale are included in the shareholders' equity section in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet in "Other". Equity investments meeting these characteristics are included in "Other assets" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

Cost in Excess of Net Assets of Companies Acquired

The cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired was being amortized on a straight-line basis over periods of 20 to 40 years through December 31, 2001. The company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Statement No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," effective January 1, 2002. Statement No. 142, among other things, eliminates the amortization of goodwill and requires periodic tests for goodwill impairment. In addition, Statement No. 141, "Business Combinations," requires that all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 be accounted for under the purchase method and that certain identifiable intangible assets be recognized as assets apart from goodwill. The company adopted Statement No. 141 as of January 1, 2002. The company has no identifiable intangible assets other than goodwill.

Foreign Currency Translation

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date, with the related translation gains or losses reported as a separate component of shareholders' equity. The results of foreign operations are translated at the monthly average exchange rates.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the liability method. Deferred taxes reflect the tax consequences on future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts.

Income (Loss) Per Share

Basic income (loss) per share is computed by dividing income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that would occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the aggregate change in shareholders' equity excluding changes in ownership interests. Comprehensive income (loss) consists of foreign currency translation adjustments, unrealized loss on securities, and adjustments to minimum pension liabilities. The foreign currency translation adjustments included in comprehensive income (loss) have not been tax effected as investments in foreign affiliates are deemed to be permanent.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 25 whereby the options are granted at market price, and therefore no compensation costs are recognized. FASB Statement No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," established accounting and disclosure requirements using a fair-value based method of accounting for stock-based employee

32


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

compensation plans. The company has elected to retain its current method of accounting as described above.

Segment Reporting

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision makers in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The company's operations are classified into two reportable business segments, the distribution of electronic components and the distribution of computer products.

Revenue Recognition

The company recognizes revenue in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, "Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements" ("SAB 101"). Under SAB 101 revenue is recognized when the title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the sales price is determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue typically is recognized at time of shipment. Sales are recorded net of discounts, rebates, and returns.

A portion of the company's business involves shipments directly from its suppliers to its customers. In these transactions, the company is responsible for negotiating price both with the supplier and customer, payment to the supplier, establishing payment terms with the customer, product returns, and has risk of loss if the customer does not make payment. As the principal with the customer the company recognizes revenue when the company is notified by the supplier that the product is shipped.

In addition, the company has certain business with select customers and suppliers that is accounted for on an agency basis in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") No. 99-19 "Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent." In such cases, the terms of the transactions govern revenue recognition.

Software Development Costs

The company capitalizes qualifying costs under FASB Statement of Position 98-1 "Accounting for the Costs to Develop or Obtain Software for Internal Use" including certain costs incurred in connection with developing or obtaining software for internal use. Capitalized software costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software, which is generally three to five years.

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In June 2001, the FASB issued Statement No. 143, "Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations," which addresses the financial accounting and reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets and the related asset retirement costs. Statement No. 143 requires that the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation be recorded in the period incurred and the related asset retirement costs be capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset. The company is required to adopt this Statement in the first quarter of 2003. The adoption thereof is not expected to have a material impact in the company's consolidated financial position and results of operations.

In April 2002, the FASB issued Statement No. 145, "Recission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections." For most companies, Statement No. 145 will require gains and losses on the extinguishment of debt to be classified as income or loss from continuing operations rather than as an extraordinary item as previously required. During 2002, the company repurchased certain senior

33


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

notes. The premium paid and the related deferred financing costs written-off upon the repurchase of this debt, aggregating $12,949,000, net of related taxes, is recognized as an extraordinary loss in the company's accompanying consolidated statement of operations. The company is required to adopt this Statement in the first quarter of 2003. All prior period financial statements will be restated to conform to the requirements of this Statement.

In June 2002, the FASB issued Statement No. 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities," which addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies EITF Issue No. 94-3, "Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)." Statement No. 146 requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred. The company is required to adopt this Statement in the first quarter of 2003. The adoption thereof is not expected to have a material impact on the company's consolidated financial position and results of operations.

In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45, "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others," ("FIN 45") which clarifies the required disclosures to be made by a guarantor in their interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. FIN 45 also requires a guarantor to recognize, at the inception of the guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken. The company has adopted the disclosure requirements of FIN 45 for financial statements ending December 31, 2002 and will adopt prospectively the initial recognition and measurement provisions of this Interpretation for guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The adoption thereof is not expected to have a material impact on the company's consolidated financial position and results of operations.

In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities," ("FIN 46") which provides guidance on identifying and assessing interests in variable interest entities to decide whether to consolidate that entity. FIN 46 requires consolidation of existing unconsolidated variable interest entities if the entities do not effectively disperse risk among parties involved. The company is required to adopt this Interpretation in the first quarter of 2003. The company has not yet completed its evaluation of the effect thereof, if any, on its consolidated financial positions and results of operations.

Reclassification

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with current year presentation.


2.  Acquisitions

During 2002, the company purchased 100 percent of a division of Adecom Srl and acquired a 51 percent interest in Adecom Services Srl, companies located in Italy. The company also purchased an additional 24 percent of Ally, Inc., a Taiwanese company, increasing the company's ownership to 97.4 percent, and increased its holdings in IR Electronic, a distributor in Slovenia, to 100 percent. The aggregate cost of these acquisitions was approximately $4,104,000.

In connection with certain acquisitions, the company may be required to make future payments. During 2002, the company made such payments aggregating $108,470,000 in connection with three acquisitions, of which $95,659,000 has been capitalized as cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired, and $12,811,000 has been recorded as a reduction of capital in excess of par value.

34


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

In a limited number of instances the company is contractually required to purchase the shareholder interest held by others in its majority (but less than 100 percent), owned subsidiaries. Such payments, which are dependent upon the occurrence of certain events and the passage of time, are to be based upon a multiple of earnings (as defined in the relevant agreements) over a contractually determined period and, in certain instances, capital structure. In most instances the amount to be paid will not be less than the book value of the shares. Based upon the performance of these businesses through December 31, 2002, such payments would be approximately $13,000,000 ($116,000,000 at December 31, 2001), which would principally be capitalized as cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired offset by the carrying value of the related minority interest. These amounts will change as the performance of these subsidiaries change.

During 2001, the company acquired the remaining 10 percent interest in Scientific and Business Minicomputers, Inc. The cost of this acquisition was $27,268,000.


3.  Investments

The company has a 50 percent interest in Marubun/Arrow, a joint venture with Marubun Corporation, and a 50 percent interest in Altech Industries (Pty.) Ltd., a joint venture with Allied Technologies Limited, a South African electronics distributor. These investments are accounted for using the equity method and are included in "Investments in affiliated companies" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

During 2002, the company paid $6,295,000 to increase its ownership interest in Marubun Corporation, the largest non-affiliated franchised distributor of electronic components and supply chain services in Japan, from 5.4 percent to 8.4 percent. This investment is accounted for as an available-for-sale security using the fair value method and is included in "Other assets" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

The company assesses its investments accounted for as available-for-sale on a quarterly basis to determine whether declines in market value below cost are other than temporary. When the decline is determined to be other than temporary, the cost basis for the individual security is reduced and a loss is realized in the period in which it occurs. The company makes such determination based upon the quoted market price and operating results of the investment. In addition, the company evaluates its intent to retain the investment over a period of time which would be sufficient to allow for any recovery in market value. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the cost basis, gross unrealized holding losses, and fair value of investments accounted for as available-for-sale were as follows (in thousands):

2002

2001

Cost basis

$

23,065

$

19,268

Gross unrealized holding losses

(13,195

)

(9,655

)

Fair value

$

9,870

$

9,613

These investments are included in long-term "Other assets" and the related unrealized loss is shown in the shareholders' equity section in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet in "Other".

As a result of the significant decline in the Internet sector during 2001, the company assessed the value of its investments early in the third quarter of 2001. In order to assess the value of its investments, the company selected a pool of comparable publicly traded companies and obtained the stock price of each company at the date of the company's original investment and in the third quarter of 2001. The percentage change in the average stock price was applied to the related investment to determine the change in the value of the investment, modified to the extent that the entity had cash to repay the investors. The company determined that certain of these investments had experienced an other than temporary decline in their realizable value.

35


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Accordingly, the company wrote these investments down to their realizable values. In addition, during 2002 the company sold its investments in Mediagrif Interactive Technologies, Inc. and VCE Virtual Chip Exchange, Inc. for $6,964,000. The company's remaining investment in these companies at December 31, 2002 is approximately $2,300,000.

In October 2000, QuestLink Technology, Inc. and ChipCenter LLC, two e-commerce companies in which the company had previously invested, agreed to be merged to form eChips, a sales and marketing channel that serves the global electronics engineering and purchasing communities. The eChips investment, which commenced operations in the first quarter of 2001, was accounted for using the equity method. During 2001, the merged businesses went into liquidation. Prior to liquidation the company's share of eChips' loss was $654,000.

The summarized 2001 financial information below represents the results of operations of eChips from its inception through its liquidation date in the third quarter of 2001 (in thousands):

Net sales

$

22,600

Gross profit

6,000

Loss from continuing operations

(900

)

In addition, eChips had assets of approximately $8,800,000 prior to its liquidation.


4.  Discontinued Operations

In May 2002, the company sold substantially all of the assets of Gates/Arrow, a business unit within the company's North American Computer Products Group ("NACP") that sold commodity computer products such as printers, monitors, other peripherals, and software in North America. Total cash proceeds are estimated to be $44,700,000, subject to price adjustments, of which $41,081,000 has been collected as of December 31, 2002. The assets sold consisted primarily of accounts receivable, inventories, and property and equipment. The buyer also assumed certain liabilities.

The disposition of the Gates/Arrow operations represents a disposal of a "component of an entity" as defined in FASB Statement No. 144. Accordingly, the company's consolidated financial statements and related notes have been presented to reflect Gates/Arrow as a discontinued operation for all periods.

The company recorded a loss of $6,120,000 (net of related taxes of $4,114,000) on the disposal of Gates/Arrow. The loss consists of the following (in thousands):

Personnel

$

1,250

Facilities

3,144

Professional fees

599

Asset write-down

3,000

Other

2,241

$

10,234

Personnel costs relate to the termination of 88 individuals employed by the Gates/Arrow business and 57 NACP warehouse personnel due to reduced activity levels as a result of the sale. Facilities costs are principally related to vacated warehouse space no longer required as a result of the sale. The write-down of assets adjusted the carrying value of the assets sold to the agreed value under the terms of the contract of sale.

36


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The utilization of these charges as of December 31, 2002 is as follows (in thousands):

Personnel

Professional

Asset

Costs

Facilities

Fees

Write-down

Other

Total

Original accrual

$

 1,250

$

3,144

$

 599

$

 3,000

$

2,241

$

10,234

2002 payments

(1,052

)

(227

)

(355

)

-

(168

)

(1,802

)

2002 non-cash

-

(904

)

-

(3,000

)

-

(3,904

)

December 31, 2002

$

198

$

2,013

$

244

$

-

$

2,073

$

4,528

Approximately $3,550,000 of the remaining balance will be spent before the end of 2003.

Operating results of Gates/Arrow for the five months ended May 2002 and the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 are as follows (in thousands):

2002

2001

2000

Net sales

$

180,534

$

640,312

$

893,967

Income (loss) from discontinued

  operations, net of taxes

$

(5,911

)

$

1,761

$

5,997

The following is a summary of the net assets of Gates/Arrow at December 31, 2001 (in thousands):

Accounts receivable

$

68,676

Inventories

30,278

Property, plant and equipment, net

3,179

  Assets of discontinued operations

$

102,133

Accounts payable

$

23,909

Accrued expenses

1,663

  Liabilities of discontinued operations

$

25,572


5.  Accounts Receivable

In February 2003, the company renewed its asset securitization program (the "program") and made certain changes to the terms of the program, including amendments to covenants, elimination of a rating trigger that could have made the program unavailable for additional borrowing in the event that the company's senior unsecured credit rating fell below investment grade, and reduction in the size of the program from $650,000,000 to $550,000,000. Under the program, the company can sell, on a revolving basis, an individual interest in a pool of certain North American trade accounts receivable and retain a subordinated interest and servicing rights to those receivables. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively, there were no receivables sold to and held by third parties under the program, and, as such, the company had no obligations outstanding under the program. The company has not utilized this facility since June 2001. The key assumptions used in measuring fair value of the retained interests upon the initial sale in early 2001 were as follows:

          Coupon rate of 5.19%
          Estimated future uncollectible accounts of 6.3%
          Coverage life of trade accounts receivable of 48 days

Accounts receivable consists of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

2002

2001

Accounts receivable

$

738,792

$

737,235

Beneficial interest in receivable

  trust

692,375

725,988

Allowance for doubtful accounts

(52,605

)

(73,341

)

$

1,378,562

$

1,389,882

37


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


6.  Cost in Excess of Net Assets of Companies Acquired

In June 2001, the FASB issued Statement No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." This Statement, among other things, eliminates the amortization of goodwill and requires annual tests for determining impairment of goodwill. On January 1, 2002, the company adopted Statement No. 142, and accordingly, discontinued the amortization of goodwill.

As required under the accounting provisions of Statement No. 142, the company completed the two steps required to identify and measure goodwill impairment for each reporting unit as of January 1, 2002. The first step involved identifying all reporting units with carrying values (including goodwill) in excess of fair value determined by reference to comparable businesses using a weighted average EBIT multiple. The reporting units identified from the first step were then measured for impairment by comparing the units' fair value to their carrying value. Those reporting units having a carrying value substantially exceeding their fair value were identified as being fully impaired, and the company fully wrote down the related goodwill. For reporting units with potential impairment, the company determined the fair value of the assets and liabilities of the unit and wrote down the goodwill to its implied fair value accordingly. The majority of the reporting units' assets and liabilities were inventory, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses, which are carried at fair value. No other impairment indicators have arisen since January 1, 2002.

In determining a reporting unit, the company looked to its current reporting structure at the date of adoption and allocated goodwill to the reporting units. In most cases, the goodwill was identifiable to specific acquisitions, so the allocation was direct. The following were determined to be the reporting units of the company: (i) North American Components, (ii) North American Computer Products, (iii) individual countries for Europe Components, (iv) Europe Computer Products, (v) South America, and (vi) individual countries for Asia.

As a result of the evaluation process the company recorded an impairment charge of $603,709,000, which was recorded as a cumulative effect of change in accounting principle at January 1, 2002. The following table presents the carrying amount of cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired, allocated to reportable segments (in thousands):

Electronic

Computer

Components

Products

Total

Carrying value at December 31, 2001

$

902,093

$

322,190

$

1,224,283

Cumulative effect of change in

  accounting principle

(281,519

)

(322,190

)

(603,709

)

Additions

88,615

-

88,615

Other (principally foreign currency

  translation)

39,179

-

39,179

Carrying value at December 31, 2002

$

748,368

$

-

$

748,368

The company does not have any other intangible assets subject to valuation under Statement No. 142.

The following table provides a reconciliation of reported income (loss) before extraordinary item, net income (loss), and income (loss) per share to the adjusted income (loss) before extraordinary items, net income (loss), and income (loss) per share, which reflects the exclusion of goodwill amortization, net of related taxes for the years ended December 31 (in thousands except per share data):

38


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2002

2001

2000

Income (loss) from continuing operations,

  as reported

$

12,087

$

(75,587

)

$

351,934

Add: Goodwill amortization, net of taxes

-

41,601

31,253

Adjusted income (loss) from continuing

  operations

$

12,087

$

(33,986

)

$

383,187

Income (loss) before extraordinary item,

  as reported

$

6,176

$

(73,826

)

$

357,931

Add: Goodwill amortization, net of taxes

-

41,601

31,253

Adjusted income (loss) before extraordinary item

$

6,176

$

(32,225

)

$

389,184

Net income (loss), as reported

$

(610,482

)

$

(73,826

)

$

357,931

Add: Goodwill amortization, net of taxes

-

41,601

31,253

Adjusted net income (loss)

$

(610,482

)

$

(32,225

)

$

389,184

Basic income (loss) per share:

Income (loss) per share from continuing

  operations, as reported

$

.12

$

(.77

)

$

3.64

Add: Goodwill amortization, net of taxes

-

.42

.32

Adjusted income (loss) per basic share from

  continuing operations

$

.12

$

(.35

)

$

3.96

Income (loss) per share before extraordinary

  item, as reported

$

.06

$

(.75

)

$

3.70

Add: Goodwill amortization, net of taxes

-

.42

.32

Adjusted income (loss) per basic share before

  extraordinary item

$

.06

$

(.33

)

$

4.02

 

Net income (loss) per share, as reported

$

(6.12

)

$

(.75

)

$

3.70

Add: Goodwill amortization, net of taxes

-

.42

.32

Adjusted income (loss) per basic share

$

(6.12

)

$

(.33

)

$

4.02

Diluted income (loss) per share:

Income (loss) per share from continuing

  operations, as reported

$

.12

$

(.77

)

$

3.56

Add: Goodwill amortization, net of taxes

-

.42

.32

Adjusted income (loss) per diluted share from

  continuing operations

$

.12

$

(.35

)

$

3.88

Income (loss) per share before extraordinary

  item, as reported

$

.06

$

(.75

)

$

3.62

Add: Goodwill amortization, net of taxes

-

.42

.32

Adjusted income (loss) per diluted share before

  extraordinary item

$

.06

$

(.33

)

$

3.94

Net income (loss) per share, as reported

$

(6.04

)

$

(.75

)

$

3.62

Add: Goodwill amortization, net of taxes

-

.42

.32

Adjusted income (loss) per diluted share

$

(6.04

)

$

(.33

)

$

3.94

39


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

7.  Debt

During 2002, the company repurchased senior notes due in the fourth quarter of 2003 with a principal amount of $398,170,000. The premium paid and the related deferred financing costs written-off upon the repurchase of this debt, aggregating $12,949,000, net of related taxes, is recognized as an extraordinary loss in the company's consolidated statement of operations. As a result of this transaction, net interest expense will be reduced by approximately $31,080,000 from the date of repurchase through the 2003 maturity date should interest rates remain the same.

In August 2002, the company entered into a series of interest rate swaps (the "swaps"), with third parties, with an aggregate notional amount of $250,000,000 in order to hedge the change in fair value of the company's 8.7% senior notes, due in 2005, as a result of fluctuations in interest rates. These contracts are classified as fair value hedges and mature in October 2005. The swaps modify the company's interest rate exposure by effectively converting the fixed 8.7% senior notes to a floating rate based on the six-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a spread (effective rate of 6.76% at December 31, 2002) through their maturities. The company accounts for these fair value hedges in accordance with FASB Statement No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." The hedges were assessed as effective as the market value adjustments for the hedged notes and the swaps directly offset each other. The fair value of the swaps at December 31, 2002 was $9,519,000 and is included in "Other assets" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. In addition, the fair value adjustment of $9,519,000 is included in "Long-term debt."

In February 2003, the company amended its three-year revolving credit facility to make certain changes to the terms of the facility, including amendments to covenants and a reduction in the size of the facility from $650,000,000 to $450,000,000 of available credit. The three-year revolving credit facility, as amended, bears interest at the applicable eurocurrency rate plus a margin which is based on facility utilization and other factors. The company pays the banks a facility fee of .20% per annum. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the company had no outstanding borrowings under this facility.

During the first quarter of 2001, the company completed the sale of $1,523,750,000 principal amount at maturity of zero coupon convertible senior debentures (the "convertible debentures") due February 21, 2021. The convertible debentures were priced with a yield to maturity, including the accretion of discount, of 4% per annum and may be converted into the company's common stock at a conversion ratio of 11.972 common shares per $1,000 of principal amount at maturity. The company, at its option, may redeem all or part of the convertible debentures (at the issue price plus accrued original issue discount through the date of redemption) any time on or after February 21, 2006. Holders of the convertible debentures may require the company to repurchase the convertible debentures (at the issue price plus accrued original issue discount through the date of repurchase) on February 21, 2006, 2011, or 2016. The net proceeds resulting from this transaction of $671,839,000 were used to repay a $400,000,000 short-term credit facility with the remaining amount principally utilized to repay amounts outstanding under the company's then existing global multi-currency credit facility.

At December 31 short-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):

2002

2001

Current maturities of 8.2%

  senior notes, due 2003

$

276,773

$

-

Other short-term borrowings

9,575

37,289

$

286,348

$

37,289

Other short-term borrowings are principally utilized to support the working capital requirements of certain foreign operations. The weighted average interest rates on these borrowings at December 31, 2002 and 2001 were 3.4 percent and 4.8 percent, respectively.

40


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

2002

2001

6.45% senior notes, due 2003

$

-

$

249,945

8.2% senior notes, due 2003

276,773

424,870

8.7% senior notes, due 2005

249,997

249,996

7% senior notes, due 2007

198,978

198,728

9.15% senior debentures, due 2010

199,974

199,970

6 7/8% senior debentures, due 2018

196,776

196,567

7 1/2% senior debentures, due 2027

196,631

196,491

Zero coupon convertible debentures, due 2021

742,712

713,871

Interest rate swaps

9,519

-

Other obligations with various

  interest rates and due dates

12,526

11,545

2,083,886

2,441,983

Less current maturities of long-term debt

276,773

-

$

1,807,113

$

2,441,983

The 7% senior notes and the 7 1/2% senior debentures are not redeemable prior to their maturity. The 8.2% senior notes, 8.7% senior notes, 9.15% senior debentures, and 6 7/8% senior debentures may be prepaid at the option of the company subject to "make whole" clauses.

At December 31, 2002, the estimated fair market value of the 8.2% senior notes was 104 percent of par, the 8.7% senior notes was 101 percent of par, the 7% senior notes was 98 percent of par, the 9.15% senior debentures was 102 percent of par, the 6 7/8% senior debentures was 88 percent of par, the 7 1/2% senior debentures was 83 percent of par, and the convertible debentures was 45 percent of par. The balance of the company's borrowings approximates their fair value.

Annual payments of borrowings during each of the years 2003 through 2007 are $286,348,000, $601,000, $260,060,000, $599,000, and $199,639,000, respectively, and $1,346,214,000 for all years thereafter. Included in borrowings with maturities of greater than five years are zero coupon convertible debentures which may be put to the company in 2006.

The three-year revolving credit facility and the asset securitization program, as amended, limit the incurrence of additional borrowings and require that working capital, net worth, and certain other financial ratios be maintained at designated levels.


8.  Income Taxes

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes for the years ended December 31 consists of the following (in thousands):

2002

2001

2000

Current

  Federal

$

(58,879

)

$

(61,033

)

$

101,421

  State

(17,030

)

(13,494

)

24,370

  Foreign

9,460

44,840

144,892

$

(66,449

)

$

(29,687

)

$

270,683

Deferred

  Federal

$

57,004

$

(10,209

)

$

(4,160

)

  State

9,790

(2,536

)

(1,033

)

  Foreign

5,821

7,204

(20,757

)

72,615

(5,541

)

(25,950

)

$

6,166

$

(35,228

)

$

244,783

41


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The principal causes of the difference between the U.S. statutory and effective income tax rates for the years ended December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

 

2002

2001

2000

Provision (benefit) at statutory rate

$

6,142

$

(39,233

)

$

210,236

State taxes, net of federal benefit

(4,706

)

(10,420

)

15,169

Foreign tax rate differential

(23,980

)

1,709

5,044

Non-deductible goodwill

-

11,639

8,434

Valuation allowance

17,600

-

-

Other non-deductible expenses

7,516

1,690

1,574

Other

3,594

(613

)

4,276

$

6,166

$

(35,228

)

$

244,733

For financial reporting purposes, income (loss) before income taxes attributable to the United States was $(94,325,000) in 2002, $(230,128,000) in 2001, and $267,990,000 in 2000, and income before income taxes attributable to foreign operations was $111,872,000 in 2002, $118,034,000 in 2001, and $332,682,000 in 2000.

The significant components of the company's deferred tax assets at December 31, which are included in "Other assets" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet consist, consist of the following (in thousands):

2002

2001

Inventory adjustments

$

15,724

$

41,461

Allowance for doubtful accounts

12,991

26,287

Accrued expenses

10,291

10,214

Integration reserves

55,822

62,724

Restructuring reserves

16,179

27,711

Other

4,368

7,415

115,375

175,812

Valuation allowance

(17,600

)

-

$

97,775

$

175,812

Deferred tax liabilities, which are included in "Other liabilities" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, were $42,436,000 and $39,956,000 at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The deferred tax liabilities are principally the result of the differences in the bases of the company's German assets and liabilities for tax and financial reporting purposes.

At December 31, 2002, the company had a capital loss carryforward of approximately $43,800,000. This loss will expire in 2006. A full valuation allowance of $17,600,000 has been provided against the deferred tax asset relating to the capital loss carryforward.

42


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


9.  Shareholders' Equity

The activity in the number of shares outstanding is as follows (in thousands):

Common

Stock

Treasury

Common Stock

Issued

   Stock

 Outstanding

Common stock outstanding at December 31, 1999

102,950

7,004

95,946

  Restricted stock awards, net of forfeitures

-

(286

)

286

  Exercise of stock options

-

(1,323

)

1,323

  Shares issues in connection with acquisitions

850

-

850

  Other

17

11

6

Common stock outstanding at December 31, 2000

103,817

5,406

98,411

  Restricted stock awards, net of forfeitures

-

(234

)

234

  Exercise of stock options

-

(1,174

)

1,174

  Other

39

-

39

Common stock outstanding at December 31, 2001

103,856

3,998

99,858

  Restricted stock awards, net of forfeitures

(2

)

(136

)

134

  Exercise of stock options

-

(433

)

433

  Other

24

2

22

Common stock outstanding at December 31, 2002

103,878

3,431

100,447

The company has 2,000,000 authorized shares of serial preferred stock with a par value of $1.

In 1988, the company paid a dividend of one preferred share purchase right on each outstanding share of common stock. Each right, as amended, entitles a shareholder to purchase one one-hundredth of a share of a new series of preferred stock at an exercise price of $50 (the "exercise price"). The rights are exercisable only if a person or group acquires 20 percent or more of the company's common stock or announces a tender or exchange offer that will result in such person or group acquiring 30 percent or more of the company's common stock. Rights owned by the person acquiring such stock or transferees thereof will automatically be void. Each other right will become a right to buy, at the exercise price, that number of shares of common stock having a market value of twice the exercise price. The rights, which do not have voting rights, may be redeemed by the company at a price of $.01 per right at any time until ten days after a 20 percent ownership position has been acquired. In the event that the company merges with, or transfers 50 percent or more of its consolidated assets or earnings power to, any person or group after the rights become exercisable, holders of the rights may purchase, at the exercise price, a number of shares of common stock of the acquiring entity having a market value equal to twice the exercise price. The rights, as amended, expire on March 1, 2008.


10.  Special Charges

Severance Charge

During 2002, the company's chief executive officer resigned. As a result, the company recorded a severance charge totaling $5,375,000 ($3,214,000 net of related taxes) principally based on the terms of his employment agreement. Included therein are provisions principally related to salary continuation, retirement benefits, and the vesting of restricted stock and options.

Restructuring Costs and Other Special Charges

In mid-2001, the company took a number of significant steps, including a reduction in its worldwide workforce, salary freezes and furloughs, cutbacks in discretionary spending, deferral of non-strategic projects, consolidation of facilities, and other major cost containment and cost reduction actions, to mitigate, in part, the impact of significantly reduced revenues. As a result of these actions, the company recorded restructuring costs and other special charges of $227,622,000 or $145,079,000 net of related taxes. The special

43


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

charges include costs associated with headcount reductions, the consolidation or closing of facilities, valuation adjustments to inventory and Internet investments, the termination of certain customer engagements, and various other miscellaneous items. Of the total charge of $227,622,000, $174,622,000 reduced operating income (including $97,475,000 in cost of products sold) and $53,000,000 was recorded as a loss on investments. There were no material revisions to these actions and their related costs.

The total restructuring costs and other special charges, excluding Internet investment write-down, are comprised of the following as of December 31, 2002 (in thousands):

Personnel

Customer

Inventory

IT

Costs

Facilities

Terminations

Write-down

and other

Total

December 2000

$

-

$

2,052

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

2,052

Additions (a)

15,200

10,063

38,800

97,475

13,084

174,622

Payments

(10,279

)

(1,008

)

-

-

(1,352

)

(12,639

)

Non-cash usage

-

(578

)

(14,600

)

(26,320

)

(5,976

)

(47,474

)

December 2001

4,921

10,529

24,200

71,155

5,756

116,561

Reclassification

1,028

-

(2,097

)

-

1,069

-

Payments

(5,949

)

(1,945

)

-

-

(2,982

)

(10,876

)

Non-cash usage

-

-

(16,738

)

(64,158

)

(864

)

(81,760

)

December 2002

$

-

$

8,584

$

5,365

$

6,997

$

2,979

$

23,925

(a)

Represents costs associated with the restructuring costs and other special charges recorded in the third quarter of 2001.

The company recorded a charge of $15,200,000 related to personnel costs. The total number of positions eliminated was nearly 1,200, out of the then existing worldwide total of 14,150, or approximately 9 percent. The actual number of employees terminated approximated original estimates. The reduction in headcount was principally due to reduced activity levels across all functions throughout the company. There was no single group of employees or business segment that was impacted by this restructuring. Instead, it impacted both exempt and non-exempt employees across a broad range of functions including sales and marketing, warehouse employees, employees working in value-added centers, finance personnel in credit/collections and accounts payable, human resources, and IT. The company's approach was to reduce its headcount in the areas with reduced activities. Of the total positions eliminated, approximately 1,000 were completed by December 31, 2001 and the remaining positions were eliminated by March 31, 2002. The company also consolidated or closed fifteen facilities and accordingly recorded a charge of $10,063,000 related to vacated leases, including write-offs of related leasehold improvements.

The company also terminated certain customer programs principally related to services not traditionally provided by the company because they were not profitable. The $38,800,000 provision included charges for inventory these customers no longer required, pricing disputes, and non-cancelable purchase commitments.

The company recorded an inventory provision of $97,475,000 which was included in cost of products sold. The provision related to a substantial number of parts. In addition to North America, provisions were recorded in Europe and the Asia/Pacific region. The inventory charge was principally related to product purchased for single or limited customer engagements and in certain instances from non-traditional, non-franchised sources for which no contractual protections such as return rights, scrap allowance, or price protection exist. The inventory provision was principally for electronic components. The parts were written down to estimated realizable value; in many cases to estimated scrap value or zero. At December 31, 2002, approximately 60 percent of the inventory for which a provision was made had been scrapped and approximately 30 percent of this inventory was sold at its reduced carrying value with minimal impact on gross margins. The remaining inventory provision of approximately $7,000,000 at December 31, 2002 relates

44


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

to inventory which will primarily be disposed of or scrapped by the end of 2003.

Also included in the charge was $13,084,000 for IT systems and other miscellaneous items related to logistics support and service commitments no longer being used, hardware and software not utilized by the company, professional fees related to contractual obligations of certain customer terminations, and the write-off of an investment in an IT-related service provider.

Internet Investments Write-Down

As a result of the significant decline in the Internet sector during 2001, the company assessed the value of its investments early in the third quarter of 2001. In order to assess the value of its investments, the company selected a pool of comparable publicly traded companies and obtained the stock price of each company at the date of the company's original investment and in the third quarter of 2001. The percentage change in the average stock price was applied to the related investment to determine the change in the value of the investment, modified to the extent that the entity had cash to repay the investors. The company determined that certain of these investments had experienced an other than temporary decline in their realizable values. Accordingly, in the third quarter of 2001, the company recorded a charge of $53,000,000 to write various Internet investments down to their realizable values.

The following is an analysis of the special charge recorded in 2001 and the percentage of ownership related to the Internet investments at December 31, 2002 ($ in thousands):

%

Charge

Ownership

eChips

  ChipCenter investment

$ 8,378

-

  Loans, included in other current assets

9,212

-

Econnections

19,500

-

Buckaroo

9,000

-

VCE

2,400

-

Viacore

4,510

5.6

$53,000

At December 31, 2002, the remaining book value of these investments was $2,293,000.

In connection with the restructuring costs and other special charges discussed above, operating expenses declined, in part, as a result of the reduction in workforce, cutbacks in discretionary spending, deferral of non-strategic projects, and consolidation of facilities initiated in mid-2001 as a result of the significant reduction in sales and related activities. The full financial impact of these actions, commencing in the second quarter of 2002, is reflected as a reduction in selling, general and administrative expenses. These cost savings may not be permanent as increased activity levels resulting from, among other factors, increased revenues may require an increase in headcount and other increased spending. There have been no significant changes made to this charge and the actual cost savings achieved were not materially different than those expected.

Integration Charges

In 2001, the company recorded an integration charge of $9,375,000 ($5,719,000 net of related taxes) related to the acquisition of Wyle Electronics and Wyle Systems (collectively, "Wyle"). Of the total amount recorded, $1,433,000 represented costs associated with the closing of various overlapping office facilities and distribution and value-added centers, $4,052,000 represented costs associated with the termination of approximately 240 personnel largely performing duplicate functions, $2,703,000 represented costs associated with

45


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

outside services related to the conversion of systems and certain other costs of the integration of Wyle into the company, and $1,187,000 represented the write-down of property, plant and equipment to estimated fair value.

Total integration charges, comprised of the integration charge recorded in connection with the acquisition of Wyle together with various previous acquisitions, are as follows at December 31, 2002 (in thousands):

Personnel

Asset

IT

Costs

Facilities

Write-down

and other

Total

December 2000

$

16,922

$

38,988

$

8,134

$

19,290

$

83,334

Additions (a)

4,789

(314

)

1,217

10,009

15,701

Reversals

-

(11,814

)

-

(500

)

(12,314

)

Payments

(16,036

)

(7,721

)

(898

)

(13,184

)

(37,839

)

Foreign currency

  translation

50

282

101

(378

)

55

Non-cash usage

-

-

(6,132

)

-

(6,132

)

December 2001

5,725

19,421

2,422

15,237

42,805

Payments

(2,972

)

(3,079

)

(189

)

(5,308

)

(11,548

)

Reversals

-

(7

)

-

(407

)

(414

)

Foreign currency

  translation

259

(1,153

)

(223

)

1,108

(9

)

Non-cash usage

-

(30

)

(1,573

)

(2,406

)

(4,009

)

December 2002

$

3,012

$

15,152

$

437

$

8,224

$

26,825

(a)

Represents costs associated with the acquisition and integration of Wyle, the open computing alliance subsidiary of Merisel, Inc., and Jakob Hatteland.

In aggregate, at December 31, 2002, the remaining restructuring costs and other special charges and integration charges of $50,750,000, of which $35,850,000 is expected to be spent in cash, as of December 31, 2002 will be utilized as follows:

-

The personnel accrual of $3,012,000 will be principally utilized to cover the extended costs associated with the termination of international personnel and is expected to be utilized over the next 18 months.

-

The facilities accruals totaling $23,736,000 relate to terminated leases with expiration dates through 2010. Approximately $6,745,000 will be paid in 2003. The minimum lease payments for these leases are approximately, $5,782,000 in 2004, $4,163,000 in 2005, $3,966,000 in 2006, $1,027,000 in 2007, and $2,053,000 thereafter.

-

The customer terminations accrual of $5,365,000 will be utilized before the end of 2003.

-

Asset and inventory write-downs of $7,434,000 relate primarily to inventory write-downs, the majority of which will be disposed of or scrapped before the end of 2003.

-

IT and Other of $11,203,000 primarily represents leases for hardware and software, consulting contracts for logistics services, and professional fees related to contractual obligations for certain customer terminations with expected utilization dates through 2005. Approximately $6,888,000 will be utilized in 2003, $2,690,000 in 2004, and $1,625,000 in 2005.

46


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


11.  Income (Loss) Per Share

The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted income (loss) per share ("EPS") for the years ended December 31 (in thousands except per share data):

2002(a)

2001(b)

2000

Income (loss) from continuing operations used for

  basic EPS

$

12,087

$

(75,587

)

$

351,934

Income (loss) from discontinued operations,

  net of taxes

(5,911

)

1,761

5,997

Income (loss) before extraordinary item

6,176

(73,826

)

357,931

Extraordinary loss, net of taxes

(12,949

)

-

-

Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change

  in accounting principle

(6,773

)

(73,826

)

357,931

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

(603,709

)

-

-

Net income (loss)

$

(610,482

)

$

(73,826

)

$

357,931

Weighted average shares outstanding for basic EPS

99,786

98,384

96,707

Net effect of dilutive stock options and restricted

  stock awards

1,282

-

2,126

Weighted average shares outstanding for diluted EPS

101,068

98,384

98,833

Net income (loss) per basic share:

  Income (loss) from continuing operations

$

.12

$

(.77

)

$

3.64

  Income (loss) from discontinued operations

(.06

)

.02

.06

  Loss from extraordinary item

(.13

)

-

-

  Cumulative effect of change in accounting

    principle

(6.05

)

-

-

Net income (loss) per basic share

$

(6.12

)

$

(.75

)

$

3.70

Net income (loss) per diluted share:

  Income (loss) from continuing operations

$

.12

$

(.77

)

$

3.56

  Income (loss) from discontinued operations

(.06

)

.02

.06

  Loss from extraordinary item

(.13

)

-

-

  Cumulative effect of change in accounting

    principle

(5.97

)

-

-

Net income (loss) per diluted share (c)

$

(6.04

)

$

(.75

)

$

3.62


(a)

Excluding the severance charge of $5,375,000 ($3,214,000 net of related taxes), net income and income per share from continuing operations on a basic and diluted basis would have been $15,301,000 and $.15, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2002.

(b)

Excluding the restructuring costs and other special charges of $227,622,000 ($145,079,000 net of related taxes) and the integration charge of $9,375,000 ($5,719,000 net of related taxes), net income and income per share from continuing operations on a basic and diluted basis would have been $75,211,000, $.76, and $.75, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2001.

(c)

Net income (loss) per diluted share for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 exclude the effect of 18,242,000 and 15,587,000 shares, respectively, related to convertible debentures. In addition, the effect of options to purchase 6,817,730, 1,136,000, and 1,032,740 shares for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, were excluded from the computation. The impact of such common stock equivalents are excluded from the calculation of net income (loss) per share on a diluted basis as their effect is anti-dilutive.

47


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


12.  Employee Stock Plans

Restricted Stock Plan

Under the terms of the Arrow Electronics, Inc. Restricted Stock Plan (the "Plan"), a maximum of 4,760,000 shares of common stock may be awarded at the discretion of the board of directors to key employees of the company.

Shares awarded under the Plan may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of, except as provided in the Plan. Shares awarded become free of forfeiture restrictions (i.e., vest) generally over a four-year period. The company awarded 378,250 shares of common stock to 145 employees in respect of 2002, 243,615 shares of common stock to 145 employees in respect of 2001, and 345,984 shares of common stock to 158 employees in respect of 2000.

Forfeitures of shares awarded under the Plan were 81,229 during 2002, 45,679 during 2001, and 31,624 during 2000, respectively. The aggregate market value of outstanding awards under the Plan at the respective dates of award is being amortized over the vesting period, and the unamortized balance is included in shareholders' equity as unamortized employee stock awards.

Stock Option Plans

Under the terms of various Arrow Electronics, Inc. Stock Option Plans (the "Option Plans"), both nonqualified and incentive stock options for an aggregate of 23,900,000 shares of common stock were authorized for grant to directors, employees, and eligible non-employees. Incentive stock options may only be granted to employees. The nonqualified stock options to employees are granted at prices determined by the board of directors at its discretion, provided, however that the purchase price may not be less than the fair market value of the shares at the dates of grant. The nonqualified stock options granted to directors and incentive stock options are granted at prices equal to the fair market value of the shares at the date of grant. Options granted under the Option Plans after May 1997 become exercisable in equal installments over a four-year period. Previously, options became exercisable over a two- or three-year period. Options currently outstanding have terms of ten years.

The following information relates to the Option Plans for the years ended December 31:

Average

Average

Average

Exercise

Exercise

Exercise

2002

Price

2001

Price

2000

Price

Options outstanding

  at beginning

9,925,622

$23.94

10,405,615

$23.22

9,846,680

$21.90

  of year

Granted

1,605,300

16.05

1,149,250

25.00

2,327,764

27.55

Exercised

(435,289

)

19.47

(1,173,868

)

18.72

(1,324,321

)

21.09

Forfeited

(526,537

)

23.53

(455,375

)

23.72

(444,508

)

22.96

Options outstanding

  at end of year

10,569,096

$22.94

9,925,622

$23.94

10,405,615

$23.22

Prices per share of

  options outstanding

$11.94-41.25

$11.94-41.25

$5.94-41.25

Options available for future grant:

  Beginning of year

2,929,069

3,622,944

5,533,128

  End of year

4,250,306

2,929,069

3,622,944

48


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2002:

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable

Weighted

Weighted

Weighted

Maximum

Average

Average

Average

Exercise

Number

Remaining

Exercise

Number

Exercise

Price

Outstanding

Contractual Life

Price

Exercisable

Price

$20

2,463,847

86 months

$15.12

1,022,614

$16.55

 25

2,848,892

58 months

21.22

2,477,777

21.26

 30

4,082,010

84 months

26.17

1,766,285

26.15

  35+

1,174,347

65 months

32.31

1,140,449

32.29

  All

10,569,096

76 months

22.94

6,407,125

23.82

The company applies APB Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and related interpretations in accounting for the Option Plans. If compensation expense for the company's various stock option plans had been determined based upon fair value at the grant dates for awards under those plans in accordance with FASB Statement No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," then the company's pro forma net earnings (loss), basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share would have been as follows for the years ended December 31:

2002

2001

2000

Net income (loss), as reported

$

(610,482

)

$

(73,826

)

$

357,931

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation

  expense determined under fair value based

  method for all awards, net of related taxes

(10,131

)

(9,139

)

(6,144

)

Pro forma net income (loss)

$

(620,613

)

$

(82,965

)

$

351,787

Earnings (loss) per share:

  Basic-as reported

$

(6.12

)

$

(.75

)

$

3.70

  Basic-pro forma

$

(6.22

)

$

(.84

)

$

3.64

  Diluted-as reported

$

(6.04

)

$

(.75

)

$

3.62

  Diluted-pro forma

$

(6.14

)

$

(.84

)

$

3.54

The estimated weighted average fair value, utilizing the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, at the date of option grant, during 2002, 2001, and 2000 was $7.77, $12.30, and $12.25 per share, respectively. The weighted average fair value was estimated using the following assumptions:

2002

2001

2000

Expected life (months)

48

48

48

Risk-free interest rate (percent)

2.7

3.6

5.5

Expected volatility (percent)

60

55

50

There is no expected dividend yield.

Stock Ownership Plan

The company maintains a noncontributory employee stock ownership plan which enables most North American employees to acquire shares of the company's common stock. Contributions, which are determined by the board of directors, are in the form of common stock or cash which is used to purchase the company's common stock for the benefit of participating employees. Contributions to the plan for 2002, 2001, and 2000 amounted to $10,388,000, $10,040,000, and $8,128,000, respectively.

49


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


13.  Employee Benefit Plans

Defined Contribution Plan

The company has a defined contribution plan for eligible employees which qualifies under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The company's contribution to the plan, which is based on a specified percentage of employee contributions, amounted to $8,577,000, $9,026,000, and $7,279,000 in 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively. Certain domestic and foreign subsidiaries maintain separate defined contribution plans for their employees and made contributions thereunder which amounted to $2,205,000, $1,863,000, and $2,510,000 in 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans

The company maintains an unfunded Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the "SERP") under which the company will pay supplemental pension benefits to certain employees upon retirement. There are 21 current and former corporate officers participating in this plan. The board of directors determines those employees who are eligible to participate in the SERP.

In 2002, the company amended the plan to provide for the pension benefits to be based on a percentage of average final compensation, based on years of participation in the SERP, rather than following the prior practice of a fixed dollar amount per year of service or in certain instances the board of directors determining the annual benefit. As amended, the SERP permits early retirement, with payments at a reduced rate, based on age and years of service subject to a minimum retirement age of 55 (formerly 50). Participants whose accrued rights under the SERP prior to this amendment would have been adversely affected by the amendment will continue to be entitled to such greater rights. In addition, if there is a change of control of the company within 24 months after such change and the employment of a participant, who is at least age 50, is involuntarily terminated other than for cause or disability, or such participant terminates employment for good reason, the participant will receive the annual pension accrued through the date of termination commencing at age 60. Previously this would have resulted in the payment of the full pension amount commencing immediately.

The benefit obligation at December 31, 2002 and 2001 was $32 ,376,000 and $22,313,000, respectively. The assumptions utilized in determining this amount include a discount rate of 5.5% in 2002 and 2001.

Wyle also sponsored a supplemental executive retirement plan ("Wyle SERP plan") for certain of its executives. Benefit accruals for the Wyle SERP plan were frozen as of December 31, 2000. As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, the benefit obligation was $ 6,965,000 and $6,738,000, respectively. The assumptions utilized in determining this amount include a discount rate of 6.75% and 7.25% in 2002 and 2001, respectively.

Expenses relating to the plans were $4,972,000 , $3,548,000, and $4,597,000 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively.

Defined Benefit Plan

Wyle provided retirement benefits for certain employees under a defined benefit plan. Benefits under this plan were frozen as of December 31, 2000 and former participants may now participate in the company's employee stock ownership plan. Pension information for the years ended December 31 is as follows (in thousands):

50


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2002

2001

Changes in benefit obligation:

  Benefit obligation at beginning of year

$

75,866

$

75,321

  Interest cost

5,423

5,402

  Actuarial (gain) loss

5,988

(739

)

  Benefits paid

(4,717

)

(4,118

)

  Benefits obligation at end of year

$

82,560

$

75,866

Changes in plan assets:

  Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

$

76,564

$

80,219

  Actual return on plan assets

(7,674

)

112

  Company contributions

847

351

  Benefits paid

(4,717

)

(4,118

)

  Fair value of plan assets at end of year

$

65,020

$

76,564

Funded status of the plan:

  Funded status

$

(17,540

)

$

698

  Unamortized net loss

27,392

7,446

  Net amount recognized

$

9,852

$

8,144

Weighted average assumptions:

  Discount rate

6.75%

7.25%

  Expected return on assets

8.50%

8.50%

At December 31, 2002, the company had minimum pension liabilities of $37,138,000 related to the SERP plan, Wyle SERP plan, and the defined benefit plan, which are recorded in the shareholders' equity section in "Other", with an offset to "Other liabilities" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. Minimum pension liability adjustments were required to recognize a liability equal to the unfunded accumulated benefit obligation based principally on the market value of the plan assets that decreased due to asset performance.


14.  Lease Commitments

The company leases certain office, distribution, and other property under noncancelable operating leases expiring at various dates through 2053. Rental expense under noncancelable operating leases, net of sublease income of $3,089,000, $3,212,000, and $3,151,000 in 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively, amounted to $61,206,000 in 2002, $59,753,000 in 2001, and $47,863,000 in 2000. Aggregate minimum rental commitments under all noncancelable operating leases, exclusive of real estate taxes, insurance, and leases related to facilities closed as a result of the integration of acquired businesses and the restructuring of the company, are $54,937,000 in 2003, $43,595,000 in 2004, $28,640,000 in 2005, $20,867,000 in 2006, $18,212,000 in 2007, and $63,703,000 thereafter. Minimum rental commitments for leases related to facilities closed as a result of the integration of acquired businesses and the restructuring of the company are $7,222,000 in 2003, $6,102,000 in 2004, $3,626,000 in 2005, $3,412,000 in 2006, $1,057,000 in 2007, and $6,375,000 thereafter.


15.  Contingencies

From time to time in the normal course of business the company may become liable with respect to pending and threatened litigation, environmental, and tax matters. It is not anticipated that any such matters will have a material adverse impact on the company's financial position, liquidity or results of operations.

51


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


16.  Financial Instruments

The company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts (the "contracts") to mitigate the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, principally the Euro and Swedish krona. These contracts are executed to facilitate the netting of offsetting foreign currency exposures resulting from inventory purchases and sales and generally have terms of no more than three months. Gains or losses on these contracts are deferred and recognized when the underlying future purchase or sale is recognized. The company does not enter into forward contracts for trading purposes. The risk of loss on a forward contract is the risk of nonperformance by the counterparties, which the company minimizes by limiting its counterparties to major financial institutions. The fair value of the contracts is estimated using market quotes. The notional amount of the contracts at December 31, 2002 and 2001 was $264,795,000 and $151,507,000, respectively. The carrying amounts, which are nominal, approximated fair value at December 31, 2002 and 2001.

In August 2002, the company entered into a series of interest rate swaps, with third parties, in order to hedge the change in fair value of certain fixed rate notes as a result of fluctuations in interest rates. These contracts are classified as fair value hedges and mature in October 2005. The swaps modify the company's interest rate exposure by effectively converting the fixed 8.7% senior notes to a floating rate based on the six-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a spread through their maturities (effective rate of 6.76% at December 31, 2002). The company accounts for these fair value hedges in accordance with FASB Statement No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." The hedges were assessed as effective as the market value adjustments for the hedged notes and the swaps directly offset each other.


17.  Segment and Geographic Information

The company is engaged in the distribution of electronic components to original equipment manufacturers ("OEMs") and computer products to value-added resellers and OEMs. As a result of the company's philosophy of maximizing operating efficiencies through the centralization of certain functions, selected fixed assets and related depreciation, as well as borrowings and goodwill amortization (prior to 2002), are not directly attributable to the individual operating segments. Computer products includes North American Computer Products together with UK Microtronica, Nordic Microtronica, ATD (in Iberia), and Arrow Computer Products (in France).

52


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The company has redefined certain of its reportable segments. The prior periods have been restated for comparative purposes. Revenue and operating income, by segment, are as follows (in thousands):

Electronic

Computer

Components

Products

Corporate

Total

2002

Revenue from external

  customers

$

5,322,196

$

2,067,958

$

-

$

7,390,154

Operating income (loss)

183,680

58,501

(74,651

)

(a)

167,530

(a)

Total assets

3,404,156

609,652

653,797

4,667,605

2001

Revenue from external

  customers

$

7,153,171

$

2,334,121

$

-

$

9,487,292

Operating income (loss)

415,966

43,912

(307,208

)

(b)

152,670

(b)

Total assets

3,767,595

929,240

662,149

5,358,984

2000

Revenue from external

  customers

$

9,809,234

$

2,256,049

$

-

$

12,065,283

Operating income (loss)

892,500

22,408

(141,715

)

773,193

Total assets

5,954,527

1,200,321

449,693

7,604,541


(a)

Includes a severance charge of $5,375,000 related to the resignation of the company's former chief executive officer.

(b)

Includes restructuring costs and other special charges of $174,622,000 and an integration charge of $9,375,000 related to the acquisition of Wyle.

Revenues, by geographic area, for the years ended December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

2002

2001

2000

Americas

$

4,302,008

$

5,642,413

$

7,195,720

Europe

2,430,549

2,974,837

3,474,990

Asia/Pacific

657,597

870,042

1,394,573

$

7,390,154

$

9,487,292

$

12,065,283

 

Total assets, by geographic area, at December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

2002

2001

2000

Americas

$

2,619,996

$

3,253,575

$

4,840,169

Europe

1,717,709

1,771,137

2,104,837

Asia/Pacific

329,900

334,272

659,535

$

4,667,605

$

5,358,984

$

7,604,541

53


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


18.  Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

A summary of the company's quarterly results of operations follows (in thousands except per share data):

First

Second

Third

Fourth

Quarter

Quarter

Quarter

Quarter

2002 (a)

Sales

$

1,844,539

$

1,843,317

$

1,811,339

$

1,890,959

Gross profit

314,532

319,588

308,622

316,831

Income from continuing

  operations

2,085

576

(c)

524

8,902

Income (loss) from

  discontinued operations

699

(6,610

)

-

-

Income (loss) before

  extraordinary item

2,784

(6,034

)

524

8,902

Extraordinary loss

-

-

(11,641

)

(1,308

)

Income (loss) before

  cumulative effect of change

  in accounting principle

2,784

(6,034

)

(11,117

)

7,594

Cumulative effect of change

  in accounting principle

(603,709

)

-

-

-

Net income (loss)

$

(600,925

)

(b)

$

(6,034

)

(d)

$

(11,117

)

(e)

$

7,594

(f)

Net income (loss) per basic
  share:

Income from continuing

  operations

$

.02

$

.01

(c)

$

.01

$

.09

Income (loss) from

  discontinued operations

.01

(.07

)

-

-

Loss from extraordinary item

-

-

(.12

)

(.01

)

Cumulative effect of change

  in accounting principle

(6.07

)

-

-

-

Net income (loss) per basic

  share

$

(6.04

)

(b)

$

(.06

)

(d)

$

(.11

)

(e)

$

.08

Net income (loss) per diluted
  share:

Income from continuing

  operations

$

.02

$

.01

(c)

$

.01

$

.09

Income (loss) from

  discontinued operations

.01

(.07

)

-

-

Loss from extraordinary item

-

-

(.12

)

(.01

)

Cumulative effect of change

  in accounting principle

(5.96

)

-

-

-

Net income (loss) per

  diluted share

$

(5.93

)

(b)

$

(.06

)

(d)

$

(.11

)

(e)

$

.08

2001 (a)

Sales

$

3,096,619

$

2,355,745

$

2,014,029

$

2,020,899

Gross profit

537,424

388,869

222,329

(h)

334,013

Income (loss) from

  continuing operations

71,642

6,284

(159,967

)

(h)

6,454

Income from discontinued

  operations

37

670

879

175

Net income (loss)

$

71,679

(g)

$

6,954

$

(159,088

)

$

6,629

54


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

First

Second

Third

Fourth

Quarter

Quarter

Quarter

Quarter

Net income (loss) per basic
  share:

Income (loss) from

  continuing operations

$

.73

$

.06

$

(1.62

)

$

.07

Income from discontinued

  operations

-

.01

.01

-

Net income (loss) per basic

  share

$

.73

(g)

$

.07

$

(1.61

)

$

.07

Net income (loss) per diluted
  share:

Income (loss) from

  continuing operations

$

.68

$

.06

$

(1.62

)

$

.07

Income from discontinued

  continuing operations

-

.01

.01

-

Net income (loss) per

  diluted share

$

.68

(g)

$

.07

$

(1.61

)

$

.07

(a)

The disposition of the Gates/Arrow operations in the second quarter of 2002 represents a disposal of a "component of an entity" as defined in FASB Statement No. 144. Accordingly, all amounts prior to the disposition have been restated to reflect Gates/Arrow as a discontinued operation.

(b)

The company adopted Statement No. 142 as of January 1, 2002 and recorded an impairment charge of $603,709,000 as a cumulative effect of change in accounting principle. The impairment charge was determined by the company in the second quarter of 2002; however, in accordance with the provisions of FASB Statement No. 142, the charge has been reflected in the first quarter. Net loss also includes income from discontinued operations of $699,000, net of related taxes.

(c)

Income from continuing operations includes a severance charge of $5,375,000 ($3,214,000 net of related taxes). Excluding this charge, income from continuing operations would have been $3,790,000 or $.04 per share on a basic and diluted basis.

(d)

Net loss includes a severance charge totaling $5,375,000 ($3,214,000 net of related taxes), and a loss from discontinued operations of $6,610,000, net of related taxes. Excluding these amounts, net income would have been $3,790,000 or $.04 per share on a basic and diluted basis.

(e)

Net loss includes an extraordinary charge from early extinguishment of debt of $11,641,000, net of related taxes. Excluding this charge, net income would have been $524,000 or $.01 per share on a basic and diluted basis.

(f)

Net income includes an extraordinary charge from the early extinguishment of debt of $1,308,000, net of related taxes. Excluding this charge, net income would have been $8,902,000 or $.09 per share on a basic and diluted basis.

(g)

Net income includes an integration charge totaling $9,375,000 ($5,719,000 net of related taxes), associated with the acquisition of Wyle and income from discontinued operations of $37,000. Excluding these amounts, net income would have been $77,361,000 or $.79 and $.73 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively.

(h)

Gross profit and loss from continuing operations include restructuring costs and other special charges totaling $97,475,000 and $227,622,000 ($145,079,000 net of related taxes), respectively. Excluding these charges, gross profit and loss from continuing operations would have been $319,804,000 and $14,888,000, respectively, or $.15 per share on a basic and diluted basis.

55


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

19.  Subsequent Events (Unaudited)

In February 2003, the company purchased substantially all of the assets of the Industrial Electronics Division ("IED") of Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc. for approximately $235,000,000, subject to adjustment based upon an audit of the assets and liabilities being acquired. IED will be integrated with the North American Components group. IED serves industrial OEMs and contract manufacturers and includes a specialized power supply value-added business located in California. Through the combined businesses, the company expects cost savings and additional revenue that is estimated to improve earnings by $.20 per share annually after the first full year following completion of the integration.

During the first quarter of 2003, the company took steps to more effectively organize its North American structure, systems, and processes. The net result of these steps will be to reduce the company's cost structure by at least $40,000,000 annually. The programs and positions to be affected have been identified and the vast majority of personnel have been notified. The majority of the impact of these initiatives will be seen in the second quarter of 2003. The company will record a special restructuring charge ranging from $12,000,000 to $15,000,000 in the first quarter of 2003.

During the first quarter of 2003, the company repurchased an additional $69,250,000 of its 8.2% senior notes, due in October 2003. The premium paid and the deferred financing costs written-off upon the repurchase of this debt, aggregated approximately $2,500,000 and will be expensed in the consolidated statement of operations in the first quarter of 2003. As a result of this transaction net interest expense will be reduced by approximately $2,800,000 from the date of repurchase through the original maturity date, if interest rates remain the same.

56


Table of Contents

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
           Financial Disclosure .

None.


Part III

Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant .

See "Executive Officers" in Item 1 above. In addition, the information set forth under the heading "Election of Directors" in the company's Proxy Statement filed in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders scheduled to be held May 22, 2003 is hereby incorporated herein by reference.


Item 11.   Executive Compensation .

The information set forth under the heading "Executive Compensation and Other Matters" in the company's Proxy Statement filed in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders scheduled to be held May 22, 2003 is hereby incorporated herein by reference.


Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management .

The information (except for the Equity Compensation Plan Information set forth below) is included in the company's Proxy Statement filed in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders scheduled to be held May 22, 2003 is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

Number of securities

to be issued upon

Weighted average

Number of

exercise of

exercise price of

securities

outstanding

outstanding

remaining

options, warrants

options, warrants

available for

and rights

and rights

future issuance

Equity compensation plans

  approved by security

  holders

10,569,096

$22.81

4,999,844

(a)

Equity compensation plans

  not approved by security

  holders

-

-

-

Total

10,569,096

$22.81

4,999,844

(a)

(a)

Includes 4,250,306 options available for grant and 749,538 shares of common stock not yet awarded.


Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions .

The information is included in the company's Proxy Statement filed in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders scheduled to be held May 22, 2003 is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

57


Table of Contents

Item 14.   Controls and Procedures .

The company's chief executive officer and chief financial officer have evaluated the effectiveness of the company's disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-14(c) and 15d-14(c) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act")) as of a date (the "Evaluation Date") within 90 days before the filing date of this annual report. Based on such evaluation, they have concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, the company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

There were no significant changes in the company's internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect these controls subsequent to the Evaluation Date.

58


Table of Contents

Part IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K .

       
       

(a)

The following documents are filed as part of this report:

 
       
 

1.

Financial Statements.

Page

   

  Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors

24 

       
   

  Management's Responsibility for Financial Reporting

25 

       
   

  Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended

 
   

    December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000

26 

       
   

  Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2002 and 2001

27 

       
   

  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended

 
   

    December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000

28 

       
   

  Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity for the years

 
   

    ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000

29 

       
   

  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years

 
   

    ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000

31 

       
 

2.

Financial Statement Schedule.

 
       
   

  Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

67 

       
   

All other schedules have been omitted since the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto.

 
       
 

3.

Exhibits.

 
       
   

See index of Exhibits included on pages 60 - 65.

 
       

(b)

Reports on Form 8-K.

 
       
 

Subsequent to September 30, 2002, the company has filed the following Current Reports on Form 8-K:

 


 

  Date of Report

 

Item Reported

       
 

January 14, 2003

 

Press release announcing that the company had entered into a definitive agreement under which it will acquire substantially all of the assets of Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc.'s Industrial Electronics Division.

       
 

January 21, 2003

 

Press release announcing the appointment of William E. Mitchell to the position of President and chief executive officer, effective February 3, 2003.

       
 

February 20, 2003

 

Press release announcing the company's year-end 2002 earnings.

       
 

February 25, 2003

 

Amendment No. 7 to Transfer and Administration Agreement and Third Amendment to the company's Amended and Restated Three Year Credit Agreement.

59


Table of Contents

(a)3. Exhibits .

              (2) (a)        Shareholder's Agreement, dated as of October 10, 1991, among EDI Electronics Distribution International B.V., Giorgio Ghezzi, Germano Fanelli, and Renzo Ghezzi (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2(f)(iii) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                  (b)        Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2000, by and between Arrow Electronics, Inc., Tekelec Airtronic, Zedtek, Investitech, and Natec (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2(g) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                   (c)        Agreement for Sale and Purchase of Shares of Jakob Hatteland Electronic AS, dated as of April 20, 2000, between Jakob Hatteland Holding AS, Jakob Hatteland, and Arrow Electronics, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2(h) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                  (d)        Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2000, among VEBA Electronics GmbH, EBV Verwaltungs GmbH i.L., Viterra Grundstucke Verwaltungs GmbH, VEBA Electronics LLC, VEBA Electronics Beteiligungs GmbH, VEBA Electronics (UK) Plc, Raab Karcher Electronics Systems Plc and E.ON AG and Arrow Electronics, Inc., Avnet, Inc., and Cherrybright Limited regarding the sale and purchase of the VEBA electronics distribution group (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2(i) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                  (e)        Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 13, 2003, by and between the company and Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc., Pioneer-Standard Illinois, Inc., Pioneer-Standard Minnesota, Inc., Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Ltd., and Pioneer-Standard Canada, Inc.

              (3) (a)(i)     Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the company, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994 Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (ii)    Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of Arrow Electronics, Inc., dated as of August 30, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3 to the company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1996, Commission File No.
1-4482).

                     (iii)   Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the company, dated as of October 12, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a)(iii) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, Commission File No.
1-4482).

                  (b)        By-Laws of the company, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(b) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1986, Commission File No. 1-4482).

              (4) (a)(i)     Rights Agreement dated as of March 2, 1988 between Arrow Electronics, Inc. and Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company, as Rights Agent, which includes as Exhibit A a Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation for Arrow Electronics, Inc. for the Participating Preferred Stock, as Exhibit B a letter to shareholders describing the Rights and a summary of the provisions of the Rights Agreement and as Exhibit C the forms of Rights Certificate and Election to Exercise (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to the company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 3, 1988, Commission File No. 1-4482).

60


Table of Contents

                     (ii)    First Amendment, dated June 30, 1989, to the Rights Agreement in (4)(a)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b) to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 30, 1989, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (iii)   Second Amendment, dated June 8, 1991, to the Rights Agreement in (4)(a)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(i)(iii) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (iv)    Third Amendment, dated July 19, 1991, to the Rights Agreement in (4)(a)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(i)(iv) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (v)     Fourth Amendment, dated August 26, 1991, to the Rights Agreement in (4)(a)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(i)(v) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (vi)    Fifth Amendment, dated February 25, 1998, to the Rights Agreement in (4)(a)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 7 to the company's current report on Form 8-A/A dated March 2, 1998, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                  (b)(i)     Indenture, dated as of January 15, 1997, between the company and the Bank of Montreal Trust Company, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(i) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (ii)    Officers' Certificate, as defined by the Indenture in 4(b)(i) above, dated as of January 22, 1997, with respect to the company's $200,000,000 7% Senior Notes due 2007 and $200,000,000 7 1/2% Senior Debentures due 2027 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 (b)(ii) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (iii)   Officers' Certificate, as defined by the indenture in 4(b)(i) above, dated as of January 15, 1997, with respect to the $200,000,000 6 7/8% Senior Debentures due 2018, dated as of May 29, 1998 (incoporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(iii) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (iv)    Officers' Certificate, as defined by the indenture in 4(b)(i) above, dated as of January 15, 1997, with respect to the $250,000,000 6.45% Senior Notes due 2003, dated October 21, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(iv) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (v)     Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 21, 2001, between the company and The Bank of New York (as successor to the Bank of Montreal Trust Company), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the company's current report on Form 8-K dated February 15, 2001, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (vi)    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 31, 2001, between the company and The Bank of New York (as successor to the Bank of Montreal Trust Company), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(vi) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File No. 1-4482).

              (10)(a)        Arrow Electronics Savings Plan, as amended and restated through February 15, 2002.

                  (b)        Wyle Electronics Retirement Plan, as amended and restated February 15, 2002.

61


Table of Contents

                  (c)         Arrow Electronics Stock Ownership Plan, as amended and restated through February 15, 2002.

                  (d) (i)     Arrow Electronics, Inc. Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated effectiveh February 27, 2002.

                      (ii)    Form of Stock Option Agreement under 10(d)(i) above.

                  (e) (i)     Restricted Stock Plan of Arrow Electronics, Inc., as amended and restated effective February 27, 2002.

                      (ii)    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under 10(e)(i) above.

                  (f)         2002 Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan as of May 23, 2002.

                  (g)         Non-Employee Directors Deferral Plan as of May 15, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99(d) to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8, Registration No. 333-45631).

                  (h)         Arrow Electronics, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended effective January 1, 2002.

                  (i) (i)     Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1998 between the company and Robert E. Klatell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c)(iii) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                      (ii)    Form of agreement between the company and the employee party to the Employment Agreement listed in 10(i)(i) above, providing extended separation benefits under certain circumstances (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c)(iv) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1988, Commission File No.
1-4482).

                      (iii)   Consulting Agreement dated as of June 3, 2002, between the company and Stephen P. Kaufman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to the company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                      (iv)    Amended and Restated Agreement dated as of June 13, 2002, between the company and Francis M. Scricco (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to the company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                      (v)     Employment Agreement, dated as of September 1, 1997, between the company and Jan M. Salsgiver (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c)(vi) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                      (vi)    Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2001, by and between the company and Michael J. Long (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c)(v) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                      (vii)   Employment Agreement, dated as of December 13, 2002, by and between the company and Peter S. Brown.

                      (viii)  Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2003, between the company and Betty Jane Scheihing.

                      (ix)    Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2003, by and between the company and Mark F. Settle.

62


Table of Contents

                     (x)     Employment Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2003, by and between the company and Paul J. Reilly.

                     (xi)    Employment Agreement, dated as of February 3, 2003, by and between the company and William E. Mitchell.

                     (xii)   Form of agreement between the company and all corporate officers, including the employees parties to the Employment Agreements listed in 10(i)(v)-(xi) above, and excluding the party listed in 10 (i)(i) above, providing extended separation benefits under certain circumstances (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c)(ix) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1988, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (xiii)  Consulting Agreement, dated January 1, 2003, by and between the company and Steven W. Menefee.

                     (xiv)   Form of agreement between the company and non-corporate officers providing extended separation benefits under certain circumstances (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c)(x) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1988, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (xv)    Unfunded Pension Plan for Selected Executives of Arrow Electronics, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c)(xiii) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (xvi)   Amendment, dated May 1998, to the Unfunded Pension Plan for Selected Executives of Arrow Electronics, Inc. in 10(d)(xiv) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d)(xv) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (xvii)  Grantor Trust Agreement, dated June 25, 1998, by and between Arrow Electronics, Inc. and Wachovia Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b)(xv) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (xviii) English translation of the Service Agreement, dated January 19, 1993, between Spoerle Electronic and Carlo Giersch (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(f)(v) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992, Commission File No.
1-4482).

                 (j) (i)     Amended and Restated 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2001, among Arrow Electronics, Inc., the Subsidiary Borrowers, the several banks from time to time parties hereto, Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent, Fleet National Bank, as documentation agent, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g)(i) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (ii)    First Amendment, dated as of November 29, 2001, to the Amended and Restated 364-Day Credit Agreement in (10)(e)(i) above among Arrow Electronics, Inc., the Subsidiary Borrowers, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent, Fleet National Bank, as documentation agent and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(f)(iv) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                 (k)         Commercial Paper Private Placement Agreement, dated as of November 9, 1999, among Arrow Electronics, Inc., as issuer, and Chase Securities Inc., Bank of America Securities LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated as placement agents (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999, Commission File No. 1-4482).

63


Table of Contents

                 (l) (i)     8.20% Senior Exchange Notes due October 1, 2003, dated as of October 6, 2000, among Arrow Electronics, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co., Chase Securities Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Banc of America Securities LLC, Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, BNY Capital Markets, Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Fleet Securities, Inc., and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., as underwriters (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration No. 333-51100).

                     (ii)    8.70% Senior Exchange Notes due October 1, 2005, dated as of October 6, 2000, among Arrow Electronics, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co., Chase Securities Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Banc of America Securities LLC, Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, BNY Capital Markets, Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Fleet Securities, Inc., and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., as underwriters (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration No. 333-51100).

                     (iii)   9.15% Senior Exchange Notes due October 1, 2010, dated as of October 6, 2000, among Arrow Electronics, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co., Chase Securities Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Banc of America Securities LLC, Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, BNY Capital Markets, Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Fleet Securities, Inc., and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., as underwriters (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration No. 333-51100).

                 (m) (i)     Amended and Restated Three Year Credit Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2001, among Arrow Electronics, Inc., the Subsidiary Borrowers, the several banks from time to time parties hereto, Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent, Fleet National Bank, as documentation agent, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (ii)    First Amendment, dated as of November 29, 2001, to the Amended and Restated Three Year Credit Agreement in (10)(m)(i) above among Arrow Electronics, Inc., the Subsidiary Borrowers, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto, Bank of America, N.A. as syndication agent, Fleet National Bank, as documentation Agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(l)(ii) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (iii)   Second Amendment, dated as of February 19, 2002, to the Amended and Restated Three Year Credit Agreement in (10)(m)(i) above among Arrow Electronics, Inc., the Subsidiary Borrowers, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent, Fleet National Bank, as documentation Agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(l)(iii) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (iv)    Third Amendment, dated as of February 16, 2003, to the Amended and Restated Three Year Credit Agreement in (10)(m)(i) above among Arrow Electronics, Inc., the Subsidiary Borrowers, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent, Fleet National Bank, as documentation Agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 19, 2003, Commission File No. 1-4482).

64


Table of Contents

                 (n) (i)     Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2001, by and among Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation, Arrow Electronics, Inc., individually and as Master Servicer, the several Conduit Investors, Alternate Investors and Funding Agents and Bank of America, National Association, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(m)(i) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (ii)    Amendment No. 1 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2001, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(n)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(m)(ii) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (iii)   Amendment No. 2 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2001, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(n)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(m)(iii) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (iv)    Amendment No. 3 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2002, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(n)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(m)(iv) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (v)     Amendment No. 4 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2002, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(n)(i) above.

                     (vi)    Amendment No. 5 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2002, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(n)(i) above.

                     (vii)   Amendment No. 6 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2002, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(n)(i) above.

                     (viii)  Amendment No. 7 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of February 19, 2003, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(n)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 19, 2003, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                 (o)         Form of Indemnification Agreement between the company and each director (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1986, Commission File No. 1-4482).

               (21)          Subsidiary Listing.

               (23)          Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

               (99)  (i)     Certification of William E. Mitchell, Chief Executive Officer, under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

                     (ii)    Certification of Paul J. Reilly, Chief Financial Officer, under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

65


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT 23

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Forms S-8 No. 333-101533, No. 333-101534, No. 333-52872, No. 333-37704, No. 333-70343, No. 333-45631, No. 33-55565, No. 33-66594, No. 33-48252, No. 33-20428 and No. 2-78185) and in the related Prospectuses pertaining to the employee stock plans of Arrow Electronics, Inc., in the Registration Statement and related Prospectus (Form S-3 No. 333-38692) pertaining to the registration of 775,000 shares of Arrow Electronics, Inc. common stock, and in the Registration Statement and related Prospectus (Form S-3 No. 333-50572) pertaining to the sale of up to $2,000,000,000 in aggregate offering price of any combination of securities described in the Prospectus, in the Registration Statement and related Prospectus (Form S-4 No. 333-51100) pertaining to the issuance of up to $1,075,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of exchange notes, in the Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-91387) and in the related Prospectus pertaining to the registration and issuance of the senior notes and senior debentures of Arrow Electronics, Inc., in the Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-52695) and in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-19431) and in the related Prospectuses pertaining to the registration and issuance of the senior notes and senior debentures of Arrow Electronics, Inc., in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement and related Prospectus (Form S-3 No. 33-54473) pertaining to the registration of 1,376,843 shares of Arrow Electronics, Inc. Common Stock, in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 33-67890) and in the related Prospectus pertaining to the registration of 1,009,086 shares of Arrow Electronics, Inc. Common Stock, in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement and related Prospectus (Form S-3 No. 33-42176) pertaining to the registration of up to 944,445 shares of Arrow Electronics, Inc. Common Stock held by Aquarius Investments Ltd. and Andromeda Investments Ltd., of our report dated February 13, 2003, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Arrow Electronics, Inc. included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP






New York, New York
March 27, 2003

66


Table of Contents

 

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
For the three years ended December 31, 2002

(in thousands)

Balance

Balance

beginning

Charged

Charged to

at end

of year

to income

other (2)

Write-down

of year

Allowance for doubtful

  accounts (1)

2002

$

80,970

$

12,622

$

-

$

40,987

$

52,605

2001

$

108,142

$

62,736

$

-

$

89,908

$

80,970

2000

$

32,338

$

59,321

$

55,192

$

38,709

$

108,142

 

 

(1) The disposition of the Gates/Arrow operations represents a disposal of a "component of an entity" as defined in Financial Accounting     Standards Board Statement No. 144. Accordingly, all periods have been restated to exclude Gates/Arrow.

(2) Represents the allowance for doubtful accounts of the businesses acquired by the company during 2000.

67


Table of Contents

 

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this annual report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                                 ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

 

                                                 By:  /s/ Peter S. Brown
                                                     Peter S. Brown
                                                     Senior Vice President
                                                     March 27, 2003

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

By: /s/ Daniel W. Duval                                          March 27, 2003
    Daniel W. Duval, Chairman

By: /s/ William E. Mitchell                                      March 27, 2003
    William E. Mitchell, President and Chief
     Executive Officer

By: /s/ Paul J. Reilly                                           March 27, 2003
    Paul J. Reilly, Chief Financial Officer

By: /s/ Robert E. Klatell                                        March 27, 2003
    Robert E. Klatell, Executive Vice President
     and Director

By: /s/ Carlo Giersch                                            March 27, 2003
    Carlo Giersch, Director

By: /s/ John N. Hanson                                           March 27, 2003
    John N. Hanson, Director

By: /s/ Stephen P. Kaufman                                       March 27, 2003
    Stephen P. Kaufman, Director

By: /s/ Roger King                                               March 27, 2003
    Roger King, Director

By: /s/ Karen Gordon Mills                                       March 27, 2003
    Karen Gordon Mills, Director

By: /s/ Barry W. Perry                                           March 27, 2003
    Barry W. Perry, Director

By: /s/ Richard S. Rosenbloom                                    March 27, 2003
    Richard S. Rosenbloom, Director

By: /s/ John C. Waddell                                          March 27, 2003
    John C. Waddell, Director

68


Table of Contents

 

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, William E. Mitchell, Chief Executive Officer, certify that:

     

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Arrow Electronics, Inc.;

     

2.

Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

     

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

     

4.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:

   
 

a)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

     
 

b)

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the "Evaluation Date"); and

     
 

c)

presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

     

5.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors:

     
 

a)

all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant's auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

     
 

b)

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal controls; and

     

6.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.




Date: March 27, 2003                        By:  /s/ William E. Mitchell       
                                                William E. Mitchell
                                                President and Chief Executive
                                                 Officer

69


Table of Contents

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, Paul J. Reilly, Chief Financial Officer, certify that:

     

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Arrow Electronics, Inc.;

     

2.

Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

     

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

     

4.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:

   
 

a)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

     
 

b)

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the "Evaluation Date"); and

     
 

c)

presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

     

5.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors:

     
 

a)

all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant's auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

     
 

b)

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal controls; and

     

6.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.




Date: March 27, 2003                            By:  /s/ Paul J. Reilly       
                                                    Paul J. Reilly
                                                    Vice President and Chief
                                                     Financial Officer

70


EXECUTION COPY

 

 

 

 

 

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

dated as of January 13, 2003

by and between

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.,

ARROW EUROPE GMBH,

ARROW ELECTRONICS CANADA LTD.,

(collectively, " Purchasers ")

and

PIONEER-STANDARD ELECTRONICS, INC.,

PIONEER-STANDARD ILLINOIS, INC.,

PIONEER-STANDARD MINNESOTA, INC.,

PIONEER-STANDARD ELECTRONICS, LTD.,

PIONEER-STANDARD CANADA INC.,

(collectively, " Sellers ")

TABLE OF CONTENTS

This Table of Contents is not part of the Agreement to which it is attached but is inserted for convenience only.

Page

ARTICLE I SALE OF ASSETS AND SHARES; CLOSING and other matters *

1.01 Assets . *
1.02 Liabilities . *
1.03 Sale of GmbH Shares *
1.04 Purchase Price; Allocation; Adjustment *
1.05 Closing *
1.06 Employee Matters *
1.07 Third-Party Consents *
1.08 Further Assurances; Post-Closing Cooperation *

ARTICLE II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS *

2.01 Organization of Sellers and the GmbH Subsidiary . *
2.02 Authority . *
2.03 No Conflicts . *
2.04 Governmental Approvals and Filings . *
2.05 Books and Records . *
2.06 Financial Statements . *
2.07 Absence of Changes . *
2.08 No Undisclosed Liabilities . *
2.09 Taxes . *
2.10 Legal Proceedings . *
2.11 Compliance With Laws and Orders . *
2.12 Benefit Plans *
2.13 Real Property Leases . *
2.14 WPI Shares and GmbH Shares . *
2.15 Intellectual Property Rights *
2.16 Contracts . *
2.17 Tangible Personal Property . *
2.18 Affiliate Transactions . *
2.19 Employees; Labor Relations . *
2.20 Environmental Matters . *
2.21 Substantial Customers and Suppliers . *
2.22 Accounts Receivable . *
2.23 Inventory . *
2.24 Product Warranties *
2.25 No Guarantees . *
2.26 Delphi . *
2.27 Brokers . *

ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASERS *

3.01 Organization . *
3.02 Authority . *
3.03 No Conflicts . *
3.04 Governmental Approvals and Filings . *
3.05 Legal Proceedings . *
3.06 Brokers . *

ARTICLE IV COVENANTS OF SELLERs *

4.01 Regulatory and Other Approvals . *
4.02 HSR Filings, Filings with the Cartel Office and the Competition Act and WPI Filings . *
4.03 Investigation by Purchasers . *
4.04 No Solicitations . *
4.05 Conduct of Business . *
4.06 Employee Matters . *
4.07 Certain Restrictions . *
4.08 Delivery of Books and Records and Other Assets . *
4.09 Resignation of Managing Director of GmbH Subsidiary . *
4.10 Noncompetition . *
4.11 Sellers' Consents . *
4.12 Accounts Receivable/Lock-Boxes . *
4.13 Security Deposits . *
4.14 Trademark License. *
4.15 Assignment of Software License and Services Agreement . *
4.16 Notice, Cure and Disclosure Schedule Update . *
4.17 Fulfillment of Conditions/Transition . *
4.18 Termination of Distribution Agreement . *

ARTICLE V COVENANTS OF PURCHASERS *

5.01 Regulatory and Other Approvals . *
5.02 HSR Filings, Filings with the Cartel Office, the TIC and TSE and the Competition Bureau . *
5.03 Replacement of Letter of Credit . *
5.04 Appointment of Managing Director of the GmbH Subsidiary . *
5.05 Change of Name of GmbH Subsidiary . *
5.06 Product Liabilities/Returned Goods *
5.07 Notice and Cure . *
5.08 Fulfillment of Conditions . *

ARTICLE VI CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF PURCHASERS *

6.01 Representations and Warranties . *
6.02 Performance . *
6.03 Officer's Certificates . *
6.04 Orders and Laws . *
6.05 Regulatory Consents and Approvals . *
6.06 Share Purchase and Transfer Agreement. *
6.07 Release of Liens on Accounts Receivable *
6.08 Transition Services Agreement *
6.09 Real Property Lease . *
6.10 Opinion of Counsel . *
6.11 Deliveries . *
6.12 Proceedings . *

ARTICLE VII CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF SELLERS *

7.01 Representations and Warranties . *
7.02 Performance . *
7.03 Officer's Certificates . *
7.04 Orders and Laws . *
7.05 Regulatory Consents and Approvals . *
7.06 Deliveries . *
7.07 Proceedings . *

ARTICLE VIII tax matters and post-closing taxes *

8.01 Post-Closing Taxes . *
8.02 Other Tax Covenants . *

ARTICLE IX SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS *

9.01 Survival of Representations, Warranties, Covenants and Agreements . *

ARTICLE X INDEMNIFICATION *

10.01 Indemnification . *
10.02 Method of Asserting Claims . *

ARTICLE XI TERMINATION *

11.01 Termination . *
11.02 Effect of Termination . *

ARTICLE XII DEFINITIONS *

12.01 Definitions . *

ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS *

13.01 Notices . *
13.02 Bulk Sales Act . *
13.03 Entire Agreement . *
13.04 Expenses . *
13.05 Public Announcements . *
13.06 Confidentiality . *
13.07 Waiver . *
13.08 Joint and Several Liability . *
13.09 Amendment . *
13.10 No Third Party Beneficiary . *
13.11 No Assignment; Binding Effect . *
13.12 Headings . * Exhibit B Assumption Agreement
13.13 Invalid Provisions . *
13.14 Consent to Jurisdiction and Governing Law . *
13.15 Counterparts . *

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A General Assignment and Bill of Sale
Exhibit C Form of Assignment of Software License and Services Agreement
Exhibit D Officer's Certificate of Sellers
Exhibit E Secretary's Certificate of Sellers
Exhibit F Form of Share Purchase and Transfer Agreement for GmbH Shares
Exhibit G Form of Transition Service Agreement
Exhibit H Form of Opinion of Counsel to Sellers
Exhibit I Officer's Certificate of Purchasers
Exhibit J Secretary's Certificate of Purchasers

 

Annex A A) Form of Pre-Closing Balance Sheet and Closing Balance Sheet

B) Valuation Principles

 

Annex B Severance Policy

This PURCHASE AGREEMENT dated as of January 13, 2003 is made and entered into by and between Arrow Electronics, Inc., a New York corporation (" Arrow "), Arrow Europe GmbH, a limited liability company incorporated under the Laws of Germany (" Arrow Europe "), Arrow Electronics Canada Ltd., a Canadian corporation (" Arrow Canada "; each of Arrow, Arrow Europe and Arrow Canada, a " Purchaser " and collectively, " Purchasers ") and Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc., an Ohio corporation (" Pioneer "), Pioneer-Standard Illinois, Inc., a Delaware corporation (" Pioneer Illinois "), Pioneer-Standard Minnesota, Inc., a Delaware corporation (" Pioneer Minnesota "), Pioneer-Standard Electronics, LTD., a Delaware limited partnership (" Pioneer LTD ") and Pioneer-Standard Canada Inc., an Ontario corporation (" Pioneer Canada "; each of Pioneer, Pioneer Illinois, Pioneer Minnesota, Pioneer LTD and Pioneer Canada, a " Seller " and collectively, " Sellers "). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in Section 12.01 .

WHEREAS, Sellers and the GmbH Subsidiary are engaged in the distribution of semiconductors (including microprocessors, memory and programmable logic devices, and analog and digital integrated circuits), interconnect, passive and electromechanical components (including capacitors, connectors, resistors, switches and power conditioning equipment), power supplies and embedded computer products, including the business related to the Power and Signal line of products, and the provision of value added services associated with industrial electronic products, such as point of use inventory management, memory and logic device programming, power products integration and modification to customer specifications and supply chain management programs (collectively, the " Business ");

WHEREAS, Pioneer owns all of the outstanding capital stock of or equity interest in Pioneer Illinois, Pioneer Minnesota, Pioneer LTD and Pioneer Canada and Arrow owns all of the outstanding capital stock of or equity interest in Arrow Canada and Arrow Europe;

WHEREAS, Pioneer owns one (1) share of capital stock, in the nominal amount of 25,000 euro (the " GmbH Shares ") of Pioneer-Standard Electronics GmbH, a limited liability company incorporated under the Laws of Germany and registered with the commercial register at the local court of Langenfeld under HRB 3748 (the " GmbH Subsidiary ");

WHEREAS, Pioneer desires to sell, and Arrow desires to purchase, the GmbH Shares on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

WHEREAS, Sellers desire to sell, transfer and assign to Purchasers, and Purchasers desire to purchase and acquire from Sellers, certain of the assets of Sellers relating to the operation of the Business, and in connection therewith, Purchasers have agreed to assume certain of the liabilities of Sellers relating to the Business, all on the terms set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

SALE OF ASSETS AND SHARES; CLOSING and other matters

1.01 Assets .

(a) Assets Transferred . On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, each Seller will sell, transfer, convey, assign and deliver to the applicable Purchaser (as described below), and Purchasers will purchase and pay for, at the Closing, all of the applicable Seller's right, title and interest in, to and under the following Assets and Properties of the applicable Seller used or held for use in connection with the Business, except as otherwise provided in Section 1.01(b) , as the same shall exist on the Closing Date (collectively the " Assets "); provided however , that (i) to the extent that Pioneer Canada has any right, title and interest in any of the Assets (such assets, the " Canadian Assets "), such Canadian Assets shall be sold, transferred, conveyed, assigned and delivered to Arrow Canada (so long as the necessary approvals from the Competition Bureau shall have all been obtained prior to the Closing or, subsequent to the Closing, such approvals shall have all been obtained prior to the Drop Dead Date) and (ii) to the extent that Pioneer, Pioneer Illinois, Pioneer Minnesota, or Pioneer LTD have any right, title and interest in any of the Assets (such assets, the " U.S. Assets "), such U.S. Assets shall be sold, transferred, conveyed, assigned and delivered to Arrow; provided , further , however , that for purposes of this Agreement, (x) Pioneer Canada shall be the applicable Seller, and Arrow Canada shall be the applicable Purchaser, of the Canadian Assets, and (y) each of Pioneer, Pioneer Illinois, Pioneer Minnesota and Pioneer LTD shall be the applicable Seller, and Arrow shall be an applicable Purchaser, of the U.S. Assets:

    1. Inventory . All inventories of finished goods, demonstration equipment, packaging materials and other accessories related thereto which are held at, or are in transit from or to, the locations at which the Business is conducted, or located at customers' premises on consignment, in each case, which are associated with the suppliers listed on Section 1.01(a)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule (the " Named Suppliers ") and are used or held for use by the applicable Seller in the conduct of the Business, including any of the foregoing purchased subject to any conditional sales or title retention agreement in favor of any other Person, together with all rights of the applicable Seller against suppliers of such inventories (the " Inventory "); provided , however , that Inventory shall not include any such inventories associated with any of the (A) Terminated Suppliers, (B) Terminated Business, or (C) Retained Intel Volume Business;
    2. Accounts Receivable . All trade accounts receivable representing amounts receivable in respect of goods shipped or services rendered by the Business and all notes, bonds and other evidences of Indebtedness of and rights to receive payments arising out of sales occurring in the conduct of the Business and the Security Agreements related thereto (the " Accounts Receivable "); provided , however , that the Accounts Receivable shall not include any accounts receivable (A) subject to any third party collection procedures or any other Actions or Proceedings which have been commenced in connection therewith, (B) that are associated with the Terminated Business or (C) that are solely related to the Retained Intel Volume Business;
    3. Business Contracts . Subject to Section 1.07 , all Contracts (other than the Real Property Leases, the Personal Property Leases and the Accounts Receivable) to which the applicable Seller is a party and which are utilized in the conduct of the Business, including without limitation Contracts relating to suppliers, sales representatives, distributors, open purchase and sales orders, marketing arrangements, franchise agreements, manufacturing arrangements and terms and conditions of sale (the " Business Contracts "); provided , however , that Business Contracts shall not include Contracts relating to the (A) Terminated Suppliers, (B) Terminated Business, or (C) Retained Intel Volume Business (including any purchase orders with customers or suppliers relating to such Contracts);
    4. Prepaid Expenses . All prepaid expenses and deposits relating to the Business, other than the Excluded Prepaid Expenses, including but not limited to the items listed in Section 1.01(a)(iv) of the Disclosure Schedule (the " Prepaid Expenses ");
    5. Real Property Leases . So long as the applicable Seller shall have delivered to the applicable Purchaser Estoppel Certificates and consents to assignment from the respective lessors with respect thereto, the leases of real property relating to the Power and Signal line of business and located in Solon, Ohio, Fremont, California and Hilden, Germany and listed on Section 1.01(a)(v) of the Disclosure Schedule , as to which the applicable Seller is the lessee, together with any options to purchase the underlying property and leasehold improvements thereon, and all other rights, subleases, licenses, permits, deposits and profits appurtenant to or related to such leases (the " Real Property Leases ");
    6. Tangible Personal Property . So long as the applicable Seller shall have delivered to the applicable Purchaser Estoppel Certificates and consents to assignment from the respective lessors under the Real Property Leases, all of the applicable Seller's interest in the furniture, fixtures and improvements, office and other supplies, equipment, computers, telephone systems and machinery and other tangible personal property (other than Inventory) used or held for use in the conduct of the Business, which, except as listed in Section 1.01(a)(vi)(A) of the Disclosure Schedule , are located at the sites or facilities subject to the Real Property Leases (including but not limited to the items listed in Section 1.01(a)(vi)(B) of the Disclosure Schedule ), including any of the foregoing purchased subject to any conditional sales or title retention agreement in favor of any other Person (the " Tangible Personal Property "); including the rights of the applicable Seller, if any, to the warranties, express or implied, and Licenses received from manufacturers and sellers of such Tangible Personal Property;
    7. Personal Property Leases . So long as the applicable Seller shall have delivered to the applicable Purchaser Estoppel Certificates and consents to assignment from the respective lessors under the Real Property Leases, subject to Section 1.06 , the leases of Tangible Personal Property described in Section 1.01(a)(vii) of the Disclosure Schedule as to which the applicable Seller is the lessee or sublessee, together with any options to purchase the underlying property (the " Personal Property Leases ");
    8. Intangible Personal Property . The Intellectual Property related to the Power and Signal line of business listed in Section 1.01(a)(viii) of the Disclosure Schedule (the " Intangible Personal Property ");
    9. WPI Shares . So long as the WPI Necessary Approvals shall have all been obtained prior to the Closing or, subsequent to the Closing, the WPI Necessary Approvals shall have all been obtained prior to the Drop Dead Date, all of Seller's right, title and equity interest in, to and under the WPI Shares (the " WPI Shares ");
    10. Security Deposits . So long as the applicable Seller shall have delivered to the applicable Purchaser Estoppel Certificates and consents to assignment from the respective lessors under the Real Property Leases, all security deposits deposited by or on behalf of the applicable Seller as lessee under the Real Property Leases, other than for the Hilden, Germany lease (the " Tenant Security Deposits "); and
    11. Books and Records . All Books and Records used or held for use in the conduct of the Business or otherwise relating to the Assets, other than the Excluded Books and Records (the " Business Books and Records ").

To the extent any of the Business Books and Records are items susceptible to duplication and are either (x) used in connection with any of Sellers' businesses other than the Business or (y) are required by Law to be retained by Sellers, Sellers may deliver photostatic copies or other reproductions from which, in the case of Business Books and Records referred to in clause (x), information solely concerning Sellers' businesses other than the Business has been deleted.

    1. Excluded Assets . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the following Assets and Properties of Sellers (the " Excluded Assets ") shall be excluded from and shall not constitute Assets:
    1. Cash . Cash (including checks received prior to the close of business on the Closing Date, whether or not deposited or cleared prior to the close of business on the Closing Date), commercial paper, certificates of deposit and other bank deposits, treasury bills and other cash equivalents;
    2. Insurance . Life insurance policies of officers and other employees of Sellers and all other insurance policies relating to the operation of the Business;
    3. Excluded Prepaid Expenses . Prepaid expenses and deposits for (A) any insurance polices and (B) rent for leases or sub-leases of real property and personal Property, other than the Tenant Security Deposits and with respect to the Personal Property Leases (the " Excluded Prepaid Expenses ");
    4. Employee Benefit Plans . All assets owned or held by any Benefit Plans;
    5. Tax Refunds, Credits and Assets . All refunds or credits, overpayments or rebates, if any, of Taxes due to or from any Seller for periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date, and all deferred tax assets;
    6. Real and Personal Property . All real property and personal property and leases and sub-leases of real property and personal property (whether or not used in connection with the Business), other than the Real Property Leases, Tangible Personal Property and Personal Property Leases;
    7. Excluded Books and Records . The minute books, stock transfer books and corporate seal of Sellers and any other Books and Records relating to the Excluded Assets or the Retained Liabilities (the " Excluded Books and Records ");
    8. Litigation Claims . Any rights (including indemnification) and claims and recoveries under litigation of Sellers against third parties arising out of or relating to events prior to the Closing Date;
    9. Excluded Contracts . The rights of Sellers in, to and under all Contracts of any nature, the obligations of Sellers under which expressly are not assumed by the applicable Purchaser pursuant to Section 1.02(b) ;
    10. Trade name and Logo . Other than the Intangible Personal Property, all rights to all trademarks, service marks, trademark and service mark applications, and trade names owned by Sellers and utilized in connection with the Business (the "Retained Intellectual Property"), together with any and all goodwill associated therewith;
    11. Excluded Business . Any Assets and Properties of any of the (A) Excluded Business, (B) Terminated Suppliers, other than as provided for in Section 1.01(a)(ii) , (C) Terminated Business, or (D) Retained Intel Volume Business;
    12. Agreements . Sellers' rights under this Agreement and the Operative Agreements; and
    13. Retained Intel Volume Business Reserves . Any reserves designated on Sellers' Books and Records as being related to the Accounts Receivable described in Section 1.01(a)(ii)(C) .

To the extent any Excluded Books and Records relate to the Business, Sellers will afford Purchasers and their Representatives, during normal business hours, reasonable access to such portions of such Excluded Books and Records that relate to the Business and the right to make copies and extracts therefrom. Further, Sellers agree for such period as is required by Law and in any event for three (3) years that Sellers shall not destroy or otherwise dispose of any such Excluded Books and Records, to the extent such Excluded Books and Records relate to the Business, unless the applicable Seller shall first offer in writing to surrender such portions of such Excluded Books and Records that relate to the Business to the applicable Purchaser, and the applicable Purchaser shall not agree in writing to take possession thereof during the ten (10) Business Day period after such offer is made.

back to top

1.02 Liabilities .

(a) Assumed Liabilities . In connection with the sale, transfer, conveyance, assignment and delivery of the Assets pursuant to this Agreement, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing, the applicable Purchaser will assume and agree to pay, perform and discharge when due, and indemnify and hold the applicable Seller harmless against, the following obligations of the applicable Seller arising in connection with the operation of the Business, except as otherwise provided in Section 1.02(b) , as the same shall exist on the Closing Date (the " Assumed Liabilities "), and no others; provided , however , that to the extent that (i) any of the Assumed Liabilities relate to the Canadian Assets (such liabilities, the " Canadian Liabilities ") then Arrow Canada shall pay, perform and discharge when due, and indemnify and hold harmless Pioneer Canada against such Canadian Liabilities (so long as the necessary approvals from the Competition Bureau shall have all been obtained prior to the Closing or, subsequent to the Closing, such approvals shall have all been obtained prior to the Drop Dead Date) and (ii) any of the Assumed Liabilities relate to the U.S. Assets (such liabilities, the " U.S. Liabilities "), then Arrow shall pay, perform and discharge when due, and indemnify and hold harmless Pioneer, Pioneer Illinois, Pioneer Minnesota, and Pioneer LTD against such U.S. Liabilities:

    1. Accounts Payable . All obligations of the applicable Seller with respect to those trade accounts payable associated with the Named Suppliers and relating to the Business or the Assets, incurred in bona-fide business transactions in the ordinary course of business, to the extent reflected or reserved against in the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet or arising in the ordinary course of business or in accordance with this Agreement thereafter and are included in the Closing Date Balance Sheet (the " Accounts Payable "); provided , however , that the Accounts Payable shall not include any such accounts payable or other liabilities associated with any of the (A) Terminated Suppliers, (B) Terminated Business, or (C) Retained Intel Volume Business.
    2. Obligations under Business Contracts . All obligations of the applicable Seller under the Business Contracts arising and to be performed on or after the Closing Date, and excluding any such obligations arising or to be performed prior to the Closing Date, including, without limitation, any breach or other violation by the applicable Seller of any of the Business Contracts occurring prior to the Closing, whether or not any claim for such breach or violation has been asserted at or prior to the Closing;
    3. Accrued Expenses . All obligations of the applicable Seller with respect to accrued expenses (including accrued vacation with respect to the Transferred Employees), to the extent reflected or reserved against in the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet or arising in the ordinary course of business or in accordance with this Agreement thereafter and are included in the Closing Date Balance Sheet (the " Accrued Expenses "); provided , however , that the Accrued Expenses shall not include any such accrued expenses with respect to any Benefit Plan, or associated with any of the (A) Terminated Suppliers, (B) Terminated Business, or (C) Retained Intel Volume Business;

(iv) Real Property Lease Obligations . All obligations of the applicable Seller under the Real Property Leases arising and to be performed on or after the Closing Date, and excluding any such obligations arising or to be performed prior to the Closing Date; and

(v) Personal Property Lease Obligations . All obligations of the applicable Seller under the Personal Property Leases arising and to be performed on or after the Closing Date, and excluding any such obligations arising or to be performed prior to the Closing Date.

    1. Retained Liabilities . Except for the Assumed Liabilities, Purchasers shall not assume by virtue of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, and Sellers shall retain responsibility for, and shall indemnify and hold harmless Purchasers against, any other liabilities, obligations or commitments of Sellers or of the Business of any nature whatsoever (including any Liabilities relating to the Sellers' conduct of the Business or to the Assets (and the use thereof) at any time on or prior to the Closing Date), including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following liabilities of the Business (collectively, the " Retained Liabilities "):

(i) Plans . All liabilities and obligations under each of the Benefit Plans;

(ii) Taxes . All liabilities and obligations for taxes relating to the Business accrued (whether or not included on the Business Books and Records) and unpaid for all periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date, and all liabilities for deferred taxes;

(iii) Real Property . All liabilities and obligations under real property and leases and sub-leases of real property in connection with the Business other than with respect to the Real Property Leases;

(iv) Actions or Proceedings . Other than the one (1) Action specified in Section 1.02(b)(iv) of the Disclosure Schedule , all Actions or Proceedings pending against Sellers or relating to the operation of the Business prior to the Closing Date, whether or not such Action or Proceeding has been asserted prior or after the Closing Date;

(v) Environmental . All obligations relating to any environmental, health or safety matter (including any liability of or obligation arising under any Environmental Law or the Real Property Leases) arising out of or relating to facts, circumstances or conditions existing as of the Closing Date at, on, in or under the sites or facilities subject to the Real Property Leases;

(vi) Excluded Assets . All obligations of Sellers and their subsidiaries arising in connection with the Excluded Assets;

(vii) Other Businesses . Any obligations of Sellers related to the businesses of Sellers other than the Business, including any obligations relating to any of the (A) Excluded Business, (B) Terminated Suppliers, (C) Terminated Business, or (D) Retained Intel Volume Business;

(viii) Employees . All obligations of Sellers with respect to Sellers' employees other than as set forth in Section 1.06 ;

(ix) Returned Goods . All obligations with respect to the Business for repair or replacement of, or refund for, damaged, defective or returned goods sold by Sellers prior to the Closing Date (the " Returned Goods "); and

(x) Product Liabilities . All liabilities with respect to the Business arising out of claims of third parties for damage or injury suffered as the result of defective products sold by Sellers prior to the Closing Date (the " Product Liabilities ").

back to top

1.03 Sale of GmbH Shares

. So long as the necessary approvals from the Cartel Office shall have all been obtained prior to the Closing or, subsequent to the Closing, such approvals shall have all been obtained prior to the Drop Dead Date, then on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing, Pioneer agrees to sell to Arrow Europe, and Arrow Europe agrees to purchase from Pioneer, all of the right, title and interest of Pioneer in and to the GmbH Shares.

back to top

1.04 Purchase Price; Allocation; Adjustment

. (a) Purchase Price . The aggregate purchase price, payable by Purchasers in the manner provided in Section 1.05 , shall be an amount equal to the sum of: (i) $55,300,000, (ii) $217,100,000 (the " Adjusted September Balance Sheet Net Book Value "), (iii) the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet Adjustment Amount (as defined below), if any, (iv) the WPI Shares Purchase Price if all of the WPI Necessary Approvals have been obtained prior to the Closing, and minus the sum of (i) the GmbH Purchase Price and (ii) the Canadian Purchase Price (the " Closing Purchase Price "). For purposes of this Agreement, " Pre-Closing Balance Sheet Adjustment Amount " shall mean: (a) if the Estimated Net Book Value is greater than the Adjusted September Balance Sheet Net Book Value, the amount by which the Estimated Net Book Value exceeds the Adjusted September Balance Sheet Net Book Value, which amount shall be added to the Closing Purchase Price, and (b) if the Estimated Net Book Value is less than the Adjusted September Balance Sheet Net Book Value, the amount equal to the Adjusted September Balance Sheet Net Book Value less the Estimated Net Book Value, which amount shall be subtracted from the Closing Purchase Price.

    1. Allocation of Purchase Price . For purposes of this Agreement, " Purchase Price " shall mean the Closing Purchase Price, as adjusted as provided in paragraph (c) below. Purchasers and Sellers shall negotiate in good faith prior to the Closing Date and determine the allocation of the Purchase Price paid by each Purchaser for the Assets, other than with respect to (x) the GmbH Shares, which shall be the GmbH Purchase Price, and (y) the assets and liabilities of Pioneer Canada, which shall be the Canadian Purchase Price. Each party hereto agrees (i) that any such allocation shall be consistent with paragraph (a) above and the requirements of Section 1060 of the Code and the regulations thereunder, (ii) to complete jointly and to file separately Form 8594 with its Federal income Tax Return consistent with such allocation for the tax year in which the Closing Date occurs and (iii) that no party will take a position on any income, transfer or gains Tax Return, before any Governmental or Regulatory Authority charged with the collection of any such Tax or in any judicial proceeding, that is in any manner inconsistent with the terms of any such allocation without the consent of the other party. Arrow Canada and Pioneer Canada agree to elect jointly in the prescribed form under Section 22 of the Income Tax Act  (Canada) and the equivalent provisions of any applicable provincial legislation as to the sale of the accounts receivable and other assets which are included in the Canadian Assets and described in section 22 of the  Income Tax Act  (Canada) or the applicable provincial legislation, and to designate in such election an amount equal to the portion of the Canadian Purchase Price allocated to such assets pursuant to this Section 1.04 as the consideration paid by Arrow Canada therefor.

(c) Adjustment of Purchase Price . The Closing Purchase Price shall be adjusted as of the Closing in the following manner:

(i) Net Book Value Adjustment . (A) Two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, Sellers shall deliver to Purchasers (i) an unaudited balance sheet with respect to the Net Book Value (the " Pre-Closing Balance Sheet ") which shall (1) be as of a date not more than five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, (2) contain the same line item categories as those contained in the form of the balance sheet attached in Annex A hereto and the balance sheet dated September 30, 2002 (other than the line item "Investments"), which has been previously provided by Sellers to Purchasers and is attached hereto as Section 1.04(c)(i)(A)(i)(2) of the Disclosure Schedule (the " September Balance Sheet "), (3) be prepared from the Business Books and Records and in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time, applied on a basis consistent with the Financial Statements, provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet shall be prepared in accordance with the valuation principles set forth in Annex A hereto (together, the " Accounting Principles "), and (4) reflect no write-up of any individual asset of the Business which was included in the Financial Statements and is included in the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet to a book value greater than its book value in the Financial Statements, and (ii) a certificate of Sellers (the " Pre-Closing Certificate ") setting forth thereon Sellers' good faith estimate of the Net Book Value as of the Closing Date (the " Estimated Net Book Value "), which shall be derived from and supported by the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet.

(B) As soon as practicable, and in no event later than 45 days following the Closing Date, Sellers shall prepare and deliver to Purchasers an audited balance sheet of the Net Book Value as of the Closing Date (the " Closing Date Balance Sheet "), together with a certificate of Sellers (the " Closing Date Certificate "), which shall set forth the Net Book Value as of the Closing Date (the " Closing Date Net Book Value ") as derived from and supported by the Closing Date Balance Sheet. Sellers and Purchasers shall split equally the expenses incurred by Sellers in the preparation of the Closing Date Balance Sheet. As part of the preparation of the Closing Date Balance Sheet, Purchasers shall have the right to jointly conduct with Sellers a complete physical inventory of the Business as of the Closing Date and the results thereof shall be reflected in the Closing Date Balance Sheet. The Closing Date Balance Sheet shall (i) contain the same line item categories as those contained in the form of the balance sheet attached in Annex A hereto, the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet and the September Balance Sheet and (ii) be prepared from the Business Books and Records and in accordance with the Accounting Principles used in the preparation of the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet. Purchasers and their independent public accountant (" Purchasers' Accountant ") may participate and observe the preparation of the Closing Date Balance Sheet. Sellers and their independent public accountant (" Sellers' Accountant ") shall make all of their work papers and other relevant documents in connection with the preparation of the Closing Date Balance Sheet available to Purchasers and Purchasers' Accountant, and shall make the persons in charge of the preparation of the Closing Date Balance Sheet available for reasonable inquiry by Purchasers and Purchasers' Accountant.

(C) Purchasers shall notify Sellers in writing as soon as practicable, and in no event more than 30 days, following receipt of the Closing Date Balance Sheet and the Closing Date Certificate if they do not agree with the Closing Date Net Book Value set forth thereon, in which case Purchasers and Purchasers' Accountant, on the one hand, and Sellers and Sellers' Accountant, on the other, will use good faith efforts during the thirty (30) day period following the date Sellers received such notice from Purchasers to resolve any differences they may have as to the Closing Date Net Book Value. Such written notice will identify with reasonable specificity the calculations with which Purchasers disagree or other bases for such disagreement. If Sellers and Purchasers cannot reach agreement during such thirty (30) day period, they shall submit their disagreements within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of such thirty (30) day period to an independent, nationally-recognized public accounting firm jointly selected by Sellers' Accountant and Purchasers' Accountant (the " Independent Accountant "), which shall conduct such additional review as is necessary to resolve the specific disagreements referred to it and, based thereon, shall determine the Closing Date Net Book Value. The review of the Independent Accountant will be restricted as to scope to address only those matters as to which Sellers and Purchasers have not reached agreement pursuant to the preceding sentence. The Independent Accountant's determination of the Closing Date Net Book Value, which shall be completed as promptly as practicable but in no event later than thirty (30) days following its selection, shall be confirmed by the Independent Accountant in writing to, and shall be final and binding on, each of Sellers and Purchasers for all purposes.

(D) In the event that the Closing Date Net Book Value determined in accordance with subparagraphs (B) and (C) of this Section 1.04(c) , as the case may be (the " Final Net Book Value ") is less than the Estimated Net Book Value (such difference being herein referred to as the " Net Worth Deficiency "), then Sellers shall, within three (3) Business Days following the date of determination of the Final Net Book Value (the " Determination Date "), pay to Purchasers, if the amount of the Net Worth Deficiency exceeds the Holdback Amount, such excess amount and Purchasers shall retain the Holdback Amount; provided , however , that, if the amount of the Net Worth Deficiency is less than the Holdback Amount, Purchasers shall, within three (3) Business Days following the Determination Date, pay to Sellers, the amount equal to the Holdback Amount less the Net Worth Deficiency. In the event that the Final Net Book Value is greater than the Estimated Net Book Value (such difference being herein referred to as the " Net Worth Excess "), Purchasers shall, within three (3) Business Days following the Determination Date, pay to Sellers the amount equal to the sum of the Net Worth Excess and the Holdback Amount. If the Final Net Book Value is equal to the Estimated Net Book Value, Purchasers shall, within three (3) Business Days following the Determination Date, pay to Sellers the Holdback Amount.

(E) Daily interest shall accrue on the Holdback Amount from the Closing Date until the payment thereof at an annualized rate equal to four and one-half percent (4-1/2%). Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. The interest so payable and the principal amount of the Holdback Amount shall be payable by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as Sellers may direct by written notice delivered to Purchasers.

(F) If the Closing Date Net Book Value as determined by the Independent Accountant is closer to the Closing Date Net Book Value advocated by (i) Sellers than it is to the Closing Date Net Book Value advocated by Purchasers, Purchasers shall pay the fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant for services rendered pursuant to this Section or (ii) Purchasers than it is to the Closing Date Net Book Value advocated by Sellers, Sellers shall pay the fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant for services rendered pursuant to this Section. Otherwise, such fees, costs and expenses shall be paid equally by Sellers and Purchasers.

(G) If the sale of the GmbH Shares and/or the Canadian Assets does not occur on the Closing Date due to the failure to obtain the necessary approvals of the Cartel Office and/or the Competition Bureau (as the case may be) but such approval(s) are obtained prior to the Drop Dead Date, then at the subsequent closing of the sale of the GmbH Shares and/or the Canadian Assets (as the case may be), the parties shall apply the principals and adjustment mechanisms set forth in this Section 1.04 to the GmbH Shares and/or the Canadian Assets (as the case may be) to obtain the same result as if such sale(s) occurred on the Closing Date.

back to top

1.05 Closing

. (a) The Closing will take place at the offices of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP, at 1 Chase Manhattan Plaza, New York, NY, or at such other place as Purchasers and Sellers mutually agree, at 10:00 A.M. local time, on the Closing Date. At the Closing, Purchasers will pay the Closing Purchase Price and the Canadian Purchase Price, less five percent (5%) of an amount equal to the Closing Purchase Price plus the Canadian Purchase Price plus the GmbH Purchase Price less the WPI Shares Purchase Price (the " Holdback Amount "), by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such accounts as Sellers may reasonably direct by written notice delivered to Purchasers by Sellers at least two (2) Business Days before the Closing Date. Simultaneously, (a) each of Pioneer, Pioneer Illinois, Pioneer Minnesota, and Pioneer LTD will assign and transfer to Arrow all of its right, title and interest in and to the U.S. Assets and Pioneer Canada will assign and transfer to Arrow Canada all of its right, title and interest in and to the Canadian Assets (in each case, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens) by delivery of (i) a General Assignment and Bill of Sale substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the " General Assignment "), duly executed by the applicable Seller, (ii) an assignment of the Intangible Personal Property, duly executed by the applicable Seller, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Purchaser, (iii) an assignment of the Real Property Leases, duly executed by the applicable Seller, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Purchaser, (iv) a Share Purchase and Transfer Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto, duly executed by Pioneer and notarized in accordance with German Law, and (v) such other good and sufficient instruments of conveyance, assignment and transfer, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Purchasers' counsel, as shall be effective to vest in the applicable Purchaser good title to the applicable Assets as and to the extent provided in Section 1.01(a) (the General Assignment and the other instruments referred to in clauses (ii) and (iii) being collectively referred to herein as the " Assignment Instruments "); furthermore, Sellers will deliver to Purchasers a copy of the Deed of Incorporation and the Minute Book of the GmbH Subsidiary; (b) Arrow will assume from Pioneer, Pioneer Illinois, Pioneer Minnesota, and Pioneer LTD the due payment, performance and discharge of the U.S. Liabilities and Arrow Canada will assume from Pioneer Canada the due payment, performance and discharge of the Canadian Liabilities by delivery of (i) an Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto (the " Assumption Agreement "), duly executed by the applicable Purchaser, and (ii) such other good and sufficient instruments of assumption, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Sellers' counsel, as shall be effective to cause the applicable Purchaser to assume the applicable Assumed Liabilities as and to the extent provided in Section 1.02(a) (the Assumption Agreement and such other instruments referred to in clause (ii) being collectively referred to herein as the " Assumption Instruments "); and (c) if all of the WPI Necessary Approvals have been obtained prior to the Closing, Pioneer will deliver to Arrow certificates representing all of Pioneer's right, title and interest in and to the WPI Shares, each such certificate to be duly and validly endorsed in favor of Arrow or accompanied by a separate stock power duly and validly executed by Pioneer with requisite stock transfer stamps, if any, and otherwise sufficient to vest in the applicable Purchaser good and valid title in and to the WPI Shares. At the Closing, there shall also be delivered to Sellers and Purchasers the opinions, certificates and other contracts, documents and instruments required to be delivered under Articles VI and VII .

(b) If all of the consents, approvals and actions of, filings with and notices to, the Governmental or Regulatory Authorities specified in Section 2.14(a) of the Disclosure Schedule , if any, necessary to vest in Arrow good and valid title to the WPI Shares (" WPI Necessary Approvals "), have not been obtained prior to the Closing, then Pioneer and Arrow shall use reasonable efforts to obtain all the WPI Necessary Approvals by such date that is thirty (30) days after the Closing Date (the " WPI Drop Dead Date "). If Pioneer and Arrow are able to obtain all of the WPI Necessary Approvals by the WPI Drop Dead Date, then, as promptly as practicable after such date (the " WPI Approval Date ") and at such place as mutually agreed by Pioneer and Arrow: (i) Arrow shall pay the WPI Shares Purchase Price to Pioneer and (ii) Pioneer shall deliver to Arrow Europe certificates representing all of Pioneer's right, title and interest in and to the WPI Shares. If Pioneer and Arrow are unable to obtain all of the WPI Necessary Approvals by the WPI Drop Dead Date, then Arrow shall not be obligated to purchase the WPI Shares or pay the WPI Shares Purchase Price to Pioneer.

(c) In the event that at Closing all of the conditions precedent set forth in Articles VI and VII have been satisfied or waived except that the parties have not obtained the consents, approvals and actions of, filings with and notices to, (i) the Cartel Office necessary to vest in Arrow Europe good and valid title to the GmbH Shares and/or (ii) the Competition Bureau necessary to vest in Arrow good and valid title to the Canadian Assets, then (A) the parties will consummate the Closing without acquiring the GmbH Shares and/or (as the case may be) the Canadian Assets and assuming the Canadian Liabilities, (B) the Net Book Value of the GmbH Subsidiary and/or (as the case may be) of Pioneer Canada will be excluded from the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet and the Closing Balance Sheet and (C) Pioneer and Arrow shall use reasonable efforts to obtain such approvals from the Cartel Office and/or (as the case may be) the Competition Bureau by such date that is six (6) months after the Closing Date (the " Drop Dead Date "). If Pioneer and Arrow are able to obtain all of such approvals from the Cartel Office by the Drop Dead Date, then, as promptly as practicable after such date (the " GmbH Approval Date ") and at such place as mutually agreed by Pioneer and Arrow: (1) Arrow shall pay the GmbH Purchase Price to Pioneer and (2) Pioneer shall deliver to Purchasers the executed Share Purchase and Transfer Agreement and shall deliver such other documents and take such other actions, if any, sufficient to vest in Arrow Europe good and valid title in and to the GmbH Shares. If Pioneer and Arrow are unable to obtain all of such approvals from the Cartel Office by the GmbH Drop Dead Date, then Arrow shall not be obligated to purchase the GmbH Shares or pay the GmbH Purchase Price to Pioneer. If Pioneer and Arrow are able to obtain all of such approvals from the Competition Bureau by the Drop Dead Date, then, as promptly as practicable after such date (the " Canadian Approval Date ") and at such place as mutually agreed by Pioneer and Arrow: (1) Arrow shall pay the Canadian Purchase Price to Pioneer and assume the Canadian Liabilities and (2) Pioneer shall deliver to Arrow Canada all of its right, title and interest in and to the Canadian Assets. If Pioneer and Arrow are unable to obtain all of such approvals from the Competition Bureau by the Drop Dead Date, then Arrow shall not be obligated to purchase the Canadian Assets, assume the Canadian Liabilities or pay the Canadian Purchase Price to Pioneer. If at the Closing Date the necessary approvals of the Cartel Office with respect to the GmbH Subsidiary and/or the Competition Office with respect to Pioneer Canada have not been obtained, the commencement date for the provision of services under the Transition Services Agreement with respect to the GmbH Subsidiary and/or the Canada Assets (as the case may be) shall be deferred until the closing(s) of the sale of the GmbH Subsidiary and/or the Canada Assets (as the case may be).

back to top

1.06 Employee Matters

. (a) Selected Employees . (i) At or prior to Closing, the Purchasers will extend offers of employment, commencing as of 12:01 a.m. on the day following the Closing Date, at such salary, compensation levels and terms and conditions as such Purchasers may determine, to the Selected Employees, which offers shall be conditioned on the Closing. Each Selected Employee who accepts Purchasers' offer of employment shall become an employee of the Purchasers as of 12:01 a.m. on the day following the Closing Date and shall thereafter be a " Transferred Employee ". Purchasers shall assume all employment obligations accruing or arising after such time with respect to the Transferred Employees. In addition, Purchasers agree that in connection with their employment of any Transferred Employees, such Purchasers shall (x) give full credit for years of service with Sellers for purposes of eligibility and vesting under Purchasers' Plans, (y) impose no waiting period for benefits participation, and (z) impose no exclusions from health benefits for pre-existing medical conditions, other than those medical conditions excluded under Sellers' health plans.

(ii) Subsequent to the Closing Date, Sellers, in their sole option, may retain or terminate any Employees other than the Transferred Employees, and Purchasers shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice from the Sellers setting forth the names of such terminated Employees and the amounts actually paid by the Sellers to or on behalf of such terminated Employees, reimburse Sellers for any severance payments actually paid by Sellers to or on behalf of any terminated Employees pursuant to the Severance Policy as a result of the Sellers' termination of such Employees (x) on the day of the Closing or at any time during the two-week period after the Closing Date, (y) a later date to comply with the WARN ACT, or (z) with respect to any Employees who are retained by Sellers to provide services under the Transition Services Agreement, on the day of termination of such Employees by Sellers provided , however , that Purchasers shall not be obligated to reimburse Sellers for any severance payments made to any Selected Employees who are offered employment by Purchasers with substantially equivalent compensation and benefits, in the aggregate, to that currently being provided by Sellers to each such Selected Employee, and at the same work location or at a work location that is not more than fifty (50) miles from such location, and who do not accept the Purchasers' offer of employment; provided , further , that Purchasers shall not be obligated to reimburse Sellers for any additional severance to any vice-presidents not required by the Severance Policy as listed on Section 2.07 of the Disclosure Schedules . To the extent Sellers terminate any employees after the Closing Date but before expiration of the two-week period following the Closing Date, Sellers shall be solely responsible for all employment obligations (other than severance, which shall be addressed in the manner described in this Section 1.06 ) accruing or arising with respect to such Employees during such time. Purchasers shall not be obligated to reimburse Sellers for any such severance payments to Employees terminated by Sellers after the time periods specified in clauses (x) through (z) above.

(iii) In the event that Purchasers offer any Selected Employee employment that is not substantially equivalent in compensation and benefits, in the aggregate, to that currently being provided by Sellers to each such Selected Employee, or which involves a change in work location of fifty (50) or more miles, and any such Selected Employee declines such employment, Purchasers shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice from Sellers setting forth the names of such Selected Employees and the amounts actually paid by Sellers to or on behalf of such Selected Employees, reimburse Sellers for any severance payments Sellers actually pay to or on behalf of such Selected Employees pursuant to the Severance Policy.

(iv) Sellers hereby represent and warrant to Purchasers that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall not trigger any "change of control", as such term is defined in any employment agreement or change of control agreement with or relating to any Employees. In the event that any claim or demand is made in respect of which an Employee asserts against or seeks to be collected from any of Purchasers any payments or other benefits arising in connection with a "change of control", including, without limitation, as a result of any court of competent jurisdiction or other competent Governmental or Regulatory Authority determining that a "change of control" has occurred that would trigger any payments or other benefits, Sellers shall indemnify and hold harmless Purchasers for all costs and expenses incurred in defending and/or paying any such claim or demand and any Losses or Liabilities related thereto.

(v) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall confer upon any Transferred Employee any right to continued employment by any of Purchasers, nor shall anything herein interfere with the right of Purchasers to terminate the employment of any Transferred Employee, with or without cause, subject to applicable law. No provision of this Agreement shall create any third party beneficiary rights in any Employee, or any beneficiary or dependents thereof.

(vi) Sellers hereby waive, with respect to the solicitation of employment or employment by Purchasers of any Selected Employee, any claims or rights Sellers may have against Purchasers or any such Selected Employee under any non-hire, non-solicitation, non-competition, confidentiality or employment agreement or any cause of action based on similar rights arising by contract, at common law or by statute or regulation. Sellers hereby assign, to the extent legally permissible, to Purchasers all of Sellers' rights to enforce the provisions of any non-competition agreement between any of Sellers and any Transferred Employee and any non-hire, non-solicitation, confidentiality, assignment of inventions or similar agreement between such Sellers and any Transferred Employee.

(vii) During the time that this Agreement shall remain in effect and for a period of three (3) years following the Closing Date, each of Sellers agree that it shall take no action, formal or informal, direct or indirect, to (A) solicit the employment of any Transferred Employees other than through general advertising not specifically directed at such employees, (B) hire any Transferred Employees of Purchasers, except as a result of actions permitted by clause (A) above, or (C) solicit, entice, induce or encourage any Transferred Employees or any other employee, consultant or independent contractor of Purchasers to terminate his, her or its relationship with any of Purchasers in order to become an employee of, or a consultant or independent contractor to, a person other than Purchaser s; provided , however , that Sellers shall not be restricted from soliciting the employment of or hiring any Transferred Employees that have previously been terminated by Purchasers or have terminated their employment with Purchasers other than as a result of Sellers' violation of this Section 1.06(a)(vii) .

(b) WARN Act Notices . Sellers shall be responsible for providing any notices required under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (the " WARN Act "), and shall hold harmless and indemnify Purchasers from and against any liability or damages resulting from Sellers' failure to comply with the WARN Act.

(c) Miscellaneous Employment Matters .

    1. Subject to the other provisions of Sections 1.06(a)(i) , (a)(ii) , (a)(iii) , and (c)(vi) , Purchasers shall not assume any obligations to any Selected Employee who does not become a Transferred Employee, including, without limitation, any obligations or liabilities for any dismissal benefits, severance or restructuring costs, other than as required under the Severance Policy.
    2. Except as set forth in Section 1.06(a)(i) , (a)(ii) and (a)(iii) , and subject to the terms of Section 1.06(c)(vi) , Purchasers shall not assume any obligations to any Employee, including any Transferred Employee, including, without limitation any wages (including salary and commissions), vacation pay (other than as provided in Section 1.02(a)(iii)) , severance pay, sick leave, medical, life insurance, disability and other welfare plan expenses and benefits of any type or nature, that accrued prior to the Closing Date.
    3. Purchasers are not assuming any of the Benefit Plans of any of the Sellers, and Purchasers shall have no liability whatsoever to employees of Sellers with respect to accrued or future benefits under any such Benefit Plans (other than as provided in Section 1.02(a)(iii) ), whether or not any of such employees are offered employment by, or become employees of, Purchasers, and Sellers shall defend, indemnify and hold Purchasers harmless against any claims that they have liability under such Benefit Plans.
    4. [ Intentionally omitted. ]
    5. Prior to the Closing Date, Purchasers shall establish or designate one or more 401(k) defined contribution plans (" Purchasers' 401(k) Plan ") in which the Transferred Employees shall commence to participate on the day after the Closing Date. Purchasers shall permit any Transferred Employee who was covered under a 401(k) defined contribution plan of Sellers (" Sellers' 401(k) Plan ") to elect a direct rollover of the Transferred Employee's rollover-eligible distribution (including any outstanding participant loan) from Sellers' 401(k) Plan to Purchasers' 401(k) Plan.
    6. Except as expressly limited by this Agreement, Purchasers acknowledge and assume sole and exclusive responsibility for all decisions and actions relating to Purchasers' employment of any Employees, including, but not limited to, any and all decisions to hire or not hire, job assignments, compensation, and benefits. Accordingly, Purchasers agree to indemnify and hold harmless Sellers for any and all liability(ies) arising to Sellers from such decisions, if any, including, but not limited to, reimbursement of Sellers' attorneys' fees for defending any claims by any Employees relating to such decisions and actions of Purchasers, provided , however , that, upon acknowledging Purchasers' obligation therefor, Purchasers shall have the right to assume control of any defense of such claims, including without limitation the selection of legal counsel, and, provided , further , that Sellers shall not make any payments to or on behalf of any such Employees in connection with such claims, as settlement payments or otherwise, without the express written consent of Purchasers.

    back to top

1.07 Third-Party Consents

. To the extent that any Business Contract or Personal Property Lease is not assignable without the consent of another party, this Agreement shall not constitute an assignment or an attempted assignment thereof if such assignment or attempted assignment would constitute a breach thereof or a default thereunder. Sellers and Purchasers shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent of such other party to the assignment of any such Business Contract or Personal Property Lease to Purchasers in all cases in which such consent is required for such assignment. If any such consent shall not be obtained, Sellers shall cooperate with Purchasers in any reasonable arrangement designed to provide for Purchasers the benefits intended to be assigned to Purchasers under the Business Contract or Personal Property Lease, including enforcement at the cost and for the account of Purchasers of any and all rights of Sellers against the other party thereto arising out of the breach or cancellation thereof by such other party or otherwise. If and to the extent that such arrangement cannot be made to the reasonable satisfaction of Purchasers, (a) such Purchasers shall have the right to exclude such Business Contract or Personal Property Lease from the Assets pursuant to Section 1.01 , (b) Purchasers shall have no obligation pursuant to Section 1.02 or otherwise with respect to any such Business Contract or Personal Property Lease, and (c) such Business Contract or Personal Property Lease shall be excluded from the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet and the Closing Date Balance Sheet.

back to top

1.08 Further Assurances; Post-Closing Cooperation

. (a) At any time or from time to time after the Closing, at Purchasers' request and without further consideration, Sellers shall execute and deliver to Purchasers such other instruments of sale, transfer, conveyance, assignment and confirmation, provide such materials and information and take such other actions as Purchasers may reasonably deem necessary or desirable in order more effectively to transfer, convey and assign to Purchasers the Business, and to confirm Purchasers' title to the Assets.

    1. Except with regard to matters set forth in Articles IX and X , effective on the Closing Date, Sellers hereby constitute and appoint Purchasers the true and lawful attorney of Sellers, with full power of substitution, in the name of Sellers or Purchasers, but on behalf of and for the benefit of Purchasers: (i) to demand and receive from time to time any and all of the Assets and to make endorsements and give receipts and releases for and in respect of the same and any part thereof; (ii) to institute, prosecute, compromise and settle any and all Actions or Proceedings that Purchasers may deem reasonably proper in order to collect, assert or enforce any claim, right or title of any kind in or to the Assets; (iii) to defend or compromise any or all Actions or Proceedings in respect of any of the Assets; and (iv) to do all such acts and things in relation to the matters set forth in the preceding clauses (i) through (iii) as Purchasers shall deem desirable. Sellers hereby acknowledge that the appointment hereby made and the powers hereby granted are coupled with an interest and are not and shall not be revocable by them in any manner or for any reason. Sellers shall deliver to Purchasers at Closing an acknowledged power of attorney to the foregoing effect executed by Sellers. Purchasers shall indemnify and hold harmless Sellers from any and all Losses caused by or arising out of any actions by Purchasers in their exercise of such power of attorney.
    2. Following the Closing, each party will afford the other party, its counsel and its accountants, during normal business hours, reasonable access to the books, records and other data relating to the Business in its possession with respect to periods prior to the Closing and the right to make copies and extracts therefrom (provided such access does not unreasonably interfere with the business operations of each party), to the extent that such access may be reasonably required by the requesting party in connection with (i) the preparation of Tax Returns, (ii) the determination or enforcement of rights and obligations under this Agreement, (iii) compliance with the requirements of any Governmental or Regulatory Authority, (iv) the determination or enforcement of the rights and obligations of any party to this Agreement or any of the Operative Agreements or (v) in connection with any actual or threatened Action or Proceeding. Further each party agrees for a period as is required by Law and in any event for three (3) years not to destroy or otherwise dispose of any books, records and other data relating to the Business unless such party shall first offer in writing to surrender such books, records and other data to the other party and such other party shall not agree in writing to take possession thereof during the ten (10) Business Day period after such offer is made.
    3. If, in order properly to prepare its Tax Returns, other documents or reports required to be filed with Governmental or Regulatory Authorities or its financial statements or to fulfill its obligations hereunder, it is necessary that a party be furnished with additional information, documents or records relating to the Business not referred to in paragraph (c) above, and such information, documents or records are in the possession or control of the other party, such other party shall use its best efforts to furnish or make available such information, documents or records (or copies thereof) at the recipient's request, cost and expense.
    4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 1.08 , if the parties are in an adversarial relationship in litigation or arbitration, the furnishing of information, documents or records in accordance paragraphs (c) or (d) of this Section shall be subject to applicable rules relating to discovery.

    back to top

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS

Sellers hereby represent and warrant to Purchasers as follows:

2.01 Organization of Sellers and the GmbH Subsidiary .

(a) Each Seller is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and has full power and authority to conduct the Business as and to the extent now conducted and to own, use and lease the Assets.

(b) The GmbH Subsidiary is a limited liability company ( Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung ) duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of the Germany, and has full power and authority to conduct its business as and to the extent now conducted and to own, use and lease its Assets and Properties. Section 2.01(b)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all lines of business in which the GmbH Subsidiary is currently participating or engaged. The GmbH Subsidiary is duly qualified and licensed or admitted to do business in those jurisdictions specified in Section 2.01(b)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule , which are the only jurisdictions in which the ownership, use or leasing of its Assets and Properties, or the conduct or nature of its business, makes such qualification, licensing or admission necessary, except for those jurisdictions in which the adverse effects of all such failures by the GmbH Subsidiary to be so qualified, licensed or admitted can, in the aggregate, be eliminated without material cost or expense by becoming qualified, licensed or admitted. The name of each Managing Director ( Geschäftsführer ) of the GmbH Subsidiary on the date hereof, is listed in Section 2.01(b)(iii) of the Disclosure Schedule . Sellers have prior to the execution of this Agreement delivered to Purchasers true and complete copies of the " Satzung " of the GmbH Subsidiary as in effect on the date hereof.

back to top

2.02 Authority .

Each Seller has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Operative Agreements to which it is a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including without limitation to sell and transfer (pursuant to this Agreement) the Assets. The execution and delivery by each Seller of this Agreement and the Operative Agreements to which it is a party, and the performance by such Seller of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, have been duly and validly authorized by the Board of Directors of such Seller, if applicable, and otherwise, in accordance with applicable Law, no other action on the part of such Seller or its stockholders or partners being necessary. This Agreement and the Operative Agreements have been duly and validly executed and delivered by each Seller and constitutes, and upon the execution and delivery by such Seller of the Operative Agreements to which it is a party, such Operative Agreements will constitute, legal, valid and binding obligations of each Seller enforceable against such Seller in accordance with their terms.

back to top

2.03 No Conflicts .

The execution and delivery by each Seller of this Agreement do not, and the execution and delivery by each Seller of the Operative Agreements to which it is a party, the performance by such Seller of its obligations under this Agreement and such Operative Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not:

    1. conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the articles of incorporation or code of regulations (or other comparable corporate charter documents) of any Seller and the GmbH Subsidiary;
    2. subject to obtaining the consents, approvals and actions, making the filings and giving the notices disclosed in Section 2.04 of the Disclosure Schedule , conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any term or provision of any Law or Order applicable to any Seller or the GmbH Subsidiary with respect to the Business or to the Assets; or
    3. except as disclosed in Section 2.03 of the Disclosure Schedule or other than any customer contracts, purchase orders, sales orders and any non-disclosure agreements, (i) conflict with or result in a violation or breach of, (ii) constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, (iii) require any Seller or the GmbH Subsidiary to obtain any consent, approval or action of, make any filing with or give any notice to any Person as a result or under the terms of, or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any Seller or the GmbH Subsidiary or any of the Assets under, any Contract by which any Seller or the GmbH Subsidiary, or any of the Assets, is bound.

    back to top

2.04 Governmental Approvals and Filings .

Except as disclosed in Section 2.04 of the Disclosure Schedule and for such filings, if any, required with (i) the United States Federal Trade Commission (the " FTC ") and the Department of Justice (the " DOJ ") pursuant to the HSR Act, (ii) the German Federal Cartel Office (the "Cartel Office") pursuant to the Gesetz gegen Wettbewerbsbeschränkungen , (the "GWB") and the Taiwanese Investment Commission (the " TIC ") (iii) Taiwanese Stock Exchange (the " TSE ") pursuant to applicable Taiwanese law, and (iv) the Canadian Competition Bureau (the " Competition Bureau ") pursuant to the Competition Act of Canada (the " Competition Act ") no consent, approval or action of, filing with or notice to any Governmental or Regulatory Authority on the part of any Seller or, prior to the Closing Date, the GmbH Subsidiary is required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or any of the Operative Agreements to which it is a party or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

back to top

2.05 Books and Records .

(a) Except as set forth in Section 2.05 of the Disclosure Schedule , none of the Business Books and Records is recorded, stored, maintained, operated or otherwise wholly or partly dependent upon or held by any means (including any electronic, mechanical or photographic process, whether computerized or not) which (including all means of access thereto and therefrom) are not under the exclusive ownership and direct control of one or more of Sellers.

(b) The minute books and other similar records of the GmbH Subsidiary as made available to Purchasers prior to the execution of this Agreement contain a true and complete record, in all material respects, of all action taken at all meetings and by all written consents in lieu of meetings of the stockholders of the GmbH Subsidiary. Prior to the execution of this Agreement, no transfers of shares in the GmbH Subsidiary have occurred. The Books and Records of the GmbH Subsidiary are under the exclusive ownership and direct control of the GmbH subsidiary.

back to top

2.06 Financial Statements .

Prior to the execution of this Agreement, Sellers have delivered to Purchasers true and complete copies of the following financial statements (the financial statements set forth in subparagraphs (a) and (b) below, collectively, the Financial Statements "):

    1. the unaudited balance sheets of the Business as of March 31, 2001 and March 31, 2002, and the unaudited statements of income of the Business for each of the fiscal years ended as of March 31, 2001 and March 31, 2002; and

(b) the unaudited balance sheets of the Business as of June 30, 2002 and September 30, 2002, and the related unaudited statements of income of the Business for the portion of the fiscal year then ended.

Except as set forth in the notes thereto and as disclosed in Section 2.06 of the Disclosure Schedule , all such Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect from time to time, (ii) fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of the Business as of the respective dates thereof and for the respective periods covered thereby, and (iii) were compiled from Business Books and Records regularly maintained by management and used to prepare the financial statements of Sellers in accordance with the principles stated therein. With respect to the statements of income contained in the Financial Statements set forth in subparagraph (b) above, such statements of earnings do not contain any extraordinary or non-recurring income or any other income not earned in the ordinary and customary course of the Business, except as set forth therein. Sellers have maintained the Business Books and Records in a manner sufficient to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP as in effect from time to time.

back to top

2.07 Absence of Changes .

Except for the execution, delivery and disclosure of this Agreement and the transactions to take place pursuant hereto on or prior to the Closing Date, since September 30, 2002 (a) Sellers and the GmbH Subsidiary have conducted the Business only in the ordinary course and consistent with their past practice or as otherwise permitted by Section 4.05 hereof and (b) except as disclosed in Section 2.07 of the Disclosure Schedule , there has not occurred any Special Closing Condition-Material Adverse Effect, or any event or development which, individually or together with other such events, could reasonably be expected to result in a Special Closing Condition-Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the foregoing, except as disclosed in Section 2.07 of the Disclosure Schedule or as otherwise permitted by Section 4.05 hereof, there has not occurred, between September 30, 2002 and the date hereof, any of the following:

(i) (x) any increase in the salary, wages or other compensation of any Employee whose annual salary is, or after giving effect to such change would be, $25,000 or more; (y) any establishment or modification of (A) targets, goals, pools or similar provisions in respect of any fiscal year under any Benefit Plan or any employment-related Contract or other compensation arrangement with or for Employees or (B) salary ranges, increase guidelines or similar provisions in respect of any Benefit Plan or any employment-related Contract or other compensation arrangement with or for Employees; or (z) any adoption, entering into or becoming bound by any Benefit Plan, employment-related Contract or collective bargaining agreement, or amendment, modification or termination (partial or complete) of any Benefit Plan, employment-related Contract or collective bargaining agreement, except to the extent required by applicable Law and, in the event compliance with legal requirements presented options, only to the extent the option which Sellers or the GmbH Subsidiary reasonably believed to be the least costly was chosen;

(ii) any physical damage, destruction or other casualty loss affecting (A) the Real Property Lease relating to the property located in Solon, Ohio, or (B) the Inventory, in an aggregate amount exceeding $250,000;

(iii) any material change in (A) any investment, accounting, financial reporting, inventory, credit, allowance or Tax practice or policy of the Business or (B) any method of calculating any bad debt, inventory, contingency or other reserve of the Business for accounting, financial reporting or Tax purposes;

(iv) (A) any acquisition or disposition of any Assets, other than Inventory and Tangible Personal Property in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; or (B) any creation or incurrence of a Lien, other than a Permitted Lien, on the Business or any of the Assets;

(v) entering into, amending, modifying, terminating (partial or complete) or granting of a waiver under or giving any consent with respect to any Contract which is required (or had it been in effect on the date hereof would have been required) to be disclosed in the Section 2.16(a) of the Disclosure Schedule ;

(vi) any transaction in connection with the Business with any officer, director or Affiliate of Sellers or the GmbH Subsidiary (A) outside the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or (B) other than on an arm's-length basis and not covered in (i) above;

(vii) any entering into of a Contract to do or engage in any of the foregoing after the date hereof; or

(viii) any other transaction involving or development affecting the Business or the Assets outside the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, which individually or in the aggregate exceeds $250,000.

back to top

2.08 No Undisclosed Liabilities .

On the date of the execution of this Agreement, except as reflected or reserved against in the September Balance Sheet or as disclosed in Section 2.08 of the Disclosure Schedule , there are no Liabilities against, relating to or affecting the Business or any of the Assets, other than Liabilities since September 30, 2002 (i) incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or (ii) which, individually or in the aggregate, are not material to the Condition of the Business. On the Closing Date, there are no Liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of the Business which are, in accordance with Section 1.04(c) , required to be reserved against or disclosed on the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet which are not so reserved or disclosed.

back to top

2.09 Taxes .

(a) Tax Return Filings . Each Seller has filed all Tax Returns, as applicable, relating to the Business and the Assets and the GmbH Subsidiary required to be filed by applicable Law. All such Tax Returns were true, complete and correct in all material respects and filed on a timely basis. Each Seller has paid all Taxes that are due, or claimed or asserted in writing to such Seller by any taxing authority to be due, from such Seller for the periods covered by such Tax Returns. The GmbH Subsidiary has timely filed all Tax Returns required to be filed by applicable Law, and all such returns were true, complete and correct. The GmbH Subsidiary has paid all Taxes that are due or claimed or asserted in writing to the GmbH Subsidiary by any taxing authority to be due, from the GmbH Subsidiary for the periods covered by such Tax Returns. Pioneer Canada has withheld from each payment made to any of its past or present employees, officers or directors, and to any non-resident of Canada, the amount of all taxes and other deductions required to be withheld therefrom, and has paid the same to the proper Governmental or Regulatory Authority within the time required under any applicable Laws. Pioneer Canada has remitted to the appropriate Governmental or Regulatory Authority, when required by law to do so, all amounts collected by it on account of federal goods and services tax (" GST ") and applicable provincial sales taxes.

(b) Tax Liens . Except for Permitted Liens, there are no Liens for Taxes upon the Business, any of the Assets or any of the assets of the GmbH Subsidiary.

(c) Audit, Administrative and Court Proceedings . No audits or other administrative proceedings or court proceedings are presently pending with regard to any Taxes or Tax Returns relating to the Business, any of the Assets or any of the assets of the GmbH Subsidiary.

(d) Availability of Tax Returns . Sellers have made available to Purchasers a complete and accurate copy of the Return of Taxable Business Property for the accounting period April, 1, 2000 to March 31, 2001, filed with Cuyahoga County, Ohio.

(e) GST/HSTRegistration . Pioneer Canada is duly registered under the Excise Tax Act (Canada) with respect to the GST and Harmonized Sales Tax and its registration number is 13831 7615 RT0001.

(f) Residence . Pioneer Canada is not a non-resident of Canada within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada).

2.10 Legal Proceedings .

Except as disclosed in Section 2.10 of the Disclosure Schedule (with paragraph references corresponding to those set forth below):

(a) there are no Actions or Proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of Sellers, threatened against, relating to or affecting any Seller or the GmbH Subsidiary with respect to the Business or any of the Assets which (i) could reasonably be expected to result in the issuance of an Order restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting or making illegal the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Operative Agreements or otherwise result in a material diminution of the benefits contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Operative Agreements to Purchasers, or (ii) if determined adversely to Sellers or the GmbH Subsidiary, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) there are no facts or circumstances Known to Sellers that could reasonably be expected to give rise to any Action or Proceeding that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to clause (a) above; and

(c) there are no Orders outstanding against Sellers or the GmbH Subsidiary with respect to the Business. There are no responses of counsel to auditors' requests for information delivered in connection with Sellers' most recently prepared audited financial statements (together with any updates provided by such counsel) relating to the Action listed on Section 1.02(b)(iv) of the Disclosure Schedule .

2.11 Compliance With Laws and Orders .

Except as disclosed in Section 2.11 of the Disclosure Schedule , no Seller or GmbH Subsidiary is, or has at any time within the last five (5) years been, or has received any notice that it is or has at any time within the last five (5) years been, in violation of or in default under, in any material respect, any Law or Order applicable to the Business or the Assets which violation or default would have a Material Adverse Effect.

back to top

2.12 Benefit Plans

(a) Section 2.12(a) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete list and description of each of the Benefit Plans (including the Severance Policy), including any funding mechanism therefor now in effect or required in the future as a result of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise. None of Sellers or the GmbH Subsidiary has scheduled or agreed upon future increases of benefit levels (or creations of new benefits) with respect to any Benefit Plan, and no such increases or creation of benefits have been proposed, made the subject of representations to Employees or requested or demanded by Employees under circumstances which make it reasonable to expect that such increases will be granted. The GmbH Subsidiary has no Benefit Plans and except as set forth in Section 2.12(a) of the Disclosure Schedules , Pioneer Canada has no pension or other retirement plans.

(b) None of the Benefit Plans are subject to Title IV of ERISA and neither Pioneer nor any member of its "Controlled Group" (defined as any organization which is a member of a controlled group of organizations within the meaning of Code sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o)) has incurred any liability under Title IV of ERISA;  and no event has occurred and no condition exists that would subject the Business, either directly or by reason of their affiliation with any member of their "Controlled Group" (defined as any organization which is a member of a controlled group of organizations within the meaning of Code sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o)), to any material tax, fine, lien, penalty or other liability imposed by ERISA, the Code or other applicable laws, rules and regulations with respect to any Benefit Plans.

(c) Section 2.12(c) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth, on a plan by plan basis, the present value of benefits payable presently or in the future to any Employee participating in each unfunded Benefit Plan.

(d) Except as disclosed in Section 2.12(d) of the Disclosure Schedule , no payment or benefit under any Benefit Plan, including, without limitation, any severance or parachute payment plan or agreement, will be established or become accelerated, vested, funded or payable by reason of any transaction contemplated under this Agreement.

back to top

2.13 Real Property Leases .

(a) Each applicable Seller has a valid and subsisting leasehold estate in and the right to quiet enjoyment of the sites or facilities subject to the Real Property Leases for the full term thereof. Each of the Real Property Leases is a legal, valid and binding agreement, enforceable in accordance with its terms, of the applicable Seller and to the best of Sellers' Knowledge, of each other Person that is a party thereto, and except as set forth in Section 2.13(a) of the Disclosure Schedule , to the best of Sellers' Knowledge, there is no, nor has any applicable Seller or the GmbH Subsidiary received any notice of any, default (or any condition or event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) thereunder. Neither of the applicable Sellers nor the GmbH Subsidiary owes any brokerage commissions with respect to any such leased space.

(b) Each applicable Seller has delivered to the applicable Purchaser prior to the execution of this Agreement true and complete copies of all Real Property Leases and similar documents, and all amendments and renewal letters thereof, with respect to the Real Property Leases.

(c) To Sellers' Knowledge, except as disclosed in Section 2.13(c) of the Disclosure Schedule , the facilities, fixtures and other leasehold improvements with respect to the Real Property Leases are in good operating condition and in a state of good maintenance and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted, are adequate and suitable for the purposes for which they are presently being used.

(d) Except as disclosed in Section 2.13(d) of the Disclosure Schedule , no tenant or other party is in possession of any of the sites or facilities subject to the Real Property Leases.

back to top

2.14 WPI Shares and GmbH Shares .

(a) Except as disclosed in Section 2.14 of the Disclosure Schedule , the WPI Shares are owned by Pioneer free and clear of all Liens and there are no shareholder agreements and/or other restrictions on the ability of Pioneer to sell or Arrow to purchase the WPI Shares. Except as disclosed in Section 2.14 of the Disclosure Schedule , upon the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, Arrow will acquire, subject to receipt of the WPI Necessary Approvals prior to the WPI Drop Dead Date and payment of the WPI Shares Purchase Price, good and valid title to the WPI Shares, free and clear of all Liens, and there shall be no restrictions on the ability of Arrow to sell or otherwise transfer such WPI Shares.

(b) The authorized capital stock of the GmbH Subsidiary consists solely of the GmbH Shares. The GmbH Shares are duly authorized, validly issued, outstanding, and fully paid. Pioneer owns the GmbH Shares, as legal and beneficial holder, free and clear of all Liens. There are no outstanding Options with respect to the GmbH Shares. Except as disclosed in Section 2.14 of the Disclosure Schedule , upon the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, Arrow Europe will acquire, subject to receipt of the necessary approvals from the Cartel Office prior to the Drop Dead Date and payment of the GmbH Purchase Price, good and valid title to the GmbH Shares, free and clear of all Liens, and there shall be no restrictions on the ability of Arrow Europe to sell or otherwise transfer such GmbH Shares.

back to top

2.15 Intellectual Property Rights

. Except as disclosed in Section 2.15 of the Disclosure Schedule , (i) Sellers own the Intangible Personal Property free and clear of all Liens, (ii) Sellers have the exclusive right to use the Intangible Personal Property, (iii) there are no restrictions on the direct or indirect transfer of such Intangible Personal Property, (iv) Sellers have delivered to Purchasers prior to the execution of this Agreement documentation with respect to any invention, process, design, computer program or other know-how or trade secret included in such Intangible Personal Property, which documentation is accurate in all material respects and reasonably sufficient in detail and content to identify and explain such invention, process, design, computer program or other know-how or trade secret and to facilitate its full and proper use without reliance on the special knowledge or memory of any Person, (v) Sellers have taken reasonable security measures to protect the secrecy, confidentiality and value of the Intangible Personal Property, (vi) to the Knowledge of Sellers, Sellers' use of the Intangible Personal Property do not infringe on any Intellectual Property rights of any other Person, and (vii) to the Knowledge of Sellers, the Intangible Personal Property is not being infringed by any other Person. Except for the need to access and use (i) Adonix order management software, (ii) Oracle financials software, (iii) certain "shrink-wrap" software applications, (iv) the Intangible Personal Property and (v) the Siebel Assignment, no other Intellectual Property is necessary to operate the Power and Signal line of business in substantially the same manner as it is presently being operated.

back to top

2.16 Contracts .

(a) Section 2.16(a) of the Disclosure Schedule (with paragraph references corresponding to those set forth below) contains a true and complete list of each of the following Contracts or other arrangements (true and complete copies or, if none, reasonably complete and accurate written descriptions of which, together with all amendments and supplements thereto and all waivers of any terms thereof, have been delivered to Purchasers prior to the execution of this Agreement) to which any Seller or the GmbH Subsidiary is a party in connection with the Business or by which any of the Assets is bound:

(i) other than Contracts provided in Section 2.19 , (A) all Contracts (excluding Benefit Plans) providing for a commitment of employment or consultation services for a specified or unspecified term to, or otherwise relating to employment or the termination of employment of, any Employee, the name, position and rate of compensation of each Employee party to such a Contract and the expiration date of each such Contract; and (B) any written or unwritten representations, commitments, promises, communications or courses of conduct (excluding Benefit Plans and any such Contracts referred to in clause (A)) involving an obligation of any Seller or the GmbH Subsidiary to make payments in any year, other than with respect to salary or incentive compensation payments in the ordinary course of business, to any Employee;

(ii) all partnership, joint venture, or shareholders' Contracts with any Person in connection with the Business, including any Contracts with respect to the WPI Shares;

(iii) all Contracts relating to the future disposition or acquisition of any Assets, other than dispositions or acquisitions of Inventory and Tangible Personal Property in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(iv) all collective bargaining or similar labor Contracts covering any Employee; and

(v) all other Contracts (other than Benefit Plans and Real Property Leases) with respect to the Business including Contracts with distributors, dealers, manufacturer's representatives, sales agencies or franchises with whom any Seller deals in connection with the Business, other than customer contracts, purchase orders, sales orders and any nondisclosure agreements, that (A) involve the payment or potential payment, pursuant to the terms of any such Contract, by or to any Seller or the GmbH Subsidiary of more than $250,000 annually and (B) cannot be terminated within ninety (90) days after giving notice of termination without resulting in any material cost or penalty to any Seller.

(b) Each Contract required to be disclosed in Section 2.16(a) of the Disclosure Schedule is in full force and effect and constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement, enforceable in accordance with its terms, of each party thereto; and except as disclosed in Section 2.16(b) of the Disclosure Schedule none of Sellers or the GmbH Subsidiary, nor, to the Knowledge of Sellers, any other party to such Contract is, or has received notice that it is, in violation or breach of or default under any such Contract (or with notice or lapse of time or both, would be in violation or breach of or default under any such Contract) in any material respect.

(c) Except as disclosed in Section 2.16(c) of the Disclosure Schedule , the execution, delivery and performance by any Seller of this Agreement and the Operative Agreements to which it is a party, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will not (A) result in or give to any Person any right of termination, cancellation, acceleration or modification in or with respect to, or (B) result in or give to any Person any additional rights or entitlement to increased, additional, accelerated or guaranteed payments, under any Contract required to be disclosed in Section 2.16(a) of the Disclosure Schedule .

back to top

2.17 Tangible Personal Property .

Sellers or the GmbH Subsidiary are in possession of and have good title to, or have valid leasehold interests in or valid rights under Contract to use, all the Tangible Personal Property, which is included in the tangible personal property reflected in the September Balance Sheet and tangible personal property acquired since September 30, 2002 other than tangible personal property disposed of since such date in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice. All the Tangible Personal Property is free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens and Liens disclosed in Section 2.17 of the Disclosure Schedule , and, to the Knowledge of Sellers, is in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and its use complies in all material respects with all applicable Laws.

back to top

2.18 Affiliate Transactions .

Except as disclosed in Section 2.18(a) of the Disclosure Schedule , (i) no officer, director or Affiliate of Sellers or the GmbH Subsidiary provides or causes to be provided any assets, services or facilities used or held for use in connection with the Business, and (ii) the Business does not provide or cause to be provided any assets, services or facilities to any such officer, director or Affiliate. Except as disclosed in Section 2.18(b) of the Disclosure Schedule , each of the transactions listed in Section 2.18(a) of the Disclosure Schedule is engaged in on an arm's-length basis.

back to top

2.19 Employees; Labor Relations .

(a) Section 2.19 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a list of the name of each Employee at the date hereof, together with such Employee's position or function, annual base salary or wages and any incentive or bonus arrangement with respect to such Employee in effect on such date.

(b) Except as disclosed in Section 2.19 of the Disclosure Schedule , (i) no Employee is presently a member of a collective bargaining unit and, to the Knowledge of Sellers, there are no threatened or contemplated attempts to organize for collective bargaining purposes any of the Employees, and (ii) no unfair labor practice complaint or sex, age, race or other discrimination claim has been brought during the last three (3) years against any Seller or the GmbH Subsidiary with respect to the conduct of the Business before the National Labor Relations Board, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any other Governmental or Regulatory Authority.

(c) There has been no work stoppage, strike or other concerted action by employees of any Seller or the GmbH Subsidiary engaged in the Business in the last three (3) years. During that period, each Seller has complied in all material respects with all applicable Laws relating to the employment of labor, including, without limitation those relating to wages, hours and collective bargaining.

back to top

2.20 Environmental Matters .

Each Seller and the GmbH Subsidiary has obtained all material Licenses which are required under applicable Environmental Laws in connection with the conduct of the Business or the construction, operation or ownership of the Assets. Each of such Licenses is in full force and effect. Each Seller and the GmbH Subsidiary has conducted the Business in compliance in all material respects with the terms and conditions of all such Licenses and with any applicable Environmental Law. In addition, except as set forth in Section 2.20 of the Disclosure Schedule (with paragraph references corresponding to those set forth below):

(a) No Order has been issued, no Environmental Claim has been filed, no penalty has been assessed and no investigation or review is pending or, to the Knowledge of Sellers, threatened by any Governmental or Regulatory Authority with respect to any alleged failure by any Seller or the GmbH Subsidiary to comply with, or any liability under, applicable Environmental Laws, and to the Knowledge of Sellers there are no facts or circumstances in existence which could reasonably be expected to form the basis for any such Order, Environmental Claim, penalty or investigation which could be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) To the best of Sellers' Knowledge, none of the sites or facilities subject to the Real Property Leases contains or includes any of the following: (i) polychlorinated biphenyls, (ii) asbestos or asbestos-containing material, and (iii) underground storage tanks.

(c) No oral or written notification of a Release of a Hazardous Material in connection with the operation of the Business has been, or was required to be, filed by or on behalf of any Seller, and to the best of Sellers' Knowledge the sites or facilities subject to the Real Property Leases are not listed or proposed for listing on the NPL, CERCLIS or any similar state or local list of sites requiring investigation or clean-up.

(d) To the Knowledge of Sellers, no Liens have arisen under or pursuant to any Environmental Law on the sites or facilities subject to the Real Property Leases, and no federal, state or local Governmental or Regulatory Authority action has been taken or, to the Knowledge of Sellers, is in process that could subject such sites or facilities to such Liens.

back to top

2.21 Substantial Customers and Suppliers .

Section 2.21(a) of the Disclosure Schedule lists the one hundred (100) largest customers of the Business and the Retained Intel Volume Business, on the basis of revenues for goods sold or services provided by Sellers for their fiscal year ending March 31, 2002 (" FY 02 "). Section 2.21(b) of the Disclosure Schedule lists the (25) largest suppliers for the Business, on the basis of cost of goods or services purchased by Sellers for FY 02. Section 2.21(c) of the Disclosure Schedule lists the following: (a) Seller's Power and Signal top seventy (70) customers on the basis of revenues showing comparisons of FY 02 versus Sellers' fiscal year beginning April 1, 2002 (" FY 03 ") and FY 03 versus FY 02 for the period April 1 through January 8 for each respective year; (b) Sellers' industrial electronics top one hundred and fifty (150) customers on the basis of revenues showing comparisons of FY 02 versus FY 03 and FY 03 versus FY 02 for the period April 1 through December 31 for each respective year; (c) Sellers' industrial electronics top eight (80) suppliers on the basis of cost of goods purchased showing comparisons of FY 02 versus FY 03 and FY 03 versus FY 02 for the same period as stated in (b); (d) Sellers' Power and Signal top two (2) suppliers on the basis of cost of goods sold showing a comparison of FY 03 versus FY 02 for the same period as stated in (a); and (e) a list of customers or suppliers to the Knowledge of Sellers, as of the date of the execution of this Agreement, that have threatened to cease or materially reduce purchases, use, sales or provision of services, as applicable after the date hereof. The information provided in Sections 2.21(a) through (d) of the Disclosure Schedule , as of the date of this Agreement, is true and correct in all material respects. Except as disclosed in Section 2.21(d) of the Disclosure Schedule , to the Knowledge of Sellers, as of the date of the execution of this Agreement, no such customer or supplier is threatened with bankruptcy or insolvency.

back to top

2.22 Accounts Receivable .

Except as set forth in Section 2.22 of the Disclosure Schedule , the Accounts Receivable (i) arose from bona fide sales transactions in the ordinary course of business and are payable on ordinary trade terms, (ii) are legal, valid and binding obligations of the respective debtors enforceable in accordance with their terms, (iii) are not subject to any valid set-off or counterclaim, (iv) do not represent obligations for goods sold on consignment, on approval or on a sale-or-return basis or subject to any other repurchase or return arrangement, (v) are collectible in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in the aggregate recorded amounts thereof, net of any applicable reserve reflected on the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet and the Closing Date Balance Sheet, and (vi) are not the subject of any Actions or Proceedings brought by or on behalf of any Seller or the GmbH Subsidiary. Section 2.22 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a description of any security arrangements and collateral securing the repayment or other satisfaction of the Accounts Receivable (the " Security Agreements "). All steps necessary to render all such security arrangements legal, valid, binding and enforceable, and to give and maintain for Sellers or the GmbH Subsidiary a perfected security interest in the related collateral, have been taken. Sellers and the GmbH Subsidiary have each provided adequate reserves for Accounts Receivable in accordance with GAAP.

back to top

2.23 Inventory .

Except as set forth in Section 2.23(a) of the Disclosure Schedule , none of the Inventory was purchased from a source other than the manufacturer thereof or a distributor duly licensed or franchised to distribute such items by such manufacturer and, except for Inventory purchased for customer specific requirements (so long as such Inventory is subject to a contract for the purchase thereof by such customer), all such items of Inventory meet the requirements for return to the manufacturer under the applicable franchise agreement other than as a result of quantity limitations with respect to such return rights. All the Inventory is good and merchantable and consists of a quality and quantity usable and salable in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, net of any applicable reserve reflected on the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet and the Closing Date Balance Sheet. Except as set forth on Section 2.23(b) of the Disclosure Schedule , all items included in the Inventory are the property of Sellers or the GmbH Subsidiary, free and clear of any Lien other than Permitted Liens, have not been pledged as collateral, are not held by Sellers or the GmbH Subsidiary on consignment from others and conform in all material respects to all standards applicable to such inventory or its use or sale imposed by Governmental or Regulatory Authorities. Except as set forth on Section 2.23(c) of the Disclosure Schedule , none of the Sellers or the GmbH Subsidiary have sold any inventory of the Business, which the purchaser thereof has the right to return to Sellers or the GmbH Subsidiary or cause the seller thereof to repurchase for any reason except (i) pursuant to the standard product warranties of Sellers or the GmbH Subsidiary for product quality or mistake in shipment or implied warranties at law for title against infringement and (ii) to the extent the same will be reflected in reserves on the Closing Date Balance Sheet.

back to top

2.24 Product Warranties

. (a) Attached hereto as Section 2.24(a) of the Disclosure Schedule are copies of Sellers' and the GmbH Subsidiary's standard terms and conditions for products of the Business sold by Sellers or the GmbH Subsidiary prior to the Closing Date. Except as set forth on Section 2.24(b) of the Disclosure Schedule , none of Sellers or the GmbH Subsidiary have made any other written warranties relating to the products of the Business that would materially increase the warranty obligations of the Business taken as a whole.

(b) There are no pending claims against Sellers or the GmbH Subsidiary with respect to the Business on account of product warranties or with respect to the sale by Sellers or the GmbH Subsidiary of defective or inferior products that would have a Material Adverse Effect.

back to top

2.25 No Guarantees .

Except as set forth in Section 2.25 of the Disclosure Schedules , none of the Assumed Liabilities is guaranteed by or subject to a similar contingent obligation of any other Person, nor have Sellers guaranteed or become subject to a similar contingent obligation in respect of the Liabilities of any customer, supplier or other Person to whom Sellers sell goods or provide services in the conduct of the Business or with whom Sellers otherwise have significant business relationships in the conduct of the Business.

back to top

2.26 Delphi .

(a) The Distributor Supply Agreement dated September 1, 1999 (the " Distributor Supply Agreement ") between Delphi Packard Electric Systems, a division of Delphi Automotive Systems LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (" Delphi Packard Electric "), and Pioneer, the Distributor Supply Agreement effective June 15, 2001 Addendum (the " Distributor Supply Agreement Addendum ") between Delphi Packard Electric, Pioneer and Delphi Connections Systems, a division of Delphi Packard Electric (" Delphi Connections ") and the Delphi Europe Product Distribution Agreement dated December 6, 2000 (the " European Agreement ") between Delphi Automotive Systems Deutschland GmbH, a German limited liability company (" Delphi Europe "), and both Pioneer and the GmbH Subsidiary represent the only agreements between any of Pioneer, the GmbH Subsidiary, Delphi Packard Electric, Delphi Europe or Delphi Connections regarding distribution services relating to the Delphi line of products, except for (i) agreements, contracts and other instruments entered into in the ordinary course of business pursuant to such agreements, and (ii) the draft Distributor Supply Agreement dated January 1, 2003 between Delphi Packard Electric and Pioneer, amending or superceding the Distributor Supply Agreement, a complete and accurate copy of which has been provided to Purchasers.

(b) The Distributor Supply Agreement, the Distributor Supply Agreement Addendum and the European Agreement are in full force and effect and no party has delivered to any other party notice of default under either agreement and to the best of Sellers' knowledge, no default exists under either agreement.

back to top

2.27 Brokers .

Except for JPMorgan Chase & Co., whose fees, commissions and expenses are the sole responsibility of Sellers, all negotiations relative to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby have been carried out by Sellers directly with Purchasers without the intervention of any Person on behalf of Sellers in such manner as to give rise to any valid claim by any Person against Purchasers for a finder's fee, brokerage commission or similar payment.

back to top

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASERS

Purchasers hereby represent and warrant to Sellers as follows:

3.01 Organization .

Each Purchaser is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of organization. Each Purchaser has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Operative Agreements to which it is a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

back to top

3.02 Authority .

The execution and delivery by each Purchaser of this Agreement and the Operative Agreements to which it is a party, and the performance by each Purchaser of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, have been duly and validly authorized by the Board of Directors of such Purchaser, if applicable, and otherwise, in accordance with applicable Law, no other action on the part of such Purchaser or its stockholders being necessary. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by each Purchaser and constitutes, and upon the execution and delivery by each Purchaser of the Operative Agreements to which it is a party, such Operative Agreements will constitute, legal, valid and binding obligations of such Purchaser enforceable against such Purchaser in accordance with their terms.

back to top

3.03 No Conflicts .

The execution and delivery by each Purchaser of this Agreement do not, and the execution and delivery by each Purchaser of the Operative Agreements to which it is a party, the performance by such Purchaser of its obligations under this Agreement and such Operative Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not:

(a) conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other comparable corporate charter document) of any Purchaser;

(b) subject to obtaining the consents, approvals and actions, making the filings and giving the notices set forth in Section 3.04 , conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any term or provision of any Law or Order applicable to any Purchaser or any of its Assets and Properties; or

(c) (i) conflict with or result in a violation or breach of, (ii) constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, (iii) require any Purchaser to obtain any consent, approval or action of, make any filing with or give any notice to any Person as a result or under the terms of any Contract by which any Purchaser is bound.

back to top

3.04 Governmental Approvals and Filings .

Except for such filing, if any, required with (i) the FTC and the DOJ pursuant to the HSR Act, (ii) the Cartel Office pursuant to the GWB, (iii) the TIC and TSE pursuant to applicable Taiwanese Law and (iv) the Competition Bureau pursuant ot the Competition Act, no consent, approval or action of, filing with or notice to any Governmental or Regulatory Authority on the part of any Purchaser is required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the Operative Agreements to which it is a party or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

back to top

3.05 Legal Proceedings .

There are no Actions or Proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of Purchasers, threatened against, relating to or affecting Purchasers or any of their Assets and Properties which could reasonably be expected to result in the issuance of an Order restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting or making illegal the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Operative Agreements.

back to top

3.06 Brokers .

Except for Goldman Sachs & Co., whose fees, commissions and expenses are the sole responsibility of Purchasers, all negotiations relative to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby have been carried out by Purchasers directly with Sellers without the intervention of any Person on behalf of Purchasers in such manner as to give rise to any valid claim by any Person against Sellers for a finder's fee, brokerage commission or similar payment.

back to top

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS OF SELLER
s

Each Seller covenants and agrees with Purchasers that, at all times from and after the date hereof until the Closing and, with respect to any covenant or agreement by its terms to be performed in whole or in part after the Closing, for the period specified therein or, if no period is specified therein, indefinitely, each Seller will comply with all covenants and provisions of this Article IV , except to the extent Purchasers may otherwise consent in writing.

4.01 Regulatory and Other Approvals .

Sellers will, and will cause the GmbH Subsidiary to, as promptly as practicable, (a) take all commercially reasonable steps necessary or desirable to obtain all the consents, approvals or actions of, make all filings with and give all notices to Governmental or Regulatory Authorities or any other Person required of Sellers to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Operative Agreements, including without limitation those described in Sections 2.03 and 2.04 of the Disclosure Schedule (b) provide such other information and communications to such Governmental or Regulatory Authorities or other Persons as Purchasers or such Governmental or Regulatory Authorities or other Persons may reasonably request in connection therewith and (c) cooperate with Purchasers in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 5.01 and 5.02 . Sellers will provide prompt notification to Purchasers when any such consent, approval, action, filing or notice referred to in clause (a) above is obtained, taken, made or given, as applicable, and will advise Purchasers of any communications (and, unless precluded by Law, provide copies of any such communications that are in writing) with any Governmental or Regulatory Authority or other Person regarding any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Operative Agreements.

back to top

4.02 HSR Filings , Filings with the Cartel Office and the Competition Act and WPI Filings .

In addition to and not in limitation of Sellers' covenants contained in Section 4.01 , Sellers will (a) take promptly all actions necessary to make the filings required of Sellers or their Affiliates under the HSR Act, the GWB, any applicable Taiwanese Law or the Competition Act, (b) comply at the earliest practicable date with any request for additional information received by Sellers or their Affiliates from the FTC or the DOJ pursuant to the HSR Act, the Cartel Office pursuant to the GWB, the TIC and TSE pursuant to applicable Taiwanese Law or the Competition Bureau pursuant to the Competition Act and (c) cooperate with Purchasers in connection with Purchasers' filing under the HSR Act, the GWB, applicable Taiwanese Law or the Competition Act and in connection with resolving any investigation or other inquiry concerning the transactions contemplated by this Agreement commenced by either the FTC or the DOJ or state attorneys general, the Cartel Office the TIC and TSE or the Competition Bureau.

back to top

4.03 Investigation by Purchasers .

Promptly following the date hereof up and until the Closing Date, Sellers will, and will cause the GmbH Subsidiary to, (a) provide Purchasers and their officers, directors, employees, agents, counsel, accountants, financial advisors, consultants and other representatives (collectively, " Representatives ") with full access, upon reasonable prior notice and during normal business hours (provided such access does not unreasonably interfere with the Business operations), to the Assets, the Employees and such other officers, employees and agents of Sellers and the GmbH Subsidiary who have any responsibility for the conduct of the Business, and use commercially reasonable efforts to make their accountants so available, (b) furnish Purchasers and their Representatives with all such information and data (including without limitation copies of Business Contracts, Benefit Plans and other Business Books and Records then within Sellers' control and business contracts, benefit plans and other Books and Records then within the control of the GmbH Subsidiary) concerning the Business, the Assets and the Assumed Liabilities as Purchasers or any of such other Persons reasonably may request in connection with such investigation, and (c) furnish Purchasers and their Representatives with all applicable portions of accounting records, employment records, contracts, and other Books and Records, all to the extent that they relate solely to the Employees and such information is then within Sellers' control.

back to top

4.04 No Solicitations .

Sellers will not take, nor will they permit any Affiliates of Sellers (or authorize or permit any investment banker, financial advisor, attorney, accountant or other Person retained by or acting for or on behalf of Sellers or any such Affiliates) to take, directly or indirectly, any action to solicit, encourage, receive, negotiate, assist or otherwise facilitate (including by furnishing confidential information with respect to the Business or permitting access to the Assets and Properties and Books and Records of Sellers) any offer or inquiry from any Person concerning the direct or indirect acquisition of the Business by any Person other than (i) any Purchasers or their Affiliates or (ii) any other Person which has proposed any Business Combination to which any Seller or any Affiliate of any Seller is a party and which directly or indirectly involves the Business, provided that the Person making such proposal expressly recognizes the rights of Purchasers hereunder in a written instrument reasonably satisfactory to Purchasers. If any Seller or any such Affiliate (or any such Person acting for or on their behalf) receives from any Person any offer, inquiry or informational request referred to above, such Seller will promptly advise such Person, by written notice, of the terms of this Section 4.04 and will promptly, orally and in writing, advise Purchasers of such offer, inquiry or request and deliver a copy of such notice to Purchasers.

back to top

4.05 Conduct of Business .

Except as expressly contemplated by Sections 4.06 and 4.07 and subject to the impact, if any, of the execution of this Agreement and public disclosure of the transactions provided for herein or in any of the Operative Agreements, Sellers will, and will cause the GmbH Subsidiary to, operate the Business only in the ordinary course consistent with past practice. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Sellers will, and will cause the GmbH Subsidiary to:

(a) use commercially reasonable efforts in the ordinary course of Sellers' Business consistent with past practice to (i) preserve the present business organization and reputation of the Business, (ii) to the extent applicable, maintain the Assets in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (iii)  maintain the good will of customers, suppliers, lenders and other Persons to whom Sellers or the GmbH Subsidiary sell goods or provide services or with whom Sellers or the GmbH Subsidiary otherwise have significant business relationships in connection with the Business and (iv) continue sales, marketing and promotional activities relating to the Business;

(b) except to the extent required by applicable Law, (i) cause the Business Books and Records to be maintained in the usual, regular and ordinary manner, and (ii) not permit any material change in any investment, accounting, financial reporting, inventory, credit, allowance or Tax practice or policy of Sellers or the GmbH Subsidiary that would have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(c) comply, in all material respects, with all Laws and Orders applicable to the Business, and promptly following receipt thereof to give Purchasers copies of any notice received from any Governmental or Regulatory Authority or other Person alleging any violation of any such Law or Order.

back to top

4.06 Employee Matters .

Except as may be required by Law, Sellers will, and will cause the GmbH Subsidiary to, refrain from directly or indirectly:

(a) making any representation or promise, oral or written, to any Employee concerning any Benefit Plan, except for statements as to the rights or accrued benefits of any Employee under the terms of any Benefit Plan;

(b) making any increase in the salary, wages or other compensation of any Employee other than stay bonuses in amounts mutually agreed to by Sellers and Purchasers;

(c) except as listed on Section 4.06(c) of the Disclosure Schedule , adopting, entering into or becoming bound by any Benefit Plan, severance-related or employment-related Contract or collective bargaining agreement with respect to the Business or any of the Employees, or amending, modifying or terminating (partially or completely) any such Benefit Plan, severance-related or employment-related Contract or collective bargaining agreement, except to the extent required by applicable Law and, in the event compliance with legal requirements presents options, only to the extent that the option which Sellers reasonably believe to be the least costly is chosen; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 4.06(c) shall prohibit Sellers from (i) hiring individuals for the positions or functions and at the annual base salary or wages and any incentive or bonus arrangement, all as listed on Section 4.06(c) of the Disclosure Schedule or (ii) terminating any Employees prior to the Closing Date, provided, in the case of any such terminations, that Purchasers shall have no obligation to offer employment to any such terminated Employees, and Sellers shall retain and shall indemnify Purchasers for any Liability with respect to any such Employees terminated by Sellers; or

(d) establishing or modifying any (i) targets, goals, pools or similar provisions in respect of any fiscal year under any Benefit Plan or any employment-related Contract or other compensation arrangement with or for Employees or (ii) salary ranges, increase guidelines or similar provisions in respect of any Benefit Plan or any employment-related Contract or other compensation arrangement with or for Employees.

back to top

4.07 Certain Restrictions .

Sellers will, and will cause the GmbH Subsidiary to, refrain from:

(a) acquiring or disposing of any Assets, other than Inventory and Tangible Personal Property in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, or creating or incurring any Lien, other than a Permitted Lien, on any Assets;

(b) entering into, amending, modifying, terminating (partially or completely), granting any waiver under or giving any consent with respect to any Business Contract material to the Condition of the Business, other than customer contracts, purchase orders and sales orders with customary business terms entered into in the ordinary course consistent with past practice;

(c) violating, breaching or defaulting under, in any material respect, or taking or failing to take any action that (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) would constitute a material violation or breach of, or default under, any term or provision of any Business Contract (unless such breach, default or violation is cured prior to Closing);

(d) incurring, purchasing, canceling, prepaying or otherwise providing for a complete or partial discharge in advance of a scheduled payment date with respect to, or waiving any right of Sellers under, any Liability of or owing to Sellers in connection with the Business, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(e) engaging in any transaction with respect to the Business with any officer, director or Affiliates of Sellers, either outside the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or other than on an arm's-length basis; or

(f) entering into any Contract to do or engage in any of the foregoing.

back to top

4.08 Delivery of Books and Records and Other Assets .

On the Closing Date, Sellers will deliver or make available to Purchasers at a location to be designated by Purchasers prior to the Closing all of the Business Books and Records and such other Assets (other than Inventory) as are in Sellers' possession at other locations, and if at any time after the Closing Sellers discover in their possession or under their control any other Business Books and Records or other Assets (other than Inventory), it will forthwith deliver such Business Books and Records or other Assets to Purchasers.

back to top

4.09 Resignation of Managing Director of GmbH Subsidiary .

On the Closing Date, Sellers will deliver to Purchasers a Letter of Resignation, effective as of the Closing Date, executed by the Managing Director of the GmbH Subsidiary and addressed to Arrow Europe.

back to top

4.10 Noncompetition .

(a) Sellers will, for a period of three (3) years from the Closing Date, refrain from, either alone or in conjunction with any other Person, or directly or indirectly through their present or future Affiliates:

(i) causing or attempting to cause (A) any client, customer or supplier of the Business to terminate or materially reduce its business with Purchasers or any of their Affiliates but only in relation to the Business or (B) any officer, employee or consultant of Purchasers or any of their Affiliates engaged in the Business to resign or sever a relationship with Purchasers or any of their Affiliates;

(ii) disclosing or using any confidential or secret information relating to the Business or any client, customer or supplier of the Business (other than information that (A) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of disclosure by Sellers or any of their Affiliates or (B) is required to be disclosed under Laws or judicial or other governmental action); or

(iii) participating or engaging in (other than through the ownership of 5% or less of any class of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), or otherwise lending assistance (financial or otherwise) to any Person participating or engaged in, any of the lines of business which comprised the Business on the Closing Date;

provided , however , that (1) the restrictions referred to in this Section 4.10 shall not apply with respect to any of the (A) Excluded Business, (B) Terminated Suppliers, (C) Terminated Business, or (D) Retained Intel Volume Business and (2) in the event that the necessary approvals from the Cartel Office regarding the GmbH Subsidiary and/or the Competition Bureau regarding Pioneer Canada are not obtained by the Closing, the restrictions referred to in this Section 4.10 shall not apply to GmbH Subsidiary and/or (as the case may be) Pioneer Canada and Sellers shall be entitled to operate the businesses of GmbH Subsidiary and/or Pioneer Canada (as the case may be) during the time the parties are seeking such consent(s) pursuant to Section 1.05(c) .

(b) The parties hereto recognize that the Laws and public policies of the various states of the United States or elsewhere may differ as to the validity and enforceability of covenants similar to those set forth in this Section. It is the intention of the parties that the provisions of this Section be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the Laws and policies of each jurisdiction in which enforcement may be sought, and that the unenforceability (or the modification to conform to such Laws or policies) of any provisions of this Section shall not render unenforceable, or impair, the remainder of the provisions of this Section. Accordingly, if any provision of this Section shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall be deemed to apply only with respect to the operation of such provision in the particular jurisdiction in which such determination is made and not with respect to any other provision or jurisdiction.

(c) The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that any remedy at Law for any breach of the provisions of this Section would be inadequate, and Sellers hereby consent to the granting by any court of an injunction or other equitable relief, without the necessity of actual monetary loss being proved, in order that the breach or threatened breach of such provisions may be effectively restrained.

back to top

4.11 Sellers' Consents .

Sellers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to promptly obtain the consents of the lenders under Sellers' Receivables Sales Program to the sale of the Accounts Receivable to Purchasers and the release of any Lien with respect thereto (the " Sellers' Consents ").

back to top

4.12 Accounts Receivable/Lock-Boxes .

At the Closing, Sellers shall assign to Purchasers such lock-boxes that are solely related to the Business. To the extent Sellers receive any payments on the Accounts Receivable following the Closing Date, Sellers shall segregate such Accounts Receivable, deliver reports no later than the Business Day immediately following receipt of such payments to Purchasers, and shall make payments of such receipts to Purchasers on the Business Day immediately following such receipts becoming good funds. To the extent Purchasers receive any payments due to Sellers other than on the Accounts Receivable, in each case, following the Closing Date, Purchasers shall segregate such receipts, deliver reports of such payments to Sellers no later than the Business Day immediately following receipt of such payments, and make payments of such receipts to Sellers on the Business Day immediately following such receipts becoming good funds.

back to top

4.13 Security Deposits .

Each applicable Seller will take all commercially reasonable actions to transfer to the applicable Purchaser on the Closing Date all of such Seller's right, title and interest in and to the Tenant Security Deposits.

back to top

4.14 Trademark License.

(a) Purchasers will, as promptly as practicable following the Closing Date, but in no event later than six (6) months after the Closing Date, remove or obliterate all of the Retained Intellectual Property from its signs, purchase orders, invoices, sales orders, labels, letterheads, shipping documents and other materials, and Purchasers shall not put into use after the Closing Date any such materials not in existence on the Closing Date that bear any Retained Intellectual Property or any names, marks or logos similar thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Purchasers shall be entitled for a period of six (6) months following the Closing Date to use (i) any signs, purchase orders, invoices, sales orders, labels, letterheads or shipping documents that otherwise constitute Assets existing on the Closing Date, and (ii) any Inventory that bears any Retained Intellectual Property or any name, mark or logo similar thereto that otherwise constitute Assets. Purchasers understand and acknowledge that they do not have and they will not claim, any right, title or interest in or to the Retained Intellectual Property, except the limited right to use the Retained Intellectual Property in connection with the purposes expressly set forth herein.

(b) Sellers will not object to Purchasers' use of the Power and Signal name and will not claim any right, title and interest in or to such name. Sellers covenant and agree not to use the Power and Signal name subsequent to the Closing.

back to top

4.15 Assignment of Software License and Services Agreement .

At the Closing or as promptly as practicable thereafter, Pioneer shall execute and deliver an assignment agreement in the form of Exhibit C (the " Siebel Assignment Agreement "), together with such changes as shall be mutually agreed to by Sellers and Purchasers, which agreement, in part, shall provide Purchaser with a license of 50 seats to use the Delphi Software, including the consent of Siebel Systems, Inc. to such assignment agreement.

back to top

4.16 Notice, Cure and Disclosure Schedule Update .

Sellers will notify Purchasers in writing (where applicable, through updates to the Disclosure Schedule) of, and contemporaneously will provide Purchasers with true and complete copies of any and all information or documents relating to, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cure before the Closing, any event, transaction or circumstance, as soon as practicable after it becomes Known to Sellers, occurring after the date of this Agreement that causes or will cause any covenant or agreement of Sellers under this Agreement to be breached or that renders or will render untrue any representation or warranty of Sellers contained in this Agreement as if the same were made on or as of the date of such event, transaction or circumstance. No notice given pursuant to this Section 4.16 shall have any effect on the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement for purposes of determining satisfaction of any condition contained herein or shall in any way limit Purchasers' right to seek indemnity under Article X .

back to top

4.17 Fulfillment of Conditions/Transition .

Sellers will execute and deliver at the Closing each Operative Agreement that Sellers are required hereby to execute and deliver as a condition to the Closing, will take all commercially reasonable steps necessary or desirable and proceed diligently and in good faith to satisfy each other condition to the obligations of Purchasers contained in this Agreement and will not take or fail to take any action Known to Sellers that could reasonably be expected to result in the nonfulfillment of any such condition. Promptly following the date hereof, up and until the Closing Date, Sellers shall provide Purchasers and their Representatives with full access, upon reasonable prior notice and during normal business hours, to the Business in order to transition the Business from Sellers to Purchasers, and will use reasonable efforts, to the extent permitted by Law, to assist and participate in such transition.

back to top

4.18 Termination of Distribution Agreement .

Sellers shall terminate the Distribution and Service Agreement, dated October 31, 2000, by and between Pioneer, Pioneer LTD and the GmbH Subsidiary prior to the closing of the sale of the GmbH Shares.

back to top

ARTICLE V

COVENANTS OF PURCHASERS

Each Purchaser covenants and agrees with Sellers that, at all times from and after the date hereof until the Closing, and, with respect to any covenant or agreement by its terms to be performed in whole or in part after the Closing, for the period specified therein, each Purchaser will comply with all covenants and provisions of this Article V , except to the extent Sellers may otherwise consent in writing.

5.01 Regulatory and Other Approvals .

Purchasers will, as promptly as practicable, (a) take all commercially reasonable steps necessary or desirable to obtain all consents, approvals or actions of, make all filings with and give all notices to Governmental or Regulatory Authorities or any other Person required of Purchasers to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Operative Agreements, including without limitation those described in Sections  3.03 and 3.04 hereto, (b) provide such other information and communications to such Governmental or Regulatory Authorities or other Persons as Sellers or such Governmental or Regulatory Authorities or other Persons may reasonably request in connection therewith and (c) cooperate with Sellers in connection with the performance of their obligations under Sections 4.01 and 4.02 . Purchasers will provide prompt notification to Sellers when any such consent, approval, action, filing or notice referred to in clause (a) above is obtained, taken, made or given, as applicable, and will advise Sellers of any communications (and, unless precluded by Law, provide copies of any such communications that are in writing) with any Governmental or Regulatory Authority or other Person regarding any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Operative Agreements.

back to top

5.02 HSR Filings, Filings with the Cartel Office, the TIC and TSE and the Competition Bureau .

In addition to and without limiting Purchasers' covenants contained in Section 5.01 , Purchasers will  (i) take promptly all actions necessary to make the filings required of Purchasers or their Affiliates under the HSR Act, the GWB applicable Taiwanese Law or the Competition Act, (ii) comply at the earliest practicable date with any request for additional information received by Purchasers or their Affiliates from the FTC or the DOJ pursuant to the HSR Act, the Cartel Office pursuant to the GWB, the TIC and TSE pursuant to applicable Taiwanese Law and the Competition Bureau pursuant to the Competition Act, and (iii) cooperate with Sellers in connection with Sellers' filing under the HSR Act, the GWB, applicable Taiwanese Law or the Competition Bureau and in connection with resolving any investigation or other regulatory inquiry concerning the transactions contemplated by this Agreement commenced by either the FTC or the DOJ or state attorneys general, the Cartel Office or the TIC and TSE or the Competition Bureau.

back to top

5.03 Replacement of Letter of Credit .

Purchasers shall obtain the substitution or replacement of the Letter of Credit on commercially reasonable terms to Purchasers.

back to top

5.04 Appointment of Managing Director of the GmbH Subsidiary .

Promptly after the Closing, and in any event within one (1) Business Day after the Closing, Arrow Europe will take all action necessary to appoint a Managing Director of the GmbH Subsidiary. Arrow Europe will cause the GmbH Subsidiary to promptly take all action necessary to have the resignation of the Managing Director according to Section 4.09 duly recorded in the commercial register of the GmbH Subsidiary.

back to top

5.05 Change of Name of GmbH Subsidiary .

Promptly after the Closing, and in any event within forty-five (45) Business Days after the Closing, Purchasers shall take all action necessary, or shall cause the GmbH Subsidiary to take all action necessary to change its name to a name which does not contain elements of, and is otherwise not likely to be confused with, "Pioneer" or any other name included in the Retained Intellectual Property, and, thereafter, the GmbH Subsidiary shall cease using the "Pioneer-Standard Electronics GmbH" name and any derivative thereof.

back to top

5.06 Product Liabilities/Returned Goods

. In the event that any person asserts a claim for any Product Liabilities or for Returned Goods in connection with any products supplied by a Named Supplier and sold by the Business prior to the Closing Date, Purchasers shall provide reasonable assistance to Sellers to notify the supplier of such product of the claim and to request such supplier to fulfill its responsibility in respect of such claim. In the event that the supplier does not assume responsibility for any such claim, Purchasers shall, at the request of Sellers, provide replacement product to Sellers at cost.

back to top

5.07 Notice and Cure .

Purchasers will notify Sellers in writing of, and contemporaneously will provide Sellers with true and complete copies of any and all information or documents relating to, and will use all commercially reasonable efforts to cure before the Closing, any event, transaction or circumstance, as soon as practicable after it becomes known to Purchasers, occurring after the date of this Agreement that causes or will cause any covenant or agreement of Purchasers under this Agreement to be breached or that renders or will render untrue any representation or warranty of Purchasers contained in this Agreement as if the same were made on or as of the date of such event, transaction or circumstance. No notice given pursuant to this Section shall have any effect on the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement for purposes of determining satisfaction of any condition contained herein or shall in any way limit Sellers' right to seek indemnity under Article X .

back to top

5.08 Fulfillment of Conditions .

Purchasers will execute and deliver at the Closing each Operative Agreement that Purchasers are hereby required to execute and deliver as a condition to the Closing, will take all commercially reasonable steps necessary or desirable and proceed diligently and in good faith to satisfy each other condition to the obligations of Sellers contained in this Agreement and will not take or fail to take any action that could reasonably be expected to result in the nonfulfillment of any such condition.

back to top

ARTICLE VI

CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF PURCHASER
S

The obligations of Purchasers hereunder to purchase the Assets and to assume and to pay, perform and discharge the Assumed Liabilities are subject to the fulfillment, at or before the Closing, of each of the following conditions (all or any of which may be waived in whole or in part by Purchasers in their sole discretion):

6.01 Representations and Warranties .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.01(b) , the representations and warranties made by Sellers in this Agreement (other than those made as of a specified date earlier than the Closing Date) shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date as though such representation or warranty was made on and as of the Closing Date, and any representation or warranty made as of a specified date earlier than the Closing Date shall have been true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date.

(b) With respect to the representations and warranties made by Sellers in Sections 2.07(ii) , 2.07(viii) , 2.08 , 2.10 , 2.16(b) , 2.16(c) , or 2.19(b) , such representations and warranties shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date (or, as to any representation or warranty made as of a specified date earlier than the Closing Date, such earlier date), except if such failure to be true and correct does not constitute a Special Closing Condition - Material Adverse Effect.

back to top

6.02 Performance .

Each Seller shall have performed and complied with, in all material respects, each agreement, covenant and obligation required by this Agreement (other than any agreement, covenant, or obligation under Section 4.07 ) to be so performed or complied with by each Seller at or before the Closing.

back to top

6.03 Officer's Certificates .

Each Seller shall have delivered to Purchasers a certificate, dated the Closing Date and executed in the name and on behalf of such Seller by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Executive or Senior Vice President of such Seller, substantially in the form and to the effect of Exhibit D hereto, and a certificate, dated the Closing Date and executed by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of such Seller, substantially in the form and to the effect of Exhibit E hereto.

back to top

6.04 Orders and Laws .

There shall not be in effect on the Closing Date any Order or Law restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting or making illegal the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Operative Agreements or which could reasonably be expected to otherwise result in a material diminution of the benefits of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Operative Agreements to Purchasers, and there shall not be pending or threatened on the Closing Date any Action or Proceeding in, before or by any Governmental or Regulatory Authority which could reasonably be expected to result in the issuance of any such Order or the enactment, promulgation or deemed applicability to Purchasers or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Operative Agreements of any such Law.

back to top

6.05 Regulatory Consents and Approvals .

Subject to Section 1.05(b) with respect to the WPI Necessary Approvals and Section 1.05(c) with respect to the necessary approvals from the Competition Bureau regarding Pioneer Canada and the necessary approvals from the Cartel Office regarding the GmbH Subsidiary, all consents, approvals and actions of, filings with and notices to any Governmental or Regulatory Authority necessary to permit Purchasers and Sellers to perform their obligations under this Agreement and the Operative Agreements and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (a) shall have been duly obtained, made or given, (b) shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchasers, (c) shall not be subject to the satisfaction of any condition that has not been satisfied or waived and (d) shall be in full force and effect, and all terminations or expirations of waiting periods imposed by any Governmental or Regulatory Authority necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Operative Agreements, including under the HSR Act shall have occurred.

back to top

6.06 Share Purchase and Transfer Agreement.

Pioneer shall have executed and delivered a Share Purchase and Transfer Agreement with respect to the GmbH Shares in the form of Exhibit F (the " Share Purchase and Transfer Agreement ").

back to top

6.07 Release of Liens on Accounts Receivable

. Sellers shall have obtained the Sellers' Consents, including, without limitation, evidence in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchasers that any Liens on the Accounts Receivable pursuant to Sellers' Receivables Sales Program have been or, simultaneously with the Closing, will be released by the lenders thereunder .

back to top

6.08 Transition Services Agreement

. Sellers shall have executed and delivered a transition services agreement in the form of Exhibit G (the " Transition Services Agreement ").

back to top

6.09 Real Property Lease .

For the Real Property Lease relating to the Solon, Ohio facility, Pioneer shall have delivered to Arrow an Estoppel Certificate and consent to assignment from the lessor thereunder in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchasers.

back to top

6.10 Opinion of Counsel .

Purchasers shall have received the opinion of Calfee, Halter & Griswold LLP, counsel to Pioneer, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form and to the effect of Exhibit H , hereto.

back to top

6.11 Deliveries .

Sellers shall have delivered to Purchasers the General Assignment and the other Assignment Instruments.

back to top

6.12 Proceedings .

All proceedings to be taken on the part of Sellers in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all documents incident thereto shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Purchasers, and Purchasers shall have received copies of all such documents and other evidences as Purchasers may reasonably request in order to establish the consummation of such transactions and the taking of all proceedings in connection therewith.

back to top

ARTICLE VII

CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF SELLERS

The obligations of Sellers hereunder to sell the Assets are subject to the fulfillment, at or before the Closing, of each of the following conditions (all or any of which may be waived in whole or in part by Sellers in their sole discretion):

7.01 Representations and Warranties .

Each of the representations and warranties made by Purchasers in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date as though such representation or warranty was made on and as of the Closing Date.

back to top

7.02 Performance .

Purchasers shall have performed and complied with, in all material respects, each agreement, covenant and obligation required by this Agreement to be so performed or complied with by Purchasers at or before the Closing.

back to top

7.03 Officer's Certificates .

Each Purchaser shall have delivered to Sellers (a) a certificate, dated the Closing Date and executed in the name and on behalf of such Purchaser by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Executive or Senior Vice President of such Purchaser, or in the case of Arrow Europe, a Managing Director with sole power of representation or two Managing Directors with joint power of representation of Arrow Europe, substantially in the form and to the effect of Exhibit I hereto, (b) a certificate, dated the Closing Date and executed by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of such Purchaser, or in the case of Arrow Europe, a Managing Director with sole power of representation or two Managing Directors with joint power of representation of Arrow Europe, substantially in the form and to the effect of Exhibit J hereto, and (c) an excerpt from the Commercial Register of Arrow Europe, dated the Closing Date.

back to top

7.04 Orders and Laws .

There shall not be in effect on the Closing Date any Order or Law that became effective after the date of this Agreement restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting or making illegal the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Operative Agreements.

back to top

7.05 Regulatory Consents and Approvals .

Subject to Section 1.05(b) with respect to the WPI Necessary Approvals and Section 1.05(c) with respect to the necessary approvals from the Competition Bureau regarding Pioneer Canada and the necessary approvals from the Cartel Office regarding the GmbH Subsidiary, all consents, approvals and actions of, filings with and notices to any Governmental or Regulatory Authority necessary to permit Sellers and Purchasers to perform their obligations under this Agreement and the Operative Agreements and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (a) shall have been duly obtained, made or given, (b) shall not be subject to the satisfaction of any condition that has not been satisfied or waived and (c) shall be in full force and effect, and all terminations or expirations of waiting periods imposed by any Governmental or Regulatory Authority necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Operative Agreements, including under the HSR Act, shall have occurred.

back to top

7.06 Deliveries .

Purchasers shall have delivered to Sellers the Assumption Agreement and the other Assumption Instruments.

back to top

7.07 Proceedings .

All proceedings to be taken on the part of Purchasers in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all documents incident thereto shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Sellers, and Sellers shall have received copies of all such documents and other evidences as Sellers may reasonably request in order to establish the consummation of such transactions and the taking of all proceedings in connection therewith.

back to top

ARTICLE VIII

tax matters and post-closing taxes

8.01 Post-Closing Taxes .

(a) (i) Sellers shall be responsible for and indemnify and hold harmless Purchasers from and against (A) all Taxes relating to ownership of the Assets during periods (or portions thereof) ending on or before the Closing Date and (B) all Taxes payable by the GmbH Subsidiary with respect to periods, or portions thereof, ending on or before the Closing Date.

(ii) For purposes of this Section 8.01 , other than with respect to income taxes, whenever it is necessary to determine the liability for Taxes of Sellers for a portion of a taxable year or period that begins before and ends after the Closing Date, the determination of such Taxes for the portion of the year or period ending on, and the portion of the year or period beginning after, the Closing Date shall be determined based upon the relative number of days in the portion of the taxable period up to and including the Closing Date and the portion of the taxable period subsequent to the Closing Date. With respect to income taxes, Sellers' liability for Taxes shall be determined based on a closing of the books of the relevant entity, as of the close of business on the Closing Date.

(b) (i) Sellers shall timely prepare (or cause to be prepared) and timely file (or cause to be timely filed) all Tax Returns relating to the Assets for any taxable year or period ending on or before the Closing Date which are required to be filed on or before the Closing Date.

(ii) Purchasers shall prepare (or cause to be prepared) and timely file (or cause to be timely filed) all Tax Returns relating to the Assets and the GmbH Subsidiary for any taxable year or period, if any, that commences prior to the Closing Date and ends subsequent to the Closing Date. Purchasers shall provide Sellers with a copy of each Tax Return for Sellers' review and comment at least 30 days prior to the due date for filing such Tax Return. Sellers shall, at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the due date for filing any such Tax Return, remit to Purchasers the amount allocated or payable by Sellers to it with respect to such period pursuant to Section 8.01(a)(ii) .

(iii) Purchasers will cause the GmbH Subsidiary to prepare and timely file all Tax Returns of the GmbH Subsidiary for any taxable year or period ending on or before the Closing Date which are not required to be filed on or before the Closing Date. Purchasers shall provide Sellers with a copy of each Tax Return for Sellers' review and comment at least 30 days prior to the due date for filing such Tax Return. Sellers shall, at least 10 Business Days prior to the due date for filing any such Tax Return, remit to Purchasers the amount shown as due on such Tax Return.

(c) Sellers shall be liable for all Transfer Taxes. Sellers shall pay any such Transfer Taxes when due and upon request by Purchasers, shall provide Purchasers an official receipt or other evidence of payment. If Purchasers pay any Transfer Tax, Sellers shall, within three (3) Business Days after receipt by Sellers of a notice regarding Purchasers' payment of such taxes, reimburse Purchasers for payment of such Taxes.

back to top

8.02 Other Tax Covenants .

(a) (i) All powers of attorney, if any, granted by Sellers with respect to Taxes relating to any of the Assets or the GmbH Subsidiary shall be revoked as of the Closing Date.

(ii) Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing, each of the Sellers will not and will ensure that the GmbH Subsidiary does not (A) make any change to its Tax accounting methods, any new election with respect to Taxes or any modification or revocation of any existing election with respect to Taxes which could affect the Assets or (B) settle or otherwise dispose of any Tax audit, dispute, or other Tax proceeding that could affect the Assets, in each case without Purchasers' express written consent thereto.

(b) (i) Subject to the provisions of this Section 8.02 , Sellers shall have the right, at their own expense, to control, manage and be responsible for any audit, contest, claim, proceeding or inquiry with respect to Taxes relating to the Assets for any taxable year or period ending on or before the Closing Date and shall have the right to settle or contest in their discretion any such audit, contest, claim or proceeding; provided , however , that (x) no settlement or disposition of any such proceeding shall be made without Purchasers' written consent if the same could reasonably be expected to affect Purchasers' potential liability for Taxes in any taxable period or portion of a taxable period ending after the Closing Date; (y) Purchasers shall control any proceeding relating to a taxable period that begins before, and ends after, the Closing Date; and (z) Purchasers shall have the right to attend and participate in (but not control) at their own expense, any proceeding (insofar as it relates to the Assets) the control of which is allocated to Sellers pursuant to this Section 8.02 (b)(i) .

(ii) Except for proceedings the control of which is determined pursuant to Section 8.02(b)(i) , Purchasers shall, at their own expense, control, manage and solely be responsible for any audit, contest, claim, proceeding or inquiry with respect to Taxes for any taxable year or period ending after the Closing Date, and shall have the exclusive right to settle or contest any such audit, contest, claim, proceeding or inquiry without the consent of any other party.

(c) Pioneer Canada shall furnish to the Purchasers prior to or at Closing a certificate obtained by Pioneer Canada from each provincial or territorial tax authority where such certificate is required to be obtained confirming that no retail sales tax or health services tax (including applicable interest and penalties) is payable with respect to the Canadian Assets. Furthermore, Pioneer Canada shall obtain a certificate pursuant to any applicable provincial retail sales tax, health services tax or similar Laws confirming that all taxes collectible or payable by Pioneer Canada under such Laws have been paid.

back to top

ARTICLE IX

SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES,
COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

9.01 Survival of Representations, Warranties, Covenants and Agreements .

Notwithstanding any right of Purchasers (whether or not exercised) to investigate the Business or any right of any party (whether or not exercised) to investigate the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the other party contained in this Agreement, Sellers and Purchasers have the right to rely fully upon the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the other contained in this Agreement. The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of Sellers and Purchasers contained in this Agreement will survive the Closing (a) indefinitely with respect to (i) the representations and warranties contained in Sections 2.02 , 2.27 , 3.02 and 3.06 and (ii) the covenants and agreements contained in Sections 1.01 , 1.02 , 13.04 and 13.06 , (b) until sixty (60) days after the expiration of all applicable statutes of limitation (including all periods of extension, whether automatic or permissive) with respect to matters covered by Sections 2.09 , 2.12 , 2.19 and 2.20 and Article VIII , (c) until such date that is eighteen (18) months after the Closing Date, in the case of all other representations and warranties and any covenant or agreement to be performed in whole or in part on or prior to the Closing or (d) with respect to each other covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement, until sixty (60) days following the last date on which such covenant or agreement is to be performed or, if no such date is specified, indefinitely; provided that any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement that would otherwise terminate in accordance with clause (b), (c) or (d) above will continue to survive if a Claim Notice or Indemnity Notice (as applicable) shall have been timely given under Article X on or prior to such termination date, solely as to any claim or demand subject to such Claim Notice or Indemnity Notice, until the related claim for indemnification has been satisfied or otherwise resolved as provided in Article X .

back to top

ARTICLE X

INDEMNIFICATION

10.01 Indemnification .

(a) Subject to paragraphs (c) and (d) of this Section and the other Sections of this Article X , Sellers shall indemnify the Purchasers Indemnified Parties in respect of, and hold each of them harmless from and against, any and all Losses suffered, incurred or sustained by any of them or to which any of them becomes subject, resulting from, arising out of or relating to (i) any breach of representation or warranty or nonfulfillment of or failure to perform any covenant or agreement on the part of Sellers contained in this Agreement, (ii) a Retained Liability, (iii) any liabilities, obligations or commitments of Sellers or of the GmbH Subsidiary of any nature whatsoever relating to the GmbH Subsidiary from Liabilities arising at any time on or prior to the Closing Date; (iv) any liabilities, obligations or commitments for reimbursement for excess gross margins related to the Power and Signal line of business but only to the extent such liabilities, obligations or commitments relate to or arise out of Sellers' actions on or prior to the Closing Date; (v) any brokerage or finders' fees arising out of the transactions contemplated hereby owing to any party engaged by Sellers; (vi) any losses or expenses arising out of the failure to obtain, prior to the Closing, an Estoppel Certificate and consent to assignment from the lessor, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchasers, of the Real Property Leases relating to the Fremont, California and the Hilden, Germany real properties or (vii) any liability, obligation or commitment of Sellers arising out of or related to the Action listed in Section 1.02(b)(iv) of the Disclosure Schedules to the extent such liability, obligation or commitment relates to or arises out of a sale by any Seller occurring on or prior to the Closing Date (provided that for purposes of this clause (vii), "Losses" shall not include any court costs, fees of attorneys, accountants and other experts or other expenses of or incurred in connection with such Action).

(b) Subject to the other Sections of this Article X , Purchasers shall indemnify the Sellers Indemnified Parties in respect of, and hold each of them harmless from and against, any and all Losses suffered, incurred or sustained by any of them or to which any of them becomes subject, resulting from, arising out of or relating to (i) any breach of representation or warranty or nonfulfillment of or failure to perform any covenant or agreement on the part of Purchasers contained in this Agreement, (ii) an Assumed Liability, or (iii) any brokerage or finders' fees arising out of the transactions contemplated hereby owing or to any party engaged by Purchasers.

(c) No amounts of indemnity shall be payable in the case of a claim by a Purchasers Indemnified Party under Section 10.01(a)(i) (A) unless and until the Purchasers Indemnified Parties have suffered, incurred, sustained or become subject to Losses referred to in such Section in excess of 1% of the Purchase Price in the aggregate, in which event the Purchasers Indemnified Parties shall be entitled to claim the full amount of such Losses; and (B) after the Purchasers Indemnified Parties have received payments from Sellers in respect of claims made under such Section of an amount equal to 30% of the Purchase Price; provided that this paragraph (c) shall not apply to (x) a breach of a representation or warranty contained in Section 2.02 , 2.03 , 2.04 , 2.09 or 2.27 , or the breach of a covenant contained in Section 1.07 , 4.09 , 13.04 or 13.06 , (y) Sellers' obligations hereunder with respect to Retained Liabilities and Purchasers' obligations hereunder with respect to the Assumed Liabilities, and (z) any claims based on either party's fraud.

(d) No amounts of indemnity shall be payable in the case of a claim by a Purchasers Indemnified Party under Section 10.01(a)(i) to the extent (i) the subject matter of the claim is covered by and paid pursuant to a warranty or indemnification from a third party or (ii) a Loss directly results from the termination of any Business Contract with any Named Supplier (other than Power and Signal) by such Named Supplier other than for cause or the termination of any Business Contract with any customer by such customer other than for cause. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided for in this Agreement, to the extent that the Closing Purchase Price has been adjusted pursuant to Section 1.04(c) and Purchasers are paid for any claim in connection therewith, Purchasers shall not be entitled to a "second" payment under Section 10.01(a)(i) , as a result of any breach of representation or warranty or nonfulfillment of or failure to perform any covenant or agreement on the part of Sellers contained in this Agreement, for the same claim, based on the identical facts and circumstances.

back to top

10.02 Method of Asserting Claims .

All claims for indemnification by any Indemnified Party under Section 10.01 will be asserted and resolved as follows:

(a) In the event any claim or demand in respect of which an Indemnified Party might seek indemnity under Section 10.01 is asserted against or sought to be collected from such Indemnified Party by a Person other than Sellers or any Affiliates of Sellers or of Purchasers (a " Third Party Claim "), the Indemnified Party shall deliver a Claim Notice with reasonable promptness to the Indemnifying Party. If the Indemnified Party fails to provide the Claim Notice with reasonable promptness after the Indemnified Party receives notice of such Third Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party will not be obligated to indemnify the Indemnified Party with respect to such Third Party Claim to the extent that the Indemnifying Party's ability to defend has been irreparably prejudiced by such failure of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnifying Party will notify the Indemnified Party as soon as practicable within the Dispute Period whether the Indemnifying Party disputes its liability to the Indemnified Party under Section 10.01 and whether the Indemnifying Party desires, at its sole cost and expense, to defend the Indemnified Party against such Third Party Claim.

(i) If the Indemnifying Party notifies the Indemnified Party within the Dispute Period that the Indemnifying Party desires to defend the Indemnified Party with respect to the Third Party Claim pursuant to this Section 10.02(a) , then the Indemnifying Party will have the right to defend, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, at the sole cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party, such Third Party Claim by all appropriate proceedings, which proceedings will be vigorously and diligently prosecuted by the Indemnifying Party to a final conclusion or will be settled at the discretion of the Indemnifying Party (but only with the consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld in the case of any settlement as to which the Indemnified Party will be indemnified in full). The Indemnifying Party will be deemed to have waived its right to dispute its liability to the Indemnified Party under Section 10.01 with respect to any Third Party Claim as to which it elects to control the defense. The Indemnifying Party will have full control of such defense and proceedings, including any compromise or settlement thereof; provided , however , that the Indemnified Party may, at the sole cost and expense of the Indemnified Party, at any time prior to the Indemnifying Party's delivery of the notice referred to in the first sentence of this Section 10.02(a)(i) , file any motion, answer or other pleadings or take any other action that is reasonably necessary or appropriate to protect the Indemnified Party's interests; and provided further , that if requested by the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnified Party will, at the sole cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party, provide reasonable cooperation to the Indemnifying Party in contesting any Third Party Claim that the Indemnifying Party elects to contest. The Indemnified Party may retain separate counsel to represent it in, but not control, any defense or settlement of any Third Party Claim controlled by the Indemnifying Party pursuant to this Section 10.02(a)(i) , and the Indemnified Party will bear its own costs and expenses with respect to such separate counsel except as provided in the preceding sentence and except that the Indemnifying Party will pay the costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (x) in the Indemnified Party's good faith judgment, it is advisable, based on advice of counsel, for the Indemnified Party to be represented by separate counsel because a conflict or potential conflict exists between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party or (y) the named parties to such Third Party Claim include both the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party and the Indemnified Party determines in good faith, based on advice of counsel, that defenses are available to it that are unavailable to the Indemnifying Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indemnified Party may retain or take over the control of the defense or settlement of any Third Party Claim the defense of which the Indemnifying Party has elected to control if the Indemnified Party irrevocably waives its right to indemnity under Section 10.01 with respect to such Third Party Claim.

(ii) If the Indemnifying Party fails to notify the Indemnified Party within the Dispute Period that the Indemnifying Party desires to defend the Third Party Claim pursuant to Section 10.02(a) , or if the Indemnifying Party gives such notice but fails to prosecute diligently or settle the Third Party Claim, then the Indemnified Party will have the right to defend, at the sole cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party, the Third Party Claim by all appropriate proceedings, which proceedings will be prosecuted by the Indemnified Party in good faith or will be settled at the discretion of the Indemnified Party (with the consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnified Party will have full control of such defense and proceedings, including any compromise or settlement thereof; provided , however , that if requested by the Indemnified Party, the Indemnifying Party will, at the sole cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party, provide reasonable cooperation to the Indemnified Party and its counsel in contesting any Third Party Claim which the Indemnified Party is contesting. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.02(a)(ii) , if the Indemnifying Party has notified the Indemnified Party within the Dispute Period that the Indemnifying Party disputes its liability hereunder to the Indemnified Party with respect to such Third Party Claim and if such dispute is resolved in favor of the Indemnifying Party in the manner provided in clause (iii) below, the Indemnifying Party will not be required to bear the costs and expenses of the Indemnified Party's defense pursuant to this Section 10.02(a)(ii) or of the Indemnifying Party's participation therein at the Indemnified Party's request, and the Indemnified Party will bear all costs and expenses and reimburse the Indemnifying Party in full for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Indemnifying Party in connection with such litigation. The Indemnifying Party may participate in, but not control, any defense or settlement controlled by the Indemnified Party pursuant to this Section 10.02(a)(ii) , and the Indemnifying Party will bear its own costs and expenses with respect to such participation.

(iii) If the Indemnifying Party notifies the Indemnified Party that it does not dispute its liability to the Indemnified Party with respect to the Third Party Claim under Section 10.01 or fails to notify the Indemnified Party within the Dispute Period whether the Indemnifying Party disputes its liability to the Indemnified Party with respect to such Third Party Claim, the Loss arising from such Third Party Claim will be conclusively deemed a liability of the Indemnifying Party under Section 10.01 and the Indemnifying Party shall pay the amount of such Loss to the Indemnified Party on demand following the final determination thereof. If the Indemnifying Party has timely disputed its liability with respect to such claim, the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party will proceed in good faith to negotiate a resolution of such dispute, and if not resolved through negotiations within the Resolution Period, such dispute shall be resolved by litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction.

(b) In the event any Indemnified Party should have a claim under Section 10.01 against any Indemnifying Party that does not involve a Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall deliver an Indemnity Notice with reasonable promptness to the Indemnifying Party. Subject to Section 9.01 , the failure by any Indemnified Party to give the Indemnity Notice shall not impair such party's rights hereunder except to the extent that an Indemnifying Party demonstrates that it has been irreparably prejudiced thereby. If the Indemnifying Party notifies the Indemnified Party that it does not dispute the claim described in such Indemnity Notice or fails to notify the Indemnified Party within the Dispute Period whether the Indemnifying Party disputes the claim described in such Indemnity Notice, the Loss arising from the claim specified in such Indemnity Notice will be conclusively deemed a liability of the Indemnifying Party under Section 10.01 and the Indemnifying Party shall pay the amount of such Loss to the Indemnified Party on demand following the final determination thereof. If the Indemnifying Party has timely disputed its liability with respect to such claim, the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party will proceed in good faith to negotiate a resolution of such dispute, and if not resolved through negotiations within the Resolution Period, such dispute shall be resolved by litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction.

back to top

ARTICLE XI

TERMINATION

11.01 Termination .

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Article IV and Article VI of this Agreement, this Agreement may be terminated, and the transactions contemplated hereby may be abandoned:

(a) at any time before the Closing, by mutual written agreement of Sellers and Purchasers;

(b) any time after April 30, 2003, by Sellers or Purchasers upon notification of the non-terminating party by the terminating party if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before such date and such failure to consummate is not caused by a breach of this Agreement by the terminating party; provided , however , that if the parties are diligently and in good faith progressing to Closing, either party may extend such date, with written notification thereof to the other party for an additional one thirty (30) day period; or

(c) at any time before the Closing, by Purchasers, in the event that (i) any court of competent jurisdiction or other competent Governmental or Regulatory Authority shall have issued an order making illegal or otherwise restricting, preventing or prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement due to the fact that Sellers' stockholder approval may be necessary, or (ii) Sellers' boards of directors determine to seek stockholder approval for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

back to top

11.02 Effect of Termination .

If this Agreement is validly terminated pursuant to Section 11.01 , this Agreement will forthwith become null and void, and there will be no liability or obligation on the part of Sellers or Purchasers (or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents or other representatives or Affiliates), except as provided in the next succeeding sentence and except that the provisions with respect to expenses in Section 13.04 and confidentiality in Section 13.06 will continue to apply following any such termination. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.01(b) , Sellers will remain liable to Purchasers for any willful breach of this Agreement by Sellers existing at the time of such termination, and Purchasers will remain liable to Sellers for any willful breach of this Agreement by Purchasers existing at the time of such termination, and Sellers or Purchasers may seek such remedies, including damages and fees of attorneys, against the other with respect to any such breach as are provided in this Agreement or as are otherwise available at Law or in equity, and (ii) upon termination of this Agreement by Purchasers pursuant to Section 11.01(c) , Sellers shall reimburse Purchasers for their expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the Operative Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including, without limitation, any fees, commissions and expenses of Goldman Sachs & Co.

back to top

ARTICLE XII

DEFINITIONS

12.01 Definitions .

(a) Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following defined terms have the meanings indicated below:

" Accounting Principles " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.04(c)(i) .

" Accounts Payable " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.02(a)(i) .

" Accounts Receivable " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.01(a)(ii) .

" Accrued Expenses " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.02(a)(iii) .

" Actions or Proceedings " means any action, suit, proceeding, arbitration or Governmental or Regulatory Authority investigation or audit.

" Affiliate " means any Person that directly, or indirectly through one of more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person specified. For purposes of this definition, control of a Person means the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by Contract or otherwise and, in any event and without limitation of the previous sentence, any Person owning ten percent (10%) or more of the voting securities of another Person shall be deemed to control that Person.

" Agreement " means this Purchase Agreement and the Exhibits, Annex, the Disclosure Schedule and the Schedules hereto and the certificates delivered in accordance with Sections 6.03 and 7.03 , as the same shall be amended from time to time.

" Approval Date " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.05(c) .

" Arrow " has the meaning ascribed to it in the forepart of this Agreement.

" Arrow Canada " has the meaning ascribed to it in the forepart of this Agreement.

" Arrow Europe " has the meaning ascribed to it in the forepart of this Agreement.

" Assets " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.01(a) .

" Assets and Properties " of any Person means all assets and properties of every kind, nature, character and description (whether real, personal or mixed, whether tangible or intangible, whether absolute, accrued, contingent, fixed or otherwise and wherever situated), including the goodwill related thereto, operated, owned or leased by such Person, including without limitation cash, cash equivalents, investment assets, accounts and notes receivable, chattel paper, documents, instruments, general intangibles, real estate, equipment, inventory, goods and Intellectual Property.

" Assignment Instruments " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.05(a) .

" Assumed Liabilities " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.02(a) .

" Assumption Agreement " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.05(a) .

" Assumption Instruments " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.05(a) .

" Benefit Plan " means any Plan established by any Seller, or any predecessor or Affiliates of Sellers, existing at the Closing Date or prior thereto, to which any Seller contributes or has contributed on behalf of any Employee, former employee or director of the Business, whether formal or informal, oral or written, legally binding or not, under which any Employee or former employee of the Business has any present or future right to benefits or under which any Seller has any present or future liability.

" Books and Records " of any Person means all files, documents, instruments, papers, books and records relating to the business, operations, condition of (financial or other), results of operations and Assets and Properties of such Person, including without limitation financial statements, Tax Returns and related work papers and letters from accountants, budgets, pricing guidelines, ledgers, journals, deeds, title policies, minute books, stock certificates and books, stock transfer ledgers, Contracts, Licenses, customer lists, computer files and programs, retrieval programs, operating data and plans and environmental studies and plans.

" Business " has the meaning ascribed to it in the forepart of this Agreement, provided , however , that the Business shall not include the Excluded Business or any other business relating to the Terminated Suppliers/Businesses.

" Business Books and Records " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.01(a)(xi) .

" Business Combination " means with respect to any Person, any merger, consolidation or combination to which such Person is a party, any sale, dividend, split or other disposition of capital stock or other equity interests of such Person or any sale, dividend or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Assets and Properties of such Person.

" Business Contracts " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.01(a)(iii) .

" Business Day " means a day other than Saturday, Sunday or any day on which banks located in the States of Ohio and New York are authorized or obligated to close.

" Canadian Assets " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.01(a) .

" Canadian Liabilities " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.02(a) .

" Canadian Purchase Price " means US$530,880  plus the Net Book Value of the Canadian Assets as shown on the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet, as adjusted on the Closing Date Balance Sheet.

" Cartel Office " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.04 .

" CERCLA " means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

" CERCLIS " means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System, as provided for by 40 C.F.R. Section 300.5.

" Claim Notice " means written notification pursuant to Section 10.02(a) of a Third Party Claim as to which indemnity under Section 10.01 is sought by an Indemnified Party, enclosing a copy of all papers served, if any, and specifying the nature of and basis for such Third Party Claim and for the Indemnified Party's claim against the Indemnifying Party under Section 10.01 , together with the amount or, if not then reasonably determinable, the estimated amount, determined in good faith, of the Loss arising from such Third Party Claim.

" Closing " means the closing of the transactions contemplated by Section 1.05 .

" Closing Date " means (a) the last Business Day of the month, but not less than five (5) Business Days after the day, during which the last of the consents, approvals, actions, filings, notices or waiting periods described in or related to the filings described in Sections 6.04 , 6.05 , 6.08 and 6.11 , and Sections 7.04 and 7.05 has been obtained, made or given or has expired, as applicable, or (b) such other date as Purchasers and Sellers mutually agree upon in writing.

" Closing Date Balance Sheet " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.04(c)(i)(B) .

" Closing Date Certificate " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.04(c)(i)(B) .

" Closing Date Net Book Value " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.04(c)(i)(B) .

" Closing Purchase Price " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.04(a) .

" Code " means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

" Commission " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.04 .

" Competition Act " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.04 .

" Competition Bureau " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.04 .

" Condition of the Business " means the business, condition (financial or otherwise), result of operations of the Assets or the Business.

" Confidentiality Agreement " means the Confidentiality, Non-Interference and Standstill Agreement, dated October 4, 2002, entered into by and between Pioneer and Arrow.

" Contract " means any contract, lease, license, evidence of Indebtedness, mortgage, indenture, security agreement, purchase order, sales order or other agreement, practice or arrangement, understanding or commitment (whether written or oral).

" Determination Date " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.04(c)(i)(D) .

" Disclosure Schedule " means the record delivered to Purchasers by Sellers herewith and dated as of the date hereof, containing all lists, descriptions, exceptions and other information and materials as are required to be included therein by Sellers pursuant to this Agreement.

" Dispute Period " means the period ending thirty (30) days following receipt by an Indemnifying Party of either a Claim Notice or an Indemnity Notice.

" DOJ " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.04 .

" Drop Dead Date " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.05(c) .

" Employee " means each employee, officer or consultant of any Seller or of the GmbH Subsidiary engaged full time exclusively in the conduct of the Business or as otherwise agreed by Sellers and Purchasers, as such employees are listed on Section 2.19 of the Disclosure Schedule .

" Environmental Claim " means, with respect to any Person, any written or oral notice, claim, demand or other communication (collectively, a " claim ") by any other Person (including, without limitation, any Governmental Authority) alleging or asserting such Person's liability for investigatory costs, cleanup costs, Governmental or Regulatory Authority response costs, damages to natural resources or other property, personal injuries, fines or penalties arising out of, based on or resulting from (a) the presence, or Release into the environment, of any Hazardous Material at any location, whether or not owned by such Person, or (b) circumstances forming the basis of any violation, or alleged violation, of any Environmental Law.

" Environmental Law " means any Law or Order relating to the regulation or protection of human health, safety or the environment or to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances or wastes into the environment, or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances or wastes.

" ERISA " means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

" Estimated Net Book Value " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.04(c)(i) .

" Estoppel Certificate " means the written certification, issued not more than thirty (30) days prior to the Closing Date by a lessor, sublessor or other party to a lease or occupancy agreement, stating (a) that such lease or occupancy agreement is (i) in full force and effect and (ii) has not been modified or amended except as described therein, (b) that Sellers have paid all rental payments which are due for all periods ending on the Closing Date, (c) that no default or event of default exists thereunder, and (d) that to the best of the knowledge of the issuer thereof, no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would be a default or event of default thereunder.

" Excluded Assets " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.01(b) .

" Excluded Business " means anything other than the Business, including Sellers' distribution and resale of mid-range computer products, computer systems, software and services engaged by Sellers' Computer Systems Division.

" Excluded Books and Records " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.01(b)(vii) .

" Excluded Prepaid Expenses " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.01(b)(iii).

" Final Net Book Value " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.04(c)(i)(D) .

" Financial Statements " means the financial statements delivered to Purchasers pursuant to Section 2.06 .

" FTC " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.04 .

" GAAP " means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States or Canada, as applicable, consistently applied throughout the specified period and in the immediately prior comparable period.

" General Assignment " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.05(a) .

" GmbH Purchase Price " means US$729,960 plus the Net Book Value of the GmbH Subsidiary as shown on the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet.

" GmbH Shares " has the meaning ascribed to it in the forepart of this Agreement.

" GmbH Subsidiary " has the meaning ascribed to it in the forepart of this Agreement.

" Governmental or Regulatory Authority " means any court, tribunal, arbitrator, authority, agency, commission, official or other instrumentality of the United States, any foreign country or any domestic or foreign state, county, city or other political subdivision.

" GST " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.09(a) .

" GWB " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.04 .

" Hazardous Material " means (A) any petroleum or petroleum products, explosives, radioactive materials, asbestos in any form that is or could become friable, urea formaldehyde foam insulation and transformers or other equipment that contain polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs); (B) any chemicals or other materials or substances which are now or hereafter become defined as or included in the definition of "hazardous substances," "hazardous wastes," "hazardous materials," "extremely hazardous wastes," "restricted hazardous wastes," "toxic substances," "toxic pollutants" or words of similar import under any Environmental Law; and (C) any other chemical or other material or substance, exposure to which is now or hereafter prohibited, limited or regulated by any Governmental or Regulatory Authority under any Environmental Law.

" Holdback Amount " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.05(a) .

" HSR Act " means Section 7A of the Clayton Act (Title II of the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

" Indebtedness " of any Person means all obligations of such Person (i) for borrowed money, (ii) evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (iii) for the deferred purchase price of goods or services (other than trade payables or accruals incurred in the ordinary course of business), (iv) under capital leases and (v) in the nature of guarantees of the obligations described in clauses (i) through (iv) above of any other Person.

" Indemnified Party " means any Person claiming indemnification under any provision of Article X .

" Indemnifying Party " means any Person against whom a claim for indemnification is being asserted under any provision of Article X .

" Indemnity Notice " means written notification pursuant to Section 10.02(b) of a claim for indemnity under Article X by an Indemnified Party, specifying the nature of and basis for such claim, together with the amount or, if not then reasonably determinable, the estimated amount, determined in good faith, of the Loss arising from such claim.

" Independent Accountant " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.04(c)(i)(C) .

" Intellectual Property " means all patents and patent rights, trademarks and trademark rights, trade names and trade name rights, service marks and service mark rights, service names and service name rights, brand names, inventions, processes, formulae, copyrights and copyright rights, trade dress, business and product names, logos, slogans, trade secrets, industrial models, processes, designs, methodologies, computer programs (including all source codes) and related documentation, technical information, manufacturing, engineering and technical drawings, know-how and all pending applications for and registrations of patents, trademarks, service marks and copyrights.

" Intangible Personal Property " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.01(a)(viii) .

" Inventory " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.01(a)(i) .

" Knowledge of Sellers " or " Known to Sellers " means the actual knowledge of any officer or director of Sellers or any employees of Sellers listed in Section 12.01(a) of the Disclosure Schedule .

" Laws " means all laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances and other pronouncements having the effect of law of the United States, any foreign country or any domestic or foreign state, county, city or other political subdivision or of any Governmental or Regulatory Authority.

" Letter of Credit " means any letter of credit, in lieu of a security deposit, obtained by Pioneer in connection with the real property lease of the Power and Signal facility located in Hilden, Germany.

" Liabilities " means all Indebtedness, obligations and other liabilities of a Person (whether absolute, accrued, contingent, fixed or otherwise, or whether due or to become due).

" Licenses " means all licenses, permits, certificates of authority, authorizations, approvals, registrations, franchises and similar consents granted or issued by any Governmental or Regulatory Authority.

" Liens " means any mortgage, pledge, assessment, security interest, lease, lien, adverse claim, Tax, levy, charge or other encumbrance of any kind, or any conditional sale Contract, title retention Contract or other Contract to give any of the foregoing.

" Loss " means any and all damages, fines, fees, penalties, deficiencies, losses and expenses (including without limitation interest, court costs, fees of attorneys, accountants and other experts or other expenses of litigation or other proceedings or of any claim, default or assessment).

" Material Adverse Effect " means an adverse effect on the Condition of the Business, taken as a whole, reasonably expected to result in the occurrence of a Loss to the Business, individually, not in the aggregate, equal to or greater than $2,500,000; except to the extent resulting from (i) any change in general United States or global economic conditions, or (ii) any change in general economic conditions in the industry in which the Business operates which changes do not affect Sellers disproportionately relative to other entities, or (iii) the termination of any Business Contract with any Named Suppliers (other than Power and Signal) by such Named Supplier other than for cause, or (iv) the termination of any Business Contract with any customer by such customer other than for cause.

" Named Suppliers " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.01(a)(i) .

" Net Book Value " means the amount by which (i) the value of the Accounts Receivable, Inventory, Tangible Personal Property, Intangible Personal Property, and Prepaid Expenses, exceeds (ii) the value of the Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses.

" Net Worth Deficiency " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.04(c)(i)(D) .

" Net Worth Excess " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.04(c)(i)(D) .

" NPL " means the National Priorities List under CERCLA.

" Operative Agreements " means, collectively, the General Assignment and the other Assignment Instruments, the Assumption Agreement and the other Assumption Instruments and any support or other agreements to be entered into in connection with the transaction.

" Option " with respect to any Person means any security, right, subscription, warrant, option, "phantom" stock right or other Contract that gives the right to (i) purchase or otherwise receive or be issued any shares of capital stock of such Person or any security of any kind convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of capital stock of such Person or (ii) receive or exercise any benefits or rights similar to any rights enjoyed by or accruing to the holder of shares of capital stock of such Person, including any rights to participate in the equity or income of such Person or to participate in or direct the election of any directors or officers of such Person or the manner in which any shares of capital stock of such Person are voted.

" Order " means any writ, judgment, decree, injunction or similar order of any Governmental or Regulatory Authority (in each such case whether preliminary or final).

" Permitted Lien " means (i) any Lien for Taxes not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, (ii) any statutory Lien arising in the ordinary course of business by operation of Law with respect to a Liability that is not yet due or delinquent for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, (iii) any minor imperfection of title or similar Lien which individually or in the aggregate with other such Liens does not materially impair the value of the property subject to such Lien or the use of such property in the conduct of the Business; and (iv) any purchase money security interest or similar Lien.

" Person " means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, proprietorship, other business organization, trust, union, association or Governmental or Regulatory Authority.

" Personal Property Leases " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.01(a)(vii) .

" Pioneer " has the meaning ascribed to it in the forepart of this Agreement.

" Pioneer Canada " has the meaning ascribed to it in the forepart of this Agreement.

" Pioneer Illinois " has the meaning ascribed to it in the forepart of this Agreement.

" Pioneer LTD " has the meaning ascribed to it in the forepart of this Agreement.

" Pioneer Minnesota " has the meaning ascribed to it in the forepart of this Agreement.

" Plan " means any bonus, incentive compensation, deferred compensation, pension, profit sharing, retirement, fringe benefit stock purchase, stock option, stock ownership, stock appreciation rights, phantom stock, leave of absence, layoff, vacation, day or dependent care, legal services, cafeteria, life, health, accident, disability, workmen's compensation or other insurance, severance, change-in-control, employment, separation or other employee benefit plan, practice, policy, agreement or arrangement of any kind, whether written or oral, including, but not limited to, any "employee benefit plan" within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA (including, without limitation multiemployer plans within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA.

" Pre-Closing Balance Sheet " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.04(c)(i)(A) .

" Pre-Closing Balance Sheet Adjustment Amount " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.04(a) .

" Pre-Closing Certificate " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.04(c)(i) .

" Prepaid Expenses " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.01(a)(iv) .

" Product Liabilities " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.02(b)(x) .

" Purchase Price " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.04(b) .

" Purchasers " has the meaning ascribed to it in the forepart of this Agreement.

" Purchasers Indemnified Parties " means Purchasers and their officers, directors, employees, agents and Affiliates.

" Purchasers' Accountant " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.04(c)(i)(B) .

" Purchasers' 401(k) Plan " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.06(c)(v) .

" Real Property Leases " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.01(a)(v) .

" Release " means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, injection, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into the indoor or outdoor environment.

" Representatives " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.03 .

" Resolution Period " means the period ending thirty (30) days following receipt by an Indemnified Party of a written notice from an Indemnifying Party stating that it disputes all or any portion of a claim set forth in a Claim Notice or an Indemnity Notice.

" Retained Intel Volume Business " means all business that Sellers conduct with Intel except for the semi-conductor business .

" Retained Intellectual Property " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.01(b)(x) .

" Retained Liabilities " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.02(b) .

" Returned Goods " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.02(b)(ix) .

" Security Agreements " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.22 .

" Selected Employees " means those Employees who will be identified by Purchasers prior to the Closing to receive offers of employment in accordance with Section 1.06 .

" Sellers " has the meaning ascribed to it in the forepart of this Agreement.

" Sellers' Accountant " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.04(c)(i)(B) .

" Sellers' Consents " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.11 .

" Sellers Indemnified Parties " means Sellers and their officers, directors, employees, agents and Affiliates.

" Sellers' 401(k) Plan " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.06(c)(v) .

" Severance Policy " means Seller's Severance Pay Policy, as in effect prior to August 1, 2002 and attached hereto as Annex B .

" Share Purchase and Transfer Agreement " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 6.06 .

" Siebel Assignment Agreement " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.15 .

" Siebel Software " means the (Siebel Sales Enterprise) software, licensed by Seller pursuant to the Software License Agreement between Pioneer and Siebel Systems, Inc., effective September 10, 1996.

" Special Closing Condition-Material Adverse Effect " means an adverse effect on the Condition of the Business, taken as a whole, reasonably expected to result in the occurrence of a Loss to the Business, individually or in the aggregate, equal to or greater than $25,000,000, or result in there being insufficient Inventory to conduct the Power and Signal line of business in the ordinary course in all material respects consistent with past practice; except to the extent resulting from (i) any change in general United States or global economic conditions, or (ii) any change in general economic conditions in the industry in which the Business operates which changes do not affect Sellers disproportionately relative to other entities, or (iii) the termination of any Business Contract with any Named Suppliers (other than Power and Signal) by such Named Supplier other than for cause, or (iv) the termination of any Business Contract with any customer by such customer other than for cause.

" Tangible Personal Property " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.01(a)(vi) .

" Tax " or " Taxes " means any and all taxes, fees, levies, duties, tariffs, imposts, and other charges of any kind (together with any and all interest, penalties, additions to tax and additional amounts imposed with respect thereto) imposed by any government or taxing authority, including, without limitation, taxes or other charges on or with respect to income, franchises, windfall or other profits, gross receipts, property, sales, use, goods and services, capital stock, payroll, employment, social security, workers' compensation, unemployment compensation, or net worth; taxes or other charges in the nature of excise, withholding, ad valorem, stamp, transfer, value added, or gains taxes; license, registration and documentation fees; and customs' duties, tariffs, and similar charges.

" Tax Returns " means all returns, reports and forms required to be filed with respect to Taxes.

" Tenant Security Deposits " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.01(a)(x) .

" Terminated Business " means the kitting business.

" Terminated Suppliers " means the suppliers of any terminated franchised lines of the Business listed on Section 12.01(b) of the Disclosure Schedule , together with any other suppliers of the Business that terminate their respective franchised lines of Business from the date of the Agreement until Closing.

" Third Party Claim " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 10.02(a) .

" Transfer Taxes " means all sales, transfer, filing, recordation, registration and similar taxes and fees arising from or associated with the sale of the Assets to Purchasers.

" Transferred Employee " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.06(a)(i) .

" Transition Services Agreement " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 6.08 .

" U.S. Assets " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.01(a).

" U.S. Liabilities " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.02(a).

" WARN Act " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.06(b) .

" WPI Approval Date " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.05(b) .

" WPI Drop Dead Date " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.05(b) .

" WPI Necessary Approvals " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.05(b) .

" WPI Shares " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.01(a)(ix) .

" WPI Shares Book Value " means the book value of the WPI Shares, as reflected on the September Balance Sheet.

" WPI Shares Purchase Price " means the fair market value of the WPI Shares, based on the average closing price on the exchange on which the WPI Shares are principally traded for the ten (10) consecutive trading days ending five (5) Business Days (i) prior to the Closing, if all of the WPI Necessary Approvals are obtained prior to the Closing Date, or (ii) prior to the Approval Date, if the WPI Necessary Approvals are not obtained prior to the Closing Date but are obtained prior to the Drop Dead Date.

(b) Construction of Certain Terms and Phrases . Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires, (i) words of any gender include each other gender; (ii) words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively; (iii) the terms "hereof," "herein," "hereby" and derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement; (iv) the terms "Article" or "Section" refer to the specified Article or Section of this Agreement; and (v) the phrases "ordinary course of business" and "ordinary course of business consistent with past practice" refer to the business and practice of Sellers in connection with the Business. Whenever this Agreement refers to a number of days, such number shall refer to calendar days unless Business Days are specified. All accounting terms used herein and not expressly defined herein shall have the meanings given to them under GAAP.

back to top

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

13.01 Notices .

All notices, requests and other communications hereunder must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given only if delivered personally or by facsimile transmission or mailed (first class postage prepaid) to the parties at the following addresses or facsimile numbers:

If to Purchasers, to:

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
50 Marcus Drive
Melville, NY 11747
Facsimile No.: (631) 391-4379
Attn: Peter Brown, Senior Vice President and General Counsel

with a copy to:

MILBANK, TWEED, HADLEY & MCCLOY LLP
1 Chase Manhattan Plaza
New York, NY 10005
Facsimile No.: (212) 530-5219
Attn: Howard Kelberg, Esq.

If to Sellers, to:

PIONEER-STANDARD ELECTRONICS, INC.
6065 Parkland Boulevard
Mayfield Heights, Ohio 44124
Facsimile No.: (440) 720-8558
Attn: Chief Executive Officer

with a copy to:

CALFEE, HALTER & GRISWOLD LLP
1400 McDonald Investment Center
800 Superior Avenue
Cleveland, Ohio 44114
Facsimile No.: (216) 241-0816
Attn: Laurence N. Schultz, Esq.

All such notices, requests and other communications will (i) if delivered personally to the address as provided in this Section, be deemed given upon delivery, (ii) if delivered by facsimile transmission to the facsimile number as provided in this Section, be deemed given upon receipt, and (iii) if delivered by mail in the manner described above to the address as provided in this Section, be deemed given upon receipt (in each case regardless of whether such notice, request or other communication is received by any other Person to whom a copy of such notice, request or other communication is to be delivered pursuant to this Section). Any party from time to time may change its address, facsimile number or other information for the purpose of notices to that party by giving notice specifying such change to the other party hereto.

back to top

13.02 Bulk Sales Act .

(a) Subject to paragraph (b), to the extent the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are deemed to be subject to compliance with the terms of any applicable Bulk Sales Act, Sellers shall be solely responsible for compliance therewith and Sellers shall indemnify Purchasers from and against any liabilities arising from a failure to comply.

(b) Waiver of Bulk Sales Legislation . The parties agree that the sale of the Assets by the Sellers to the Purchasers pursuant to this Agreement may be considered to constitute a "sale in bulk" within the meaning of the Bulk Sales Act (Ontario) and the comparable legislation of other Canadian jurisdictions the laws of which may apply to the transactions contemplated in this Agreement. The parties agree that compliance with the provisions of such Act and such comparable legislation, if any, is not practicable and therefore the Purchasers agree to waive compliance with the said provisions and the Sellers hereby covenant and agree to fully indemnify and hold harmless the Purchasers from and against any and all actions, proceedings, suits, claims, liabilities, damages, expenses and demands arising, directly or indirectly, as a result of or in relation to the failure of the Sellers to comply with the requirements of such Act and such comparable legislation, if any, in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.

back to top

13.03 Entire Agreement .

This Agreement, the Confidentiality Agreement and the Operative Agreements supersede all prior discussions and agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and contain the sole and entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

back to top

13.04 Expenses .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement (including without limitation as provided in Section 10.02 ), whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, each party will pay its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, execution and closing of this Agreement and the Operative Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including in connection with any filings to be made to obtain the necessary approvals from the FTC or DOJ, the GWB, the TIC or TSE and the Competition Bureau, provided , however , that Sellers shall bear the costs, fees and expenses in connection with the notarization of the Share Purchase and Transfer Agreement.

back to top

13.05 Public Announcements .

Sellers and Purchasers shall furnish the other with a draft of any press release to be issued concerning the transactions contemplated by this Agreement prior to the release thereof and as far in advance of their disclosure as practicable and shall in good faith consult with and consider the suggestions of the other party concerning the nature and scope of the information it proposes to disclose.

back to top

13.06 Confidentiality .

Any information or material obtained by Purchasers or their Representatives and by Sellers or their representatives pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated as "Material", as defined by the Confidentiality Agreement, and shall be governed by the terms of such Confidentiality Agreement.

back to top

13.07 Waiver .

Any term or condition of this Agreement may be waived at any time by the party that is entitled to the benefit thereof, but no such waiver shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument duly executed by or on behalf of the party waiving such term or condition. No waiver by any party of any term or condition of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a waiver of the same or any other term or condition of this Agreement on any future occasion. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by Law or otherwise afforded, will be cumulative and not alternative.

back to top

13.08 Joint and Several Liability .

All of the obligations of Sellers to Purchasers under this Agreement shall be joint and several, and all of the obligations of Purchasers to Sellers under this Agreement shall be joint and several.

back to top

13.09 Amendment .

This Agreement may be amended, supplemented or modified only by a written instrument duly executed by or on behalf of each party hereto.

back to top

13.10 No Third Party Beneficiary .

The terms and provisions of this Agreement are intended solely for the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors or permitted assigns, and it is not the intention of the parties to confer third-party beneficiary rights upon any other Person other than any Person entitled to indemnity under Article X .

back to top

13.11 No Assignment; Binding Effect .

Neither this Agreement nor any right, interest or obligation hereunder may be assigned by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party hereto and any attempt to do so will be void, except (a) for assignments and transfers by operation of Law and (b) that Purchasers may assign any or all of their rights, interests and obligations hereunder (including without limitation their rights under Article X ) to (i) a wholly-owned subsidiary, provided that any such subsidiary agrees in writing to be bound by all of the terms, conditions and provisions contained herein or (ii) any post-Closing purchaser of the Business or a substantial part of the Assets but no such assignment referred to in clause (i) or (ii) shall relieve Purchasers of their obligations hereunder. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement is binding upon, inures to the benefit of and is enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

back to top

13.12 Headings .

The headings used in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and do not define or limit the provisions hereof.

back to top

13.13 Invalid Provisions .

If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any present or future Law, and if the rights or obligations of any party hereto under this Agreement will not be materially and adversely affected thereby, (a) such provision will be fully severable, (b) this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part hereof and (c) the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance herefrom.

back to top

13.14 Consent to Jurisdiction and Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of New York applicable to a contract executed and performed in such State, without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof. Any judicial proceeding brought with respect to this Agreement must be brought in any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction in any state of the United States, and, by the execution and delivery of this Agreement, each party (i) accepts, generally and unconditionally, the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any courts and any related appellate court in the State of New York, and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered by such courts in connection with this Agreement and (ii) irrevocably waives any objection it may now or hereafter have as to the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court or that such court is an inconvenient forum. In furtherance of the preceding clause, so long as this Agreement is in effect, Purchasers and Sellers (if it is not a New York corporation and is not qualified to do business in New York as a foreign corporation) will at all times have an authorized agent in the City of New York, upon whom process may be served in any legal action or proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of New York arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. Sellers hereby irrevocably appoint CT Corporation System, as its agent for service of process in New York with respect to all disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

back to top

13.15 Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the duly authorized officer of each party as of the date first above written.

PURCHASERS

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

By:_______________________

Name:

Title:

ARROW EUROPE GMBH

By:________________________

Name:

Title:

 

ARROW ELECTRONICS CANADA LTD.

By:________________________

Name:

Title:

SELLERS

PIONEER-STANDARD ELECTRONICS, INC.

By:_______________________

Name:

Title:

PIONEER-STANDARD ILLINOIS, INC.

By:________________________

Name:

Title:

 

PIONEER-STANDARD MINNESOTA, INC.

By:________________________

Name:

Title:

 

PIONEER-STANDARD ELECTRONICS, LTD.

By:________________________

Name:

Title:

 

PIONEER-STANDARD CANADA INC.

By:________________________

Name:

Title:

 

EXHIBIT A

GENERAL ASSIGNMENT AND BILL OF SALE

THIS GENERAL ASSIGNMENT AND BILL OF SALE is entered into this ____ day of _________, ____ by and between [_________________], a _________________ corporation (" Purchaser "), and [_________________], a ___________ corporation (" Seller ").

WHEREAS, Purchaser and Seller have entered into a Purchase Agreement, dated as of January __, 2003 (the " Purchase Agreement "; capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement), pursuant to which Seller has agreed to sell, transfer, convey, assign and deliver to Purchaser and Purchaser has agreed to purchase from Seller certain assets used or held for use by Seller in connection with the conduct of the Business, and Purchaser has agreed, in partial consideration therefor, to assume certain obligations in connection therewith by executing an Assumption Agreement of even date herewith;

WHEREAS, Seller desires to transfer and assign to Purchaser the assets described below pursuant to Section 1.04 of the Purchase Agreement and Purchaser desires to accept the sale, transfer, conveyance, assignment and delivery thereof;

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Seller hereby irrevocably sells, transfers, conveys, assigns and delivers to Purchaser all of Seller's right, title and interest in, to and under the Assets specified in Section 1.01(a) of the Purchase Agreement, other than the Excluded Assets, as the same shall exist on the date hereof (collectively, the " Assigned Assets "), TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the same unto Purchaser, its successors and assigns, forever.

Purchaser hereby accepts the sale, transfer, conveyance, assignment and delivery of the Assigned Assets.

At any time or from time to time after the date hereof, at Purchaser's request and without further consideration, Seller shall execute and deliver to Purchaser such other instruments of sale, transfer, conveyance, assignment and confirmation, provide such materials and information and take such other actions as Purchaser may reasonably deem necessary or desirable in order more effectively to transfer, convey and assign to Purchaser the Business, and to confirm Purchaser's title to, all of the Assigned Assets.

Except with regard to matters set forth in Articles IX and X of the Purchase Agreement, Seller hereby constitutes and appoints Purchaser the true and lawful attorney of Seller, with full power of substitution, in the name of Seller or Purchaser, but on behalf of and for the benefit of Purchaser: (i) to demand and receive from time to time any and all of the Assigned Assets and to make endorsements and give receipts and releases for and in respect of the same and any part thereof; (ii) to institute, prosecute, compromise and settle any and all Actions or Proceedings that Purchaser may deem proper in order to collect, assert or enforce any claim, right or title of any kind in or to the Assigned Assets; (iii) to defend or compromise any or all Actions or Proceedings in respect of any of the Assigned Assets; and (iv) to do all such acts and things in relation to the matters set forth in the preceding clauses (i) through (iii) as Purchaser shall deem desirable. Seller hereby acknowledges that the appointment hereby made and the powers hereby granted are coupled with an interest and are not and shall not be revocable by it in any manner or for any reason. Seller shall deliver to Purchaser at Closing an acknowledged power of attorney to the foregoing effect executed by Seller. Purchaser shall indemnify and hold harmless Seller from any and all Losses caused by or arising out of any actions by Purchaser in its exercise of such power of attorney.

This General Assignment and Bill of Sale may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

This General Assignment and Bill of Sale shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to a contract executed and performed in such State without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof, except that if it is necessary in any other jurisdiction to have the law of such other jurisdiction govern this General Assignment and Bill of Sale in order for this General Assignment and Bill of Sale to be effective in any respect, then the laws of such other jurisdiction shall govern this General Assignment and Bill of Sale to such extent.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused their duly authorized officers to execute this General Assignment and Bill of Sale on the day and year first above written.

[_________________]

 

By:__________________________

Name:

Title:

[_________________]

 

By:__________________________

Name:

Title:

EXHIBIT B

ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

THIS ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT is entered into this ____ day of _________, ____ by and between [_________________], a _________________ corporation (" Purchaser "), and [_________________], a ____________ corporation (" Seller ").

WHEREAS, Purchaser and Seller have entered into an Purchase Agreement, dated as of January __, 2003 (the " Purchase Agreement "; capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement), pursuant to which Seller has agreed to sell, transfer, convey, assign and deliver to Purchaser and Purchaser has agreed to purchase from Seller certain assets used or held for use by Seller in connection with the conduct of the Business, and Purchaser has agreed, in partial consideration therefor, to assume certain obligations in connection therewith by executing this Assumption Agreement;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 1.04 of the Purchase Agreement, Purchaser is required to execute and deliver to Seller this Agreement whereby Purchaser assumes such obligations;

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Purchaser hereby undertakes and agrees from and after the date hereof, subject to the limitations contained herein, to assume and to pay, perform and discharge when due the Assumed Liabilities.

Nothing contained herein shall require Purchaser to pay or discharge any debts or obligations expressly assumed hereby so long as Purchaser shall in good faith contest or cause to be contested the amount or validity thereof.

Other than as specifically stated above or in the Purchase Agreement, Purchaser assumes no debt, liability or obligation of Seller, including without limitation the Retained Liabilities, by this Assumption Agreement, and it is expressly understood and agreed that all debts, liabilities and obligations not assumed hereby by Purchaser shall remain the sole obligation of Seller, its successors and assigns.

No Person other than Seller, its successors and assigns shall have any rights under this Assumption Agreement or the provisions contained herein.

This Assumption Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

This Assumption Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to a contract executed and performed in such State without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof, except that if it is necessary in any other jurisdiction to have the law of such other jurisdiction govern this Assumption Agreement in order for this Assumption Agreement to be effective in any respect, then the laws of such other jurisdiction shall govern this Assumption Agreement to such extent.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused their duly authorized officers to execute this Assumption Agreement on the day and year first above written.

[_________________]

By:__________________________

Name:

Title:

[_________________]

By:__________________________

Name:

Title:

EXHIBIT D

 

Officer's Certificate

[_________________], a ________________ corporation (" Seller "), pursuant to Section 6.03 of the Purchase Agreement dated as of January __, 2003 (the " Purchase Agreement "; capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement) between [_________________], a ________________ corporation, and Seller, HEREBY CERTIFIES that:

(1) Each of the representations and warranties made by Seller in the Purchase Agreement (other than those made as of a specified date earlier than the date hereof) is true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof, and each of the representations and warranties made by Seller as of a specified date earlier than the date hereof was true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

(2) Each of the agreements, covenants and obligations required by the Purchase Agreement to be performed or complied with by Seller at or before the Closing has been duly performed or complied with in all material respects.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seller has caused this Certificate to be executed on its behalf by the undersigned on and as of the ____ day of ____________, ____.

[_________________]

 

By:___________________________

Name:

Title:

EXHIBIT E

 

[Assistant] Secretary's Certificate

I, __________, [Assistant] Secretary of [_________________], a _______________ corporation (" Seller "), pursuant to Section 6.03 of the Purchase Agreement dated as of January __, 2003 (the " Purchase Agreement ") between [_________________], a _______________ corporation, and Seller, DO HEREBY CERTIFY on behalf of Seller as follows:

(1) Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true, complete and correct copy of the Articles of Incorporation of Seller and all amendments thereto (as so amended, the " [Certificate] [Articles] of Incorporation "), and no amendment to the [Certificate] [Articles] of Incorporation has been authorized or become effective since the date of the last of such amendments, no amendment or other document relating to or affecting the [Certificate] [Articles] of Incorporation has been filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of __________ since such date and no action has been taken by Seller, its [stockholders] [shareholders], directors or officers in contemplation of the filing of any such amendment or other document or in contemplation of the liquidation or dissolution of Seller.

(2) Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a true, complete and correct copy of the Code of Regulations of Seller as in full force and effect on the date hereof and at all times since [date of last amendment].

(3) Attached hereto as Exhibit C is a true, complete and correct copy of resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Seller with respect to the Purchase Agreement and the Operative Agreements to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby, which resolutions were duly and validly adopted at a meeting of the Board of Directors of Seller on __________, ____, at which a quorum was present and acting throughout. All such resolutions are in full force and effect on the date hereof in the form in which adopted and no other resolutions have been adopted by the Board of Directors of Seller or any committee thereof relating to the Purchase Agreement and the Operative Agreements to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby.

(4) Each of the following named individuals is a duly elected or appointed, qualified and acting officer of Seller who holds, and at all times since [date of execution of the Purchase Agreement] has held, the offices set opposite such individual's name, and the signature written opposite the name and title of such officer is such officer's genuine signature:

[Name] [Title] ______________________________

[Name] [Title] ______________________________

[Name] [Title] ______________________________

[Name] [Title] ______________________________

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seller has caused this Certificate to be executed on its behalf by the undersigned on and as of the ____ day of ______________, ____.

[_________________]

By:___________________________

Name:

Title:

I, __________, [title of officer] of Seller, DO HEREBY CERTIFY on behalf of Seller that __________ is the duly elected or appointed, qualified and acting [Assistant] Secretary of Seller, and the signature set forth above is the genuine signature of such officer.

_________________________

Name:

Title:

____________, ____

EXHIBIT I

 

Officer's Certificate

[_________________], a _______________ corporation (" Purchaser "), pursuant to Section 7.03 of the Purchase Agreement dated as of January __, 2003 (the " Purchase Agreement "; capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement) between Purchaser and [_________________], a _______________ corporation, HEREBY CERTIFIES that:

(1) Each of the representations and warranties made by Purchaser in the Purchase Agreement is true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof.

(2) Each of the agreements, covenants and obligations required by the Purchase Agreement to be performed or complied with by Purchaser at or before the Closing has been duly performed or complied with in all material respects.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Purchaser has caused this Certificate to be executed on its behalf by the undersigned on and as of the ____ day of _____________, ____.

 

[_________________]

 

By:___________________________

Name:

Title:

EXHIBIT J

[Assistant] Secretary's Certificate

I, __________, [Assistant] Secretary of [_________________], a _______________ corporation (" Purchaser "), pursuant to Section 7.03 of the Purchase Agreement dated as of January __, 2003 (the " Purchase Agreement ") between Purchaser and [_________________], a _______________ corporation, DO HEREBY CERTIFY on behalf of Purchaser as follows:

(1) Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true, complete and correct copy of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Purchaser and all amendments thereto (as so amended, the " Certificate of Incorporation "), and no amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation has been authorized or become effective since the date of the last of such amendments, no amendment or other document relating to or affecting the Certificate of Incorporation has been filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of New York since such date and no action has been taken by Purchaser, its stockholders, directors or officers in contemplation of the filing of any such amendment or other document or in contemplation of the liquidation or dissolution of Purchaser.

(2) Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a true, complete and correct copy of the By-Laws of Purchaser as in full force and effect on the date hereof and at all times since [date of last amendment].

(3) Attached hereto as Exhibit C is a true, complete and correct copy of resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Purchaser with respect to the Purchase Agreement and the Operative Agreements to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby, which resolutions were duly and validly adopted at a meeting of the Board of Directors of Purchaser on __________, ____, at which a quorum was present and acting throughout. All such resolutions are in full force and effect on the date hereof in the form in which adopted and no other resolutions have been adopted by the Board of Directors of Purchaser or any committee thereof relating to the Purchase Agreement and the Operative Agreements to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby.

(4) Each of the following named individuals is a duly elected or appointed, qualified and acting officer of Purchaser who holds, and at all times since January __, 2002 has held, the office set opposite such individual's name, and the signature written opposite the name and title of such officer is such officer's genuine signature:

[Name] [Title] ________________________________

[Name] [Title] ________________________________

[Name] [Title] ________________________________

[Name] [Title] ________________________________

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Purchaser has caused this Certificate to be executed on its behalf by the undersigned on and as of the ____ day of _______________, ____.

[_________________]

 

 

By:___________________________

Name:

Title:

 

 

I, __________, [title of officer] of Purchaser, DO HEREBY CERTIFY on behalf of Purchaser that __________ is the duly elected or appointed, qualified and acting [Assistant] Secretary of Purchaser, and the signature set forth above is the genuine signature of such officer.

_________________________

Name:

Title:

____________, ____

ANNEX A

A ) Form of Pre-Closing Balance Sheet and Closing Balance Sheet (to be prepared in accordance with the Valuation Principles set forth in Section B of this Annex A)

Assets

$

Inventory

Accounts Receivable

Tangible Personal Property (PP&E)

Intangible Personal Property

Prepaid Expenses

Total Assets $

$

Assumed Liabilities

Accounts Payable

Accrued Expenses

Total Assumed Liabilities $

Net Book Value $

B) Valuation Principles

    1. Except as set forth herein, the same reserve methodology utilized in the preparation of the September Balance Sheet shall be used in the preparation of the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet and the Closing Date Balance Sheet, including a general reserve at the same percentage of total assets (approximately 2.6% for Accounts Receivable and approximately 1.5% for Inventory).
    2. NCNR or vendor obsolete Inventory without a firm customer order shall be reserved at 100%. The general reserve may be used for this exposure.
    3. Non-franchised Inventory without a firm customer order shall be reserved at 100%. The general reserve may be used for this exposure.
    4. Purchase order receipt accruals will be used solely to pay vendor trade invoices in the ordinary course of business and shall not be released to income from the September Balance Sheet (i.e. the accrued liability must appear on the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet and the Closing Date Balance Sheet).
    5. All vendor net debit balances (i.e., receivables from suppliers) related to suppliers who are not Named Suppliers shall be retained by Seller and shall not be included on the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet or the Closing Date Balance Sheet.
    6. All vendor debits over 90 days old shall be reserved at 100%.
    7. No Inventory reserves will be identified for the Retained Intel Volume Business (i.e. any Inventory reserves previously identified on the September Balance Sheet shall not be included on the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet or the Closing Date Balance Sheet, but instead treated as general reserves).
    8. The Pre-Closing Balance Sheet and the Closing Date Balance Sheet shall include the pro-rata software development costs related to Siebel software (valued at $1.9 million on the September Balance Sheet) based on the number of "seats" licensed by Purchasers to the total number of "seats" licensed by Sellers. No other software development costs shall be included on the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet or the Closing Date Balance Sheet.

 

ANNEX B

Severance Policy

Policy

It is Pioneer's policy to grant severance pay to eligible employees who are terminated by Pioneer for a reason other than "just cause", as determined by Pioneer.

Eligibility

I. All regular full time and semi-full time employees are eligible, after the first full 90 calendar days of employment.

II. Part-time and temporary employees are not eligible for severance pay.

Guidelines

I. Eligible employees will be paid one week for every full year of service with the company, with a minimum of two weeks severance pay.

II. Severance pay is based on an employee's regular base rate.

III. Severance is paid on the regular payroll schedule (i.e., biweekly or monthly) through the length of the severance period.

IV. The company reserves the right to determine what constitutes "just cause" for termination, which may not necessarily be limited to a breach of any of the standards of conduct listed in the Employee Handbook.

For purposes of this Annex B, (A) the amount of such severance benefits will be increased to cover (i) the actual costs of medical and dental benefits provided to any eligible employees during the severance period and (ii) the actual cost of such outplacement services, provided by such outplacement providers, to any eligible employee, as Sellers and Purchasers shall mutually agree in writing and (B) as to Employees of Pioneer Canada, Purchasers shall be obligated to reimburse Sellers as to the above amounts and (ii) to the extent Canadian Law requires severance payments in excess of the above amounts, Purchasers shall be obligated to reimburse Sellers for only 50% of any such excess payments.

back to top

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION *

ARTICLE I Definitions *

1.1 Accounts. *
1.2 Administrator. *
1.3 Affiliate. *
1.4 Applicable Plan Year. *
1.5 Appropriate Form. *
1.6 Beneficiary. *
1.7 Board of Directors. *
1.8 Code. *
1.9 Common Stock. *
1.10 Company. *
1.11 Compensation. *
1.12 Contribution Agreement. *
1.13 Date of Hire. *
1.14 Disability. *
1.15 Effective Date.. *
1.16 Elective Account. *
1.17 Elective Contributions.. *
1.18 Elective Deferral Limit. *
1.19 Eligible Employee. *
1.20 Employer. *
1.21 Entry Date. *
1.22 ERISA. *
1.23 ESOP Contributions. *
1.24 Fund. *
1.25 Highly Compensated Employee. *
1.26 Hour of Service.. *
1.27 Investment Adjustments. *
1.28 Investment Fund. *
1.29 Loan Account. *
1.30 Loan Fund. *
1.31 Matching Account. *
1.32 Matching Contributions. *
1.33 Member. *
1.34 Normal Retirement Date. *
1.35 One-Year Break in Service. *
1.36 Plan. *
1.37 Plan Year. *
1.38 Prior Plan Account. *
1.39 Rollover Account. *
1.40 Rollover Contribution. *
1.41 Section 401(k) Member. *
1.42 Termination of Employment. *
1.43 Total Earnings. *
1.44 Trust Agreement. *
1.45 Trustee. *
1.46 Valuation Date. *
1.47 Vested Percentage.. *
1.48 Year of Employment.. *
1.49 Year of Membership.. *
1.50 Year of Service. *

ARTICLE II Membership *

2.1 In General.. *
2.2 Service with Affiliates. *
2.3 Contribution Agreement Required for Elective Contributions. *
2.4 Transfers. *
2.5 Transfers Between Employers.. *
2.6 Reemployment. *

ARTICLE III Contributions *

3.1 Elective Contributions. *
3.2 Matching Contributions. *
3.3 Section 401(k) Limit on Elective Contributions. *
3.4 Section 401(m) Limit on Matching Contributions. *
3.5 Special Rules. *
3.6 Rollovers. *
3.7 Maximum Limit on Allocation. *
3.8 Form of Payment. *
3.9 Contributions May Not Exceed Amount Deductible. *
3.10 Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility and Plan Qualification. *
3.11 Expenses. *
3.12 No Employee Contributions. *
3.13 Profits Not Required. *
3.14 Contributions for Military Service. *

ARTICLE IV Vesting *

4.1 Elective Account and Prior Plan Account. *
4.2 Matching Account. *
4.3 Forfeitures. *
4.4 Reemployment. *
4.5 Irrevocable Forfeitures. *

ARTICLE V Accounts and Designation of Investment Funds *

5.1 Investment of Account Balances. 2 through 5.4. *
5.2 Designation of Investment Funds for Future Contributions. *
5.3 Designation of Investment Funds for Existing Account Balances. *
5.4 Valuation of Investment Funds. *
5.5 Correction of Error.. *
5.6 Allocation Shall Not Vest Title. *
5.7 Statement of Accounts. *
5.8 Daily Valuation. *

ARTICLE VI Limitation on Maximum Contributions and Benefits Under all Plans *

6.1 Definitions. *
6.2 Limitation on Annual Additions. *
6.3 Coverage by Defined Benefit Plan. *
6.4 Application. *
6.5 Limitation Year. *
6.6 Correlation with Higher ESOP Limit. *

ARTICLE VII Distributions, Withdrawals and Loans *

7.1 Distribution on Termination of Employment.. *
7.2 Withdrawals during Employment. *
7.3 Loans during Employment. *
7.4 Loan Requirements. *
7.5 Loan Expenses. *
7.6 Funding. *
7.7 Repayment. *
7.8 Valuation. *
7.9 Allocation among Investment Funds.. *
7.10 Disposition of Loan Upon Certain Events. *
7.11 Withdrawals from Plan While Loan is Outstanding. *
7.12 Compliance with Applicable Law. *
7.13 Default. *
7.14 Conversion of Loan to Hardship Distribution. *

ARTICLE VIII Payment of Benefits *

8.1 Payment of Benefits. *
8.2 Death Benefits. *
8.3 Non-Alienation of Benefits.. *
8.4 Doubt as to Right to Payment. *
8.5 Incapacity.. *
8.6 Time of Commencement of Benefits. 67
8.7 Payments to Minors. *
8.8 Identity of Proper Payee. *
8.9 Inability to Locate Distributee. *
8.10 Estoppel of Members and Their Beneficiaries.. *
8.11 Qualified Domestic Relations Orders. *
8.12 Benefits Payable Only from Fund. *
8.13 Prior Plan Distribution Forms. *
8.14 Restrictions on Distribution. *
8.15 Direct Rollover of Eligible Rollover Distributions. *

ARTICLE IX Beneficiary Designation *

9.1 Designation of Beneficiary.. *
9.2 Spouse as Presumptive Beneficiary.. *
9.3 Change of Beneficiary.. *
9.4 Failure to Designate. *
9.5 Proof of Death, etc. *
9.6 Discharge of Liability. *

ARTICLE X Administration of the Plan *

10.1 Fiduciary. *
10.2 The Administrator. *
10.3 Powers and Discretion of Administrator. *
10.4 Advisers. *
10.5 Service in Multiple Capacities. *
10.6 Limitation of Liability; Indemnity. *
10.7 Reliance on Information. *
10.8 Funding Policy. *
10.9 Proper Proof. *
10.10 Genuineness of Documents. *
10.11 Members May Direct Investments. *
10.12 Committee. *

ARTICLE XI The Trust Agreement *

11.1 The Trust Agreement.. *
11.2 No Diversion of Trust Fund. *
11.3 Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee. *

ARTICLE XII Amendment *

12.1 Right of the Company to Amend the Plan.. *
12.2 Plan Merger. *
12.3 Amendments Required by Law.. *
12.4 Right to Terminate. *
12.5 Termination of Trust. *
12.6 Continuation of Trust. *
12.7 Discontinuance of Contributions. *

ARTICLE XIII Miscellaneous Provisions *

13.1 Plan Not a Contract of Employment. *
13.2 Merger. *
13.3 Claims Procedure. *
13.4 Prior Family Aggregation Rule. *
13.5 Controlling Law. *
13.6 Separability 94
13.7 Captions. *
13.8 Usage. *

ARTICLE XIV Leased Employees *

14.1 Definitions. *
14.2 Treatment of Leased Employees.. *
14.3 Exception for Employees Covered by Plans of Leasing Organization. *
14.4 Construction. *

ARTICLE XV "Top-Heavy" Provisions *

15.1 Determination of "Top-Heavy" Status. *
15.2 Provisions Applicable in "Top-Heavy" Plan Years. *


SUPPLEMENT NO. 1 S1- *
SUPPLEMENT NO. 2 S2- *
SUPPLEMENT NO. 3 S3- *
SUPPLEMENT NO. 4 S4- *
SUPPLEMENT NO. 5 S5- *
SUPPLEMENT NO. 6 S6- *
SUPPLEMENT NO. 7 S7- *
SUPPLEMENT NO. 8 S8- *
SUPPLEMENT NO. 9 S9- *
SUPPLEMENT NO. 10 S10- *
SUPPLEMENT NO. 11 S11- *
SUPPLEMENT NO. 12 S12- *

 

 

ARROW ELECTRONICS

SAVINGS PLAN

Restated to Reflect Amendments Adopted Through February 15, 2002

ARROW ELECTRONICS SAVINGS PLAN

INTRODUCTION

The Arrow Electronics Savings Plan set forth herein (the "Plan") was initially adopted effective June 1, 1982 as Part III of the Arrow Electronics ESOP and Capital Accumulation Plan, a stock bonus plan. A profit sharing plan called the "Arrow Electronics Capital Accumulation Plan" (the "New Plan") was adopted effective January 1, 1984 and amended effective January 1, 1985 to permit additional contributions pursuant to section 401(k) of the Code. Membership in Part III of the Arrow Electronics ESOP and Capital Accumulation Plan was closed after the Entry Date of July 1, 1983 and no contributions were made to Part III for any Plan Year ending after December 31, 1983. Members of the Plan who were eligible became members of the New Plan as of December 31, 1983. Other eligible individuals subsequently became members of the New Plan in accordance with its terms.

The Plan was amended and restated effective as of the close of business on December 31, 1988 for the following purposes: (i) to establish the Plan as a separate entity upon its deletion as Part III of the Arrow Electronics ESOP and Capital Accumulation Plan (which was renamed the Arrow Electronics Stock Ownership Plan) and to accept the transfer to the Plan of all assets and liabilities relating to such Part III; (ii) to merge the New Plan into the Plan and to make further changes deemed necessary or advisable in light of the merger, including changing the name of the Plan to the Arrow Electronics Savings Plan; and (iii) to make changes deemed necessary or advisable to comply with changes in applicable law, effective as of such dates as required by law, and to make other changes deemed desirable in order to effect the purposes of the Plan. Provisions of this document having effective dates prior to December 31, 1988 govern Part III of the Arrow Electronics ESOP and Capital Accumulation Plan as constituted prior thereto and the New Plan.

The Plan was subsequently restated to incorporate further amendments adopted through December 28, 1994 in order to make changes deemed necessary or advisable to comply with changes in applicable law, effective as of such dates as are required by law, and to make other changes deemed desirable in order to effect the purposes of the Plan.

The Plan is hereby further restated to include amendments adopted since the last restatement and additional changes, including those deemed necessary or advisable to comply with the provisions of the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (also referred to as GATT), the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, the IRS Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998, and the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000, as well as other amendments determined by the Company to be appropriate to further the purposes of the Plan, effective as the respective dates set forth or as required by law, provided that clarifications of existing provisions are effective as of the same dates as the provisions which they clarify. The restated Plan also eliminates as "deadwood" provisions no longer necessary, such as those relating to Class Year Accounts (which have all become fully vested and no longer require separate accounting), and Basic Contributions (profit-sharing contributions made under a predecessor plan) all of which are now included in Members’ Matching Accounts. References herein to sections that have been renumbered as a result of any of the foregoing changes shall, where the context requires, include references to corresponding sections of the Plan as previously in effect.

The Plan as restated February 15, 2002 reads as follows:

    Article I

    Definitions

    When used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the designated meaning, unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context.

      1.1 Accounts . A Member’s Elective Account, Loan Account, Matching Account, Prior Plan Account and Rollover Account, as applicable.

      1.2 Administrator . An individual or committee appointed by the Board of Directors to administer the Plan pursuant to Article X.

      1.3 Affiliate . Any of the following:

      1.3.1 Controlled Group Affiliate . Any trade or business (other than an Employer), whether or not incorporated, which at the time of reference controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with an Employer within the meaning of section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code (including any division of an Employer not participating in the Plan) and, for purposes of Article VI, section 415(h) of the Code (a "Controlled Group Affiliate").

      1.3.2 Affiliated Service Groups, etc. Any (a) member of an affiliated service group, within the meaning of section 414(m) of the Code, that includes an Employer, or (b) organization aggregated with an Employer pursuant to section 414(o) of the Code, to the extent required by such sections or section 401(k) or (m) of the Code.

      1.4 Applicable Plan Year . The current Plan Year.

      1.5 Appropriate Form . The form or other method of communication prescribed by the Administrator for a particular purpose specified in the Plan, when filed or otherwise effected at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Administrator.

      1.6 Beneficiary . A person or persons entitled under Article IX to receive any benefits payable upon or after the death of a Member.

      1.7 Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company.

      1.8 Code . The Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended from time to time. Reference to a specific provision of the Code shall include such provision, any valid regulation or ruling promulgated thereunder and any comparable provision of future law that amends, supplements or supersedes such provision.

      1.9 Common Stock . The common stock of the Company having a par value of one dollar ($1) per share, or any other common stock into which it may be reclassified.

      1.10 Company . Arrow Electronics, Inc., a New York corporation, and any company acquiring the business of Arrow Electronics, Inc. and which, within a reasonable time thereafter, adopts this Plan as of the effective date of such acquisition.

      1.11 Compensation . Gross cash compensation paid by an Employer to an Eligible Employee while he is a Member, determined before giving effect to any Contribution Agreement under this Plan (or any other cash or deferred arrangement described in section 401(k) of the Code) or to any similar reduction agreement pursuant to any cafeteria plan (within the meaning of section 125 of the Code) or, effective January 1, 2001, for purposes of receiving qualified transportation fringe benefits (as described in section 132(f)(4) of the Code). Compensation shall not include any payments made pursuant to stock appreciation rights or otherwise pursuant to any plan for the grant of stock options, stock, or other stock rights, or expense reimbursements (such as but not limited to relocation and tuition expense reimbursements and nontaxable car allowances), but shall include taxable car allowances. Compensation taken into account for any Member for any Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, shall not exceed one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000) (as adjusted from time to time for increases in the cost of living in accordance with section 401(a)(17) of the Code) (the "Compensation Limit"). If the period for determining Compensation is a short plan year (i.e., shorter than 12 months), the annual Compensation limit is an amount equal to the otherwise applicable annual Compensation limit multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the short plan year and the denominator of which is 12.

      1.12 Contribution Agreement . An agreement by a Section 401(k) Member (set forth on the Appropriate Form) to reduce his Compensation otherwise payable in cash in order to share in Elective Contributions under the Plan, as provided in Section 3.1.

      1.13 Date of Hire . The date on which an employee first performs an Hour of Service described in Section 1.26.1.

      1.14 Disability . A physical or mental condition which would, upon proper application, entitle the Member to disability benefits under the Social Security Act.

      1.15 Effective Date . January 1, 1974.

      1.16 Elective Account . A separate Account maintained for each Member which reflects his share of the Fund attributable to Elective Contributions plus such other amounts as may be transferred to such Account after December 31, 1988 under the terms of the Arrow Electronics Stock Ownership Plan, together with applicable Investment Adjustments.

      1.17 Elective Contributions . Contributions by an Employer for a Section 401(k) Member as provided in Section 3.1, based on the amount by which such Section 401(k) Member elects to reduce his Compensation otherwise payable in cash (which contributions may not exceed the Elective Deferral Limit).

      1.18 Elective Deferral Limit . Seven thousand dollars ($7,000) as adjusted from time to time in accordance with section 402(g)(5) of the Code, reduced by the amount of "elective deferrals" (as defined in section 402(g)(3) of the Code) made by a Member during his taxable year (which is presumed to be the calendar year) under any plans or agreements maintained by an Employer or by a Controlled Group Affiliate other than this Plan (and, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, any plans or agreements maintained by any other employer, if reported to the Administrator at such time and in such manner as the Administrator shall prescribe). Effective December 31, 1988, the Elective Deferral Limit with respect to a Member who has received a hardship withdrawal from his Elective Account as provided in Section 7.2.3 or who has received a hardship withdrawal from a similar account under any other plan or agreement of an Employer or Affiliate in accordance with Treasury Reg. section 1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(iv)(B) shall, for his taxable year following the taxable year of such withdrawal, be reduced by the amount of the "elective deferrals" (as defined in section 402(g)(3) of the Code) made by the Member during the taxable year of the withdrawal under this Plan and all other plans and agreements of any Employer or Affiliate. Each such other plan or agreement shall be deemed amended by reason of this provision, and by the Member’s execution of the Appropriate Form, to the extent necessary to give full effect to any reduction required under the preceding sentence.

      1.19 Eligible Employee . Any person employed by the Company or any other Employer, subject to such terms and conditions as may apply to such Employer pursuant to Section 1.20 and subject also to the following:

      1.19.1 An employee who is employed primarily to render services within the jurisdiction of a union and whose compensation, hours of work, or conditions of employment are determined by collective bargaining with such union shall not be an Eligible Employee unless the applicable collective bargaining agreement expressly provides that such employee shall be eligible to participate in this Plan, in which event, however, he shall be entitled to participate in this Plan only to the extent and on the terms and conditions specified in such collective bargaining agreement.

      1.19.2 The board of directors of an Employer may, in its discretion, determine that individuals employed in a specified division, subdivision, plant, location or job classification of such Employer shall not be Eligible Employees, provided that any such determination shall not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees so as to prevent the Plan from qualifying under section 401(a) of the Code.

      1.19.3 An individual who performs services for an Employer under an agreement or arrangement (which may be written, oral, and/or evidenced by the Employer’s payroll practice) with such individual or with another organization that provides the services of such individual to the Employer, pursuant to which such individual is treated as an independent contractor or is otherwise treated as an employee of an entity other than the Employer, shall not be an Eligible Employee, irrespective of whether such individual is treated as an employee of the Employer under common-law employment principles or pursuant to the provisions of section 4.4(m), 414(n) or 414(o) of the Code.

      1.20 Employer . The Company and any subsidiary of the Company which has adopted the Plan with the approval of the Company, subject to such terms and conditions as may be imposed by the Company upon the participation in the Plan of such adopting Employer.

      1.21 Entry Date . Effective September 1, 1995, the first day of each January, April, July, and October.

      1.22 ERISA . The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time. Reference to a specific provision of ERISA shall include such provision, any valid regulation or ruling promulgated thereunder and any comparable provision of future law that amends, supplements or supersedes such provision.

      1.23 ESOP Contributions . Contributions made by an Employer to the Arrow Electronics Stock Ownership Plan (or, prior to January 1, 1989, to Part I or Part II of the Arrow Electronics ESOP and Capital Accumulation Plan or to the Arrow Electronics ESOP).

      1.24 Fund . The Fund created by the Trust Agreement pursuant to Section 11.1.

      1.25 Highly Compensated Employee . A "highly compensated employee" as defined in section 414(q) of the Code and applicable regulations. Effective January 1, 1997, "Highly Compensated Employee" means an employee who received Compensation during the prior Plan Year in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted pursuant to section 414(q) of the Code) or who was a five percent (5%) owner (as described in Section 15.1.2(c)) at any time during the current or prior Plan Year.

      1.26 Hour of Service . For all purposes of this Plan, "Hour of Service" shall mean each hour includible under any of Sections 1.26.1 through 1.26.4, applied without duplication, but subject to the provisions of Sections 1.26.5 through 1.26.8.

      1.26.1 Paid Working Time . Each hour for which an employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for an Employer;

      1.26.2 Paid Or Other Approved Absence . Each regularly scheduled working hour during a period for which an employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by an Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability or pregnancy), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence, or during any other period of authorized leave if employee returns to employment with the Employer on the expiration of such leave.

      1.26.3 Military Service . Each regularly scheduled working hour which would constitute an Hour of Service under Section 1.26.1 or 1.26.2 but for the employee’s absence for "qualified military service" (as defined in section 414(u) of the Code) ("Military Service") during a period in which his reemployment rights are protected by law, provided that such employee re-enters the employ of an Employer within the period during which his reemployment rights are protected by law; and

      1.26.4 Back Pay Awards . Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer.

      1.26.5 Crediting Hour of Service . Hours of Service shall be credited as follows:

      (a) Paid Working Time . Hours of Service described in Section 1.26.1 shall be credited to the Plan Year in which the duties were performed;

      (b) Paid Absence and Military Service . Hours of Service described in Sections 1.26.2 and 1.26.3 shall be credited to the Plan Year in which occur the regularly scheduled working hours with respect to which such Hours of Service are determined, beginning with the first such hours;

      (c) Back Pay Awards . Hours of Service described in Section 1.26.4 shall be credited to the Plan Year or Plan Years to which the back pay award or agreement pertains (rather than to the Plan Year in which the award, agreement or payment is made).

      1.26.6 Limitations on Hours of Service for Paid Absences . Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan, Hours of Service otherwise required to be credited pursuant to Section 1.26.2 (relating to paid absences) or Section 1.26.4 (relating to an award or agreement for back pay), to the extent the award or agreement described therein is made with respect to a period described in Section 1.26.2, shall be subject to the following limitations and rules:

      (a) 501 Hour Limitation . No more than five hundred one (501) of such Hours of Service are required to be credited on account of any single continuous period during which an employee performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single Year);

      (b) Payments Required by Law .  An hour for which an employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account of a period during which no duties are performed is not required to be credited to the employee if such payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workmen’s compensation, unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws;

      (c) Medical and Severance Payments Excluded . Hours of Service are not required to be credited for a payment which solely reimburses an employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by an employee, or constitutes a retirement, termination, or other severance pay or benefit; and

      (d) Indirect Payments . A payment shall be deemed to be made by or due from an Employer regardless of whether such payment is made by or due from the Employer directly, or indirectly through, among others, a trust, fund, or insurer, to which the Employer contributes or pays premiums.

      1.26.7 Determinations by Administrator . The Administrator shall have the power and final authority:

      (a) To determine the Hours of Service of any individual for all purposes of the Plan, and to that end may, in his discretion, adopt such rules, presumptions and procedures permitted by applicable law as it shall deem appropriate or desirable;

      (b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to provide that the regularly scheduled working hours to be credited under Sections 1.26.2, 1.26.3 and 1.26.4 to an employee without a regular work schedule shall be determined on the basis of a forty (40)-hour work week, or an eight (8)-hour work day, or on any other reasonable basis which reflects the average hours worked by the employee or by other employees in the same job classification over a representative period of time, provided that the basis so used is consistently applied with respect to all employees within the same job classifications, reasonably defined.

      1.26.8 Monthly Equivalency . An employee who customarily works for an Employer for twenty (20) or more hours per week throughout each Plan Year (except for holidays and vacations) shall be credited with exactly one hundred ninety (190) Hours of Service for each month with respect to which he completes at least one (1) Hour of Service in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.26 (regardless of whether the number of Hours of Service actually completed in such month exceeds one hundred ninety (190)), subject to Section 1.26.6.

      1.27 Investment Adjustments . The net realized and unrealized gains, losses, income and expenses attributable to a Member’s, Elective, Matching, Prior Plan or Rollover Account as a result of its investment in one or more Investment Funds.

      1.28 Investment Fund . A portion of the Fund which is separately invested as provided in Section 5.1, or the Loan Fund.

      1.29 Loan Account . An Account maintained pursuant to Section 7.6.2.

      1.30 Loan Fund . The Investment Fund maintained pursuant to Section 7.6.1.

      1.31 Matching Account . A separate Account maintained for each Member which reflects his share of the Fund attributable to Matching Contributions and, effective January 1, 2001, balances formerly credited to his Basic or Class Year Accounts (within the meaning of those terms under the Plan previously in effect), together with applicable Investment Adjustments.

      1.32 Matching Contributions . Contributions by an Employer for a Section 401(k) Member as provided in Section 3.2.

      1.33 Member . Every individual who on December 31, 1988 was a member of Part III of the Arrow Electronics ESOP and Capital Accumulation Plan or of the Arrow Electronics Capital Accumulation Plan, and every individual who shall have become a Member of this Plan pursuant to Article II, and whose Membership shall not have terminated.

      1.34 Normal Retirement Date . The sixty-fifth (65th) anniversary of a Member’s date of birth.

      1.35 One-Year Break in Service .

      1.35.1 Matching Accounts . For purposes other than determining the forfeiture of Matching Account balances, a One-Year Break in Service is a Plan Year in which the individual has no more than 500 Hours of Service. For purposes of determining whether a One-Year Break in Service has occurred, an individual who is absent from work by reason of a "maternity or paternity absence" as defined in Section 1.35.2 shall receive credit for the Hours of Service which would have been credited to such individual but for such absence, or, in any case in which such Hours cannot be determined, eight Hours of Service per day of such absence, but in no event more than 501 Hours of Service. The Hours of Service credited under this Section 1.35.1 shall be credited (a) only in the Plan Year in which the absence begins if necessary to prevent a One-Year Break in Service in that Plan Year, or (b) in all other cases, in the following Plan Year.

      1.35.2 Maternity or Paternity Absence . For purposes of this Section 1.35, "maternity or paternity absence" means an absence from active employment beginning on or after January 1, 1985 by reason of (a) the individual’s pregnancy, (b) the birth of a child of the individual, (c) the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or (d) for purposes of caring for any such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to give an employee a right to a leave of absence for any reason.

      1.36 Plan . The Arrow Electronics Savings Plan, which as currently in effect is set forth herein.

      1.37 Plan Year . The period of time commencing with the first day of January and ending with the last day of December.

      1.38 Prior Plan Account . A separate Account maintained for each Member who had a balance as of December 31, 1988 in any account under Part III of the Arrow Electronics ESOP and Capital Accumulation Plan as then in effect, to which shall be credited such balance together with applicable Investment Adjustments. Effective November 29, 1994, Prior Plan Accounts are terminated and the balances therein are transferred to the Members’ Rollover Accounts.

      1.39 Rollover Account . A separate Account maintained for an individual attributable to his Rollover Contributions and balances formerly credited to his Prior Plan Account, together with applicable Investment Adjustments.

      1.40 Rollover Contribution . An Eligible Employee’s rollover contribution made pursuant to Section 3.6, including the amount of any transfer to this Plan pursuant to the diversification and in-service withdrawal provision of the Arrow Electronics Stock Ownership Plan.

      1.41 Section 401(k) Member . A Member who is an Eligible Employee.

      1.42 Termination of Employment . A Member’s employment shall be treated as terminated on the date that he ceases to be employed by an Employer or Affiliate, subject to Section 2.4.2.

      1.43 Total Earnings . Total compensation paid by an Employer or Affiliate to an individual, determined before giving effect to any Contribution Agreement under this Plan (or any other cash or deferred arrangement described in section 401(k) of the Code) or to any similar reduction agreement pursuant to any cafeteria plan (within the meaning of section 125 of the Code) or, effective January 1, 2001, for purposes of receiving qualified transportation fringe benefits (as described in section 132(f)(4) of the Code). For purposes of Sections 3.3.2 and 3.4.2, Total Earnings for any Plan Year may, in the discretion of the Administrator, be limited to such compensation paid by an Employer or Affiliate to an individual during the period that he is a Member for service as an Eligible Employee. Total Earnings taken into account for any Member for any Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, shall not exceed one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000) (as adjusted from time to time for increases in the cost of living in accordance with section 401(a)(17) of the Code). If the period for determining Total Earnings is a short plan year (i.e., shorter than 12 months), the annual Total Earnings limit is an amount equal to the otherwise applicable annual Total Earnings limit multiplied by the fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the short plan year, and the denominator of which is 12.

      1.44 Trust Agreement . The agreement by and between the Company and the Trustee under which this Plan is funded, as from time to time amended.

      1.45 Trustee . The trustee or trustees from time to time designated under the Trust Agreement.

      1.46 Valuation Date . A date as of which the Administrator revalues and adjusts Accounts in accordance with the daily valuation system described in Section 5.8; provided, however, if any portion of an Account is invested in mutual funds for which the mutual fund sponsor provides a separate accounting for each Member, the Valuation Date for a transaction affecting such portion shall be the date as of which the mutual fund sponsor processes such transaction.

      1.47 Vested Percentage . The percentage of a Member’s Account or Subaccount which is nonforfeitable pursuant to Article IV.

      1.48 Year of Employment . A Plan Year during which an employee has not less than one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service.

      1.49 Year of Membership . A Year of Employment throughout which a Member (a) was employed by an Employer or Affiliate and (b) was a Member of this Plan or of the Arrow Electronics Capital Accumulation Plan prior to its merger with this Plan or was a member of the Arrow Electronics Pension Plan, the Pension Plan for Employees of the Kay Electric Supply Division of the Electrical Distribution Division of Arrow Electronics, Inc. or the Pension Plan for Employees of the Twin State Division of the Electrical Distribution Division of Arrow Electronics, Inc.

      1.50 Year of Service . A (a) Year of Employment, and (b) in the case of a former member of Arrow Electronics Capital Accumulation Plan, any other Plan Year between 1984 and 1988, inclusive, on the last day of which the employee rendered services to an Employer, but excluding in either case any Plan Year prior to the Effective Date and any Plan Year prior to the Plan Year in which the employee attained age 18. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term "Year of Service" shall not include any Plan Year not taken into account for vesting purposes as of December 31, 1984 under the predecessor plans then in effect as a result of the application of the break rules of those plans as then in effect nor any other Plan Year which was succeeded by five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service ("Five-Year Break"), if the number of such One- Year Breaks in Service was equal to or in excess of the individual’s Years of Service prior to such Five-Year Break and the individual had no nonforfeitable rights under any such plan at the time of the Five-Year Break.

    back to top

     

    Article II
    Membership

    2.1 In General . Effective September 1, 1995, an Eligible Employee who has not previously become a Member shall become a Member on the Entry Date coincident with or next following the later of his twenty-first (21st) birthday or the ninetieth (90th) day following his Date of Hire, if he customarily works for an Employer for twenty (20) or more hours per week throughout each year (except for holidays and vacations). In any other case, an Eligible Employee shall become a Member on the Entry Date coincident with or next following the later of (a) his completion of a 12-consecutive month period starting on his Date of Hire, or on any January 1 thereafter, in which he has 1,000 Hours of Service, or (b) his twenty-first (21st) birthday.

    2.2 Service with Affiliates . Solely for the purposes of determining (a) whether an employee has met the length of service requirement imposed as a prerequisite for membership in the Plan, or (b) the Hours of Service credited to an employee under the Plan, service with any Affiliate shall be treated as service with an Employer. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, a Member shall be eligible to share in contributions and forfeitures under the Plan only with respect to Compensation paid by an Employer for service as an Eligible Employee (as distinguished from service for any Affiliate).

    2.3 Contribution Agreement Required for Elective Contributions . A Section 401(k) Member shall be eligible to share in Elective Contributions under Section 3.1, effective for payroll periods ending after the first Entry Date on which he is a Section 401(k) Member, provided that he completes and returns the Contribution Agreement described in Section 3.1.1 to the Administrator within such period as the Administrator shall prescribe. If a rehired Eligible Employee, or Eligible Employee transferred from ineligible employment, commences or resumes participation as a Section 401(k) Member on his date of transfer or date of rehire pursuant to Section 2.4 or Section 2.6, he shall become eligible to share in Elective Contributions upon execution and filing of an appropriate Contribution Agreement within such period as the Administrator shall prescribe, effective as of such date as the Administrator shall determine to be administratively practicable. If a Member fails to complete and return a Contribution Agreement within the period prescribed by the Administrator, he may begin to share in Elective Contributions under Section 3.1 as of any subsequent Entry Date as of which he is an Eligible Employee, by completing and returning a Contribution Agreement to the Administrator within such period as the Administrator shall prescribe.

    2.4 Transfers.

    2.4.1 Transfer to Eligible Employment . If an individual is transferred to employment under which he is eligible for membership in this Plan from employment with an Affiliate or with an Employer in a position not so eligible, he shall become a Member on the later of (a) the date of such transfer, or (b) the Entry Date on which he would have become a Member if his prior employment by the Employer or Affiliate had been in a position eligible for membership in the Plan.

    2.4.2 Transfer to Affiliate or Ineligible Employment . If a Member is transferred to employment with (a) an Affiliate or (b) an Employer in a position ineligible for membership in the Plan, he shall not be deemed to have retired or terminated his employment for the purposes of the Plan until such time as he is employed neither by an Employer nor by any Affiliate. Such a Member shall be eligible to share in contributions and forfeitures under the Plan for the Plan Year of such transfer but he shall not be eligible to share in contributions and forfeitures for subsequent Plan Years unless and until he returns to employment as an Eligible Employee. Upon retirement (at or after Normal Retirement Date) or Termination of Employment of such a Member while so employed other than as an Eligible Employee, distribution shall be made in accordance with the Plan as if such Member had so retired, or terminated his employment, while an Eligible Employee.

    2.4.3 Contribution Agreement . The Contribution Agreement (if any) of a Member described in Section 2.4.2 shall be suspended until he resumes his status as an Eligible Employee (and Section 401(k) Member).

    2.5 Transfers Between Employers . If a Member transfers from employment as an Eligible Employee with one Employer to employment as an Eligible Employee with another Employer: (a) his participation in the Plan shall not be interrupted; and (b) his Contribution Agreement (if any) with his prior Employer shall be deemed to apply to his second Employer in the same manner as it applied to his prior Employer.

    2.6 Reemployment . If a Member whose Accounts are not vested terminates employment and is subsequently rehired as an Eligible Employee after five or more consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service, he shall upon rehire be treated as a new employee for all purposes of this Plan. In all other cases, a Member who terminates employment and is subsequently rehired as an Eligible Employee shall become a Member immediately upon rehire.

    back to top

    Article III
    Contributions

    3.1 Elective Contributions .

    3.1.1 Election of Amount . In order to share in Elective Contributions, a Member must be a Section 401(k) Member and agree in his Contribution Agreement to reduce his Compensation otherwise payable in cash for each payroll period by 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9% or 10%, whichever he shall specify; provided, that a whole percentage shall not be required if necessary or appropriate to comply with any applicable limitations on the amount of Elective Contributions permitted. The Section 401(k) Member’s Employer shall contribute to the Plan as Elective Contributions, as soon as reasonably practicable after the close of each payroll period for which such Contribution Agreement is in effect, an amount equal to the elected and applicable reduction in the Section 401(k) Member’s Compensation otherwise payable in cash for such payroll period. In his discretion, the Administrator may increase or decrease the maximum amount of permissible Elective Contributions from 10%, either for all Section 401(k) Members or for a specified group of Section 401(k) Members which does not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees, but any Elective Contribution in excess of 6% shall not be eligible for Matching Contributions under Section 3.2. In no event shall the limits under Section 3.3 be exceeded. The Administrator shall decrease the amount of reduction of Compensation under a Section 401(k) Member’s Contribution Agreement for any payroll period to the extent the sum of such reduction, the amount of the Section 401(k) Member’s deductions for such payroll period for welfare benefits sponsored by the Employer, any withholding from pay required by law and any other deductions requested by the Section 401(k) Member which under the Employer’s payroll procedure are treated as a priority claim relative to the contributions to this Plan, exceeds the Section 401(k) Member’s Compensation for such payroll period.

    3.1.2 Change in Contribution Rate . A Section 401(k) Member who has a Contribution Agreement in effect may increase or decrease the amount of reduction thereunder of his Compensation otherwise payable in cash within the limits specified in Section 3.1.1 by giving notice on the Appropriate Form to the Administrator within such period as the Administrator shall prescribe. Such change shall be effective commencing with the first payroll period for which it can be given effect under the procedures established by the Administrator.

    3.1.3 Deemed Election . The Administrator may establish a procedure pursuant to which an Eligible Employee is deemed to have elected to reduce his Compensation by a specified percentage to provide for Elective Contributions unless the Eligible Employee elects on the Appropriate Form not to make such contributions. Any such deemed election shall be treated, for purposes of the Plan, as an election by the Eligible Employee properly made pursuant to Section 3.1.1.

    3.1.4 Voluntary Suspension . A Member may voluntarily suspend his Contribution Agreement effective as soon as practicable by giving notice to the Administrator on the Appropriate Form.

    3.1.5 Mandatory Suspension .

    3.1.5.1 Hardship Withdrawal from Elective Account . Effective December 31, 1988, the Contribution Agreement of a Member who makes a withdrawal pursuant to Section 7.2.3 shall be suspended as of the payroll period in which the withdrawal is made until the next Entry Date that is at least twelve months after the date of such withdrawal.

    3.1.5.2 Reinstatement . A Member may reinstate his Contribution Agreement under this Plan as of the next Entry Date following a period of mandatory suspension under this Section 3.1.5, or any subsequent Entry Date, by giving written notice to the Administrator on the Appropriate Form within such period as the Administrator shall prescribe.

    3.1.6 Limitation . A Section 401(k) Member’s Elective Contributions under Section 3.1.1 shall be discontinued for the remainder of a Plan Year when in the aggregate they equal the Elective Deferral Limit for such Plan Year. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, no Section 401(k) Member may elect to reduce his Compensation pursuant to Section 3.1.1 for a Plan Year by an amount in excess of the Elective Deferral Limit, nor shall any such excess be contributed to the Plan as Elective Contributions or allocated to a Section 401(k) Member’s Elective Account. If the Elective Deferral Limit is exceeded for a Member for a Plan Year, the excess Elective Contributions (adjusted for income or loss allocable thereto for such Plan Year in accordance with applicable regulations) may be distributed no later than April 15 of the following Plan Year in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The amount to be distributed for a Plan Year shall be reduced by the amount of Elective Contributions previously distributed by the Plan on or after the beginning of such Plan Year in order to comply with the limitations of Section 3.3 (including the Aggregate Limit). If the Member’s Elective Account is invested in more than one Investment Fund, such distribution shall be made pro rata, to the extent practicable, from all such Investment Funds. In order to receive such excess Elective Contributions, the Member must deliver a written claim to the Administrator by March 1 of the Plan Year of distribution. Such claim must include (i) a statement that the Member’s Elective Deferral Limit will be exceeded unless the excess Elective Contributions are distributed and (ii) an agreement to forfeit Matching Contributions made with respect to such excess Elective Contributions and allocated to his Matching Account (if any). Matching Contributions forfeited pursuant to this Section 3.1.6 shall be applied to reduce contributions by the Employer hereunder. If the "elective deferrals" (as defined in section 402(g)(3) of the Code) made by a Member during his tax year (which is presumed to be the calendar year) under this Plan and any other plans or agreements maintained by an Employer or Controlled Group Affiliate shall exceed the Elective Deferral Limit, the Administrator may deem such a claim to have been delivered by the Member.

    3.2 Matching Contributions .

    3.2.1 Amount . The Employer shall make Matching Contributions to the Plan with respect to each calendar month for which a Section 401(k) Member has a Contribution Agreement in effect, in an amount equal to 50% of such Section 401(k) Member’s Elective Contributions for each payroll period ending in such month (but excluding any such Elective Contributions in excess of 6% of the Section 401(k) Member’s Compensation for that payroll period). The amount of Matching Contributions otherwise required to be made by an Employer for any month shall be reduced by the amount of any available forfeitures under Section 4.4 (or Section 3.4.2).

    3.2.2 Payment . Matching Contributions for a month shall be paid in cash to the Trustee during or as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of such month.

    3.2.3 Matching Contributions Only for Permissible Elective Contributions . No Matching Contributions shall be made with respect to amounts distributable pursuant to Section 3.3.3 or 3.3.4, or Elective Contributions in excess of the Elective Deferral Limit as described in Section 3.1.6. Any amounts paid into the Fund with the intention that they constitute Matching Contributions with respect to such amounts shall be retained in the Fund and applied to meet the obligation of the Employer to make contributions under this Article III.

    3.3 Section 401(k) Limit on Elective Contributions .

    3.3.1 In General . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, effective January 1, 1997, Elective Contributions for any Plan Year for a Section 401(k) Member who is a Highly Compensated Employee for that Plan Year shall be reduced if and to the extent deemed necessary or advisable by the Administrator in order that the "average deferral percentage" (as defined in Section 3.3.2) for Section 401(k) Members who are Highly Compensated Employees for that Plan Year shall not exceed the percentage determined in the following schedule, based on the average deferral percentage for the Applicable Plan Year for all Section 401(k) Members who are not Highly Compensated Employees for such Applicable Plan Year:

    Column 1 Column 2

    Average Deferral Percentage for Section 401(k) Members Who Are Not Highly Compensated Employees for the Applicable Plan Year Less than 2%

    2% - 8%

    More than 8%

    Average Deferral Percentage for Section 401(k) Members Who Are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year Two (2) times the percentage in Column 1

    The percentage in Column 1, plus 2%

    One and one-quarter (1-1/4) times the percentage in Column 1

    The status of an individual as a non-Highly Compensated Employee for an Applicable Plan Year shall be determined based on the definition of Highly Compensated Employee in effect for such Applicable Plan Year. In the event that both the average deferral percentage and the "contribution percentage" (as defined in Section 3.4.2) for Section 401(k) Members who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year are more than one and one-quarter (1-1/4) times the corresponding percentage for Section 401(k) Members who are not Highly Compensated Employees for the Applicable Plan Year, the Elective Contributions for Section 401(k) Members who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall be further reduced in the manner described in Section 3.3.4 in order that the sum of the average deferral percentage plus the contribution percentage for Section 401(k) Members who are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the "aggregate limit" (as defined in Section 3.5.3) for the Plan Year.

    3.3.2 Determination of Average Deferral Percentages . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, effective January 1, 1997, for purposes of this Section 3.3, the average deferral percentage for any group of individuals for a Plan Year (including an Applicable Plan Year) means the average of the individual ratios, for each person in such group, of (i) his share of Elective Contributions for the Plan Year to (ii) his Total Earnings for such Plan Year. The individual ratios, and the average deferral percentage for any group of individuals, shall be calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent (0.01%). For purposes of calculating the average deferral percentage, Qualified Nonelective Contributions under Section 3.5.5 may be taken into account as Elective Contributions if the conditions of the applicable regulations under section 401(k) of the Code (which are set forth in Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(k)-1(b)(5)) and other applicable guidance (including IRS Notice 98-1 and corresponding successor guidance) are met. The Administrator shall determine, during and as of the end of each Plan Year, the average deferral percentages relevant for purposes of this Section 3.3, based on Members’ Contribution Agreements and projected Total Earnings then in effect for Section 401(k) Members. If, based on such determination, the Administrator concludes that a reduction in the Elective Contributions made for any Section 401(k) Member is necessary or advisable in order to comply with the limitations of this Section 3.3, he shall so notify each affected Section 401(k) Member and his Employer of the reduction he deems necessary or desirable for this purpose. In such event, the allowable Elective Contributions under Section 3.1.1 shall be reduced in accordance with the direction of the Administrator, and the Contribution Agreement of each Section 401(k) Member affected by such determination shall be modified accordingly. Any such reduction may apply either to all Section 401(k) Members, only to Section 401(k) Members who are Highly Compensated Employees, or to any other group as the Administrator shall determine, in such manner as the Administrator shall determine.

    3.3.3 Treatment of Excess Contributions . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, effective January 1, 1997, for purposes of this Section 3.3, the amount of "excess contributions" for Highly Compensated Employees means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of (a) the aggregate amount of Elective Contributions actually paid into the Plan on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over (b) the maximum amount of Elective Contributions permitted for such Plan Year under the limitations set forth in Section 3.3.1, determined by reducing the amount of Elective Contributions to be permitted on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in the order of their individual ratios (as determined under Section 3.3.2) beginning with the highest of such ratios. The amount of excess contributions for any Highly Compensated Employee for any Plan Year shall be distributed in cash to such Highly Compensated Employee on the basis of the respective amounts of Elective Contributions (and amounts taken into account as Elective Contributions) made on his behalf, reducing the largest amounts of Elective Contributions first, and successively to the extent necessary until the entire amount of such Excess Contributions is distributed. Such distribution shall be made no later than March 15 of the following Plan Year if possible, and in any event no later than the close of such following Plan Year. If such Member’s Account is invested in more than one Investment Fund, such distribution shall be made pro rata, to the extent practicable, from all such Investment Funds. The amount thus distributed shall be adjusted for income or loss attributable thereto for the Plan Year for which such amount was paid into the Plan, in accordance with applicable regulations.

    3.3.4 Adjustment for Aggregate Limit . If, after the correction of excess contributions (if any) pursuant to Section 3.3.3 and of excess Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.4.3, both the average deferral percentage and the contribution percentage for Section 401(k) Members who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year are more than one and one-quarter (1-1/4) times the corresponding percentage for Section 401(k) Members who are not Highly Compensated Employees for the Applicable Plan Year, the Elective Contributions for Section 401(k) Members who are Highly Compensated Employees shall be reduced in the manner described in Section 3.3.3 to the extent necessary to cause the sum of such percentages for Section 401(k) Members who are Highly Compensated Employees not to exceed the aggregate limit set forth in Section 3.5.3. The amount of any such reduction in Elective Contributions shall be adjusted in accordance with regulations for income or loss attributable thereto for the Plan Year for which such amount was paid into the Plan, and shall be distributed within the period and in the manner set forth in Section 3.3.3.

    3.3.5 Adjustment of Contributions Based on Limit on Annual Additions . Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions to the contrary, a Member may, at such time and in such manner as the Administrator may prescribe, suspend or change the amount of reduction in Compensation provided for under any applicable Contribution Agreement in order to avoid an allocation of contributions to his Account which would violate the limitations of this Section 3.3, Section 3.4 or Article VI.

    3.4 Section 401(m) Limit on Matching Contributions .

    3.4.1 In General . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, effective January 1, 1997, Matching Contributions for any Plan Year for a Section 401(k) Member who is a Highly Compensated Employee for that Plan Year shall be reduced if and to the extent deemed necessary or advisable by the Administrator in order that the "contribution percentage" for Section 401(k) Members who are Highly Compensated Employees for that Plan Year shall not exceed the percentage determined in the following schedule, based on the "contribution percentage" for the Applicable Plan Year for all Section 401(k) Members who are not Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year:

    Column 1 Column 2

    Contribution Percentage for Section 401(k) Members Who Are Not Highly Compensated Employees for the Applicable Plan Year

    Less than 2%

    2% - 8%

    More than 8%

    Contribution Percentage for Section 401(k) Members Who Are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year

    Two (2) times the percentage in Column 1

    The percentage in Column 1, plus 2%

    One and one-quarter(1-1/4) times the percentage in Column 1

    In determining the permitted Contribution Percentage for Highly Compensated Employees for Plan Years beginning on or after December 31, 1996, the Applicable Plan Year for non-Highly Compensated Employees shall be the same as determined under Section 3.3.1. The status of an individual as a non-Highly Compensated Employee for an Applicable Plan Year shall be determined based on the definition of Highly Compensated Employee in effect for such Applicable Plan Year.

    3.4.2 Determination of Contribution Percentages . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, effective January 1, 1997, for purposes of this Section 3.4, the "contribution percentage" for any group of individuals means the average of the individual ratios, for each person in such group, of (a) his share of Matching Contributions for the Plan Year or Applicable Plan Year to (b) his Total Earnings for the Plan Year or Applicable Plan Year. The individual ratios, and the "contribution percentage" for any group of individuals, shall be calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent (0.01%). For purposes of calculating the contribution percentage, Qualified Nonelective Contributions under Section 3.5.5 and Elective Contributions under Section 3.1.1 may be taken into account as Matching Contributions if the conditions of the applicable regulations under section 401(m)(3) of the Code (which are set forth in Treas. Reg. Section  1.401(m)-1(b)(5) and other applicable guidance (including IRS Notice 98-1 and corresponding successor guidance) are met, to the extent such contributions are not taken into account for purposes of the average deferral percentage test pursuant to Section 3.3.2. If, based on a review of Contribution Agreements and projected Total Earnings similar to those described in Section 3.3.2, the Administrator shall conclude that a reduction in the Matching Contributions made for any Member is necessary or advisable in order to comply with the limitations of this Section 3.4 for any Plan Year, the amount of such contributions shall be reduced in accordance with the direction of the Administrator. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any such reduction may be made applicable to all Section 401(k) Members, only to Section 401(k) Members who are Highly Compensated Employees, or to any other group as the Administrator shall determine, and in such manner as the Administrator shall determine.

    3.4.3 Treatment of Excess Matching Contributions . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, effective January 1, 1997, for purposes of this Section 3.4, the amount of "excess Matching Contributions" for any Highly Compensated Employees means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of (a) the total aggregate amount of Matching Contributions actually paid into the Plan on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over (b) the maximum amount of Matching Contributions permitted for such Plan Year under the limitations set forth in Section 3.4.2, determined by reducing the amount of Matching Contributions permitted on behalf of the Highly Compensated Employee in the order of their individual ratios (as determined under Section 3.4.2) beginning with the highest such ratio. The aggregate amount of excess Matching Contributions so determined for any Plan Year shall be attributed to Highly Compensated Employees on the basis of the respective amounts of Matching Contributions made on their behalf, reducing the largest amounts of Matching Contributions first, and successively to the extent necessary until the entire amount of such excess Matching Contributions is allocated. The amount so attributed to a Highly Compensated Employee shall be forfeited if not vested and the amounts so forfeited shall be applied to reduce contributions by the Employer hereunder. Any excess Matching Contributions not so forfeited shall be paid to the Member. Such payment shall be made in cash no later than March 15 of the following Plan Year if possible, and in any event no later than the close of the following Plan Year. Any amount so distributed shall be adjusted in accordance with applicable regulations for income or loss allocable thereto in respect of the Plan Year in which such excess matching contributions occurred. If the Account from which such a distribution is to be made is invested in more than one Investment Fund, such distribution shall be made pro rata, to the extent practicable, from all such Investment Funds.

    3.4.4 Income on Excess Matching Contributions . The amount of excess Matching Contributions distributed or forfeited pursuant to Section 3.4.3 shall be adjusted for income or loss attributable thereto for the Plan Year for which such excess was paid into the Plan, in accordance with applicable regulations. If any Account from which a distribution or forfeiture is to be made pursuant to this Section 3.4 is invested in more than one Investment Fund, such distribution or forfeiture shall be made pro rata, to the extent practicable, from all such Investment Funds.

    3.5 Special Rules .

    3.5.1 Multiple Arrangements for Highly Compensated Employees Combined . If more than one plan providing a cash or deferred arrangement, or for matching contributions, or employee contributions (within the meaning of sections 401(k) and 401(m) of the Code) is maintained by the Employer or an Affiliate, the individual ratios of any Highly Compensated Employee who participates in more than one such plan or arrangement shall, for purposes of determining the "average deferral percentage" (as defined in Section 3.3.2) and "contribution percentage" (as defined in Section 3.4.2) for all such arrangements, be determined as if all such arrangements were a single plan or arrangement.

    3.5.2 Aggregation of Plans . In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of section 410(b) of the Code only if aggregated with one or more other plans, then this Article III shall be applied by determining the "average deferral percentage" and "contribution percentage" of Members as if all such plans were a single plan. Plans may be aggregated under this Section 3.5.2 only if they have the same plan year.

    3.5.3 Aggregate Limit . For purposes of this Article III, the "aggregate limit" for any Plan Year shall mean a percentage equal to the greater of the sum described in Section 3.5.3.1 or 3.5.3.2:

    3.5.3.1 The sum of:

    (a) 125 percent of the greater of (1) the average deferral percentage (as defined in Section 3.3.2) for the Applicable Plan Year for Section 401(k) Members who are not Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, or (2) the contribution percentage (as defined in Section 3.4.2) for such year of such Section 401(k) Members, and

    (b) two percent plus the lesser of (a)(1) or (2) above, provided that this amount shall not exceed 200 percent of the lesser of (a)(1) or (2) above; or

    3.5.3.2 The sum of:

    (a) 125 percent of the lesser of (1) the average deferral percentage (as defined in Section 3.3.2) for the Applicable Plan Year for Section 401(k) Members who are not Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year or (2) the contribution percentage (as defined in Section 3.4.2) for such year of such Section 401(k) Members, and

    (c) two percent plus the greater of (a)(1) or (2) above, provided that this amount shall exceed 200 percent of the greater of (a)(1) or (2) above.

    The aggregate limit shall be calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent (0.01%). The Aggregate Limit shall not apply to reduce allocations otherwise permissible for a Plan Year unless the Average Deferral Percentage and the Contribution Percentage for Section 401(k) Members who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year each exceed 125% of the corresponding percentages determined for Section 401(k) Members who are not Highly Compensated Employees for the Applicable Plan Year.

    3.5.4 Status as Section 401(k) Member . For purposes of Sections 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5.3, an individual shall be treated as a Section 401(k) Member for a Plan Year if he so qualifies for any part of the Plan Year, and whether or not his right to share in Elective Contributions has been suspended under Section 3.1.5. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in applying such Sections in Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1999, an individual shall not be treated as a Section 401(k) Member for an Applicable Plan Year during which he is not a Highly Compensated Employee except for periods after he has met the minimum age and service requirements of section 410(a)(1)(A) of the Code, if (a) the Administrator elects to exclude all employees who have not met such minimum age and service requirements in accordance with section 410(b)(4)(B) of the Code, and (b) the Plan complies with Section 410(b) of the Code on that basis.

    3.5.5 Qualified Nonelective Contributions . For each Plan Year that the Plan is in effect, each Employer may contribute to the Fund, in cash, such additional amounts (if any) as the board of directors of the Employer shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or desirable in order to meet the requirements of Sections 3.3 and 3.4 for such Plan Year and/or for the following Plan Year. Such additional contributions shall be made at such time as shall be necessary, pursuant to IRS Notice 98-1 (and corresponding successor guidance), to comply with the provisions of Article VI and to meet the requirements of Sections 3.4 and 3.5 for each Applicable Plan Year. The board of directors of the Employer shall designate any such amounts as "qualified nonelective contributions" (within the meaning of section 401(m)(4)(C) of the Code) and shall determine the group of Members eligible to share in such qualified nonelective contributions, the method of apportionment under which such eligible Members shall share in such contributions and the Accounts under the Plan in which such contributions, together with the Investment Adjustments attributable thereto, shall be maintained. Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, each Member shall at all times have a fully vested and nonforfeitable right to 100% of the amounts in his Accounts attributable to qualified nonelective contributions at all times, and such contributions shall be treated as Elective Contributions for purposes of determining whether they may be distributed under the Plan except as otherwise provided in Section 7.2.3. At the direction of the Committee, Qualified Nonelective Contributions may be used to satisfy the Average Deferral Percentage test under Section 3.3.2 if applicable regulations under section 401(k) of the Code (which are set forth in Treas. Reg. Section  1.401(k)-1(b)(5)) and other applicable guidance are met, or the Contribution Percentage test under Section 3.4.2 if applicable regulations under section 401(m)(3) of the Code (which are set forth in Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(m)-1(b)(5)) and other applicable guidance are met.

    3.6 Rollovers . Effective February 21, 1992, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Administrator may, in his sole discretion, authorize an Eligible Employee to make a contribution under the Plan ("Rollover Contribution") which qualifies as an "eligible rollover distribution" under section 402(c)(4), a "rollover amount" under section 403(a)(4) or a "rollover contribution" under section 408(d)(3) of the Code. The Administrator shall exercise such discretion in a manner that does not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees. All Rollover Contributions shall be received and held in the Fund, and shall be credited to the Eligible Employee’s Rollover Account as of such date as the Administrator shall specify. At the time a Rollover Contribution is made, the Eligible Employee shall designate (in a manner consistent with Section 5.3) how that Rollover Contribution is to be allocated among the Investment Funds, without regard to the manner in which his other Accounts (if any) are invested; thereafter, reallocation of Account balances (including the Rollover Account) may be made only in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3. An Eligible Employee who makes a Rollover Contribution shall be deemed a Member solely with respect to his Rollover Account until he otherwise becomes a Member in accordance with Section 2.1.

    3.7 Maximum Limit on Allocation . If the allocations to a Member’s Accounts otherwise required under this Plan for any Plan Year would cause the limitations of Article VI to be exceeded for that Plan Year, contributions (and forfeitures in lieu thereof) under this Article III shall be reduced to the extent necessary in order to comply with the limitations of Article VI, with such reductions to be made first to Elective Contributions which do not relate to Matching Contributions (i.e., Elective Contributions for any payroll period in excess of 6% of the Member’s Compensation for such payroll period), and then to the Member’s remaining Elective Contributions and Matching Contributions relating thereto.

    3.8 Form of Payment . Elective and Matching Contributions shall be made in cash.

    3.9 Contributions May Not Exceed Amount Deductible . In no event shall contributions under this Article III for any taxable year exceed the maximum amount (including amounts carried forward) deductible for that taxable year under section 404(a)(3) of the Code.

    3.10 Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility and Plan Qualification . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, each contribution by an Employer under this Article III is conditioned on the deductibility of such contribution under section 404 of the Code for the taxable year for which contributed, and on the initial qualification of the Plan under section 401(a) of the Code.

    3.11 Expenses . Except to the extent paid by an Employer, the expenses of the administration of the Plan shall be deemed to be expenses of the Fund and shall be paid therefrom.

    3.12 No Employee Contributions . Other than as provided in Section 3.6, Members shall not be eligible to make contributions under the Plan. (Elective and Matching Contributions, and qualified nonelective contributions made pursuant to Section 3.5.6, are to be treated solely as contributions made by the contributing Employer, and are not to be treated for any purpose as contributions made by a Member.)

    3.13 Profits Not Required . Each Employer shall, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, make all contributions to the Plan without regard to current or accumulated earnings and profits. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan shall be designated to qualify as a profit-sharing plan for purposes of sections 401(a), 402, 404, 412 and 417 of the Code.

    3.14 Contributions for Military Service . Effective December 12, 1994, notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, contributions and service credit shall be made with respect to a period in which an individual would have been an Eligible Participant but for his Military Service (as defined in Section 1.26.3 hereof) to the extent required by Chapter 43 of Title 38 of the United States Code (USERRA). The amount of any such Elective Contributions and of Matching Contributions in respect thereof shall be based upon such individual’s election made following his return to employment with the Employer following such Military Service (and within the time during which he had reemployment rights) in accordance with procedures established by the Administrator; provided that no such Elective Contributions may exceed the amount the individual would have been permitted to elect to contribute had the individual remained continuously employed by the Employer throughout the period of such Military Service (and Matching Contributions shall be limited accordingly). Such contributions shall be taken into account as Annual Additions for purposes of Section 3.3.5 and Article VI in the Limitation Year to which they relate, and for purposes of applying the elective deferral limit set forth in Section 3.1.6 in the calendar year to which they relate, rather than in the Limitation Year or calendar year in which made, and shall be disregarded for purposes of applying the limits described in Sections 3.3, 3.4, and 3.5.3. Any such contribution shall be made no later than five years from the date of such return to employment or, if less, a period equal to three times the period of such Military Service.

    back to top



    Article IV
    Vesting

    4.1 Elective Account and Prior Plan Account . A Member’s interest in his Elective Account, Prior Plan Account and Rollover Account shall have a Vested Percentage of 100% and be nonforfeitable at all times.

    4.2 Matching Account .

    4.2.1 Vesting Schedule . Upon a Member’s Termination of Employment for a reason other than death, retirement at or after his Normal Retirement Date, or Disability, he shall be entitled to receive the Vested Percentage of the balance in his Matching Account, determined on the basis of the Member’s Years of Service, as follows:

    Years of Service                             Vested Percentage

    5 or more                                              100%

    less than 5                                               0%

    A Member who had a vested or partially vested account under Part III of the Arrow Electronics ESOP and Capital Accumulation Plan on January 1, 1984 shall have a Vested Percentage of 100%, without regard to his actual Years of Service.

    4.2.2 Earlier Vesting . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, a Member’s interest in his Matching Account shall have a Vested Percentage of 100% and be nonforfeitable: (a) on the date of his Termination of Employment by reason of death or Disability; (b) upon his attainment of his Normal Retirement Date (or any higher age) while employed by an Employer or an Affiliate; (c) when and if this Plan shall at any time be terminated for any reason; (d) upon the complete discontinuance of contributions by all Employers hereunder; or (e) upon partial termination of this Plan (within the meaning of section 411(d)(3) of the Code) if such Member is a Member affected by such partial termination.

    4.3 Forfeitures . The non-vested portion of a terminated Member’s Matching Account shall be forfeited on the last day of the Plan Year coincident with or next following the date of his Termination of Employment, unless he is reemployed prior to the last day of such Plan Year. If he has been so reemployed, no portion of his Matching Account shall be forfeited on such day. All forfeitures shall be applied to reduce Employer contributions.

    4.4 Reemployment . If a Member is reemployed by an Employer or Affiliate following a forfeiture as described in Section 4.3, the forfeited balance in his Accounts shall be restored unless such forfeited balance has been irrevocably forfeited pursuant to Section 4.5. In the event of such restoration:

    4.4.1 If no portion of his Accounts has been distributed to him, he shall resume his place on the vesting schedule set forth in Section 4.2.

    4.4.2 If the Member has received a distribution of the vested portion of his Matching Account, the Vested Percentage of the restored portion of such Account (or the portion retained if the Member is reemployed after distribution and before forfeiture) shall be expressed by the formula:

    P(A + D) - D

    where P is the Member’s Vested Percentage in such Matching Account determined according to the provisions of Section 4.2 without regard to this sentence; A is the amount of the restored (or retained) balance; and D is the amount of the distribution previously made to him.

    4.4.3 The restoration of a portion of a Member’s Matching Account shall be made from forfeitures occurring at the end of the Plan Year that such forfeiture occurs, and, if necessary, by a special Employer contribution made for that purpose.

    4.4.4 Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 4.4.4, the non-vested balance of a Member’s Matching Account that has been irrevocably forfeited pursuant to Section 4.5 shall not be restored.

    4.5 Irrevocable Forfeitures . The unvested portion of a Member’s Matching Account shall be irrevocably forfeited if he incurs five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service.

    back to top

    Article V
    Accounts and Designation of Investment Funds

    5.1 Investment of Account Balances . The Administrator shall direct the Trustee to divide the Fund into three or more Investment Funds, which shall have such investment objectives and characteristics as the Administrator shall determine and in which a Member’s Account shall be invested according to the Member’s instructions pursuant to Sections 5.2 through 5.4. Notwithstanding its stated primary investment objectives, any Investment Fund may make or retain investments of such nature, or such cash balances, as may be necessary or appropriate in order to effect distributions or to meet other administrative requirements of the Plan.

    5.2 Designation of Investment Funds for Future Contributions . A Member may designate the percentage of his share of future contributions which is to be allocated to each Investment Fund. The Administrator shall from time to time determine the minimum percentage, and the multiples thereof, that may be invested in any Investment Fund. Such designation shall be given on the Appropriate Form at such time as the Administrator shall prescribe, and the Member shall have the opportunity to obtain written confirmation of each such designation. In the event that a Member fails to make such a designation, all contributions for such Member shall be invested in the Investment Fund having the greatest expected stability of principal. Any designation under this Section 5.2 shall be effective as of the first date for which it can be given effect under the procedures established by the Administrator, and continue in effect until changed by the filing of a new designation under this Section 5.2. The Administrator may set a limit on the number of such changes that may be made by a Member in any 12-month period.

    5.3 Designation of Investment Funds for Existing Account Balances . A Member may, by giving notice to the Administrator on the Appropriate Form during such period as the Administrator shall prescribe, designate the percentage of the then existing balance of his Accounts which shall be invested in each Investment Fund. The Administrator may from time to time determine the minimum percentage, and the multiples thereof, that may be invested in any Investment Fund, and may limit transfers among Investment Funds if and to the extent necessary to meet the requirements of any "stable value" or similar Fund that may require such a limitation. Any designation under this Section 5.3 shall be effective as of the first date for which it can be given effect under the procedures established by the Administrator. A Member shall have the opportunity to obtain written confirmation of each such designation. Following a Member’s death and pending distribution in respect of his Accounts, his Beneficiary shall have the rights provided under this Section 5.3 with respect to the portion of the Accounts from which such Beneficiary will receive a distribution.

    5.4 Valuation of Investment Funds . As of each Valuation Date, the Administrator shall determine the net fair market value of the assets of each Investment Fund, and based on such valuation shall proportionately adjust each of a Member’s Accounts to reflect its allocable Investment Adjustment; provided, however, that no Account shall share in such allocation after the Valuation Date established for distribution thereof. A Member’s interest in each Investment Fund shall be reduced by the amount of distributions or withdrawals therefrom (including transfers to any other Investment Fund) and by any charges thereto as of such preceding Valuation Date pursuant to Section 7.4 (relating to loans and withdrawals) and shall be increased by the amount of any transfers thereto from any other Investment Fund, in such manner as the Administrator may deem appropriate.

    5.5 Correction of Error . The Administrator may adjust the Accounts of any or all Members or Beneficiaries in order to correct errors or rectify omissions, including, without limitation, any allocation to a Member’s Elective Account made in excess of the Elective Deferral Limit, in such manner as he believes will best result in the equitable and nondiscriminatory administration of the Plan.

    5.6 Allocation Shall Not Vest Title . The fact that allocation is made and amounts credited to a Member’s Account shall not vest in such Member any right, title or interest in and to any assets except at the time or times and upon the terms and conditions expressly set forth in this Plan, nor shall the Trustee be required to segregate physically the assets of the Fund by reason thereof.

    5.7 Statement of Accounts . The Administrator shall distribute to each Member a statement showing his interest in the Fund at least once during each twelve-month period.

    5.8 Daily Valuation . The Plan shall use a daily valuation system, which generally shall mean that Accounts will be updated each Valuation Date to reflect activity for that day, such as new contributions received by the Trustee, withdrawals or other distributions, changes in the Member’s investment elections, and changes in the value of the Investment Funds under the Plan. Such daily valuation shall be dependent upon the Plan’s recordkeeper, which may be a mutual fund sponsor, receiving complete and accurate information from a variety of different sources on a timely basis. It is understood that events may occur that cause a delay or interruption in that process, affecting a single Member or a group of Members, and there shall be no guarantee by the Plan that any given transaction will be processed on a particular anticipated day. In the event of any such delay or interruption, any affected transaction will be processed as soon as administratively feasible and no attempt will be made to reconstruct events as they would have occurred absent the delay or interruption, regardless of the cause, unless the Administrator in its sole discretion directs the Plan’s recordkeeper to do so.

    Article VI
    Limitation on Maximum Contributions and Benefits Under all Plans

    6.1 Definitions .

    6.1.1 Annual Addition . For purposes of this Article VI, "Annual Addition" means the sum for any Plan Year of (a) employer contributions to a plan (or portion thereof) subject to section 415(c) of the Code maintained by an Employer or an Affiliate, (b) forfeitures under all such plans (or portions thereof), if any, credited to employee accounts, (c) employee contributions under all such plans (or portions thereof), and (d) amounts described in section 419A(d)(2) of the Code (relating to post-retirement medical benefits of key employees) or allocated to a pension plan individual medical account described in section 415(l) of the Code to the extent includible for purposes of section 415(c)(2) of the Code. The employee contributions described in clause (c) shall be determined without regard to (i) any rollover contributions, (ii) any repayments of loans, or (iii) any prior distributions repaid upon the exercise of buy-back rights. Employer and employee contributions taken into account as Annual Additions shall include "excess contributions" as defined in section 401(k)(8)(B) of the Code, "excess aggregate contributions" as defined in section 401(m)(6)(B) of the Code, and "excess deferrals" as described in section 402(g) of the Code (to the extent such excess deferrals are not distributed to the employee before the April 15 following the taxable year of the employee in which such deferrals were made), regardless of whether such amounts are distributed or forfeited. The Annual Additions for any Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1987 shall be determined under the Plan as then in effect and shall not be recomputed to treat all employee contributions as Annual Additions.

    6.1.2 Earnings . For purposes of this Article VI, "Earnings" for any Plan Year means gross cash compensation actually paid or made available by all Employers and Affiliates, determined for Limitation Years (as defined in Section 6.5) beginning on or after January 1, 1998 before giving effect to any Elective Contributions under this Plan (or similar contributions under any other cash or deferred arrangement within the meaning of section 401(k) of the Code) or to any salary reduction arrangement under any cafeteria plan (within the meaning of section 125 of the Code) or, effective January 1, 2001, for purposes of receiving qualified transportation fringe benefits (as described in section 132(f)(4) of the Code).

    6.2 Limitation on Annual Additions . Subject to Section 6.6, the aggregate Annual Additions to this Plan and all other defined contribution plans (including all plans or portions thereof subject to section 415(c) of the Code) maintained by all Employers and Affiliates for any Plan Year shall not exceed the lesser of (a) $30,000 as adjusted pursuant to section 415(d) of the Code, or (b) 25 percent of the Member’s Earnings for such year.

    6.3 Coverage by Defined Benefit Plan . For Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 2000, if a Member has at any time been covered by a defined benefit plan maintained by an Employer or an Affiliate, the limitations set forth in this Article VI shall be further reduced if and to the extent necessary to comply with section 415(e) of the Code.

    6.4 Application . If the allocations to a Member’s Accounts otherwise required under this Plan for any Plan Year would cause the limitations of this Article VI to be exceeded for that Plan Year, contributions otherwise required with respect to such Member under Article III shall be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with those limitations, as provided in Section 3.7. If such reduction is not effected in time to prevent such allocations for any Limitation Year (as defined in Section 6.5) from exceeding such limitations, such excess shall be used to reduce contributions for such Member in the next Limitation Year and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary; provided, that if the Member is not covered by the Plan at the end of the current Limitation Year, the portion exceeding the limitation of this Article VI shall be held unallocated in a suspense account for such Limitation Year and shall be allocated and reallocated to the Accounts of all Members in the next Limitation Year before any other Annual Additions are allocated to the accounts of such Members. The suspense account will reduce future contributions for all remaining Members in the next Limitation Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary. If a suspense account is in existence at any time during the Limitation Year pursuant to this Section 6.4, it will participate in the allocation of the Fund’s investment gains and losses. In the event of a termination of the Plan, unallocated amounts held in such suspense account shall be allocated to the extent possible under this Article VI for the Limitation Year of termination. Any amount remaining in such suspense account upon termination of the Plan shall then be returned to the Employer, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or Trust Agreement. Reductions in benefits under this Article VI arising by reason of a Member’s participation in multiple plans shall be effected as follows: (a) benefits and Annual Additions under continuing plans shall be reduced before benefits under any terminated plan, and (b) benefits and Annual Additions under continuing plans shall be reduced in the reverse order in which benefits or Annual Additions would otherwise accrue, except as any such plan may otherwise expressly provide.

    6.5 Limitation Year . All determinations under this Article VI shall be made by reference to the Plan Year.

    6.6 Correlation with Higher ESOP Limit . For any Plan Year in which some part of the Annual Addition for an employee is attributable to ESOP Contributions, the limitations of Section 6.2 shall be applied taking into account the special rule in section 415(c)(6) of the Code.

    back to top

    Article VII
    Distributions, Withdrawals and Loans

    7.1 Distribution on Termination of Employment . When a Member’s employment terminates for any reason, the Vested Percentage of the balance of his Accounts, as adjusted as of the Valuation Date coincident with or next following the date his Termination of Employment is reported to the Administrator, shall be distributed to him or, if distribution is being made by reason of death (or after his death following Termination of Employment), to his Beneficiary. Such distribution shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII. Any portion of a Member’s Accounts not so distributable shall be treated as provided in Section 4.3.

    7.2 Withdrawals during Employment .

    7.2.1 Rollover Account . Subject to Section 7.11, a Member may elect, no more frequently than once in any twelve-month period nor more than twice in any sixty-month period, to withdraw from the Plan an amount in cash equal to one-half (1/2) of his Rollover Account.

    7.2.2 Matching Account . Subject to Section 7.11, if a Member’s Matching Account has a Vested Percentage of 100%, he may elect, no more frequently than once in any twelve-month period nor more than twice in a sixty-month period, to withdraw from the Plan an amount in cash equal to one-half (1/2) of the balance of such Accounts.

    7.2.3 Elective Account . Except as otherwise specified herein, this Section 7.2.3 shall be effective December 31, 1988. Before attaining age 59-1/2, a Member who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may, subject to Section 7.11, withdraw so much of his Elective Account as the Administrator shall in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner determine to be necessary (based on such representations or other information as the Administrator may request in his discretion) to meet any condition of hardship affecting such Member, provided that the Member has already received all other amounts available to him as a loan, or a distribution other than on account of "hardship" as herein defined, under this Plan and all other plans maintained by any Employer or Affiliate. For this purpose, the term "hardship" shall mean any one or more of the following needs:

    (a) Expenses for medical care described in section 213(d) of the Code previously incurred by a Member or a Member’s spouse or dependent (as defined in section 152 of the Code) or expenses necessary in order for such persons to obtain such care, provided that such expenses have not been and will not in the future be covered by insurance;

    (b) Payment of tuition, room and board and related educational fees (but not to include books) for the next 12 months of post-secondary education of a Member or a Member’s spouse, child or dependent (as defined in section 152 of the Code);

    (c) Costs (other than mortgage payments) directly related to the purchase of the principal residence of a Member; or

    (d) An immediate and heavy financial need resulting in an emergency condition in the financial affairs of a Member.

    Effective January 1, 1989, any withdrawals under this Section 7.2.3 shall be limited to the total amount of Elective Contributions made, and investment earnings allocable thereto as of December 31, 1988, which have not previously been withdrawn, and shall exclude any amounts attributable to "qualified nonelective contributions" as defined in Section 3.5.5. The amount withdrawn under this Section 7.2.3 shall not exceed the amount necessary to meet the hardship plus the amount necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes or penalties that the Participant reasonably anticipates will result from the withdrawal.

    7.2.4 Elective Account After Age 59-1/2 . After attaining age 59-1/2, a Member may elect, no more frequently than once in any twelve-month period nor more than twice in any sixty-month period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of his Elective Account.

    7.2.5 Age 70-1/2 Withdrawal . Effective January 1, 1997, a Member may elect to withdraw the entire balance of his Accounts as of April 1 following the calendar year in which he attains age 70-1/2, and thereafter, but no more than once in any calendar year after the year of the first such withdrawal, to withdraw the entire balance of his Accounts attributable to contributions made since the prior such withdrawal.

    7.2.6 Withdrawal Request . A withdrawal request shall be made by filing the Appropriate Form with the Administrator, which may, in the discretion of the Administrator require that the spouse of the Member, if any, executed a notarized written consent thereto. Effective December 31, 1988, the Appropriate Form in the case of a withdrawal under Section 7.2.3 shall include an agreement by the Member to the suspension of contributions described in Section 3.1.5.1, and to a similar suspension of "elective deferrals" (as defined in section 402(g)(3) of the Code) and of employee contributions under this Plan and all other qualified and nonqualified plans of deferred compensation (excluding mandatory employee contributions under any defined benefit plan), or stock option, stock purchase, or similar plans, of any Employer or Affiliate until the first anniversary of the date of such withdrawal, and to the adjustment described in Section 1.18 of the "elective deferral limit" with respect to the Member for the year following the year of the withdrawal. Each such other plan shall be deemed amended by reason of this provision and the Member’s execution of the Appropriate Form to the extent necessary to give full effect to such agreement.

    7.2.7 Home Purchases with Mortgage . A Member shall be entitled to a hardship withdrawal under Section 7.2.3 if (a) he meets all requirements therefor other than the receipt of all amounts available to him as a loan, (b) the need is for funds to purchase a principal residence of the Member, (c) the obtaining of loans other than the mortgage loan in connection with such purchase would disqualify the Member from obtaining the necessary amount of mortgage loan, and (d) the Member demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Administrator that the amount to be withdrawn for the purpose of such purchase cannot be obtained from other resources that are reasonably available to the Member (including assets of the Member’s spouse that are reasonably available to the Member).

    7.3 Loans during Employment . Upon the application of a Member who has been a Member for at least one full Plan Year, who is a "party in interest" with respect to the Plan (within the meaning of section 3(14) of ERISA), and who has not applied for a loan during the preceding six months, the Administrator or his delegate (in either case, the "Loan Administrator") shall instruct the Trustee to make a loan to such Member from his Accounts provided that such loan meets the requirements of Section 7.4. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, an Eligible Employee may apply for a loan from his Rollover Account without regard to whether he has become a Member in accordance with Section 2.1 or to the period, if any, for which he has been a Member. The loan request, which shall specify the use to be made of the loan proceeds, shall be made on the Appropriate Form and submitted to the Loan Administrator, together with such application fee as may be required under procedures adopted by the Loan Administrator. The Loan Administrator shall notify such Member in writing within a reasonable time of the approval or denial of such loan request, and such notification shall be final. If a Member obtains a loan under this Section 7.3, his status as a Member in the Plan and his rights with respect to his Plan benefits shall not be affected, except to the extent that the Member has assigned his interest in his Accounts pursuant to the various applicable provisions of Section 7.4, and except as provided in Section 7.11. All loans shall be granted according to rules applicable to all Members on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis. Effective September 1, 1995, no more than two loans may be outstanding at any time. The Administrator may suspend authorization for future loans to Members, but no such suspension shall affect any loan then outstanding under this Section 7.3.

    7.4 Loan Requirements . A loan pursuant to Section 7.3 shall not be made to a Member unless such loan meets all of the following requirements:

    7.4.1 Amount . Such loan must be in an amount of not less than one thousand dollars ($1,000), and shall not exceed the lowest of (a) fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), (b) one-half of the Vested Percentage of the Member’s Account balances, or (c) such lesser amount as may be determined by the Loan Administrator in the event that the Member’s Accounts are invested (in whole or in part) in an Investment Fund that prohibits the liquidation of investments to fund Member loans. The limitation under clause (a) or (b) above shall be reduced by the outstanding balance (if any) of all other loans to the Member from (i) this Plan, (ii) the Arrow Electronics ESOP and Capital Accumulation Plan or the Arrow Electronics ESOP, as in effect prior to January 1, 1989, (iii) all other "qualified employer plans" (as described in section 72(p)(4) of the Code) which are maintained by the Company or any related employer referred to in section 72(p)(2)(D) of the Code, and (iv) any contract purchased under this Plan or a plan described in the preceding clause (iii) (including any assignment or pledge with respect to such a contract). The fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) in clause (a) above shall be further reduced by the excess, if any, of the highest outstanding loan balance of all loans described in the preceding sentence during the twelve (12) month period preceding the loan, over the outstanding loan balance of all loans described in the preceding sentence. If any outstanding balance of a loan (other than a loan made under Section 7.3) is required to be taken into account under clause (a) or (b) above, the value of the Member’s vested interest under the plan from which such loan was made shall also be taken into account under clause (b) above, but the limitation under clause (b) shall in no event be less than the limit determined by disregarding both loans from other plans and the value of the Member’s vested interest therein.

    7.4.2 Adequate Security . Such loan must be adequately secured. Effective October 18, 1989, no more than one-half of the value of the Member’s fully vested Accounts, including his Loan Account, may be assigned as collateral security. If the Loan Administrator subsequently determines that the loan is no longer adequately secured, additional security may be required.

    7.4.3 Interest . Such loan must bear interest, payable at quarterly intervals (or more frequent intervals, if the Loan Administrator shall so require), at a rate commensurate with the interest rates charged by persons in the business of lending money for loans which would be made under similar circumstances. The Loan Administrator shall at regular intervals (but not less frequently than quarterly) determine such rate on the basis of a review of pertinent information.

    7.4.4 Repayment Term . Such loan must provide for substantially level amortization (within the meaning of section 72(p)(2)(C) of the Code) with payments made at least quarterly for a period to end no later than the earlier of:

    (a) The expiration of a fixed term not to exceed four and one-half (4-1/2) years, except for a loan used to acquire any dwelling unit which within a reasonable time (determined at the time the loan is made) is to be used as the principal residence of the Member; or

    (b) The date on which distribution of the Member’s Accounts is made or otherwise commences following the Member’s Termination of Employment.

    Notwithstanding the foregoing, loan repayments will be suspended under the Plan as permitted under section 414(u)(4) of the Code. A Member shall have the right to prepay any or all of the principal amount of such loan without penalty.

    7.4.5 Binding Agreement . Such loan must be evidenced by a legally binding agreement, either written or the legal equivalent thereof, containing such terms and provisions as the Loan Administrator shall in its sole discretion determine, which may include, either in all cases or in such cases as the Loan Administrator determines is appropriate, obtaining either (a) a certification or representation from the Member that he is not then legally married, or (b) consent by the Member’s spouse at the time of the making of the loan in a notarized writing executed within the 90-day period before the making of the loan. The Loan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on any such certification or representation with respect to marital status made by a Member in his request for a loan, and the Plan, the Trustee, the Administrator, Employers, and their employees and agents shall be fully protected in respect of any action taken or suffered by them in reliance thereon.

    7.5 Loan Expenses . The Loan Administrator may determine to charge any fees, taxes, charges or other expenses (including, without limitation, any asset liquidation charge or similar extraordinary expense) incurred in connection with a loan to the Accounts of the Member obtaining such loan. Such charges shall be imposed on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis.

    7.6 Funding .

    7.6.1 Funding of Loans . A Member’s loan shall be funded solely by reduction of the Member’s Account balances as of the effective date of the loan. Unless the Member specifies a different order, such reduction shall apply to the Member’s Accounts in the following order: (1) Rollover Account; (2) Matching Account and (3) Elective Account. The loan obligation created pursuant to Section 7.4.5 shall be held by the Trustee in a Loan Fund and allocated solely to the Accounts of the Member who receives the loan. For all purposes hereunder, the value of such loan obligation at any date shall be considered to be the unpaid principal amount of the note plus accrued interest. Interest attributable to such notes shall be held in the Loan Fund until reallocation pursuant to Section 7.7.

    7.6.2 Loan Account . A Loan Account shall be maintained for each Member who has been granted a loan pursuant to Section 7.3, in which shall be entered the amount of such Member’s loan. Such Loan Account shall remain in effect until such Member’s loan has been repaid and the amount in the Loan Fund attributable to his Loan Account transferred to another Investment Fund.

    7.7 Repayment . The total amount of principal and interest payments on a Member’s loan shall be allocated to the Member’s Accounts in proportion to the share of the loan funded from each Account. Unless the Member specifies a different order, such payments shall be applied to restore the Accounts in the following order: (1) Elective Account; (2) Matching Account; and (3) Rollover Account. Payments of principal and interest on a Member’s loan shall be initially deposited in the Loan Fund for allocation to such Member’s Loan Account and shall be reallocated as of the first Valuation Date coincident with or next following such deposit to such other Investment Funds as the Member shall have designated for future contributions pursuant to Section 5.2.

    7.8 Valuation . The value of that portion of a Member’s Accounts to be withdrawn pursuant to Section 7.2 or that portion of a Member’s Accounts to be borrowed pursuant to Section 7.3 shall be determined as of the Valuation Date immediately following the date on which the withdrawal or loan request is received by the Administrator or the Loan Administrator, as the case may be (or, if the Administrator or Loan Administrator shall so direct, any later Valuation Date prior to the distribution of funds).

    7.9 Allocation among Investment Funds . A Member may direct on the Appropriate Form, at such time coincident with or following his loan or withdrawal request as the Administrator or Loan Administrator, as the case may be, may allow, and subject to the Administrator’s or Loan Administrator’s consent, the proportions in which any withdrawal pursuant to Section 7.2 or loan pursuant to Section 7.3 shall be allocated among the Investment Funds; failing such direction or consent, the allocation shall be made pro rata among the Investment Funds in which each Account that is reduced to fund the loan is invested.

    7.10 Disposition of Loan Upon Certain Events . Subject to the provision of Section 7.4.4 authorizing prepayment of a loan, in the event of the retirement, Termination of Employment, Disability, or death of a Member before the Member repays all outstanding loans, the unpaid balance of the loan shall be due and payable. If the loan is not repaid within 60 days following such event, the Trustee shall reduce the value of the Member’s Loan Account by the amount of the Member’s outstanding loan (including accrued interest), and before making a cash distribution to the Member or his Beneficiary.

    7.11 Withdrawals from Plan While Loan is Outstanding . The amount otherwise available for withdrawal from the Plan under Section 7.2 shall be reduced by the amount of any loan outstanding at the time a withdrawal request is made.

    7.12 Compliance with Applicable Law . The Loan Administrator shall take such actions as he may deem appropriate in order to assure full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations relating to Member loans and the granting and repayment thereof.

    7.13 Default . A loan made pursuant to Section 7.3 shall be in default if a scheduled payment of principal or interest is not received by the Loan Administrator within thirty (30) days following the scheduled payment date. Upon such default, the outstanding principal amount and accrued interest of the loan shall become immediately due and payable, and the Loan Administrator may execute upon the Plan’s security interest in the Member’s Accounts to satisfy the debt; provided, however, that the execution shall not occur until such time as the Member’s Account(s) against which execution is proposed could be distributed to the Member consistent with the requirements for qualification of the Plan under section 401(a) of the Code. Furthermore, the Loan Administrator may take any other action he deems appropriate to obtain payment of the outstanding amount of principal and accrued interest, which may include accepting payments of principal and interest that were not made on schedule and permitting the loan to remain outstanding under its original payment schedule. Any costs incurred by the Loan Administrator in collecting, or attempting to collect, amounts in default shall be charged against the Member’s Accounts. If the Loan Administrator is unable to obtain payment of the outstanding principal and accrued interest (or, in his discretion, payment of only the overdue amount of such principal), the Loan Administrator shall take such further action as he deems appropriate to prevent loss to the Plan as a result of the default. Any discretion by the Loan Administrator in this regard shall be exercised in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

    7.14 Conversion of Loan to Hardship Distribution . If a Member fails to make timely repayment of a loan, the Loan Administrator, upon application of the Member, shall recharacterize the loan as a hardship distribution, but only if the loan proceeds were used to meet a need set forth in Section 7.2.3 and provided that the suspension requirements referred to in Section 7.2.6 are satisfied.

    back to top


    Article VIII
    Payment of Benefits

    8.1 Payment of Benefits .

    8.1.1 In General . The amounts distributable to a Member pursuant to Section 7.1 on Termination of Employment shall be paid in cash in a single sum, except as otherwise provided below. Effective January 1, 2002, if the amount so distributable exceeds $5,000, the Member may, in lieu of a single sum payment, elect to receive distribution either (a) in two or more payments, at such times and in such amounts as he may elect, provided that each such payment other than the last shall be not less than $1,000, or (b) in substantially equal installments over 5, 10, 15 or 20 years, whichever he shall specify in such election. A Participant may prospectively revoke any election described in clause (a) or (b) above and substitute therefor a different election of any of such forms, or an election of a single sum payment, which shall apply to the then remaining balance in his Vested Accounts. Any undistributed balance of a Member’s Accounts shall continue to be adjusted in accordance with Article V until distribution thereof is completed. Distribution shall not be made without the Member’s consent, in writing or its equivalent, prior to the time that distribution is required under Section 8.6 unless the total vested balance of the Member’s Accounts does not exceed $5,000 ($3,500 prior to January 1, 1998), and for distributions prior to March 22, 1999 did not exceed such amount at the time of any prior withdrawal. In the event that a Member is ineligible to, and/or does not elect to receive, distribution in two or more payments or in installments as above provided, and the Administrator determines that the vested balance of the Member’s Accounts does not exceed $5,000, distribution of such vested balance shall be made in a lump sum after (x) the Member has been notified that such a small benefit cashout is to be made and of his right to receive such distribution as a direct rollover, (y) the Member’s election to receive cash or a direct rollover is received or the time for making such election has expired, and (z) the amount so distributable does not rise to more than $5,000 as of the date used to review Account values under the procedures adopted by the Plan recordkeeper. Except as the Member otherwise elects, expressly or by failure to request distribution after receipt of notice advising of the right to so elect, distribution shall in all events commence no later than 60 days after the close of the Plan Year in which occurs the later of his most recent Termination of Employment or his Normal Retirement Date, except to the extent a contribution pursuant to Article III of the Plan which the Member is entitled to share in has not yet been acquired by the Fund.

    8.1.2 Notice Period . If a distribution is one to which sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code do not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under Treas. Reg. section 1.411(a)-11(c) provided that: (a) the Administrator clearly informs the Member that the Member has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and (b) the Member, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

    8.2 Death Benefits .

    8.1.3 In General . In the event of the death of a Member prior to his Termination of Employment, the balances in his Accounts shall be distributed to his Beneficiary. If the Beneficiary is the Member’s spouse, distribution shall be made within 90 days of the Member’s death if reasonably practicable and otherwise as soon as practicable. If the Member had attained his Normal Retirement Date prior to his death, distribution shall be made not later than 60 days following the close of the Plan Year in which his death occurs.

    8.1.4 Installment Payments on Death . If so elected by the Member or his Beneficiary, payments following a Member’s death may be paid in substantially equal installments over a period of up to five years from the Member’s death. Any amount so distributable shall be held in the Member’s Accounts, invested pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.4, and adjusted as provided in Section 5.5 until distribution is completed.

    8.3 Non-Alienation of Benefits . Except as otherwise required by a "qualified domestic relations order" (as defined in section 414(p) of the Code), or by other applicable law recognized as a permitted exception to this provision by section 401(a)(13) of the Code and regulations thereunder, no benefit, interest, or payment under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, whether voluntary or involuntary, and no attempt to so anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge the same shall be valid nor shall any such benefit, interest, or payment be in any way liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of the person entitled to such benefit, interest, or payment or be subject to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.

    8.4 Doubt as to Right to Payment . In the event that at any time any doubt exists as to the right of any person to any payment hereunder or the amount or time of such payment (including, without limitation, any case of doubt as to identity, or any case in which any notice has been received from any other person claiming any interest in amounts payable hereunder, or any case in which a claim from other persons may exist by reason of community property or similar laws), the Administrator shall be entitled, in his discretion, to direct the Trustee to hold such sum as a segregated amount in trust until such right or amount or time is determined or until order of a court of competent jurisdiction, or to pay such sum into court in accordance with appropriate rules of law in such case then provided, or to make payment only upon receipt of a bond or similar indemnification (in such amount and in such form as is satisfactory to the Administrator).

    8.5 Incapacity . If any benefits hereunder are due to a legally incompetent person, the Administrator may, in his sole discretion, direct that any distribution due such person be made (a) directly to such person, or (b) to his duly appointed legal representative, and any distribution so made shall completely discharge the liabilities of the Plan therefor.

    8.6 Time of Commencement of Benefits .

    8.6.1 Subject to Sections 8.6.2 through 8.6.5, payment to a Member under this Article VIII shall be made or commenced not later than the 60th day after the close of the Plan Year in which occurs the later of his most recent Termination of Employment or his Normal Retirement Date.

    8.6.2 Distribution of the benefits of a Member who was a 5-percent owner (as described in Section 15.1.2(c)) for any part of any Plan Year during or after which such Member attained age 66-1/2 shall be made in a single sum no later than the first day of April following the later of the calendar year in which such Member attained age 70-1/2 or became a 5-percent owner, even if he is still employed. Effective beginning with the 1989 calendar year (distributions with respect to which shall be made or begin no later than April 1, 1990) through the 1996 calendar year, this provision shall apply to all Members who attain age 70-1/2 on or after January 1, 1988 but before January 1,1997, regardless of their ownership interest. Effective January 1, 1997, such distributions shall be required hereunder (a) for a Member who is a five percent (5%) owner with respect to the Plan Year in which he attained age 70-1/2, by April 1 following such year, and (b) in any other case, by April 1 following the calendar year in which the Member attains age 70-1/2 or terminates employment, whichever is later. Distributions shall be made pursuant to this Section 8.6.2 as though the Member had retired.

    8.6.3 If a Member receives a single sum distribution pursuant to Section 8.6.2, any contributions made to the Plan subsequently (and any forfeitures in lieu thereof) allocable to the Member’s Accounts shall be paid to the Member as soon as practicable after the end of the Plan Year for which such contributions are made.

    8.6.4 Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, in the event that the amount of a payment required to commence on the date otherwise determined under this Plan cannot be ascertained by such date, or if it is not possible to make such payment on such date because the Administrator has been unable to locate the Member (or, in the case of a deceased Member, his Beneficiary) after making reasonable efforts to do so, a payment retroactive to such date may be made no later than 60 days after the earliest date on which the amount of such payment can be ascertained under this Plan or the date on which the Member (or Beneficiary) is located, whichever is applicable.

    8.6.5 With respect to distributions under the Plan made for calendar years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, the Plan will apply the minimum distribution requirements of section 401(a)(9) of the Code in accordance with the regulations under section 401(a)(9) that were proposed on January 17, 2001, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary. This Section 8.6.5 shall continue in effect until the end of the last calendar year beginning before the effective date of final regulations under section 401(a)(9) or such other date as may be specified in guidance published by the Internal Revenue Service.

    8.7 Payments to Minors . If at any time a person entitled to receive any payment hereunder is a minor, such payment may, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, be made for the benefit of such minor to his parent, guardian or the person with whom he resides, or to the minor himself, and the release of any such parent, guardian, person or minor shall be a valid and complete discharge for such payment.

    8.8 Identity of Proper Payee . The determination of the Administrator as to the identity of the proper payee of any payment and the amount properly payable shall be conclusive, and payment in accordance with such determination shall constitute a complete discharge of all obligations on account thereof.

    8.9 Inability to Locate Distributee . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in the event that the Administrator cannot locate any person to whom a payment is due under this Plan, the benefit in respect of which such payment is to be made shall be forfeited at such time as the Administrator shall determine in his sole discretion (but in all events prior to the time such benefit would otherwise escheat under any applicable law); provided, that such benefit shall be reinstated if such person subsequently makes a valid claim for such benefit prior to termination of the Plan.

    8.10 Estoppel of Members and Their Beneficiaries . The Employer, Administrator and Trustee may rely upon any certificate, statement or other representation made to them by any employee, Member, spouse or other beneficiary with respect to age, length of service, leave of absence, date of Termination of Employment, marital status or other fact required to be determined under any of the provisions of this Plan, and shall not be liable on account of the payment of any moneys or the doing of any act in reliance upon any such certificate, statement or other representation. Any such certificate, statement or other representation made by an employee or Member shall be conclusively binding upon such employee or Member and his spouse or other beneficiary, and such employee, Member, spouse or beneficiary shall thereafter and forever be estopped from disputing the truth and correctness of such certificate, statement or other representation. Any such certificate, statement or other representation made by a Member’s spouse or other beneficiary shall be conclusively binding upon such spouse or beneficiary, and such spouse or beneficiary shall thereafter and forever be estopped from disputing the truth and correctness of such certificate, statement or other representation.

    8.11 Qualified Domestic Relations Orders .

    8.11.1 Definition . For purposes of this Section 8.11, "Qualified Domestic Relations Order" means any judgment, decree or order (including approval of a property settlement) made pursuant to a state domestic relations law (including a community property law) which relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments or marital property to a spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent of a Member and which creates or recognizes the existence of a right of (or assigns such a right to) such spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent (the "Alternate Payee") to receive all or a portion of the benefits payable with respect to a Member under the Plan. A Qualified Domestic Relations Order must clearly specify the amount or percentage of the Member’s benefits to be paid to the Alternate Payee by the Plan (or the manner in which such amount or percentage is to be determined). A Qualified Domestic Relations Order (a) may not require the Plan (i) to provide any form or type of benefits or any option not otherwise provided under the Plan, (ii) to pay benefits to an Alternate Payee under such order which are required to be paid to another Alternate Payee under another such order previously filed with the Plan, or (iii) to provide increased benefits (determined on the basis of actuarial equivalents), but (b) may require payment of benefits to the Alternate Payee under the order (i) at any time after the date of the order, (ii) as if the Member had retired on the date on which such payment is to begin under such order (taking into account only the benefits in which the Member is then vested) and (iii) in any form in which such benefits may be paid to the Member.

    8.11.2 Distributions . The Administrator shall recognize and honor any judgment, decree or order entered on or after January 1, 1985 under a state domestic relations law which the Administrator determines to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order in accordance with such reasonable procedures to determine such status as the Administrator shall establish. Without limitation of the foregoing, the Administrator shall notify a Member and the person entitled to benefits under a judgment, decree or order which purports to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order of (a) the receipt thereof, (b) the Plan’s procedures for determining whether such judgment, decree or order is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order and (c) any determination made with respect to such status. During any period during which the Administrator is determining whether any judgment, decree or order is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, any amount which would have been payable to any person pursuant to such order shall be separately accounted for (and adjusted to reflect its appropriate share of the Investment Adjustment as of each Valuation Date pursuant to Article V) pending payment to the proper recipient thereof. Any such amount, as so adjusted, shall be paid to the person entitled to such payment under any such judgment, decree or order if the Administrator determines such judgment, decree or order to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order within 18 full calendar months commencing with the date on which the first payment would be required to be made under such judgment, decree or order. If the Administrator is unable to make such a determination within such time period, payment under the Plan shall be as if such judgment, decree or order did not exist and any such determination made after such time period shall be applied prospectively only. Distribution to an Alternate Payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order shall be made on a pro rata basis from the Member’s Accounts in such manner as the Administrator shall direct.

    8.12 Benefits Payable Only from Fund . All benefits payable under this Plan shall be paid or provided solely from the Fund, and neither any Employer nor its shareholders, directors, employees or the Administrator shall have any liability or responsibility therefor. Except as otherwise provided by law, no Employer assumes any obligations under this Plan except those specifically stated in the Plan.

    8.13 Prior Plan Distribution Forms . The portions of the Accounts of Members attributable to balances transferred from prior plans will be eligible for installment or annuity forms of distributions that were available under such plans if distribution in respect thereof is to commence as of a date on or before February 1, 2002, and the Member’s vested Accounts at termination of employment exceed $5,000. All amounts distributable to a Member whose employment terminates for any reason shall be paid in cash in a single sum, unless the Member (a) had such a right to an alternative distribution form and (b) elected prior to February 2, 2002 to receive payment in such form starting as of or prior to February 1, 2002.

    8.14 Restrictions on Distribution .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, a Member’s Elective Account shall not be distributable prior to his separation from service, disability, death, or attainment of age 59-1/2, except (a) in cases of hardship to the extent provided in Section 7.2.3, (b) upon termination of the Plan without establishment or maintenance of another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in section 4975(e)(7) or 409 of the Code, or a simplified employee pension as defined in section 408(k) of the Code), (c) prior to termination of the Plan, as authorized under section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(II) of the Code (i) upon disposition by an Employer, to an unrelated entity, of substantially all of the assets used by such corporation in a trade or business if such Employer continues to maintain this Plan and the acquiring entity does not maintain this Plan, in the case of a Member who continues employment with the corporation acquiring such assets, or (ii) upon disposition by an Employer, to an unrelated entity, of such corporation’s interest in a subsidiary if such Employer continues to maintain this Plan and the acquiring entity does not maintain this Plan, with respect to a Member who continues employment with such a subsidiary. No distribution shall be made pursuant to clause (c) of the preceding sentence unless the distribution qualifies as a "lump sum distribution" within the meaning of section 401(k)(10)(B) of the Code.

    8.15 Direct Rollover of Eligible Rollover Distributions . This Section applies to distributions from the Plan made on or after January 1, 1993. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan that would otherwise limit a Distributee’s election under this Section 8.15, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Administrator, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid in a Direct Rollover directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.

    8.15.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Section 8.15, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below.

    8.15.1.1 Eligible Rollover Distribution . Any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of a Distributee under the Plan, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequent than annual) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee’s Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under section 401(a)(9) of the Code; the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income; any deemed distribution occurring upon the Member’s Termination of Employment under which the Member’s account balance is offset by the amount of an outstanding Plan loan; and, effective January 1, 1999, any hardship withdrawal under Section 7.2.3.

    8.15.1.2 Eligible Retirement Plan . An individual retirement account described in section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in section 403(a) of the Code, or another employer’s qualified trust described in section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts a Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distribution. However, in the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to the surviving Spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is only an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

    8.15.1.3 Distributee . A Member, a Member’s surviving Spouse or a Member’s Spouse or former Spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order (as defined in section 414(p) of the Code and Section 8.11.1).

    8.15.1.4 Direct Rollover . A payment by the Plan to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by a Distributee, in the manner prescribed by the Administrator.

    8.15.2 Limitation . No more than one Direct Rollover may be elected by a Distributee for each Eligible Rollover Distribution.

    8.15.3 Default Procedure . If a Member (or other Distributee, if applicable) does not make a timely election whether or not to directly roll over his eligible rollover distribution within a reasonable period permitted by the Administrator for making such election, such distribution shall be made directly to the Member (or other Distributee, if applicable).

    back to top



    Article IX
    Beneficiary Designation

    9.1 Designation of Beneficiary . Subject to the further provisions of this Article IX, each Member may designate, at such time and in such manner as the Administrator shall prescribe, a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries (who may be any one or more members of his family or any other persons, executor, administrator, any trust, foundation or other entity) to receive any benefits distributable hereunder to his Beneficiary after the death of the Member as provided herein. Such designation of a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries shall not be effective for any purpose unless and until it has been filed by the Member with the Administrator, provided, however, that a designation mailed by the Member to the Administrator prior to death and received after his death shall take effect upon such receipt, but prospectively only and without prejudice to any payor or payee on account of any payments made before receipt by the Administrator.

    9.2 Spouse as Presumptive Beneficiary . Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a Member’s sole Beneficiary shall be his surviving spouse, if the Member has a surviving spouse, unless the Member has designated another Beneficiary with the written consent of such spouse (in which consent such Beneficiary is specified by name or class, and the effect of such designation is acknowledged) witnessed by a notary public or Plan representative. Any such consent shall be irrevocable. The Administrator may, in his sole discretion, waive the requirement of spousal consent if the Member is legally separated or if the Administrator is satisfied that the spouse cannot be located, or if the Member can show by court order that he has been abandoned by the spouse within the meaning of local law, or if otherwise permitted under applicable regulations.

    9.3 Change of Beneficiary . A Member may, from time to time in such manner as the Administrator shall prescribe, change his designated Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, but any such designation which has the effect of naming a person other than the surviving spouse as sole Beneficiary is subject to the spousal consent requirement of Section 9.2.

    9.4 Failure to Designate . If a Member has failed effectively to designate a Beneficiary to receive the Member’s death benefits, or a Beneficiary previously designated has predeceased the Member and no alternative designation has become effective, such benefits shall be distributed to the Member’s surviving spouse, if any, or if no spouse survives the Member, to the Member’s estate.

    9.5 Proof of Death, etc . Before making distribution to a Beneficiary, the Administrator may require such proof of death and such evidence of the right of any person to receive all or part of the death benefit of a deceased Member as the Administrator may deem desirable. The Administrator’s determination of the fact of death of a Member and of the right of any person to receive distributions as a result thereof shall be conclusive upon such person or persons having or claiming any right in the Fund on account of such Member.

    9.6 Discharge of Liability . If distribution in respect of a Member’s Accounts is made to a person reasonably believed by the Administrator or his delegate (taking into account any document purporting to be a valid consent of the Member’s spouse, or any representation by the Member that he is not married) to properly qualify as the Member’s Beneficiary under the foregoing provisions of this Article IX, the Plan shall have no further liability with respect to such Accounts (or the portion thereof so distributed).

    back to top

    Article X
    Administration of the Plan

    10.1 Fiduciary . The named fiduciary under the Plan shall be the Administrator, who shall have authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, except that he shall have no authority or responsibility with respect to those matters which under any applicable trust agreement, insurance policy or similar contract are the responsibility, or subject to the authority, of the Trustee, any insurance company or similar organization. The named fiduciary under the Plan shall have the right, by written instrument executed by him or otherwise, to designate persons other than the named fiduciary to carry out fiduciary responsibilities under the Plan.

    10.2 The Administrator . The Board of Directors shall appoint an Administrator to administer the Plan, without regard to whether or not he is an officer or employee of an Employer or a Member of the Plan, or whether or not he is serving as a Trustee of this Plan, and he shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Administrator may resign by delivering his written resignation to the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in the position of Administrator, arising for any reason whatsoever, shall be filled by the Board of Directors. If the Administrator is also a Member of this Plan, he shall not vote or act upon any matter relating solely to himself. In the event no Administrator is then serving, or if the Administrator is incapable of taking action with respect to any matter (because the matter relates solely to himself, or for any other reason), the Board of Directors shall administer the Plan.

    10.3 Powers and Discretion of Administrator . The Administrator shall administer the Plan and shall have all powers and discretion necessary or helpful for carrying out his responsibilities, including, without limitation, the power and complete discretion:

          (a) to establish such rules or procedures as he may deem necessary or desirable;

          (b) to employ such persons as he shall deem necessary or desirable to assist in the administration of the Plan;

          (c) to determine any question arising in the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan, including without limitation questions of fact and of construction;

          (d) to correct defects, supply omissions, clarify ambiguities, and reconcile inconsistencies to the extent he deems necessary or desirable to effectuate the Plan or preserve qualification of the Plan under section 401(a) of the Code;

          (e) to establish procedures for determining whether a domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order ("QDRO") as described in Section 8.11 and for complying with any such QDRO;

          (f) to direct the Trustee with respect to benefits payable under the Plan (including, without limitation, the persons to be paid or methods of payment) and all distributions of the assets of the Fund;

          (g) to determine the character and amount of expenses that are properly payable by the Plan as reasonable administration expenses, and to direct the Trustee with respect to the payment thereof (including, without limitation, the persons to be paid and the method of payment);

          (h) to compromise or settle claims against the Plan and to direct the Trustee to pay amounts required in any such settlements or compromise;

          (i) to determine the method of making corrections necessary or advisable as a result of operating defects in order to preserve qualification of the Plan under section 401(a) of the Code pursuant to procedures of the Internal Revenue Service applicable in such cases (such as those set forth in Revenue Procedure 2001-17 and similar guidance).

      The determinations of the Administrator shall be conclusive and binding on all persons to the maximum extent permitted by law. All expenses of the Administrator shall be paid by the Company, and such expenses shall include any expenses authorized by the Board of Directors as necessary or desirable in the administration of the Plan.

      10.4 Advisers . Any named fiduciary under the Plan, and any fiduciary designated by a named fiduciary to whom such power is granted by a named fiduciary under the Plan, may employ one or more persons to render advice with regard to any responsibility such fiduciary has under the Plan, including, without limitation, an investment manager or managers, as defined in ERISA, to manage (including the power to acquire, invest and dispose of) any assets of the Plan.

      10.5 Service in Multiple Capacities . Any person or group of persons may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.

      10.6 Limitation of Liability; Indemnity .

      10.6.1 Except as otherwise provided by law, if any duty or responsibility of a named fiduciary has been allocated or delegated to any other person in accordance with any provision of this Plan, then such named fiduciary shall not be liable for any act or omission of such person in carrying out such duty or responsibility.

      10.6.2 Except as otherwise provided by law, no employee, director or officer of any Employer who is a fiduciary under the Plan or the trust thereunder, or otherwise has responsibility with respect to administration of the Plan or trust, shall incur any liability whatsoever on account of any matter connected with or related to the Plan or trust or the administration thereof, unless such person shall have acted in bad faith or been guilty of willful misconduct or gross negligence in respect of his duties, actions or omissions in respect of the Plan or trust.

      10.6.3 The Company shall indemnify and save harmless the Administrator and each employee, director or officer of any Employer serving as a trustee or other fiduciary from and against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, cost and expense which may arise by reason of, or be based upon, any matter connected with or related to the Plan or trust or the administration thereof (including, but not limited to, any and all expenses whatsoever reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or in settlement of any such claim whatsoever), unless such person shall have acted in bad faith or been guilty of willful misconduct or gross negligence in respect of his duties, actions or omissions in respect of the Plan or trust.

      10.7 Reliance on Information . The Administrator and any Employer and its officers, directors and employees shall be entitled to rely upon all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and reports furnished by any accountant, trustee, insurance company, counsel or other expert who shall be engaged by an Employer or the Administrator, and the Administrator and any Employer and its officers, directors and employees shall be fully protected in respect of any action taken or suffered by them in good faith in reliance thereon, and all action so taken or suffered shall be conclusive upon all persons affected thereby.

      10.8 Funding Policy . The Administrator shall establish and carry out, or cause to be established and carried out by those persons (including, without limitation, any trustee) to whom responsibility or authority therefor has been allocated or delegated in accordance with the Plan or the Trust Agreement, a funding policy and method consistent with the objectives of the Plan and the requirements of ERISA. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is recognized that Members (and their Beneficiaries) have many differing individual financial situations, and the funding policy of the Plan is therefore to allow Members and their Beneficiaries to choose, from a broad range of diversified investment options, the Investment Fund or Investment Funds which they believe best suit their individual objectives. In the event of the elimination of a preexisting Investment Fund option or a merger or spin-off of assets from another plan into this Plan, the foregoing principle shall not preclude the adoption of mapping rules under which assets previously invested for the benefit of the Member or Beneficiary in one or more investment options that are no longer available are transferred to specific Investment Funds under this Plan, subject to the right of Members (or Beneficiaries) to then reallocate their accounts among Investment Funds. The Plan is intended to satisfy the requirements of section 404(c) of ERISA with respect to investment elections by Members or their Beneficiaries, but (as provided in accordance with applicable law) any failure to meet any of such requirements shall create no adverse inference with respect to the compliance by the Plan and its fiduciaries with such general requirements as prudence and diversification. To the extent permitted by law, none of the Company, any Employer, the Administrator, the Trustee nor any other fiduciary of the Plan shall be liable for any loss resulting from a Member’s (or Beneficiary’s) exercise of his right to direct the investment of his Accounts.

      10.9 Proper Proof . In any case in which an Employer or the Administrator shall be required under the Plan to take action upon the occurrence of any event, they shall be under no obligation to take such action unless and until proper and satisfactory evidence of such occurrence shall have been received by them.

      10.10 Genuineness of Documents . The Administrator, and any Employer and its respective officers, directors and employees, shall be entitled to rely upon any notice, request, consent, letter, telegram or other paper or document believed by them or any of them to be genuine, and to have been signed or sent by the proper person, and shall be fully protected in respect of any action taken or suffered by them in good faith in reliance thereon.

      10.11 Members May Direct Investments . The Administrator may permit, pursuant to Sections 5.2 and 5.3, a Member or Beneficiary to exercise control over assets in his Accounts by directing the Trustee with respect to the manner of investment of such assets, and if a Member or Beneficiary exercises such control, then notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan or the Trust Agreement:

      10.11.1 such Member or Beneficiary shall not be deemed to be a fiduciary under the Plan or this Trust by reason of such exercise, and

      10.11.2 no person who is otherwise a fiduciary (including, without limitation, the Trustee and Administrator) shall be liable for any loss, or by reason of any breach, which results from such Member’s or Beneficiary’s exercise of control. The provisions of this Section 10.10.2 shall be inoperative unless the Administrator acts to extend these provisions to all Members and their Beneficiaries.

      10.12 Committee . The Board of Directors may in its discretion appoint an administrative committee (the "Administrative Committee" or "Committee") to serve as the Administrator, which shall consist of not less than three persons to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy on the Committee, arising for any reason whatsoever, shall be filled by the Board of Directors. The Committee shall hold meetings upon such notice, at such place or places, at such time or times and in such manner (including, meetings in which members may participate through teleconferencing or similar means) as it may from time to time determine. A majority of the members of the Committee at the time in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and action by a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall constitute action by the Committee. The Committee may also act without a meeting by instrument in writing signed by a majority of the members of the Committee, or by one or more members to whom the Committee has previously delegated the authority to take such action.

    back to top


    Article XI
    The Trust Agreement

    11.1 The Trust Agreement . The Company, on behalf of itself and each other Employer, shall enter into a Trust Agreement with the Trustee providing for the establishment of a Fund hereunder. The Trust Agreement shall be deemed to form a part of this Plan, and any and all rights which may accrue to any person under this Plan shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of such Trust Agreement. Copies of the Trust Agreement shall be filed with the Administrator and, upon reasonable application and notice, shall be made available for inspection by any Member.

    11.2 No Diversion of Trust Fund . The Trust Fund shall in no event (within the taxable year or thereafter) be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Members and their Beneficiaries (including the payment of the expenses of the administration of the Plan and of the Trust Fund), except that at the Administrator’s request:

          (a) A contribution that is made by an Employer by a mistake of fact may be returned to such Employer within one year after the payment of the contribution; and

          (b) A contribution that is conditioned upon its deductibility under section 404 of the Code pursuant to Section 3.9 may be returned to the contributing Employer, to the extent that the contribution is disallowed as a deduction, within one year after such disallowance.

      11.3 Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee . The Trustee will hold and invest all funds as provided herein and in the Trust Agreement. The Trustee will make, at the direction of the Administrator, all payments to Members and their Beneficiaries.

    The Trustee shall not be required to make any payment of benefits or distributions out of the Fund, or to allocate or reallocate any amounts, except upon the written direction of the Administrator. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any action by the Board of Directors or of the Termination of Employment of any Member, unless it shall be given written notice of such event by the Administrator.

    back to top



    Article XII
    Amendment

    12.1 Right of the Company to Amend the Plan . The Company shall have the right at any time and from time to time to amend any or all of the provisions of this Plan. Except as provided in Section 12.3, no such amendment shall authorize or permit any part of the Fund to be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Members and their Beneficiaries, nor shall any amendment reduce any amount then credited to the individual accounts of any Member, reduce any Member’s vested interest in his account, or affect the rights, duties and responsibilities of the Trustee without his written consent.

    12.2 Plan Merger . The Plan may be amended to provide for the merger of the Plan, in whole or in part, or a transfer of all or part of its assets, into or to any other qualified plan within the meaning of section 401(a) of the Code, including such a merger or transfer in lieu of a distribution which might otherwise be required under the Plan. In the case of any merger or consolidation with, or transfer of assets or liabilities to, any other plan, each Member shall be entitled to a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer (if such other plan then terminated) which is equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer (if the Plan had then been terminated).

    12.3 Amendments Required by Law . All provisions of this Plan, and all benefits and rights granted hereunder, are subject to any amendments, modifications or alterations which are necessary from time to time, (a) to qualify the Plan under section 40l(a) of the Code, (b) to continue the Plan as so qualified, or (c) to comply with any other provision of law. Accordingly, notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Company may amend, modify or alter the Plan with retroactive effect in any respect or manner necessary to qualify the Plan under section 40l(a) of the Code, to continue the Plan as so qualified, or to comply with any other provision of applicable law.

    12.4 Right to Terminate . The Plan may be terminated at any time by resolution of the Board of Directors, provided that no such action shall permit any part of the corpus or income of the Fund to be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Members and their beneficiaries under the Plan and for the payment of the administrative costs of the Plan.

    12.5 Termination of Trust . If the Plan is terminated pursuant to Section 12.4, and the Board of Directors determines that the Fund shall be terminated, all of the Members’ Accounts shall be nonforfeitable, the Fund shall be revalued as if the termination date were a Valuation Date, and the current value of all Accounts shall be distributed in accordance with Article VII, as if such Plan termination were a Termination of Employment; provided, however, that the value of such Accounts shall be adjusted to reflect the expenses of termination to the extent such expenses are not paid by the Company, and further provided that if another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in section 4975(e)(7) or 409 of the Code, or a simplified employee pension as defined in section 408(k) of the Code) is established or maintained in the manner described in Treasury Reg. section 1.401(k)-1(d)(3), distribution shall not be made until actual separation from service within the meaning of section 401(k)(2)(B) of the Code. Until all Accounts are fully distributed, any remaining Accounts held in the Fund shall continue to be adjusted in accordance with Article V, and to reflect the expenses of termination.

    12.6 Continuation of Trust . If the Plan is terminated by the Board of Directors but the Board of Directors determines that the Fund shall be continued pursuant to its terms and the provisions of this Section 12.6, no further contributions shall be made, the Members’ Accounts shall be nonforfeitable, and the Fund shall be administered as though the Plan were otherwise in full force and effect. If the Fund is subsequently terminated, the provisions of Section 12.5 shall then apply.

    12.7 Discontinuance of Contributions . Any Employer may at any time, by resolution of its board of directors, completely discontinue its participation in and contributions under the Plan, either completely or with respect to any specified group of its employees, and unless otherwise agreed to by the Board of Directors or the Administrator, shall discontinue its participation and all contributions if it ceases for any reason to be a member of a controlled group of trades or businesses including the Company, within the meaning of section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code. The Administrator shall make such current or deferred distributions with respect to the Members affected by such discontinuance as it shall deem appropriate and in accordance with the Plan and applicable law, or Administrator may, subject to Section 12.2, direct that the portion of the Trust Fund allocable to such Members be transferred to a successor qualified plan or funding medium covering such Members. If such Employer completely discontinues contributions under the Plan, either by resolution of its board of directors or for any other reason, and such discontinuance is deemed a partial termination of the Plan within the meaning of section 411(d)(3) of the Code, the amounts credited to the Accounts of all affected Members (other than Members who, in connection with the discontinuance of Employer contributions, transfer employment to an Employer which continues to contribute under the Plan) shall be nonforfeitable.

    back to top


    Article III
    Miscellaneous Provisions

    13.1 Plan Not a Contract of Employment . Neither the establishment of the Plan created hereby, nor any amendment thereof, nor the creation of any Fund or Account, nor the payment of any benefits hereunder, shall be construed as giving to any Member or other person any legal or equitable right against any Employer, any officer or employee thereof, the Board of Directors or any member thereof, the Administrator or any Trustee, except as provided herein and under no circumstances shall the terms of employment of any Member be in any way affected hereby.

    13.2 Merger . The merger or consolidation of the Company with any other company or the transfer of the assets of the Company to any other company by sale, exchange, liquidation or otherwise, or the merger of this Plan with any other retirement plan, shall not in and of itself result in the termination of the Plan, or be deemed a Termination of Employment of any employee.

    13.3 Claims Procedure . The Administrator shall establish a claims procedure in accordance with applicable law, under which any Member or Beneficiary whose claim for benefits has been denied shall have a reasonable opportunity for a full and fair review of the decision denying such claim.

    13.4 Prior Family Aggregation Rule . The family aggregation rules previously effective under the Plan are repealed effective January 1, 1997.

    13.5 Controlling Law . The validity of this Plan or of any of its provisions shall be determined under, and shall be construed and administered according to, the laws of the State of New York (without regard to its choice of law principles), except to the extent preempted by ERISA, or any other applicable laws of the United States of America. No action (whether at law, in equity or otherwise) shall be brought by or on behalf of any person for or with respect to benefits due under this Plan unless the person bringing such action has timely exhausted the Plan’s claim review procedure. Any action (whether at law, in equity or otherwise) must be commenced within three (3) years from the earlier of (a) the date a final determination denying such benefit, in whole or in part, is issued under the Plan’s claim review procedure and (b) the date such person’s cause of action first accrued.

    13.6 Separability . If any provision of the Plan or the Trust Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, its invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of the Plan or the Trust Agreement, and the Plan and Trust Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included therein.

    13.7 Captions . The captions contained herein are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit, enlarge or describe the scope or intent of the Plan nor in any way shall affect the Plan or the construction of any provision thereof.

    13.8 Usage . Whenever applicable, the masculine gender, when used in the Plan, shall include the feminine or neuter gender, and the singular shall include the plural.

    back to top


    Article IVX
    Leased Employees

    14.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Article XIV, the term "Leased Employee" means any person (a) who performs or performed services for an Employer or Affiliate (hereinafter referred to as the "Recipient") pursuant to an agreement between the Recipient and any other person (hereinafter referred to as the "Leasing Organization"), (b) who has performed such services for the Recipient or for the Recipient and related persons (within the meaning of section 144(a)(3) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and (c) whose services are (effective January 1, 1997) performed under primary direction or control by the Recipient.

    14.2 Treatment of Leased Employees . For purposes of this Plan, a Leased Employee shall be treated as an employee of an Affiliate whose service for the Recipient (including service during the one-year period referred to in Section 14.1) is to be taken into account in determining compliance with the service requirements of the Plan relating to participation and vesting. However, the Leased Employee shall not be entitled to share in contributions or forfeitures under the Plan with respect to any service or compensation attributable to the period during which he is a Leased Employee, and shall not be eligible to become a Member eligible to accrue benefits under the Plan unless and except to the extent that he shall at some time, either before or after his service as a Leased Employee, qualify as an Eligible Employee without regard to the provisions of this Article XIV (in which event, status as a Leased Employee shall be determined without regard to clause (b) of Section 14.1, to the extent required by applicable law).

    14.3 Exception for Employees Covered by Plans of Leasing Organization . Section 14.2 shall not apply to any Leased Employee if such employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan of the Leasing Organization meeting the requirements of section 414(n)(5)(B) of the Code and Leased Employees do not constitute more than twenty percent (20%) of the aggregate "nonhighly compensated work force" (as defined in section 414(n)(5)(C)(ii) of the Code) of all Employers and Affiliates.

    14.4 Construction . The purpose of this Article XIV is to comply with the provisions of section 4l4(n) of the Code. All provisions of this Article shall be construed consistently therewith, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no individual shall be treated as a Leased Employee except as required under such section.

    back to top


    Article XV
    "Top-Heavy" Provisions

    15.1 Determination of "Top-Heavy" Status.

    15.1.1 Applicable Plans . For purposes of this Article XV, "Applicable Plans" shall include (a) each plan of an Employer or Affiliate in which a Key Employee (as defined in Section 15.1.2 for this Plan, and as defined in section 416(i) of the Code for each other Applicable Plan) participates during the five (5)-year period ending on such plan’s "determination date" (as described in Section 15.1.4 below) and (b) each other plan of an Employer or Affiliate which, during such period, enables any plan in clause (a) of this sentence to meet the requirements of section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code. Any plan not required to be included under the preceding sentence may also be included, at the option of the Company, provided that the requirements of sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code continue to be satisfied for the group of Applicable Plans after such inclusion. Applicable Plans shall include terminated plans, frozen plans, and to the extent that benefits are provided with respect to service with an Employer or an Affiliate, multiemployer plans (described in section 414(f) of the Code) and multiple employer plans (described in section 413(c) of the Code) to which an Employer or an Affiliate makes contributions.

    15.1.2 Key Employee . For purposes of this Article XV, "Key Employee" for any Plan Year shall mean an employee (including a former employee, whether or not deceased) of an Employer or Affiliate who, at any time during a given Plan Year or any of the four (4) preceding Plan Years, is one or more of the following:

    (a) An officer of an Employer or Affiliate having Total Earnings of more than fifty percent (50%) of the dollar amount in effect under section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code for any such Plan Year; provided that the number of employees treated as officers shall be no more than fifty (50) or, if fewer, the greater of three (3) employees or ten percent (10%) of the employees (exclusive of employees described in section 414(q)(5) of the Code).

    (b) One of the ten (10) employees (i) having Total Earnings from the Employer or Affiliate of more than the dollar amount described in Section 6.2 and (ii) owning (or considered as owning, within the meaning of section 416(i) of the Code), the largest percentage interests in value of an Employer or Affiliate, provided that such percentage interest exceeds one-half percent (.5%) in value. If two employees have the same interest in the Employer or Affiliate, the employee having greater Earnings shall be treated as having a larger interest.

    (c) A person owning (or considered as owning, within the meaning of section 416(i) of the Code) more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock of the Employer or Affiliate, or stock possessing more than five percent (5%) of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer or Affiliate (or having more than five percent (5%) of the capital or profits interest in any Employer or Affiliate that is not a corporation, determined under similar principles).

    (d) A one percent (1%) owner of an Employer or an Affiliate having Earnings of more than one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000). "One percent (1%) owner" means any person who would be described in paragraph (iii) of this Section 15.1.2 if "one percent (1%)" were substituted for "five percent (5%)" in each place where it appears in paragraph (iii).

    15.1.3 Top Heavy Condition . In any Plan Year during which the sum, for all Key Employees (as defined in Section 15.1.2 for this Plan and as defined in section 416(i) of the Code for each other Applicable Plan) of the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits under all Applicable Plans which are defined benefit plans (determined based on the actuarial assumptions set forth in the "top-heavy" provisions of such plans) and the aggregate of the accounts under all Applicable Plans which are defined contribution plans, exceeds sixty percent (60%) of a similar sum determined for all members in such plans (but excluding members who are former Key Employees), the Plan shall be deemed "Top-Heavy."

    15.1.4 Determination Date . The determination as to whether this Plan is "Top-Heavy" for a given Plan Year shall be made on the last day of the preceding Plan Year (the "Determination Date"); and other plans shall be included in determining whether this Plan is "Top-Heavy" based on the determination date as defined in Code section 416(g)(4)(C) for each such plan which occurs in the same calendar year as such Determination Date for this Plan.

    15.1.5 Valuation . The value of account balances and the present value of accrued benefits for each Applicable Plan will be determined subject to Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder, as of the most recent Valuation Date occurring within the l2-month period ending on the applicable determination date for such plan.

    15.1.6 Distribution within Five Years . Subject to Section 15.1.7, distributions from the Plan or any other Applicable Plan during the five (5)-year period ending on the applicable determination date shall be taken into account in determining whether the Plan is "Top-Heavy."

    15.1.7 No Services within Five Years . Benefits and distributions shall not be taken into account with respect to any individual who has not rendered any services to any Employer or Affiliate at any time during the five (5)-year period ending on the applicable Determination Date.

    15.1.8 Compliance with Code Section 416 . The calculation of the "Top-Heavy" ratio, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers and transfers are taken into account will be made in accordance with Code section 416.

    15.1.9 Deductible Employee Contributions . Deductible employee contributions will not be taken into account for purposes of computing the "Top-Heavy" ratio.

    15.1.10 Beneficiaries. The terms "Key Employee" and "Member" include their beneficiaries.

    15.1.11 Accrued Benefit Under Defined Benefit Plans . Solely for purposes of determining whether this Plan or any other Applicable Plan is "Top-Heavy" for a given Plan Year, the accrued benefit under any defined benefit plan of a Member other than a Key Employee shall be determined under (a) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer or an Affiliate, or (b) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than at the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional accrual rule of section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.

    15.2 Provisions Applicable in "Top-Heavy" Plan Years . For any Plan Year in which the Plan is deemed to be "Top-Heavy," the following provisions shall apply to any Member who has not terminated employment before such Plan Year:

    15.2.1 Required Allocation . The amount of Employer contributions and forfeitures which shall be allocated to the account of any active Member who (a) is employed by an Employer or Affiliate on the last day of the Plan Year and (b) is not a Key Employee shall be (i) at least three percent (3%) of such Member’s Total Earnings for such Plan Year up to the Compensation Limit of the Plan Year (as defined in Section 1.11 hereof), or, (ii) if less, an amount equal to such Total Earnings multiplied by the highest allocation rate for any Key Employee. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the allocation rate for each individual Key Employee shall be determined by dividing the employer contributions and forfeitures allocated to such Key Employee’s account (including Elective Contributions) under all Applicable Plans, considered together by his Total Earnings up to such Compensation Limit; provided, however, that clause (ii) above does not apply if this Plan enables a defined benefit plan required to be so aggregated under Section 15.1.1 above to meet the requirements of section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code. The minimum allocation provisions of this Section 15.2.1 shall, to the extent necessary, be satisfied by special Employer contributions made by the Employer for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the minimum allocations otherwise required by this Section 15.2.1 shall not be required to be made for any Member (y) if such Member is covered under a defined benefit plan maintained by an Employer or an Affiliate which provides the minimum benefit required under section 416(c)(1) of the Code, and/or (z) to the extent that the minimum allocation otherwise required by this Section 15.2.1 is made under another defined contribution plan maintained by an Employer or an Affiliate. In addition, any minimum allocation required to be made for a Member who is not a Key Employee shall be deemed satisfied to the extent of the benefits provided by any other qualified plan maintained by an Employer or an Affiliate. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1989, Elective Contributions by a non-Key Employee shall be disregarded in determining the amount of contributions required to be allocated for his benefit under this Section 15.2.1. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1989, Matching Contributions by a non-Key Employee that are taken into account to meet the minimum allocation requirements of this Section 15.2.1 shall be disregarded in applying the provisions of Sections 3.3 and 3.4 of the Plan.

    15.2.2 Multiplier . For Plan Years ending prior to January 1, 2000, except as otherwise provided by law, "1.00" shall be substituted for the multiplier "1.25" required by section 415(e)(2)(B)(i) and (3)(B)(i) of the Code, if applied pursuant to Section 6.3, unless the following conditions are met:

    (a) the percentage described in Section 15.1.3 does not exceed ninety percent (90%), and

    (b) "four percent (4%)" is substituted for "three percent (3%)" in Section 15.2.1 above.

    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, if the sum of the combined limitation fractions described in section 415(e)(2) and (3) of the Code if applied pursuant to Section 6.3, calculated by substituting "1.00" for "1.25" in applying section 415(e)(2)(B)(i) and (3)(B)(i) of the Code, for any Member exceeds 100% for the last Plan Year before the Plan becomes "Top-Heavy," such fractions shall be adjusted, in accordance with applicable regulations, so that their sum does not exceed 100% for such Plan Year.

    15.2.3 Vesting . Any Member shall be vested in the aggregate of his Matching Accounts on a basis at least as favorable as is provided under the following schedule:

    Years of Employment                                                        Percentage Vested

    Less Than 2 Years..........................................                              0%

    2 Years But Less Than 3.................................                             20%

    3 Years But Less Than 4.................................                             40%

    4 Years But Less Than 5.................................                             60%

    5 Years But Less Than 6.................................                             80%

    6 Years Or More...........................................                             100%

    In any Plan Year in which the Plan is not deemed to be "Top-Heavy," the minimum vested percentage of any Matching Account shall be no less than that which was determined as of the last day of the last Plan Year in which the Plan was deemed to be "Top-Heavy." The minimum vesting schedule set out above shall apply to all benefits within the meaning of Code section 411(a)(7) except those attributable to employee contributions, including benefits accrued before the effective date of this Article XV and benefits accrued before the Plan became "Top-Heavy." Any vesting schedule change caused by alterations in the Plan’s "Top-Heavy" status shall be deemed to result from a Plan amendment giving rise to the right of election required by Code section 411(a)(10)(B).

    15.2.4 Bargaining Unit Employees . The provisions of Sections 15.2.1 and 15.2.3 shall not apply to any employee included in a unit of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement if, within the meaning of section 416(i)(4) of the Code, retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC. has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed, this day of February, 2002 pursuant to authorization and direction of the Compensation Committee of its Board of Directors at a meeting on October 9, 2001.

    ATTEST:                                                                              ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

                                                                                                  By                                               

    Secretary                                                                                    Executive Vice President

    back to top

     

            Supplement NO.1

            In connection with the acquisition by the Company of the electronics distribution businesses of Ducommun Incorporated (the "Ducommun Acquisition"), the Plan is amended in the following respects:

            S1.1 In the case of any individual who became an Eligible Employee on or about January 11, 1988 in connection with the Ducommun Acquisition, and who remained an Eligible Employee continuously from that time through December 31, 1989, the term "Year of Service" shall include, effective on and after January 1, 1990, any Plan Year (i) during which such Eligible Employee was employed by Ducommun and (ii) which would have been a Plan Year of Employment had such Eligible Employee been employed instead by an Employer.

            back to top

             


            Supplement NO.2

            In connection with the acquisition by the Company of all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Lex Electronics Inc., which at the time of such acquisition owned all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Almac Electronics Corporation, the Plan is amended in the following respects:

            S2.1 As used in this Supplement No. 2, the following terms have the meanings set forth in this Section S2.1.

            (a) "Lex Plan" means the Lex Service (U.S.) Performance Incentive Plan (named the Lex Electronics (U.S.) Performance Incentive Plan prior to September 18, 1991).

            (b) "Lex Transferee" means an individual who becomes an Eligible Employee on or about September 27, 1991 in connection with the Acquisition.

            S2.2 Any Lex Transferee who on September 27, 1991 was eligible to become a member of the Lex Plan pursuant to section 2.01 thereof shall become a Member of the Plan immediately upon becoming an Eligible Employee. Any other Lex Transferee shall become a Member of the Plan in accordance with Section 2.1. For purposes of satisfying the requirements of Section 2.1, the following provisions shall apply:

            (a) A Lex Transferee who would have become eligible for membership in the Lex Plan pursuant to section 2.01 thereof upon completion of a 12-month computation period in which he was credited with 1,000 hours of service shall be credited with Hours of Service under the Plan equal in number to the number of hours of service credited to him under the Lex Plan during the computation period in effect on September 27, 1991.

            (b) A Lex Transferee who would have become eligible for membership in the Lex Plan pursuant to section 2.01 thereof upon completion of six months of service within the meaning of section 1.35 of the Lex Plan shall be credited under the Plan with the period of service credited to him under the Lex Plan as of September 27, 1991, converted to Hours of Service on the basis that one month equals 190 Hours, one week equals 45 Hours, and one day equals 10 Hours.

            S2.3 For purposes of determining a Lex Transferee’s Years of Service, he shall be credited with the number of full years of service credited to him as of September 27, 1991 for purposes of vesting under the Lex Plan and with any fractional year thus credited to him, which fractional year shall be converted to Hours of Service on the basis that one month equals 190 Hours, one week equals 45 Hours, and one day equals 10 Hours.

            back to top


            Supplement NO.3

            In connection with the acquisition by the Company of certain assets of Zeus Components, Inc. (the "Zeus Acquisition"), the Plan is amended in the following respects:

            S3.1 In the case of an individual who becomes employed by an Employer or Affiliate on or about May 19, 1993 in connection with the Zeus Acquisition (a "Zeus Transferee"), service with Zeus Components, Inc. shall be treated for purposes of Section 2.1 as though it were service with an Employer or Affiliate. For this purpose, any service measured in terms of elapsed time shall be converted to Hours of Service on the basis that one month equal 190 Hours, one week equals 45 Hours and one day equals 10 Hours.

            S3.2 A Zeus Transferee who, taking account of Section S3.1, satisfies the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 2.1 on May 19, 1993 shall become a Member on such date.

            S3.3 In the case of a Zeus Transferee who continues to be employed by an Employer or Affiliate through December 31, 1994, service with Zeus Components, Inc. shall be treated, on and after January 1, 1995, as service with an Employer or Affiliate for purposes of determining such Zeus Transferee’s Years of Service under the Plan. For this purpose, any service measured in terms of elapsed time shall be converted to Hours of Service on the basis that one month equal 190 Hours, one week equals 45 Hours and one day equals 10 Hours.

            back to top


            Supplement NO.4

            In connection with the acquisition by Arrow Electronics, Inc. of all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Gates/FA Distributing, Inc. (the "Gates Acquisition"), the Plan is amended as follows:

            S4.1 In the case of an individual who becomes an employee of an Employer or Affiliate on or about September 23, 1994 in connection with the Gates Acquisition, service with Gates/FA Distributing, Inc. shall be treated, for purposes of Section 2.1 and for purposes of determining such individual’s Years of Service under the Plan, as though it were service with an Employer or Affiliate. For this purpose, any service measured in terms of elapsed time shall be converted to Hours of Service on the basis that one month equals 190 Hours of Service, one week equals 45 Hours of Service and one day equals 10 Hours of Service. An individual described in this Section S4.1 shall become a Member on the first Entry Date on or after January 1, 1995 on which he has satisfied the requirements of Section 2.1.

            S4.2 On or about March 1,1996, participant accounts in the Gates/FA Distributing, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the "Gates Plan") shall, to the extent attributable to employee salary deferrals, be transferred to Elective Accounts under the Plan. Other amounts in participant accounts under the Gates Plan shall, to the extent not distributed to Members, be transferred to Rollover Accounts under the Plan.

            back to top


            Supplement NO.5

            In connection with the acquisition by Arrow Electronics, Inc. of all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Anthem Electronics, Inc. (the "Anthem Acquisition"), the Plan is amended as follows:

            S5.1 In the case of an individual who becomes an employee of an Employer or Affiliate on or about November 20, 1994 in connection with the Anthem Acquisition, service with Anthem Electronics, Inc. shall be treated, for purposes of Section 2.1 and for purposes of determining such individual’s Years of Service under the Plan, as though it were service with an Employer or Affiliate. For this purpose, any service measured in terms of elapsed time shall be converted to Hours of Service on the basis that one month equals 190 Hours of Service, one week equals 45 Hours of Service and one day equals 10 Hours of Service. An individual described in this Section S5.1 shall become a Member on September 1, 1995 if he has then satisfied the requirements of Section 2.1, and otherwise on the first Entry Date thereafter on which he has satisfied such requirements.

            S5.2 On or about October 1, 1995, participant accounts in the Anthem Electronics, Inc. Salary Savings Plan (the "Anthem Plan") shall, to the extent attributable to employee salary deferrals, be transferred to Elective Accounts under the Plan. Other amounts in participant accounts in the Anthem Plan shall, to the extent not distributed to Members, be transferred to Rollover Accounts under the Plan. Amounts required to be distributed in order to satisfy nondiscrimination testing of the Anthem Plan for 1995 may be paid from the Plan.

            back to top


            Supplement NO.6
            TO THE

            ARROW ELECTRONICS SAVINGS PLAN

             

             

            Special Provisions Applicable
            to Former Members of the Capstone Electronics Profit-Sharing Plan

            Effective as of December 31, 1996, the Capstone Electronics Profit-Sharing Plan (the "Capstone Plan") merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan superseded in all respects the terms of the Capstone Plan. This Supplement No. 6 provides for such merger (the "Merger") and sets forth special provisions of the Plan that apply to former members of the Capstone Plan.

            Special Definitions . For purposes of this Supplement 6:

            S6.1.1 " Capstone " means Capstone Electronics Corp., a Delaware corporation.

            S6.1.2 " Capstone Account " means the account maintained under the Capstone Plan for each Capstone Member immediately prior to the Merger.

            S6.1.3 " Capstone Member " means a member of the Capstone Plan who had an undistributed Capstone Account immediately prior to the Merger or who was eligible under section 4.2 of the Capstone Plan to share in the Capstone Plan contribution (if any) made with respect to the 1996 Plan Year.

            S6.1.4 " Capstone Plan " means the Capstone Electronics Profit- Sharing Plan, as in effect prior to the Merger.

            S6.1.5 " Capstone Trust Fund " means the trust fund maintained under the Capstone Plan immediately prior to the Merger.

            S6.2 Membership in Plan Effective December 31, 1996 . Capstone Members will become Members of the Plan effective on December 31, 1996.

            S6.3 Merger . Effective as of December 31, 1996, the Capstone Plan and Capstone Trust Fund are merged into this Plan and the trust thereunder, respectively, and the terms of this Plan supersede in all respects the terms of the Capstone Plan with respect to the Capstone Accounts. All persons (including current and former employees and their beneficiaries) having an interest under the Capstone Plan prior to December 31, 1996 shall, on and after December 31, 1996, be entitled to benefits provided solely from this Plan (including this Supplement No. 6), in lieu of any and all interest which they had or may have had under the Capstone Plan.

            S6.4 Transfer of Capstone Trust Fund . The assets held by the trustees of the Capstone Trust Fund shall be transferred to the Trustee on December 31, 1996 or as soon as practicable thereafter. If and to the extent that such transfer is not completed on December 31, 1996, such trustees shall hold such assets, as adjusted for investment gain or loss thereon and expenses attributable thereto, as an additional trustee under this Plan, until such transfer is completed.

            S6.5 Allocation to Accounts . Funds transferred to the Trustee in respect of a Member’s Capstone Account shall be allocated under the Plan to such Member’s existing Matching Account (if any) and otherwise to a Matching Account of such Member established to receive the transferred funds.

            S6.6 Investment of Transferred Accounts . Funds transferred to the Trustee in respect of a Member’s Capstone Account pursuant to Section S6.4 shall be invested in the same Investment Funds in the same proportions as the Member’s Capstone Account was invested immediately prior to such transfer. Thereafter, the Member may change the percentage of his Matching Account that is invested in each Investment Fund in accordance with Article V of the Plan.

            S6.7 Credit Under the Plan for Years of Service with Capstone . A Capstone Member’s Years of Service under the Plan shall be the service credited to such Member for vesting purposes under the Capstone Plan as of December 31, 1996 plus any additional service credited under the rules of this Plan for periods before or after January 1, 1997 but without duplication.

            S6.8 Pre-Merger Elections and Designations . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, (a) elections as to timing or form of benefit made, (b) designations of beneficiaries made, and (c) provisions that became applicable based on a failure to make an available election or designation, under the Capstone Plan on or before December 31, 1996, shall be given effect with respect to Capstone Members who retired or terminated employment under the terms of the Capstone Plan, or died, on or before December 31, 1996, and distribution shall be made in respect of such Members in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Capstone Plan as in effect at the relevant time or times prior to such date.

            S6.9 Beneficiary Designation . Beneficiary designations made under the Capstone Plan on or before December 31, 1996 by Capstone Members shall be given effect as if made under the Plan, unless and until superseded by a different actual or deemed designation (such as may occur on marriage of a single Member) under this Plan.

            S6.10 Contributions . Prior to the filing deadline for its 1996 federal income tax return, Capstone may, in its sole discretion, make a contribution to the Capstone Plan with respect to each Capstone Member who was eligible to share in such a contribution under section 4.2 of the Capstone Plan, by paying such contribution into the Plan as the continuation of the Capstone Plan by reason of the Merger. Such contribution shall be allocated among such Capstone Members in accordance with the provisions of the Capstone Plan governing contributions for the 1996 Year and accounted for under the Plan in the Member’s Matching Account.

            S6.11 Capstone Plan Amended . The provisions of this Supplement 6 shall be treated as an amendment to and part of the Capstone Plan, effective December 31, 1996, to the extent necessary to give full effect to this Supplement

            back to top



            Supplement NO.7

            TO

            ARROW ELECTRONICS SAVINGS PLAN

            Special Provisions Applicable to

            Former Employees of Farnell Electronic Services

            In connection with the acquisition by the Company of all the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Farnell Holding, Inc. (the "Farnell Acquisition"), which wholly owns Farnell Electronics, Inc., of which Farnell Electronic Services is a division, the Plan is amended in the following respects:

            S7.1 Special Definitions . For purposes of this Supplement No. 7:

            S7.1.1 " Elective Subaccount " means a subaccount within a Member’s Elective Account to which elective deferrals made under the Farnell Plan are transferred.

            S7.1.2 " Farnell " means Farnell Electronic Services.

            S7.1.3 " Farnell Account " means an account maintained under the Farnell Plan immediately prior to the Farnell Plan Termination containing elective deferrals, matching contributions, profit-sharing contributions and rollover contributions, as applicable, for a Farnell Participant.

            S7.1.4 " Farnell Participant " means a participant in the Farnell Plan who had an undistributed account thereunder immediately prior to the Farnell Plan Termination.

            S7.1.5 " Farnell Plan " means the Farnell Electronic Services 401(k) Savings Plan as in effect prior to the Farnell Plan Termination.

            S7.1.6 " Farnell Plan Termination " means the termination of the Farnell Plan effective March 24, 2000.

            S7.1.7 " Farnell Transferee " means a Farnell Participant who becomes employed by an Employer on or about May 26, 1997 in connection with the Farnell Acquisition.

            S7.1.8 " Farnell Trust Fund " means the trust fund maintained under the Farnell Plan immediately prior to the Farnell Plan Termination.

            S7.1.9 " Rollover Subaccount " means a subaccount within a Member’s Rollover Account to which, with respect to Farnell Transferees, matching, profit-sharing and rollover contributions but not elective deferrals made under the Farnell Plan were transferred and, with respect to all other Farnell Participants, elective deferrals, matching contributions, profit-sharing contributions and rollover contributions made under the Farnell Plan were transferred.

            S7.2 Membership in Plan . Each Farnell Transferee shall become a Member of the Plan on May 26, 1997. On March 24, 2000, each other Farnell Participant shall also become a Member, but solely with respect to such Member’s Rollover Subaccount, and shall be treated for all purposes of the Plan as a Member who has terminated employment.

            S7.3 Transfer of Farnell Trust Fund . The assets held by the trustees of the Farnell Trust Fund shall be transferred to the Trustee on March 24, 2000 or as soon as practicable thereafter. If and to the extent such transfer is not completed on March 24, 2000, such trustees shall hold such assets as adjusted for investment gain or loss thereon and expenses attributable thereto, as an additional trustee under the Plan, until such transfer is completed.

            S7.4 Allocation of Transferred Accounts . Funds transferred to the Trustee shall be allocated as follows: in respect of a Farnell Transferee’s Farnell Account, to such Farnell Participant’s Elective or Rollover Subaccounts, as applicable; in respect of all other Farnell Accounts, to a Rollover Subaccount.

            S7.5 Investment of Transferred Assets . Funds transferred to the Trustee pursuant to Section S7.3 shall be invested in Fidelity Retirement Government Money Market Fund. Thereafter, the Member may change the portion of his Accounts that are invested in each Investment Fund in accordance with Article V of the Plan.

            S7.6 Credit Under the Plan for Service with Farnell . Eligibility to participate, Hours of Service and Years of Service under the Plan shall be determined by taking into account employment with Farnell prior to May 26, 1997 as if Farnell had been an Affiliate for the period during which it maintained the Farnell Plan, and any additional period credited for vesting purposes under the Farnell Plan and not disregarded under the break in service rules under the Farnell Plan or this Plan. The Administrator may use and rely upon records maintained by Farnell to compute Hours of Service in order to determine the Years of Service to be credited to such former employee and his eligibility to participate in accordance with Section 2.1 based on his employment with Farnell.

            S7.7 Alternative Forms of Payment Preserved to February 1, 2002 . Any individual who is a Farnell Transferee at the time of his termination of employment, and any other Farnell Participant who is not employed by an Employer or Affiliate, who has vested Accounts exceeding $5,000 and who elects on the Appropriate Form to receive a distribution commencing as of a date on or before February 1, 2002 may on such form elect one of the following with respect to the vested amounts held in his Elective and Rollover Subaccounts:

            (a) an annuity, which in the case of a married Member shall, except as provided below, be in the form of a "Joint and Fifty-Percent Survivor Annuity" ( i.e. , an annuity for the life of the Member with a survivor annuity for the life of his spouse which is fifty percent of the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Member and his spouse), and which in the case of an unmarried Member, or of a married Member who has waived the Joint and Fifty-Percent Survivor Annuity option with spousal consent in accordance with applicable regulations, shall be in the form of a straight-life annuity, in each case to be provided by the purchase of an annuity contract on a unisex basis;

            (b) a series of installment payments made on a monthly, quarterly, or annual basis over a reasonable fixed period of time not exceeding the life expectancy of the Member;

            (c) a single sum payment.

            S7.8 Withdrawals During Employment .

            S7.8.1 Withdrawals During Employment Irrespective of Age . A Farnell Transferee who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once in any six-month period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts attributable to his Rollover Subaccounts (including investment earnings allocable thereto).

            S7.8.2 Withdrawals During Employment After Age 59-1/2 . After attaining age 59-1/2, a Farnell Transferee who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once in any six-month period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts attributable to his Elective and Rollover Subaccounts (including investment earnings allocable thereto).

            back to top

            Supplement NO.8

            TO

            ARROW ELECTRONICS SAVINGS PLAN


            Special Provisions Applicable

            to Employees of Consan, Incorporated

            Effective as of July 3, 2000, the Consan, Incorporated 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the "Consan Plan") merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan superseded the terms of the Consan Plan. This Supplement No. 8 provides for such merger ("Merger") and sets forth special provisions that apply to employees of Consan, Incorporated on and after its adoption of this Plan effective April 26, 1997.

            S8.1 Special Definitions . For purposes of this Supplement No. 8:

            S8.1.1 " Consan " means Consan, Incorporated.

            S8.1.2 " Consan Account " means an account maintained under the Consan Plan immediately prior to the Merger containing elective deferrals for a Consan Participant.

            S8.1.3 " Consan Participant " means a participant in the Consan Plan who had an undistributed account thereunder immediately prior to the Merger.

            S8.1.4 " Consan Plan " means the Consan, Incorporated 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan as in effect prior to the Merger.

            S8.1.5 " Consan Trust Fund " means the trust fund maintained under the Consan Plan immediately prior to the Merger.

            S8.1.6 " Elective Subaccount " means a subaccount within a Member’s Elective Account to which elective deferrals made under the Consan Plan are transferred.

            S8.2 Continuation of Consan Contributions Under This Plan . Consan maintained a program of making elective deferral contributions through the Consan Plan through April 25, 1997, and effective April 26, 1997, transferred such program to this Plan by becoming an Employer under this Plan, making contributions herewith in lieu of contributions under the Consan Plan and arranging for the merger of the Consan Plan with this Plan.

            S8.3 Membership in Plan Effective April 26, 1997 . Each Consan Participant who is employed by an Employer on April 26, 1997 shall become a Member of the Plan on that date. Any other employee of Consan who is employed by an Employer on such date who then satisfies the minimum age and 90-day waiting period requirements of Section 2.1 (after giving effect to Section S8.9) shall become a Member on the first date that such employee receives Compensation from such Employer, which date shall constitute the Entry Date for such employee. Each Consan Participant who is not then employed by an Employer shall become a Member on July 3, 2000, but solely with respect to his Consan Account unless he otherwise qualifies as Member under the Plan.

            S8.4 Merger . Effective July 3, 2000, the Consan Plan and the Consan Trust Fund are merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan supersede the terms of the Consan Plan. All persons (including current and former employees and their beneficiaries) having an interest under the Consan Plan immediately prior to July 3, 2000 shall, on and after July 3, 2000, be entitled to benefits solely from the Plan (including this Supplement No. 8), in lieu of any and all interest which they had or may have had under the Consan Plan.

            S8.5 Transfer of Consan Trust Fund . The assets held by the trustees of the Consan Trust Fund shall be transferred to the Trustee on July 3, 2000 or as soon as practicable thereafter. If and to the extent that such transfer is not completed on July 3, 2000, such trustees shall hold such assets as adjusted for investment gain or loss thereon and expenses attributable thereto, as an additional trustee under this Plan, until such transfer is completed.

            S8.6 Allocation of Transferred Accounts . Funds transferred to the Trustee in respect of a Member’s Consan Account shall be allocated under the Plan to such Member’s Elective Subaccount.

            S8.7 Investment of Transferred Assets . Funds transferred to the Trustee pursuant to Section S8.5 shall be invested in accordance with Section S8.8. Thereafter, a Member may change the portion of his Account that is invested in each Investment Fund in accordance with Article V of the Plan.

            S8.8 Fund Mapping . The following fund mapping shall become effective upon the transfer pursuant to Section S8.5:

            From the Consan Plan Funds Into Investment Fund

            Janus Fund

            Acorn International

            Fidelity Asset Manager

            Fidelity Short Term Bond

            General American Life Ins. Contract

            Fidelity Magellan

            Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market

            Fidelity Asset Manager

            Fidelity Intermediate Bond

            Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market

            S8.9 Credit Under the Plan for Service with Consan . Eligibility to participate, Hours of Service and Years of Service under the Plan shall be determined by taking into account employment with Consan prior to April 26, 1997 as if Consan had been an Affiliate for the period during which it maintained the Consan Plan, and any additional period credited for vesting purposes under the Consan Plan and not disregarded under the break in service rules under the Consan Plan or this Plan. Such employee shall be credited with (i) a number of Years of Service equal to the number of 1-year periods of service that was credited as of April 25, 1997 to him under the elapsed time method employed by the Consan Plan plus (ii) for any additional fractional part of the year credited to him as of April 25, 1997, a number of Hours of Service for the 1997 Plan Year equal to 190 Hours of Service for each month or part of a month during which such employee completes one Hour of Service, for the purposes of determining Years of Service to be credited to him and his eligibility to participate in accordance with Section 2.1 based on his employment with Consan.

            S8.10 Alternative Forms of Payment Preserved to February 1, 2002 . Any individual who is a Consan Participant at the time of his termination of employment with an Employer or Affiliate, and any other Consan Participant who is not employed by an Employer or Affiliate, who has vested Accounts exceeding $5,000 and who elects on the Appropriate Form to receive a distribution commencing as of a date on or before February 1, 2002 may on such form elect one of the following with respect to the amounts held in his Elective Subaccount:

            (a) an annuity, which in the case of a married Member shall, except as provided below, be in the form of a "Joint and Fifty-Percent Survivor Annuity" ( i.e. , an annuity for the life of the Member with a survivor annuity for the life of his spouse which is fifty percent of the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Member and his spouse), and which in the case of an unmarried Member, or of a married Member who has waived the Joint and Fifty-Percent Survivor Annuity option with spousal consent in accordance with applicable regulations, shall be in the form of a straight-life annuity, in each case to be provided by the purchase of an annuity contract on a unisex basis;

            (b) a series of installment payments made over a fixed period of time not exceeding the life expectancy of the Member; or

            (c) a single sum payment.

            S8.11 Withdrawals During Employment After Age 59-1/2 . After attaining age 59-1/2, a Consan Participant who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once in any six-month period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts attributable to his Elective Subaccount (including investment earnings allocable thereto).

            S8.12 Right to Elect to Defer Distributions Until Age 70-1/2 . A Consan Participant who hereunder may elect a distribution of his benefit amounts attributable to his Consan Account (including investment earnings allocable thereto) on account of a separation from service may elect to defer such distribution until he attains age 70-1/2.

            S8.12.1 Consan Plan Amended . The provisions of this Supplement No. 8 shall be treated as an amendment to and a part of the Consan Plan to the extent necessary to give full effect to this Supplement. The provisions of this Plan, in its capacity as a continuation and amendment of the Consan Plan, shall apply and be effective with respect to the Consan Plan for periods prior to July 3, 2000 to the extent necessary for the Consan Plan to meet applicable requirements of all provisions of law that became effective since the last determination letter with respect to the Consan Plan, including, without limitation, the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (also referred to as GATT), the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act, the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, the IRS Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998 and the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000, effective as of their respective effective dates; such Plan provisions include, without limitation, the following:

            (a) Sections 1.11 and 1.43, relating to compensation being determined before giving effect to any salary reductions under section 132(f)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 2001;

            (b) Section 6.1.2, relating to earnings being determined for purposes of section 415 of the Code before giving effect to any salary reductions under section 132(f)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 2001;

            (c) Section 1.25, relating to the definition of highly compensated employee, effective January 1, 1997;

            (d) Section 3.3.3, relating to the distributions of aggregate excess deferrals based on the amount of contribution by or on behalf of each highly compensated employee and attributable first to the highly compensated employee with the greatest dollar amount of elective deferrals, effective January 1, 1997;

            (e) Section 3.14, relating to contributions in respect of periods of qualified military service as required under section 414(u) of the Code, effective December 12, 1994;

            (f) Section 6.2, relating to the adjustment under section 415(d) of the Code of the $30,000 annual addition limitation under section 415(c)(1), effective January 1, 1995;

            (g) Section 6.3, relating to limiting the application of section 415(e) of the Code to limitation years beginning before January 1, 2000;

            (h) Section 8.15, relating to exclusion of hardship distributions from the definition of eligible rollover distribution in accordance with section 402(c)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 1999;

            (i) Section 13.4, relating to the repeal of the family aggregation rules,, effective January 1, 1997; and

            (j) Section 14.1, relating to the definition of "leased employee" as defined under section 414(n) of the Code, effective January 1, 1997.

            back to top

            Supplement NO.9

            TO

            ARROW ELECTRONICS SAVINGS PLAN

            Special Provisions Applicable

            to Employees of Richey Electronics, Inc.

            Effective as of May 1, 1999, the Richey Electronics, Inc. Employee Retirement Plan (the "Richey Plan") merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan superseded the terms of the Richey Plan. This Supplement No. 9 provides for such merger ("Merger") and sets forth special provisions that apply to employees of Richey Electronics, Inc.

                S9.1 Special Definitions . For purposes of this Supplement No. 9:

                S9.1.1 " Elective Subaccount " means a subaccount within a Member’s Elective Account to which elective deferrals made under the Richey Plan are transferred.

                S9.1.2 " Matching Subaccount " means a subaccount within a Member’s Matching Account to which matching contributions made under the Richey Plan are transferred.

                S9.1.3 " Richey " means Richey Electronics, Inc.

                S9.1.4 " Richey Account " means an account maintained under the Richey Plan immediately prior to the Merger containing elective deferrals, matching contributions, and rollover contributions (as applicable) for a Richey Participant.

                S9.1.5 " Richey Participant " means a participant in the Richey Plan who had an undistributed account thereunder immediately prior to the Merger.

                S9.1.6 " Richey Plan " means the Richey Electronics, Inc. Employee Retirement Plan as in effect prior to the Merger.

                S9.1.7 " Rollover Subaccount " means a subaccount within a Member’s Rollover Account to which rollover contributions made under the Richey Plan are transferred.

                S9.1.8 " Richey Trust Fund " means the trust fund maintained under the Richey Plan immediately prior to the Merger.

                S9.2 Richey Plan Superseded By This Plan . Richey maintained a program of making elective deferral contributions and related matching contributions through the Richey Plan. Effective January 8, 1999, the Company acquired Richey and its employees transferred to the employ of the Company. As of that date, the Company adopted the Richey Plan and through March 31, 1999 continued the Richey program of making elective deferral contributions and related matching contributions for Richey Participants through the Richey Plan. Effective April 1, 1999, the Company transferred such program to this Plan, by making such contributions hereunder in lieu of contributions under the Richey Plan and by arranging for the merger of the Richey Plan with this Plan as soon as practicable thereafter.

                S9.3 Merger . Effective May 1, 1999, the Richey Plan and the Richey Trust Fund are merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan supersede the terms of the Richey Plan. All persons (including current and former employees and their beneficiaries) having an interest under the Richey Plan prior to May 1, 1999 shall, on and after May 1, 1999, be entitled to benefits solely from the Plan (including this Supplement No. 9), in lieu of any and all interest which they had or may have had under the Richey Plan.

                S9.4 Transfer of Richey Trust Fund . The assets held by the trustees of the Richey Trust Fund shall be transferred to the Trustee on May 1, 1999 or as soon as practicable thereafter. If and to the extent that such transfer is not completed on May 1, 1999, such trustees shall hold such assets as adjusted for investment gain or loss thereon and expenses attributable thereto, as an additional trustee under this Plan, until such transfer is completed.

                S9.5 Allocation of Transferred Accounts . Funds transferred to the Trustee in respect of a Member’s Richey Account shall be allocated under the Plan to such Member’s Elective, Matching, and Rollover Subaccounts, as applicable.

                S9.6 Investment of Transferred Assets . Funds transferred to the Trustee pursuant to Section S9.4 shall be invested in accordance with Section S9.7. Thereafter, a Member may change the portion of his Account that is invested in each Investment Fund in accordance with Article V of the Plan.

                S9.7 Fund Mapping . The following fund mapping shall become effective upon the transfer pursuant to Section S9.4:

                From the Following Richey Plan Funds Into Investment Fund

                Fidelity Fund

                Fidelity Investment Grade Bond Fund

                Fidelity Retirement Growth Fund

                Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Fund

                Fidelity Retirement Gov’t Money Market

                Fidelity Spartan U.S. Equity Index Fund

                Fidelity Intermediate Bond Fund

                Same fund

                Fidelity Magellan

                Same fund

                S9.8 Credit Under the Plan for Service with Richey . Eligibility to participate, Hours of Service and Years of Service under the Plan shall be determined by taking into account employment with Richey prior to April 1, 1999 as if Richey had been an Affiliate for the period during which it maintained the Richey Plan, and any additional period credited for vesting purposes under the Richey Plan and not disregarded under the break in service rules under the Richey Plan or this Plan. The Administrator may use and rely upon records maintained by Richey to compute Hours of Service in order to determine the Years of Service to be credited to such employee and his eligibility to participate in accordance with Section 2.1 based on his employment by Richey.

                S9.9 Vesting of Matching Subaccounts . The Matching Subaccount of a Member employed by Richey shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable effective May 1, 1999.

                S9.10 Alternative Forms of Payment Preserved to February 1, 2002 . Any individual who is a Richey Participant at the time of his termination of employment with an Employer or Affiliate, and any other Richey Participant who is not employed by an Employer or Affiliate, who has vested Accounts exceeding $5,000 and who elects on the Appropriate Form to receive a distribution commencing as of a date on or before February 1, 2002 may on such form elect one of the following with respect to the vested amounts held in his Elective, Matching, and Rollover Subaccounts:

                (a) a series of installment payments made over a fixed period of time not exceeding the life expectancy of the Member; or

                (b) a single sum payment.

                S9.11 Withdrawals During Employment After Age 59-1/2 . After attaining age 59-1/2, a Richey Participant who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once in any six-month period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts attributable to his Elective, Matching, and Rollover Subaccounts (including investment earnings allocable thereto).

                S9.12 Richey Plan Amended . The provisions of this Supplement No. 9 shall be treated as an amendment to and a part of the Richey Plan to the extent necessary to give full effect to this Supplement. The provisions of this Plan, in its capacity as a continuation and amendment of the Richey Plan, shall apply and be effective with respect to the Richey Plan for periods prior to May 1, 1999 to the extent necessary for the Richey Plan to meet applicable requirements of all provisions of law that became effective since the last determination letter with respect to the Richey Plan, including, without limitation, the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (also referred to as GATT), the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act, the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, the IRS Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998 and the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000, effective as of their respective effective dates; such Plan provisions include, without limitation, the following:

                (a) Sections 1.11 and 1.43, relating to compensation being determined before giving effect to any salary reductions under sections 132(f)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 2001;

                (b) Section 6.1.2, relating to earnings being determined for purposes of section 415 of the Code before giving effect to any salary reductions under section 132(f)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 2001;

                (c) Section 1.25, relating to the definition of highly compensated employee, effective January 1, 1998;

                (d) Section 3.14, relating to contributions in respect of periods of qualified military service as required under section 414(u) of the Code, effective December 12, 1994;

                (e) Section 3.3.3, relating to the distributions of aggregate excess deferrals based on the amount of contribution by or on behalf of each highly compensated employee and attributable first to the highly compensated employee with the greatest dollar amount of elective deferrals, effective January 1, 1997;

                (f) Section 6.2, relating to the adjustment under section 415(d) of the Code of the $30,000 annual addition limitation under section 415(c)(1) of the Code, effective January 1, 1995;

                (g) Section 6.3, relating to limiting the application of section 415(e) of the Code to limitation years beginning before January 1, 2000;

                (h) Section 8.15, relating to exclusion of hardship distributions from the definition of eligible rollover distribution in accordance with section 402(c)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 1999;

                (i) Section 13.4, relating to the repeal of the family aggregation rules, effective January 1, 1997; and

                (j) Section 14.1, relating to the definition of "leased employee" as defined under section 414(n) of the Code, effective January 1, 1997;

                provided, however, in determining the permitted actual deferral percentage and contribution percentage for highly compensated employees for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 1997 for periods prior to May 1, 1999, the applicable plan year for non-highly compensated employees shall be the immediately preceding plan year.

                back to top

            Supplement NO.10

            TO

            ARROW ELECTRONICS SAVINGS PLAN

            Special Provisions Applicable

            to Employees of Scientific & Business Minicomputers, Inc.

            Effective as of August 1, 2000, the Scientific & Business Minicomputers, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the "SBM Plan") merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan superseded the terms of the SBM Plan. This Supplement No. 10 provides for such merger ("Merger") and sets forth special provisions that apply to employees of Scientific & Business Minicomputers, Inc. on or after its adoption of this Plan effective July 1, 1999.

            S10.1 Special Definitions . For purposes of this Supplement No. 10:

            S10.1.1 " Elective Subaccount " means a subaccount within a Member’s Elective Account to which elective deferrals made under the SBM Plan are transferred.

            S10.1.2 " Matching Subaccount " means a subaccount within a Member’s Matching Account to which matching contributions made under the SBM Plan are transferred.

            S10.1.3 " Rollover Subaccount " means a subaccount with a Member’s Rollover Account to which rollover contributions made under the SBM Plan are transferred.

            S10.1.4 " SBM " means Scientific & Business Minicomputers, Inc.

            S10.1.5 " SBM Account " means an account maintained under the SBM Plan immediately prior to the Merger containing elective deferrals, matching contributions and rollover contributions (as applicable) for an SBM Participant.

            S10.1.6 " SBM Participant " means a participant in the SBM Plan who had an undistributed account thereunder immediately prior to the Merger.

            S10.1.7 " SBM Plan " means the Scientific & Business Minicomputers, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan as in effect prior to the Merger.

            S10.1.8 " SBM Trust Fund " means the trust fund maintained under the SBM Plan immediately prior to the Merger.

            S10.2 Continuation of SBM Contributions Under This Plan . SBM maintained a program of making elective deferral contributions and related matching contributions through the SBM Plan through June 30, 1999, and effective July 1, 1999, transferred such program to this Plan by becoming an Employer under this Plan, making contributions herewith in lieu of contributions under the SBM Plan and arranging for the merger of the SBM Plan with this Plan as soon as practicable thereafter.

            S10.3 Membership in Plan Effective July 1, 1999 . Each SBM Participant who is employed by an Employer on July 1, 1999 shall become a Member of the Plan on that date. Any other employee of SBM who is employed by an Employer on such date who then satisfies the minimum age and 90-day waiting period requirements of Section 2.1 (after giving effect to Section S10.9) shall become a Member on the first date that such employee receives Compensation from such Employer, which date shall constitute the Entry Date for such employee. Each SBM Participant who is not then employed by an Employer shall become a Member on August 1, 2000, but solely with respect to his SBM Account unless he otherwise qualifies as Member under the Plan.

            S10.4 Merger . Effective August 1, 2000, the SBM Plan and the SBM Trust Fund are merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan supersede the terms of the SBM Plan. All persons (including current and former employees and their beneficiaries) having an interest under the SBM Plan prior to August 1, 2000 shall, on and after August 1, 2000, be entitled to benefits solely from the Plan (including this Supplement No. 10), in lieu of any and all interest which they had or may have had under the SBM Plan.

            S10.5 Transfer of SBM Trust Fund . The assets held by the trustees of the SBM Trust Fund shall be transferred to the Trustee on August 1, 2000 or as soon as practicable thereafter. If and to the extent that such transfer is not completed on August 1, 2000 such trustees shall hold such assets as adjusted for investment gain or loss thereon and expenses attributable thereto, as an additional trustee under this Plan, until such transfer is completed.

            S10.6 Allocation of Transferred Accounts . Funds transferred to the Trustee in respect of a Member’s SBM Account shall be allocated under the Plan to such Member’s Elective, Matching, and Rollover Subaccounts, as applicable.

            S10.7 Investment of Transferred Assets . Funds transferred to the Trustee pursuant to Section S10.5 shall be invested in accordance with Section S10.8. Thereafter, the Member may change the portion of his Account that is invested in each Investment Fund in accordance with Article V of the Plan.

            S10.8 Fund Mapping . The following fund mapping shall become effective upon the transfer pursuant to Section S10.5:

            From the Following SBM Plan Funds                                 Into Investment Fund

                Guaranteed Certificate

                Fidelity Retirement Gov’t. Money Market

                Short Term Fund I

                Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market

                Maxim Bond Index

                Fidelity Intermediate Bond

                Maxim Loomis Sayles Corp. Bond

                Fidelity Intermediate Bond

                Maxim US Govt. Mortgage Sec.

                Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market

                Maxim Global Bond

                Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market

                Maxim Money Market

                Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market

                Maxim Index European

                Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market

                Fidelity Advisor Overseas

                Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market

                Maxim Invesco ADR

                Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market

                Putnam Global Growth

                Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market

                AIM Charter

                Fidelity Magellan

                Orchard Index 500

                Fidelity Spartan US Equity Index

                Maxim Founder’s Growth & Income

                Fidelity Spartan US Equity Index

                American Century Ultra

                Fidelity Magellan

                AIM Weingarten

                Fidelity Retirement Growth

                Maxim Growth Index

                Fidelity Magellan

                Fidelity Advisor Equity Income

                Fidelity Equity Income

                Fidelity Advisor Growth Opp.

                Fidelity Magellan

                Putnam Fund for Growth & Income

                Fidelity Equity Income

                Maxim Value Index

                Fidelity Equity Income

                AIM Constellation

                Fidelity Retirement Growth

                Maxim T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth

                Fidelity Retirement Growth

                Profile Series I

                Fidelity Magellan

                Profile Series II

                Fidelity Asset Management: Growth

                Profile Series III

                Fidelity Asset Management.

                Profile Series IV

                Fidelity Asset Management:

                Profile Series V

                Fidelity Asset Management: Income

                Orchard Index 600

                Fidelity Retirement Growth

                Maxim Ariel Small-Cap Value

                Fidelity Value

                Maxim Loomis Sayles Small-Cap Value

                Fidelity Value

              S10.9 Credit Under the Plan for Service with SBM Eligibility to Participate . Eligibility to participate, Hours of Service and Years of Service under the Plan shall be determined by taking into account employment with SBM prior to July 1, 1999 as if SBM had been an Affiliate for the period during which it maintained the SBM Plan, and any additional period credited for vesting purposes under the SBM Plan and not disregarded under the break in service rules under the SBM Plan or this Plan. The Administrator may use and rely upon records maintained by SBM to compute Hours of Service in order to determine Years of Service to be credited to such employee and his eligibility to participate in accordance with Section 2.1 based on his employment with SBM.

              S10.10 Vesting of Matching Subaccount . The Matching Subaccount of a Member employed by SBM shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable effective August 1, 2000.

              S10.11 Alternative Forms of Payment Preserved to February 1, 2002 . Any individual who is a SBM Participant at the time of his termination of employment with an Employer or Affiliate, and any other SBM Participant who is not employed by an Employer or Affiliate, who has vested Accounts exceeding $5,000 and who elects on the Appropriate Form to receive a distribution commencing as of a date on or before February 1, 2002 may on such form elect one of the following with respect to the vested amounts held in his Elective, Matching, and Rollover Subaccounts:

              (a) an annuity, which in the case of a married Member shall, except as provided below, be in the form of a "Joint and Fifty-Percent Survivor Annuity" ( i.e. , an annuity for the life of the Member with a survivor annuity for the life of his spouse which is fifty percent of the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Member and his spouse), and which in the case of an unmarried Member, or of a married Member who has waived the Joint and Fifty-Percent Survivor Annuity option with spousal consent in accordance with applicable regulations, shall be in the form of a straight-life annuity, in each case to be provided by the purchase of an annuity contract on a unisex basis;

              (b) a series of installment payments made on a monthly, quarterly, or annual basis over a reasonable fixed period of time not exceeding the life expectancy of the Member; or

              (c) a single sum payment.

              S10.12 Withdrawals During Employment .

                  S10.12.1 Withdrawals During Employment Irrespective of Age . An SBM Participant who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once in any six-month period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts attributable to his Rollover Subaccount (including investment earnings allocable thereto).

                  S10.12.2 Withdrawals During Employment After Age 59-1/2 . After attaining age 59-1/2, an SBM Participant who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once in any six-month period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts attributable to his Elective and Matching Subaccounts (including investment earnings allocable thereto).

                  S10.12.3 SBM Plan Amended . The provisions of this Supplement No. 10 shall be treated as an amendment to and a part of the SBM Plan to the extent necessary to give full effect to this Supplement. The provisions of this Plan, in its capacity as a continuation and amendment of the SBM Plan, shall apply and be effective with respect to the SBM Plan for periods prior to August 1, 2000 to the extent necessary for the SBM Plan to meet applicable requirements of all provisions of law that became effective since the last determination letter with respect to the SBM Plan, including, without limitation, the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (also referred to as GATT), the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act, the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, the IRS Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998 and the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000, effective as of their respective effective dates; such Plan provisions include, without limitation, the following:

            (a) Sections 1.11 and 1.43, relating to compensation being determined before giving effect to any salary reductions under section 132(f)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 2001;

            (b) Section 6.1.2, relating to earnings being determined for purposes of section 415 of the Code before giving effect to any salary reductions under section 132(f)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 2001;

            (c) Section 1.25, relating to the definition of highly compensated employee, effective January 1, 1997;

            (d) Section 3.3.3, relating to the distributions of aggregate excess deferrals based on the amount of contribution by or on behalf of each highly compensated employee and attributable first to the highly compensated employee with the greatest dollar amount of elective deferrals, effective January 1, 1997;

            (e) Section 3.14, relating to contributions in respect of periods of qualified military service as required under section 414(u) of the Code, effective December 12, 1994;

            (f) Section 6.2, relating to the adjustment under section 415(d) of the Code of the $30,000 annual addition limitation under section 415(c)(1), effective January 1, 1995;

            (g) Section 6.3, relating to limiting the application of section 415(e) of the Code to limitation years beginning before January 1, 2000;

            (h) Section 8.15, relating to exclusion of hardship distributions from the definition of eligible rollover distribution in accordance with section 402(c)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 1999;

            (i) Section 13.4, relating to the repeal of the family aggregation rules,, effective January 1, 1997; and

            (j) Section 14.1, relating to the definition of "leased employee" as defined under section 414(n) of the Code, effective January 1, 1997.

            back to top

            Supplement NO.11

            TO

            ARROW ELECTRONICS SAVINGS PLAN

            Special Provisions Applicable

            to Employees of Support Net, Inc.

            Effective as of April 1, 2000, the Support Net, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the "Support Net Plan") merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan superseded the terms of the Support Net Plan. This Supplement No. 11 provides for such merger ("Merger") and sets forth special provisions that apply to employees of Support Net, Inc. on and after its adoption of this Plan effective January 1, 2000.

            S11.1 Special Definitions . For purposes of this Supplement No. 11:

            S11.1.1 " Elective Subaccount " means a subaccount within a Member’s Elective Account to which elective deferrals made under the Support Net Plan are transferred.

            S11.1.2 " Matching Subaccount " means a subaccount within a Member’s Matching Account to which matching contributions made under the Support Net Plan are transferred.

            S11.1.3 " Rollover Subaccount " means a subaccount within a Member’s Rollover Account to which rollover contributions made under the Support Net Plan are transferred.

            S11.1.4 " Support Net " means Support Net, Inc.

            S11.1.5 " Support Net Account " means an account maintained under the Support Net Plan immediately prior to the Merger containing elective deferrals, matching contributions and rollover contributions (as applicable) for a Support Net Participant.

            S11.1.6 " Support Net Participant " means a participant in the Support Net Plan who had an undistributed account thereunder immediately prior to the Merger.

            S11.1.7 " Support Net Plan " means the Support Net, Inc. 401(k) Plan as in effect prior to the Merger.

            S11.1.8 " Support Net Trust Fund " means the trust fund maintained under the Support Net Plan immediately prior to the Merger.

            S11.2 Continuation of Support Net Contributions Under This Plan . Support Net maintained a program of making elective deferral contributions and related matching contributions through the Support Net Plan through December 31, 1999, and effective January 1, 2000, transferred such program to this Plan by becoming an Employer under this Plan, making contributions herewith in lieu of contributions under the Support Net Plan and arranging for merger of the Support Net Plan with this Plan as soon as practicable thereafter.

            S11.3 Membership in Plan Effective January 1, 2000 . Each Support Net Participant who is employed by an Employer on January 1, 2000 shall become a Member of the Plan on that date. Any other employee of Support Net who is employed by an Employer on such date who then satisfies the minimum age and 90-day waiting period requirements of Section 2.1 (after giving effect to Section S11.9) shall become a Member on the first date that such employee receives Compensation from such Employer, which date shall constitute the Entry Date for such employee. Each Support Net Participant who is not then employed by an Employer shall become a Member on April 1, 2000, but solely with respect to his Support Net Account unless he otherwise qualifies as a Member under the Plan.

            S11.4 Merger . Effective April 1, 2000, the Support Net Plan and the Support Net Trust Fund are merged into this Plan and the trust thereunder, and the terms of this Plan supersede the terms of the Support Net Plan. All persons (including current and former employees and their beneficiaries) having an interest under the Support Net Plan immediately prior to April 1, 2000 shall, on and after April 1, 2000, be entitled to benefits solely from this Plan (including this Supplement No. 11), in lieu of any and all interest which they had or may have had under the Support Net Plan.

            S11.5 Transfer of Support Net Trust Fund . The assets held by the trustees of the Support Net Trust Fund shall be transferred to the Trustee on April 1, 2000 or as soon as practicable thereafter. If and to the extent that such transfer is not completed on April 1, 2000, such trustees shall hold such assets as adjusted for investment gain or loss thereon and expenses attributable thereto, as an additional trustee under this Plan, until such transfer is completed.

            S11.6 Allocation of Transferred Accounts . Funds transferred to the Trustee in respect of a Member’s Support Net Account shall be allocated under the Plan to such Member’s Elective, Matching, and Rollover Subaccounts, as applicable.

            S11.7 Investment of Transferred Assets . Funds transferred to the Trustee pursuant to Section S11.5 shall be invested in accordance with Section S11.8. Thereafter, a Member may change the portion of his Account that is invested in each Investment Fund in accordance with Article V of the Plan.

            S11.8 Fund Mapping . The following fund mapping shall take place upon the transfer pursuant to Section S11.5:

            From the Support Net Plan Funds Into Investment Fund

            EuroPacific Growth

            The Growth Fund of America

            The Investment Co. of America

            Capital Income Builder

            Cash Management Trust of America

            Washington Mutual Investors

            The Bond Fund of America

            Fidelity Retirement Govt Money Market

            Fidelity Retirement Growth

            Fidelity Magellan Fund

            Fidelity Asset Manager Income

            Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market

            Fidelity Equity Income Fund

            Fidelity Intermediate Bond Fund

            S11.9 Credit Under the Plan for Service with Support Net . Eligibility to participate, Hours of Service and Years of Service under the Plan shall be determined by taking into account employment with Support Net prior to January 1, 2000 as if Support Net had been an Affiliate for the period during which it maintained the Support Net Plan, and any additional period credited for vesting purposes under the Support Net Plan and not disregarded under the break in service rules under the Support Net Plan or this Plan. The Administrator may use and rely upon records maintained by Support Net to compute Hours of Service in order to determine Years of Service to be credited to such employee and his eligibility to participate in accordance with Section 2.1 based on his employment with Support Net.

            S11.10 Vesting of Matching Subaccount . The Matching Subaccount of a Member employed by Support Net shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable effective April 1, 2000.

            S11.11 Withdrawals During Employment .

            S11.11.1 Withdrawals During Employment Irrespective of Age . A Support Net Participant who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once in any six-month period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts attributable to his Rollover Subaccount (including investment earnings allocable thereto).

            S11.11.2 Withdrawals During Employment After Age 59-1/2 . After attaining age 59-1/2, a Support Net Participant who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once in any six-month period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts attributable to his Elective and Matching Subaccounts (including investment earnings allocable thereto).

            S11.11.3 Support Net Plan Amended . The provisions of this Supplement No. 11 shall be treated as an amendment to and a part of the Support Net Plan to the extent necessary to give full effect to this Supplement. The provisions of this Plan, in its capacity as a continuation and amendment of the Support Net Plan, shall apply and be effective with respect to the Support Net Plan for periods prior to April 1, 2000 to the extent necessary for the Support Net Plan to meet applicable requirements of all provisions of law that became effective since the last determination letter with respect to the Support Net Plan, including, without limitation, the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (also referred to as GATT), the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act, the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, the IRS Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998 and the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000, effective as of their respective effective dates; such Plan provisions include, without limitation, the following:

            (a) Sections 1.11 and 1.43, relating to compensation being determined before giving effect to any salary reductions under section 132(f)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 2001;

            (b) Section 6.1.2, relating to earnings being determined for purposes of section 415 of the Code before giving effect to any salary reductions under section 132(f)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 2001;

            (c) Section 1.25, relating to the definition of highly compensated employee, effective January 1, 1997;

            (d) Section 3.3.3, relating to the distributions of aggregate excess deferrals based on the amount of contribution by or on behalf of each highly compensated employee and attributable first to the highly compensated employee with the greatest dollar amount of elective deferrals, effective January 1, 1997;

            (e) Section 3.14, relating to contributions in respect of periods of qualified military service as required under section 414(u) of the Code, effective December 12, 1994;

            (f) Section 6.2, relating to the adjustment under section 415(d) of the Code of the $30,000 annual addition limitation under section 415(c)(1), effective January 1, 1995;

            (g) Section 6.3, relating to limiting the application of section 415(e) of the Code to limitation years beginning before January 1, 2000;

            (h) Section 8.15, relating to exclusion of hardship distributions from the definition of eligible rollover distribution in accordance with section 402(c)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 1999;

            (i) Section 13.4, relating to the repeal of the family aggregation rules,, effective January 1, 1997; and

            (j) Section 14.1, relating to the definition of "leased employee" as defined under section 414(n) of the Code, effective January 1, 1997;

            provided, however, in determining the permitted actual deferral percentages and contribution percentages for highly compensated employees for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 1997 for periods prior to April 1, 2000, the applicable plan year for non-highly compensated employees shall be the immediately preceding plan year.

            back to top

            Supplement NO.12

            TO

            ARROW ELECTRONICS

            SAVINGS PLAN

            Special Provisions Applicable

            to Former Participants in the VEBA Electronics Inc. 401(k) Plan

            Effective as of April 2, 2001, the VEBA Electronics Inc. 401(k) Plan (the "VEBA Plan") merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan superseded the terms of the VEBA Plan. This Supplement No. 12 provides for such merger ("Merger") and sets forth special provisions that apply to former participants in the VEBA Plan.

            S12.1 Special Definitions . For purposes of this Supplement No. 12:

            S12.1.1 " Elective Subaccount " means a subaccount within a Member’s Elective Account to which elective deferrals made under the VEBA Plan are transferred.

            S12.1.2 " Matching Subaccount " means a subaccount within a Member’s Matching Account to which matching contributions made under the VEBA Plan are transferred.

            S12.1.3 " Rollover Subaccount " means a subaccount with a Member’s Rollover Account to which rollover contributions and after-tax contributions made under the VEBA Plan are transferred.

            S12.1.4 " VEBA " means Atlas Business Services, VEBA Electronics, Inc., Atlas Systems, Wyle Electronics and Wyle Systems.

            S12.1.5 " VEBA Account " means an account maintained under the VEBA Plan immediately prior to the Merger containing elective deferrals, matching contributions, rollover contributions and after-tax contributions (as applicable) for a VEBA Participant.

            S12.1.6 " VEBA Participant " means a participant in the VEBA Plan who had an undistributed account thereunder immediately prior to the Merger.

            S12.1.7 " VEBA Plan " means the VEBA Electronics Inc. 401(k) Plan as in effect prior to the Merger.

            S12.1.8 " VEBA Trust Fund " means the trust fund maintained under the VEBA Plan immediately prior to the Merger.

            S12.2 VEBA Plan Superseded By This Plan . VEBA maintained a program of making elective deferral contributions and related matching contributions through the VEBA Plan. The Company acquired VEBA effective October 16, 2000. During the period commencing on that date and through December 31, 2000, a number of VEBA employees transferred to the employ of the Company. The remainder of VEBA employees transferred to the employ of the Company effective January 1, 2001. As of October 16, 2000 and through December 31, 2000, the Company adopted the VEBA Plan with respect to those VEBA Participants who transferred to its employ and continued the VEBA program of making elective deferral contributions and related matching contributions for them through the VEBA Plan. Effective January 1, 2001, the Company adopted the VEBA Plan with respect to all VEBA Participants and effective the same date transferred the above-described program of contributions to this Plan, by making such contributions hereunder in lieu of contributions under the VEBA Plan and by arranging for the merger of the VEBA Plan with this Plan as soon as practicable thereafter.

            S12.3 Membership in Plan Effective January 1, 2001 . Each VEBA Participant who is employed by an Employer on January 1, 2001 shall become a Member of the Plan on that date. Any other employee of VEBA who is employed by an Employer on such date who then satisfies the minimum age and 90-day waiting period requirements of Section 2.1 (after giving effect to Section S12.9) shall become a Member on the first date that such employee receives Compensation from such Employer, which date shall constitute the Entry Date for such employee. Each VEBA Participant who is not then employed by an Employer shall become a member on April 2, 2001, but solely with respect to his VEBA Account unless he otherwise qualifies as a Member under the Plan.

            S12.4 Merger . Effective April 2, 2001, the VEBA Plan and the VEBA Trust Fund are merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan supersede the terms of the VEBA Plan. All persons (including current and former employees and their beneficiaries) having an interest under the VEBA Plan prior to April 2, 2001 shall, on and after April 2, 2001, be entitled to benefits solely from the Plan (including this Supplement No. 12), in lieu of any and all interest which they had or may have had under the VEBA Plan.

            S12.5 Transfer of VEBA Trust Fund . The assets held by the trustees of the VEBA Trust Fund shall be transferred to the Trustee on April 2, 2001 or as soon as practicable thereafter. If and to the extent that such transfer is not completed on April 2, 2001 such trustees shall hold such assets as adjusted for investment gain or loss thereon and expenses attributable thereto, as an additional trustee under this Plan, until such transfer is completed.

            S12.6 Allocation of Transferred Accounts . Funds transferred to the Trustee in respect of a Member’s VEBA Account shall be allocated under the Plan to such Member’s Elective, Matching, and Rollover Subaccounts, as applicable.

            S12.7 Investment of Transferred Assets . Funds transferred to the Trustee pursuant to Section S12.5 shall be invested in accordance with Section S12.8. Thereafter, the Member may change the portion of his Account that is invested in each Investment Fund in accordance with Article V of the Plan.

            S12.8 Fund Mapping . The following fund mapping shall become effective upon the transfer pursuant to Section S12.5:

            From the Following VEBA Plan Funds Into Plan Investment Funds

            BT Investment Equity 500 Index

            Dreyfus Premier Tech. Growth Fund

            GIC Account 1 - VEBA

            Mass Investors Growth Stock Fund

            Massachusetts Investors Trust

            MFS Bond Fund

            MFS Capital Opportunities Fund

            MFS Emerging Growth Fund

            MFS Equity Income Fund

            MFS Global Governments Fund

            MFS Global Growth Fund

            MFS Government Securities Fund

            MFS High Income Fund

            MFS Institutional Fixed Fund

            MFS Midcap Growth Fund

            MFS Money Market Fund

            MFS New Discovery Fund

            MFS Research Fund

            MFS Total Return Fund

            Spartan U.S. Equity Index

            OTC Portfolio

            Retirement Gov’t M.M.

            Magellan

            Magellan

            Inter. Bond

            Magellan

            OTC Portfolio

            Equity Income

            Retirement Gov’t M.M.

            Retirement Gov’t M.M.

            Inter. Bond

            Retirement Gov’t M.M.

            Retirement Gov’t M.M.

            OTC Portfolio

            Retirement Gov’t M.M.

            OTC Portfolio

            Magellan

            Asset Manager

            S12.9 Credit Under the Plan for Service with VEBA . Eligibility to participate, Hours of Service and Years of Service under the Plan shall be determined by taking into account employment with VEBA prior to January 1, 2001 as if VEBA had been an Affiliate for the period during which it maintained the VEBA Plan, and any additional period credited for vesting purposes under the VEBA Plan and not disregarded under the break in service rules under the VEBA Plan or this Plan. The Administrator may use and rely upon records maintained by VEBA to compute Hours of Service in order to determine Years of Service to be credited to such employee and his eligibility to participate in accordance with Section 2.1 based on his employment with VEBA.

            S12.10 Vesting of Matching Subaccount . The Matching Subaccount of a Member employed by VEBA shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable effective April 2, 2001.

            S12.11 Alternative Forms of Payment Preserved to February 1, 2002 . Any individual who is a VEBA Participant at the time of his termination of employment with an Employer or Affiliate, and any other VEBA Participant who is not employed by an Employer or Affiliate, who was a participant in the Wyle Electronics Capital Accumulation Plan on or before June 30, 1996, who has vested Accounts exceeding $5,000 and who elects on the Appropriate Form to receive a distribution commencing as of a date on or before February 1, 2002 may on such form elect one of the following with respect to the vested amounts held in his Elective, Matching, and Rollover Subaccounts:

            (a) an annuity, which in the case of a married Member shall, except as provided below, be in the form of a "Joint and Fifty-Percent Survivor Annuity" ( i.e. , an annuity for the life of the Member with a survivor annuity for the life of his spouse which is fifty percent of the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Member and his spouse), and which in the case of an unmarried Member, or of a married Member who has waived the Joint and Fifty-Percent Survivor Annuity option with spousal consent in accordance with applicable regulations, shall be in the form of a straight-life annuity, in each case to be provided by the purchase of an annuity contract on a unisex basis;

            (b) a series of installment payments over a reasonable fixed period of time not exceeding the life expectancy of the Member; or

            (c) a single sum payment.

            S12.12 Withdrawals During Employment .

            S12.12.1 Withdrawals During Employment Irrespective of Age . A VEBA Participant who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once in any one-year period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts attributable to his Rollover Subaccount (including investment earnings allocable thereto).

            S12.12.2 Withdrawals During Employment After Age 59-1/2 . After attaining age 59-1/2, an VEBA Participant who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once in any one-year period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts attributable to his Elective and Matching Subaccounts (including investment earnings allocable thereto).

            S12.12.3 VEBA Plan Amended . The provisions of this Supplement No. 12 shall be treated as an amendment to and a part of the VEBA Plan to the extent necessary to give full effect to this Supplement.

            back to top

WYLE ELECTRONICS RETIREMENT PLAN
(as amended and restated February 15, 2002)

              Table of Contents

ARTICLE I     PURPOSE AND LIMITATIONS..........................3
      1.1    Purposes.........................................3
      1.2    Limitation on Reversionary Right.................3
      1.3    Limitation on Employee Rights....................3

ARTICLE II    DEFINITION OF TERMS..............................4
      2.1    Actuarial Value or Equivalent....................4
      2.2    Affiliate........................................4
      2.3    Annuity Commencement Date........................4
      2.4    Armed Forces Services............................5
      2.5    Board of Directors...............................5
      2.6    Code 5
      2.7    Company..........................................5
      2.8    Credited Services................................6
      2.9    Defined Benefit Plan.............................7
      2.10   Defined Contribution Plan........................7
      2.11   Effective Date...................................7
      2.12   Employee.........................................7
      2.13   Employee Benefits Committee......................8
      2.14   Employer.........................................9
      2.15   ERISA............................................9
      2.16   Final Average Earnings...........................9
      2.17   Highly Compensated Employee.....................12
      2.18   Hours of Service................................12
      2.19   Leave of Absence................................15
      2.20   Participant.....................................15
      2.21   Participating Units.............................15
      2.22   Plan Year.......................................18
      2.23   Termination of Employment.......................18
      2.24   Year of Vesting Credit Service..................18

ARTICLE III   ELIGIBILITY.....................................20

ARTICLE IV    RETIREMENT DATE.................................21

      4.1    Normal Retirement Date..........................21
      4.2    Early Retirement Date...........................21
      4.3    Deferred Retirement Date........................22
      4.4    Effect of Reemployment upon Payment
             and Amount of Benefits: ........................23
      4.5    Additional Rule of Deferred Retirement
             Retirement Window...............................24

ARTICLE V     TRANSFER OF EMPLOYEES...........................26

ARTICLE VI    AMOUNT OF RETIREMENT INCOME.....................27

      6.1    Amount of Retirement Benefit....................27
      6.2    Payment of Benefit..............................29
      6.3    Statutory Limitations...........................29
      6.4    Participation in Defined Contribution Plan......35
      6.5    Other Definitions...............................38

ARTICLE VII   PAYMENT OF RETIREMENT BENEFITS..................40
      7.1    Commencement of Payment.........................40
      7.1    Absent Participant..............................41

ARTICLE VIII  FORM OF RETIREMENT BENEFITS.....................42
      8.1    Forms of Payment................................42
      8.1    Other Rules.....................................44
      8.1    Preretirement Spousal Death Benefit.............46
      8.1    Small Benefit...................................46

ARTICLE IX    TERMINATION OF SERVICE..........................49
      9.1    Vesting Requirement.............................49
      9.2    Accrued Benefit.................................50
      9.3    Reemployment After Distribution.................50
      9.4    Repayment Privilege.............................51
      9.5    Direct Rollover Option..........................51

ARTICLE X     COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS...........................54

      10.1   Conditions on Contributions.....................54
      10.2   Uses of Forfeitures.............................54
      10.3   Limitations on Obligation to Contribute.........55

ARTICLE XI    EMPLOYEE BENEFITS COMMITTEE.....................56

      11.1   Establishment...................................56
      11.2   Resignation or Removal..........................56
      11.3   Procedures......................................56
      11.4   Meetings........................................56
      11.5   Action Without Meeting..........................57
      11.6   Compensation....................................57
      11.7   Powers and Discretion...........................57
      11.8   Professional Assistance.........................59
      11.9   Indemnification.................................59
      11.10  Spousal Claims..................................60
      11.11  Named Fiduciary.................................60
      11.12  Claims..........................................60
      11.13  Recovery of Overpayments........................60
      11.14  Expenses........................................61

ARTICLE XII   FUNDING.........................................62

      12.1   Funding Agent...................................62
      12.2   Procedure for Payment of Benefits...............62
      12.3   Status of Funding Agent.........................62

ARTICLE XIII  AMENDMENTS TO PLAN..............................64

ARTICLE XIV   [RESERVES] .....................................65

ARTICLE XV    Termination Of The Plan.........................66

      15.1   Right to Terminate-Procedure....................66
      15.2   Method of Settlement............................71
      15.3   Merger..........................................71

ARTICLE XVI   Leased Employees................................72
      16.1   Definitions.....................................72
      16.2   Treatment of Leased Employees...................72
      16.3   Exception for Employees Covered by Plans
             of Leasing Organization.........................73
      16.4   Construction....................................73

ARTICLE XVII  MISCELLANEOUS...................................74
      17.1   Antialienation..................................74
      17.2    Applicable Law.................................74
      17.3    Look Back Year.................................74

ARICLE XVIII  [RESERVED] .....................................76

ARTICLE XIX   TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS............................77

ARTICLE XX    SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO MEMEC LLC
             AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES............................81
      20.1   Special Definitions.............................81
      20.2   "Memec Employees"...............................81
      20.3   Memec Employees No Longer Active
             Participants Under the Plan.....................81

ARTICLE XXI   Benefit Freeze..................................82

ARTICLE XXII  Applicable Mortality Table on and
             After December 31, 2002.........................83

 

WYLE ELECTRONICS RETIREMENT PLAN

PREAMBLE

           The Wyle Electronics Retirement Plan set forth herein (the "Plan") was initially adopted effective February 1, 1973. The Plan was amended and restated effective February 1, 1989 and was subsequently amended and restated effective December 17, 1993 to reflect, in each case, amendments adopted since the prior restatement, to conform with applicable statutes and regulatory requirements, and to make other changes deemed desirable in order to effect the purposes of the Plan.

           The Plan is hereby further restated to incorporate amendments adopted through December 31, 2000 and in order to make changes deemed necessary or advisable to comply with changes in applicable law, including those necessary to comply with the provisions of the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (also referred to as GATT), the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, and the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000, as well as other amendments determined by the Company to be appropriate to further the purposes of the Plan, effective as of the dates required by such provisions of law or as expressly set forth, provided that clarifications of existing provisions are effective as of the same dates as the provisions which they clarify. References herein to Paragraphs whose numbering has changed since the prior Plan restatement shall, where the context so requires, refer to corresponding Paragraphs of the Plan as previously in effect. The Plan as so restated reads as follows:

ARTICLE I

PURPOSES AND LIMITATIONS

           1.1      Purposes . The Company, in order to encourage the loyalty, efficiency, continuity of service and productivity of its Employees, heretofore established the WYLE ELECTRONICS RETIREMENT PLAN, which is sometimes referred to herein as the "Plan".

           1.2      Limitation on Reversionary Right . Prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities with respect to Employees and their beneficiaries under the Plan, and, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.1 hereof permitting the refund of nondeductible contributions, no part of the principal or income which is to be contributed as hereinafter described is to be used for or diverted to purposes other than those which are for the exclusive benefit of such Employees or their beneficiaries.

           1.3      Limitation on Employee Rights . The establishment of this Plan shall not be construed as giving any Employee or any person any legal or equitable right as against the Company or any other Employer or the Employee Benefits Committee, unless such right is specifically provided for in this document, nor shall it be construed as giving any Employee the right to be retained in the service of any Employer.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITION OF TERMS

           The following terms shall have the meaning set forth below unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

           2.1      Actuarial Value or Equivalent . References to the value of benefits or their actuarial equivalent shall mean the dollar value or amount of such benefits in the form and at the applicable time computed on the basis of the actuarial factors or assumptions (including interest and mortality) specified in the Plan.

           2.2      Affiliate . Any trade or business (other than an Employer), whether or not incorporated, which at the time of reference controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with an Employer within the meaning of section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code (including any division of an Employer not participating in the Plan) and, for purposes of Article VI, section 415(h) of the Code. The term Affiliate shall also mean any member of an affiliated service group, within the meaning of section 414(m) of the Code, that includes an Employer, or organization aggregated with an Employer pursuant to section 414(o) of the Code, to the extent required by such sections. No entity shall be treated as an Affiliate for any period prior to the date on which its relationship with the Employers described in the foregoing two sentences begins, nor any period after such relationship ends.

           2.3      Annuity Commencement Date . The first day of the first period for which a benefit under this Plan is paid as an annuity or, in the case of a lump sum distribution, the scheduled date of distribution (determined in either case without regard to administrative delays in the making or commencement of payment). Where applicable, the Annuity Commencement Date with respect to an annuity shall be the date duly elected by the Participant, such as an Early Retirement Date as described in Paragraph 4.2, or the Normal Retirement Date (as defined in Paragraph 4.1) for a Participant who has terminated employment and has not deferred commencement of payment to a later date (not later than the date provided in Paragraph 7.1(b)), by either affirmative election or failure to elect his form of benefit or to provide the information necessary for payment to commence.

           2.4      Armed Forces Services . Effective December 12, 1994, notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code. Service credits so required that are based on Hours of Service shall be determined by crediting forty (40) Hours of Service for each week of such absence for service in the Armed Forces of the United States. If a Participant shall die or become disabled during his absence for military service as set forth herein, his term of employment shall be considered as having continued up to the date of his death or disability.

           2.5      Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company , or any duly authorized thereof.

           2.6      Code . The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

           2.7      Company . Prior to January 1, 1995, Wyle Laboratories. Effective January 1, 1995 to October 16, 2000, Wyle Electronics, a corporation organized and existing pursuant to the laws of the State of California, and thereafter, Arrow Electronics, Inc. (successor by merger to Wyle Electronics).

           2.8      Credited Service . Credited Service shall consist of the number of years and full calendar months during which a person shall have served as an Employee as defined in Paragraph 2.12 with (i) any Original Participating Unit or Units designated as such under Paragraph 2.21(a) hereof, or (ii) any other Participating Unit, but only with respect to such service as shall be rendered after the date specified regarding such Unit in Paragraph 2.21(b). Any calendar month during which an Employee shall have served more than fifteen days shall be deemed to be a full month and any month during he shall have served less than sixteen days shall be disregarded.

           After 1994 Credited Service shall consist of all periods during which a person shall have served as an Employee as defined in Paragraph 2.12 with (i) any Original Participating Unit or Units designated as such under Paragraph 2.21(a) hereof, or (ii) any other Participating Unit, but only with respect to such service as shall be rendered after the date specified regarding such Unit in Paragraph 2.21(b); provided that Credited Service for any Employee hired after such date, or after the Effective Date in the case of an Employee of any Original Participating Unit, shall commence on the date of such Employee's commencement of participation under the Plan as provided in Article III. For these purposes, an Employee's period of severance following a separation from service shall not be considered as a period of employment, but any absence not occurring as consequence of a separation from service shall be considered as a period of employment. An Employee shall be credited with a full month of service for the month in which his or her separation from service shall occur. With respect to Participants who do not complete an Hour of Service after January 31, 1988, Credited Service shall not include any service rendered by an Employee after (i) the date on which he shall have attained sixty-five (65) years of age if such date shall be the first day of a calendar month or (ii) in all other cases, after the calendar month during which he or she shall have attained sixty-five (65) years of age. Credited Service for a Participant who transfers from employment with another Employer to employment with Arrow Electronics, Inc. between October 16, 2000 and December 31, 2000 shall include the period of such employment with Arrow Electronics, Inc through December 31, 2000. In accordance with Article XXI, no period after December 31, 2000 shall be includible in Credited Service.

           2.9      Defined Benefit Plan . The term "Defined Benefit Plan" shall have the same meaning as provided in Section 3(35) of ERISA.

           2.10     Defined Contribution Plan . The term "Defined Contribution Plan" shall have the same meaning as provided in Section 3(34) of ERISA.

           2.11     Effective Date . The original effective date of the Plan was February 1, 1973.

           2.12     Employee . Every employee of an Employer who is employed in a Participating Unit (as defined in Paragraph 2.21) excluding, however, the following employees:

                   (a)     Any employee of the Electronics Enclosures Division who is a member of a bargaining unit.

                   (b)    Any employee of the Angle Products Division, the Lewis Machine Division, or the Central Petroleum Division, who is a member of any union bargaining unit.

                   (c)    Any employee of Pal-Vin Machine Division who is compensated on an hourly basis.

                   (d)    Any employee of Redwing Carriers, Inc. who is compensated other than on a salaried basis.

                   (e)    Any person employed by an Employer exclusively on an "on call" basis.

                   (f)    Effective October 1, 1995, any nonresident alien who receives no earned income (within the meaning of Section 911(d)(2) of the Code) from an Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Section 861(a)(3) of the Code).

                   Service with an Employer in any of the categories described in this Paragraph 2.12 (or with an Affiliate), shall in all circumstances be taken into account in calculating the Years of Vesting Credit Service under Paragraph 2.24 hereof.

                   An individual who performs services for an Employer under an agreement or arrangement (which may be written, oral, and/or evidenced by the Employer's payroll practice) with such individual or with another organization that provides the services of such individual to the Employer, pursuant to which such individual is treated as a consultant or an independent contractor or is otherwise treated as an employee of an entity other than the Employer, shall not be an Employee, irrespective of whether such individual is treated as an employee of the Employer under common-law employment principles or pursuant to the provisions of Section 414(m), 414(n) or 414(o) of the Code.

           2.13     Employee Benefits Committee . The Committee appointed by the Board of Directors to administer the Plan.

           2.14     Employer . The Company and any subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company which has adopted the Plan with the approval of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions as may be imposed by the Company upon the participation in the Plan of such adopting Employer.

           2.15     ERISA . The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

           2.16     Final Average Earnings .

                   (a)     Participant's Final Average Earnings . A Participant's Final Average Earnings shall be his average monthly compensation for the five years in his Final Employment Period during which he shall have been most highly compensated or, if his Final Employment period shall be less than five years, his average monthly compensation during his Final Employment Period.

                   For purposes of this Article, the five years referred to above shall be Plan Years to the extent that they are years beginning before February, 1989, and shall be calendar years to the extent that they are years beginning after 1988.

                   (b)     Final Employment Period . A Participant's Final Employment Period shall be the most recent ten-year period of service with an Employer or any Affiliate as of December 31, 2000. Such ten-year period shall be determined in accordance with the following table:

 

First Day of Employment                   

Most Recent Ten-Year Period of Service Commences

Terminates

 

Before

February, 1989

 

Later of:

(a) Plan Year commencing in ninth calendar year prior to calendar year of termination of employment

or

(b) Plan Year in which first day of employment occurred

 

Calendar Year

of termination

of employment

February, 1989

or later

Later of:

(a) Calendar Year commencing in ninth calendar year prior to calendar year of termination of employment,

or

(b) Calendar Year in which first day of employment occurred

Calendar Year

of termination

of employment

                   Effective January 1, 1989, "Calendar Year" shall be substituted for "Plan Year".

                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the accrued benefit of any Employee who was a Participant on January 31, 1989, shall never be less than the amount of such benefit calculated by applying the definition of Final Average Earnings and Final Employment Period in effect on January 31, 1989, the date on which the Plan was amended to provide the definitions contained in subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Paragraph.

                   (c)     Compensation . The Compensation to be taken into account is the salary, wage or commission paid to the Employee, including overtime pay, vacation pay and bonuses, exclusive of expenses, subsistence allowance or any other extra payments in a Plan Year. Furthermore, compensation for those personnel who are compensated on a commission basis and who are required to pay their own expenses from such commissions shall be an amount equal to the total commissions paid or accrued to such personnel. Compensation shall be determined before giving effect to any elective reductions described in Section 401(k) of the Code, or pursuant to a cafeteria plan described in Section 125 of the Code or in accordance with Section 132(f)(4) of the Code.

                   Compensation of any Participant in excess of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars in any Plan Year commencing prior to January 1, 1994, and One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars for Plan years commencing after December 31, 1993 shall not be taken into account except to the extent that said limitation is adjusted for any year as provided in Section 401(a)(17) of the Code. The family aggregation rules in effect prior to January 1, 1997 are repealed as of that date.

                   With respect only to each Participant who is a Section 401(a)(17) Employee as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(17)-1(e)(2)(i), the preceding provisions of this subparagraph shall be applied so that such Participant's accrued benefit in each Year, commencing with the Year beginning February 1, 1989 (the statutory effective date as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(17)-1(d)(1)(i)), shall consist of the greater of (A) the Participant's Section 401(a)(17) frozen accrued benefit, as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(17)-1(e)(2)(iv), plus the Participant's accrued benefit determined under the formula applicable to benefit accruals in the current Plan Year as applied to Years of service after the Section 401(a)(17) fresh start date (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(17)-1(e)(2)(ii), or (B) the greater of (i) the Participant's Section 401(a)(17) frozen accrued benefit, as defined hereinbefore, or (ii) the benefit calculated under the terms of the Plan as though the provisions of Code Section 401(a)(17) had always been in force.

                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, after June 30, 1996, the additional benefit accrued in any Year (hereinafter the "Current Year") for any Participant hereunder shall be calculated without taking into account with respect to any Year any compensation in excess of the amount determined under Code Section 401(a)(17) for the Current Year; provided, however, that no Participant shall, by reason of the foregoing, enjoy a benefit that is less than the benefit accrued for such Participant as of June 30, 1996.

           2.17     Highly Compensated Employee . Effective from January 1, 1997 "Highly Compensated Employee" shall have the meaning set forth in the Veba Electronics Inc. 401(k) Plan prior to January 1, 2001, and thereafter shall have the meaning set forth in the Arrow Electronics Savings Plan.

           2.18     Hours of Service . Whenever Hours of Service shall be taken into account in determining the rights or benefits hereunder with respect to any employee, such hours shall be computed in accordance with the following rules:

                   (a)    An Hour of Service is each hour for which an employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, by an Employer or Affiliate for the performance of duties during the applicable computation period. These hours shall be credited for the computation period or periods in which the duties were performed.

                   (b)    An Hour of Service is each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has been either awarded or agreed to by the Employer or Affiliate. These hours shall be credited for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made. Hours shall not be credited under both subparagraph (a) and this subparagraph (b). Thus, for example, an employee who receives a back pay award following a determination that he or she was paid at an unlawful rate for Hours of Service previously credited will not be entitled to additional credit for the same Hours of Service.

                   (c)    An Hour of Service is, in addition to Hours of Service as defined in subparagraphs (a) and (b), each hour for which an employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to such payment, by an Employer or Affiliate for reasons (such as vacation, sickness or Disability) other than for the performance of duties during the applicable computation period. For purposes of this subparagraph (c), irrespective of whether these hours have accrued in other computation periods, these hours shall be counted in the computation period in which either payment is actually made or amounts payable to the Employee come due. Thus, an employee who does not perform duties during a computation period because of a prolonged illness which is compensable by sick pay, whether previously or currently accrued, would be credited currently with Hours of Service irrespective of whether the sick pay was actually paid. For purposes of this subparagraph (c), Hours of Service shall be determined by dividing the payments received or due for reasons other than the performance of duties by the lesser of:

                          (i)    The employee's most recent hourly rate of compensation for the performance of duties; or

                          (ii)   The employee's average hourly rate of compensation for performance of duties for the most recent computation period in which the employee completed more than five hundred Hours of Service.

                   The method of determining the number of Hours of Service to be credited and to which computation period hours will be credited for periods during which no duties are performed shall be in conformity with Sections 2530.200b-2(b), (c), and (f) of Title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations.

                   (d)    When it shall be necessary to calculate Hours of Service for any employee who is not compensated on an hourly basis, such employee shall be credited with forty-five hours for each week during which such employee shall have been directly or indirectly compensated by an Employer or Affiliate or shall have been performing duties for an Employer or Affiliate. Such employee shall also be credited with Hours of Service for designated absences in the same manner as provided herein with respect to hourly Employees.

                   (e)     Special Rule for Maternity or Paternity Absence .

                          (i)    In the case of each individual who is absent from work for any period (A) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (B) by reason of the birth of a child of the individual, (C) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual, or (D) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement, this Plan shall treat as Hours of Service, for the purpose of determining under this Plan whether a Break-in-Service has occurred, the hours described in Subsection (ii) of this subparagraph.

                          (ii)   The hours described herein are (A) the Hours of Service which otherwise would normally have been credited to such individual but for such absence, or (B) in any case where the hours described in subsection (i) of this subparagraph cannot be determined, eight Hours of Service per day of such absence, except that the total number of hours treated as Hours of Service under this clause by reason of any such pregnancy or placement shall not exceed five hundred one hours.

                          (iii)   The hours described hereinabove shall be treated as Hours of Service as provided herein: (A) Only in the Year in which the absence from work begins, if a Participant would be prevented from incurring a Break-in-Service in such Year solely because the period of absence is treated as Hours of Service as provided in subsection (i) of this Paragraph; or (B) in any other case, in the immediately following year.

           2.19     Leave of Absence . Any absence of an employee from active service with an Employer or Affiliate which is not treated by the Employer or Affiliate as a Termination of Employment. Determinations by the Employer or Affiliate of Leaves of Absence shall be on a like basis to all Employees and shall not be discriminatory.

           2.20     Participant . An Employee who on or after February 1, 1973, has met all the requirements of the Plan and who continues to have rights or contingent rights to benefits under the Plan.

           2.21     Participating Units .

                   (a)     Original Participating Unit : Each of the following units of the Employer is an originally designated Participating Unit for the purposes of this Plan so that service with such unit or its predecessor as provided in Paragraph 2.8 rendered prior to January 1, 2001 shall be taken into account in calculating Credited Service.

                          (i)    The Company's Corporate Offices as constituted from time to time prior to January 1, 2001;

                          (ii)   The Scientific Services and Systems Group;

                          (iii)  Wyle Distribution Group - Los Angeles;

                          (iv)   Wyle Distribution Group - Seattle;

                          (v)    Wyle Distribution Group - Phoenix;

                          (vi)   Burton Electrical Engineering, El Segundo, California;

                          (vii)  Electronic Enclosures, El Segundo, California, and Pennsauken, New Jersey.

                   (b)     Other Participating Units . Each of the following units of the Company (or any other Employer) is designated as a Participating Unit for purposes of this Plan, and service with such unit from and after the date indicated below and prior to January 1, 2001 (or earlier termination of such unit's status as a member of a controlled group (within the meaning of Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code) which includes the Company) shall be taken into account in calculating Credited Service as provided in Paragraph 2.8 hereof:

                          (i)    Angle Products Division - October 31, 1968;

                          (ii)   Lewis Machine Division - October 31, 1968;

                          (iii)  Pal-Vin Machine Division - October 31, 1968;

                          (iv)   Wyle Distribution Group, San Diego - February 28, 1969;

                          (v)    Central Petroleum Division - October 31, 1968;

                          (vi)   Wyle Data Services - July 9, 1977;

                          (vii)  Wyle Distribution Group Denver - February 1, 1980;

                          (viii) Wyle Distribution Group - Santa Clara, Inc. - February 1, 1980;

                          (ix)   Applied Research Division - May 1, 1985;

                          (x)    Sylvan Ginsbury, Ltd. - January 1, 1997.

                          (xi)   Puerto Rico Operations - January 1, 1998

                          (xii)  VEBA Electronics, Inc. - February 1, 1998

                   (c)     Arrow Electronics, Inc. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, effective October 16, 2000, employment with Arrow Electronics, Inc. shall be treated as employment in a Participating Unit and as Credited Service if the Employee was employed in a Participating Unit immediately before his transfer to employment with Arrow Electronics, Inc. No other employment with Arrow Electronics, Inc. shall be treated as employment in a Participating Unit or be included in calculating Credited Service.

           2.22     Plan Year . The twelve-month period beginning on February 1 and ending on January 31 of the following year. After January 31, 1993, the Plan Year shall be the eleven-month period ending December 31, 1993, and each calendar year thereafter.

           2.23     Termination of Employment . (a) A dismissal for any reason; (b) a refusal or failure to return to work within five (5) working days after the date requested by an Employer or Affiliate in a notice mailed to an employee;s last known address, postage prepaid; (c) a failure to return to work at the conclusion of a Leave of Absence; (d) voluntary termination; or (e) termination by reason of death or disability.

           2.24     Year of Vesting Credit Service . Any calendar year during which the Participant has completed one thousand or more Hours of Service with an Employer or its predecessor, or with an Affiliate, whether or not such service shall have been completed with a Participating Unit. In calculating a Participant;s vested interest hereunder, all Years of Vesting Credit Service, even though not consecutive, shall be taken into account; except that if a Participant (a) shall incur a period of consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service at least equal to the greater of (i) five such One-Year Breaks or (ii) the aggregate number of Years of Vesting Credit Service before such period, and (b) shall have had no vested interest hereunder at the commencement of said period, then Years of Vesting Credit Service prior to such period shall not be taken into account unless such Participant shall have returned to service prior to February 1, 1990. A one-Year Break in Service is any Plan Year during which a Participant shall complete less than five hundred Hours of Service with an Employer or Affiliate.

                   For periods prior to January 1, 1992, the term "Plan Year" is substituted for the term "calendar year" in the first sentence of this Section. Any Employee who completes one thousand Hours of Service during the Plan Year ending January 31, 1992, and who also completes one thousand or more Hours of Service for the calendar year ending December 31, 1992, shall receive credit for two (2) Years of Vesting Credit Service hereunder as provided in Department of Labor Regulations Section 2530.203-2(c).

                   No amendment to the Plan shall cause any person who is an Employee on the effective date of the amendment to enjoy fewer years of Vesting Credit than he shall have enjoyed prior to such amendment.

ARTICLE III

ELIGIBILITY

                   All Employees shall participate in the Plan on the first day of the month coinciding with or next following their dates of hire.

                   Effective January 1, 1999, no Employee who performed his or her first Hour of Service on or after January 1, 1999 shall participate in the Plan.

ARTICLE IV

RETIREMENT DATE

           4.1      Normal Retirement Date . A Participant's Normal Retirement Date shall be the first day of the month coinciding with or next following his attainment of Normal Retirement Age.

                   A Participant shall be fully vested upon attaining his Normal Retirement Age; viz., the date on which he or she attains sixty-five (65) years of age, but not before the fifth anniversary of first day of the Plan Year in which he or she commenced participating in the Plan or, if earlier, his completion of five Years of Vesting Credit Service.

           4.2      Early Retirement Date . A Participant may elect an Early Retirement Date as of the first day of any month after the date of such election and on or after his termination of employment, provided that he is, by such date, at least fifty-five years of age and provided that (i) he has completed ten Years of Vesting Credit Service or (ii) that his benefit hereunder has become fully vested by reason of a partial termination of the Plan. The Participant's Early Retirement Benefit shall be a monthly lifetime income to commence on his Early Retirement Date in an amount equal to (a) his benefit earned to the date on which he shall have terminated his employment (calculated as provided in Paragraph 9.2), reduced by (b) an amount calculated by multiplying such accrued benefit by the percentage determined in the following sentence. The percentage referred to in the preceding sentence shall be the number of months by which the Participant's Early Retirement Date precedes his sixty-fifth birthday anniversary multiplied by one-twelfth of five percent.

                   If a Participant shall separate from the service of an Employer after having completed ten Years of Vesting Credit Service, but before attaining fifty-five years of age, such Participant shall be entitled to elect that his benefit shall be paid to him in conformity with the preceding provisions of this Paragraph 4.2, commencing as of the first day of any month coinciding with or following the date on which he shall attain fifty-five years of age.

           4.3      Deferred Retirement Date . A Participant may continue in active service beyond his Normal Retirement Date until his Deferred Retirement Date, which shall be the first day of the calendar month following actual termination of service. No retirement income shall be paid to such a Participant until his actual retirement.

                   Upon his Deferred Retirement Date, a Participant shall be entitled to receive a monthly retirement income calculated as provided herein, but if such Participant shall have completed an Hour of Service after January 31, 1988, and if such Participant's Normal Retirement Date shall have occurred before January 31, 1989, he shall be entitled to a benefit equal to the greater of the benefit as so calculated or the benefit to which he would have been entitled had he actually retired on January 31, 1989 (or to the benefit to which he was actually entitled if he in fact retired before January 31, 1989), pursuant to Paragraph 4.3 as in effect on January 31, 1989, which provided as follows:

                   Upon his Deferred Retirement Date, a Participant shall be entitled to receive a monthly retirement income which shall be equal to (a) the monthly retirement income which he was entitled to receive as of his Normal Retirement Date increased by (b) an amount calculated by multiplying such monthly income by the percentage determined in the following sentence. The percentage referred to in the preceding sentence shall be the number of months by which the Participant's Deferred Retirement Date follows his sixty-fifth birthday anniversary multiplied by one-twelfth of five percent.

           4.4      Effect of Reemployment upon Payment and Amount of Benefits: Additional Rule for Deferred Retirement .

                   (a)     Reemployment Prior to Payment or Benefit Commencement . If a Participant is reemployed by the Employer before the payment of his retirement income has commenced, payment of such benefit shall not commence prior to his subsequent termination of his employment, and shall then be calculated with reference to all of his years of Credited Service.

                   (b)     Reemployment While Receiving Benefits . If any Participant who is receiving benefits under the Plan returns to employment and if such employment is substantial as defined in subparagraph (d), then his retirement income shall be suspended during each calendar month of such employment. Upon his subsequent retirement, his retirement income shall be recomputed, based on his Credited Service prior and subsequent to such return to employment and his then attained age and reduced on an actuarial basis to take account of monthly payments previously received by him prior to his Normal Retirement Date. The Committee shall prepare and deliver the notice required by subparagraph (c) to each Participant whose retirement income is to be suspended pursuant to this Paragraph and to each Participant whose benefit payments are deferred pursuant to Paragraph 4.3.

                   (c)     Notice . The Committee shall prepare and deliver to each Participant whose retirement income is postponed as provided in Paragraph 4.3 or suspended pursuant to subparagraph (b), a notice containing (i) a description of the specific reasons for the deferral or suspension of benefit payments; (ii) a general description of the Plan provisions relating to the deferral or suspension; (iii) a copy of such provisions; (iv) a statement to the effect that applicable Department of Labor regulations may be found in Section 2530.203-3 of the Code of Federal Regulations; and (v) a description of the Plan's claim procedures. Such notice shall be furnished to the Participant by personal delivery or first class mail: (1) during the calendar month in which occurs his Normal Retirement Date, if his benefits are being deferred pursuant to Paragraph 4.3, or (2) during the first calendar month in which his benefits are suspended pursuant to subsection (b), whichever is applicable.

                   (d)     Substantial Service . Service is "substantial" only if it is Section 203(a)(3)(B) service as defined in Department of Labor Regulations Section 2530.203-3(c). No suspension of benefits shall occur under the provisions of Paragraph 4.3 or this Paragraph 4.4 for any period during which service is not substantial as defined herein.

           4.5      Retirement Window . The benefit payable to a Qualified Retiree as hereinafter defined shall be calculated by adding three years to such Retiree's Age and three Years of Credited Service to such Retiree's actual Years of Credited Service as of November 1, 1992 (but the aggregate Years of Credited Service shall not exceed 30). In addition thereto, (a) the benefit payable from the date on which such Retiree actually retires until the Qualified Retiree attains the age of 65 years shall be calculated without applying the reduction otherwise imposed under the provisions of Paragraph 6.1, and (b) the benefit (calculated as provided in this Paragraph) of any Qualified Retiree who attained at least 65 years of age on November 1, 1992, shall be increased by 15%. For purposes of applying the provisions of Paragraph 8.1(a), a Participant's "monthly retirement income" does not include the adjustment provided in clause (a) of the preceding sentence. A Qualified Retiree is a Participant:

                          (i)    Who on September 1, 1992, was an active employee in the Scientific Services and Systems Group of the Company in a position junior to Group Vice-President or General Manager;

                          (ii)   Who attained 55 years of age and had completed 10 Years of Credited Service on or before November 1, 1992;

                          (iii)  Who retired from the Company as of November 1, 1992;

                          (iv)   Who was living on November 1, 1992;

                          (v)    Who executed an agreement with the Company waiving any claims arising out of his employment with the Company or the termination thereof and any claims arising prior to the date of the waiver arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act; and

                          (vi)   The sum of whose age and Years of Credited Service as of the date on which he actually retired equaled not less than 80 years.

he term "Company" in the foregoing definition shall have the same meaning as under the Plan in effect on November 1, 1992.

                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Paragraph shall be applied subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.3 hereof. Under no circumstances shall the benefit enhancement provided under the provisions of this Paragraph be accorded to any person who retires after November 1, 1992.

ARTICLE V

TRANSFER OF EMPLOYEES

                   The transfer of a Participant to a division, Affiliate or subsidiary which is not a Participating Unit shall not diminish the retirement benefits accrued to the credit of such Participant as of the date of such transfer. All Years of Vesting Credit Service, whether or not accrued in a Participating Unit, shall be included in calculating the vesting percentage calculated under the provisions of Article IX hereof.

ARTICLE VI

AMOUNT OF RETIREMENT INCOME

           6.1      Amount of Retirement Benefit . Each Participant shall upon his Normal Retirement Date be entitled to a monthly retirement income for life equal to the product of (a) forty percent (40%) of his Final Average Earnings, as defined in Paragraph 2.16, less forty percent (40%) of his Primary Insurance Amount, multiplied by (b) a fraction the numerator of which is such Participant's Credited Service (not in excess of 30) and the denominator of which is 30. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) any person who was an Employee and a Participant in the Plan on September 30, 1980, and who continued to be an Employee and Participant thereafter shall enjoy a benefit at least as great as that determined as of September 30, 1980, under the provisions of the Plan as of said date; (ii) the benefit of any Participant who shall have retired or separated on or before September 30, 1980, and who shall not have been employed thereafter shall be determined under the provisions of the Plan as in effect at the time of such Employee's separation or retirement; (iii) subject to the provisions of Article IX, no Participant shall enjoy a benefit that shall be less than the benefit he shall have earned as of June 30, 1996, under the terms of the Plan as then in effect; and (iv) any Employee who was a Participant on January 1, 1996, and who shall have completed at least ten (10) Years of Vesting Credit Service and shall have attained at least fifty (50) years of age on or before that date shall be entitled to a benefit calculated by substituting the applicable percentage from the table set forth below for the percentages stated in the first sentence of this Paragraph:

 

Age Attained On or              Applicable

Before January 1, 1996             Percentage        

50                            40.67%  

51                            41.33%  

52                            42.00%  

53                            42.67%  

54                            43.33%  

55                            44.00%  

56                            44.67%  

57                            45.33%  

58                            46.00%  

59                            46.67%  

60                            47.33%  

61                            48.00%  

62                            48.67%  

63                            49.33%  

64                            50.00%  

                   A Participant who separates from service with an Employer after January 1, 1989 with a vested right to benefits hereunder shall be entitled to a minimum retirement income of $50.00 a month (if paid as a single life annuity commencing at Normal Retirement Date).

                   The term "Primary Insurance Amount" shall mean the monthly primary old-age insurance benefit available to a Participant at age sixty-five under the provisions of Title II of the Social Security Act in effect at the earliest of his termination of employment, attainment of age sixty-five or December 31, 2000, without regard to any increases in the Social Security wage base or benefit levels that take effect after the earliest of such dates. If an Employee terminates employment prior to age sixty-five, his Primary Insurance Amount shall be estimated by assuming continuation of his annual compensation (taking into account the compensation described in subparagraph (c) of Paragraph 2.16) until age sixty-five in the same amount as his annual Compensation for the Plan Year in which the date of his termination of employment occurs.

                   Notwithstanding the foregoing in calculating the amount of offset, a Participant's actual wage history shall be used to the extent that it is available. If such actual wage record shall not be available for all or any part of the Participant's history of employment, an estimated wage history shall be used for those periods with respect to which the actual wage history is not available. Such estimated wages shall be calculated in conformity with any regulations or rulings that may be applicable. Furthermore, any offset calculated on the basis of an entirely or partially estimated salary history shall be recalculated on the basis of the actual salary history, if the Participant shall provide the Company with documentation of his actual salary history within a reasonable time, but not more than nine months, after the later of the date on which he is separated from the service of his Employer or is notified of the amount of his benefit.

           6.2      Payment of Benefit . The Participant's retirement benefits shall be paid to him pursuant to the provisions of Article VII hereof.

           6.3      Statutory Limitations .

                   (a)     General Rules . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the annual benefit for any Participant under this Plan for any Plan Year shall never exceed the lesser of:

                          (i)    One hundred percent (100%) of the Participant's average annual Compensation (calculated by taking into account those elements specified in Paragraph 2.16(c) for the three consecutive years of service during which he shall have been most highly compensated); or

                          (ii)   The sum of ninety thousand dollars or such greater amount as may be specified by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue pursuant to Code Section 415(d) for the calendar year within which the last day of the Plan Year falls; provided, however, that if the current accrued benefit of a Participant hereunder as of January 31, 1983 shall have exceeded ninety thousand dollars, the amount of such current accrued benefit shall be substituted for the sum of ninety thousand dollars in applying only to the interest of such Participant hereunder the provisions of this Paragraph 6.3 and the provisions of Paragraph 6.4. The term "current accrued benefit" means such Participant's accrued benefit, expressed as an annual benefit (within the meaning of Section 415(b)(2) of the Code as in effect immediately before enactment of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 (hereinafter "TEFRA"), without taking into account any changes in the terms and conditions of the Plan after July 1, 1983, or any cost-of-living adjustment occurring after July 1, 1983.

                   (b)     Alternative Form of Payment . If a benefit shall be paid in a form other than a life annuity or a form that meets the requirements of a qualified joint and survivor annuity (as defined in Section 417(b) of the Code), then an adjustment shall be made so that the benefit payable shall not exceed the actuarial equivalent of a life annuity that would meet the requirements of this Paragraph 6.3. In determining actuarial equivalents under the preceding sentence, the interest rate assumption shall not be less than five percent (5%) per year ; provided, that in the case of a lump sum distribution on or after July 7, 1995, the annual interest rate on 30-year Treasury securities, as specified by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for purposes of Section 417(e) of the Code, for the second month preceding the first day of the Plan year in which the Participant's distribution is to be made or begin shall apply in lieu of five percent (5%) per year. Effective July 7, 1995, the mortality assumption shall be determined according to the table prescribed by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for purposes of section 417(e) of the Code.

                   (c)     Adjustment for Early Retirement . If the retirement benefit of a Participant commences before the Participant's Social Security Retirement Age, the benefit payable shall not exceed the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation reduced (i) in the case of a Participant whose Social Security Retirement Age is sixty-five (65) years, by five-ninths (5/9) of one percent (1%) for each month by which benefits commence before the month in which the Participant attains sixty-five (65) years of age or (ii) in the case of a Participant whose Social Security Retirement Age is greater than sixty-five (65) years, by five-ninths (5/9) of one percent (1%) for each of the first thirty-six (36) months and five-twelfths (5/12) of one percent (1%) for each of the additional months (up to twenty-four (24)) by which benefits commence before the month in which the Participant attains his or her Social Security Retirement Age. If the benefit begins before the Participant attains sixty-two (62) years of age, the benefit shall be limited to the actuarial equivalent of the Participant's limitation for benefits commencing at sixty-two (62) years of age, with the reduced dollar limitation for such benefits further reduced for each month by which benefits commence before the month in which the Participant attains sixty-two years of age. Effective July 7, 1995, actuarial equivalents for this purpose shall be determined by using which of the following two actuarial factors produce the lower maximum benefit:

                          (i)    The factor determined by an interest rate assumption of five percent (5%) per year and the mortality assumption determined according to the table prescribed by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for purposes of Section 417(e) of the Code.

                          (ii)    The factor determined by multiplying the number of months by which the Participant's Early Retirement Date (as described in Section 4.2) precedes his sixty-second birthday by one-twelfth of five percent.

The Social Security Retirement Age is age sixty-five (65) if the Participant was born before January 1, 1938, sixty-six (66) years of age if born before January 1, 1955, and sixty-seven (67) years of age if born after December 31, 1954.

                   (d)     Adjustment for Deferred Retirement . If the retirement benefit of a Participant commences after the Participant's Social Security Retirement Age, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation shall be adjusted so that it is the actuarial equivalent of a benefit of ninety thousand dollars beginning at the Social Security Retirement Age, multiplied by the Adjustment Factor as provided by the Secretary of the Treasury. Effective July 7, 1995, equivalency shall be based an interest rate assumption of five percent (5%) per year and the mortality assumption shall be determined according to the table prescribed by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for purposes of Section 417(e) of the Code.

                   (e)     [Reserved].

                   (f)     Small Benefit Exclusion . The provisions of this Paragraph 6.3 shall not apply to any Participant who has not at any time participated in any Defined Contribution Plan maintained by an Employer or Affiliate if his total annual benefit under this Plan and any other Defined Benefit Plan maintained by the Employer or Affiliate shall in the aggregate not be in excess of ten thousand dollars for the Plan Year.

                   (g)     Adjustment of Limitation for Years of Service or Participation

                          (i)     Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation . If a Participant has completed less than ten years of participation, the Participant's accrued benefit shall not exceed the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation as adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participant's number of years (or part thereof) of participation in the Plan, and the denominator of which is 10.

                          (ii)    Other Defined Benefit Limitation . If a Participant has completed less than ten years of service with the Affiliates, the limitations described in Sections 415(b)(1)(B) and 415(b)(4) of the Code shall be adjusted by multiplying such amounts by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participant's number of years of service (or part thereof), and the denominator of which is 10.

                          (iii)   Limitations on Reductions . In no event shall Sections (i) and (ii) reduce the limitations provided under Sections 415(b)(1) and (4) of the Code to an amount less than one-tenth of the applicable limitation (as determined without regard to this subparagraph (g)).

                          (iv)    Application to Changes in Benefit Structure . To the extent provided by the Secretary of the Treasury, this subparagraph (g) shall be applied separately with respect to each change in the benefit structure of the Plan.

                   (h)     Preservation of Current Accrued Benefit Under Defined Benefit Plan . If the Current Accrued Benefit of an individual who is a Participant as of the first day of the Year beginning on February 1, 1987, exceeds the benefit limitations under Section 415(b) of the Code (as modified by subparagraphs (c), (d) and (g) of this Paragraph 6.3, then, for purposes of Code Section 415(b) and (e), the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation with respect to such individual shall not be less than such Current Accrued Benefit.

                   (i)     Multiple Plan Participation . If any Participant hereunder shall also be a Participant under any other Defined Benefit Plan maintained by an Employer or by any Affiliate, the following rules shall apply:

                          (i)    The annual benefits under all such Defined Benefit Plans shall be aggregated for purposes of applying the provisions of this Paragraph 6.3.

                          (ii)    If, with respect to any Plan Year, the aggregate benefit so determined shall exceed the limitations set forth herein, the benefits under such other plans shall be abated to the extent necessary to meet the limitations set forth herein.

                   For purposes of applying the provisions of this Paragraph 6.3 and of Paragraph 6.4, the term "Compensation" means a Participant's wages, salaries, and bonuses, including overtime, vacation pay, and commissions for services actually rendered in the course of employment with an Employer, but excluding the following:

                   (A)    Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which are not included in the Employee's gross income for the taxable year in which contributed or Employer contributions under a simplified Employee pension plan to the extent such contributions are deductible by the Employee, or any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation;

                   (B)    Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to as substantial risk or forfeiture;

                   (C)    Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a Qualified stock option:

                   (D)    Other amounts which received special tax benefits, or contributions made by the Employer (whether or not under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity described in Section 403(b) of the Code (whether or not the amounts are actually excludable from the gross income of the Employee).

                   Compensation for any limitation year is the compensation actually paid or includible in gross income during such year.

                   (j)     Transitional Rule for 1993 . For the Plan Year ending December 31, 1993, the provisions of this Paragraph 6.3 shall be applied by converting the dollar limitations referred to in clause (ii) of subparagraph (a) and in subparagraph (h) to amounts equal to eleven-twelfths of the limitations so stipulated.

           6.4      Participation in Defined Contribution Plan . The following rules shall apply for Plan Years commencing prior to January 1, 2000 with respect to any Employee who is a Participant in this Plan and who is or at any time has been a Participant in any Defined Contribution Plan maintained by an Employer or by an Affiliate:

                   (a)     Basic Limitation . In the case of an Employee who is a Participant in this Plan and such Defined Contribution Plan (or Plans), the sum of the Defined Benefit Plan fraction and the Defined Contribution Plan fraction for any Plan Year shall not exceed 1.0. In the event the sum of such fractions shall exceed 1.0 for any Plan Year, then the projected annual benefit under this Plan shall be reduced for such Year so that neither Plan is disqualified under the Code.

                   (b)     Defined Benefit Fraction Definition . The Defined Benefit Plan fraction for any Plan Year is a fraction the numerator of which is the Participant's projected annual benefit under the Plan (determined as of the close of the Year and the denominator of which is the smaller of (i) one hundred forty percent (140%) of the amount which may be taken into account for such Year with respect to such Participant under the provisions of Section 415(b)(1)(B) of the Code, or (ii) one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the dollar limitation in effect for such Year under Section 415(b)(1)(A). If a Participant shall have participated in more than one Defined Benefit Plan, the numerator of the fraction shall be the sum of the projected benefits under all such Plans.

                   A Participant's projected annual benefit shall be an annuity, payable on a monthly basis for the Participant's lifetime commencing on the first day of the month following the date on which the Participant shall attain his Normal Retirement Age calculated on the assumptions that he continues to earn compensation at the same rate as in effect in the Plan Year under consideration until the date of his Normal Retirement Age and that all other relevant factors used to determine benefits under the Plan remain constant as of the current Plan Year for all future Plan Years.

                   (c)     Defined Contribution Fraction Definition . The Defined Contribution Plan fraction for any Plan Year is a fraction the numerator of which is the sum of the annual additions to the Participant's account in such Plan Year and for all prior Plan Years, and the denominator of which is the sum of the applicable "Defined Contribution Maximum" amounts for the Plan Year and each prior Plan Year during which the Participant was an Employee. The "Defined Contribution Maximum" amount for a Year is the lesser of one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the dollar limitation in effect for any Year under Section 415(c)(l)(A) or one hundred forty percent (140%) of the amount which may be taken into account for such Year under Section 415(c)(1)(B). In making such calculation the aggregate amount of annual additions for Plan Years before January 1, 1976, shall not exceed the maximum amount of such additions which could have been made under Section 415(c) for such Years. Furthermore, the Committee may calculate the Defined Contribution Plan fraction for any Participant by applying either or both transitional rules specified in Section 415(e)(6) of the Code or Section 235(g)(3) of TEFRA.

                   For purposes of computing the Defined Contribution Plan fraction of Section 415(e)(1) of the Code, "Annual Addition" shall mean the amount allocated to a Participant's account during the Limitation Year as a result of:

                          (i)    Employer contributions,

                          (ii)   Employee contributions,

                          (iii)  Forfeitures, and

                          (iv)   Amounts described in Sections 415(1)(l) and 419A(d)(2) of the Code.

                   The Annual Addition for any Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987 shall not be recomputed to treat all Employee Contributions as an Annual Addition.

                   If the Plan satisfied the applicable requirements of Section 415 of the Code as in effect for all Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1987, an amount shall be subtracted from the numerator of the Defined Contribution Plan fraction (not exceeding such numerator) as prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury so that the sum of the Defined Benefit Plan fraction and Defined Contribution Plan fraction computed under Section 415(e)(1) of the Code (as revised by this subparagraph (c)) does not exceed 1.0 for such Limitation Year.

           6.5      Other Definitions . For purposes of this Article, the following definitions shall apply:

                   (a)     Adjustment Factor : The cost-of-living adjustment factor prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury under Section 415(d) of the Code for years beginning after December 31, 1987, applied to such items and in such manner as the Secretary shall prescribe.

                   (b)     Current Accrued Benefit : A Participant's accrued benefit under the Plan, determined as if the Participant had separated from service as of the close of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987, when expressed as an annual benefit within the meaning of Section 415(b)(2) of the Code. In determining the amount of a Participant's Current Accrued Benefit, the following shall be disregarded:

                          (i)    any change in the terms and conditions of the Plan after May 5, 1986; and

                          (ii)   any cost of living adjustment occurring after May 5, 1986.

                   (c)     Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation : The limitation set forth in Section 415(b)(1) of the Code.

                   (d)     Employee Contributions : Contributions to the Plan made by a Participant during the Plan year.

                   (e)     Social Security Retirement Age : The age used as the retirement age for the Participant under Section 216(1) of the Social Security Act, except that such section shall be applied without regard to the age increase factor, and as if the early retirement age under Section 216(1)(2) of such Act were sixty-two years.

ARTICLE VII

PAYMENT OF RETIREMENT BENEFITS

           7.1      Commencement of Payment . A Participant's retirement benefits hereunder shall commence as of his Normal Retirement Date, except as follows:

                   (a)    A Participant who has met the requirement therefor may elect to receive benefits commencing as of an Early Retirement Date in accordance with Paragraph 4.2; and a Participant who has met such requirements other than attainment of age fifty-five (55), and who has terminated with vested rights under Article IX and completed at least ten Years of Vesting Service, shall have the same right to elect an Early Retirement Date on or after his attainment of age fifty-five (55).

                   (b)    If the Participant does not make an election with respect to his form of benefits in accordance with Article VIII, benefits shall not begin until such election and the information required in connection therewith are provided; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in a qualified election, benefit payments shall in all events commence not later than April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the Participant shall attain the age of seventy and one-half (70-1/2) years. A qualified election is an election duly made before January 1, 1984, in conformity with rules set forth in Internal Revenue Service Notice 83-23. Unless the Participant otherwise elects or fails to make an appropriate claim, payments shall in no event commence later than the sixtieth day after the last day of the Plan Year during which the later of the following events shall occur:

                          (i)    The date on which the Employee shall have actually terminated his service; or

                          (ii)   The date on which he shall have attained the age of sixty-five (65) years.

                          (iii)  No benefits shall be paid to any Participant while he is employed by an Employer except as specifically provided herein. No benefits shall be paid to any Participant prior to his Normal Retirement Age while he is employed by any Affiliate.

           7.2      Absent Participant . If on the due date of any payment hereunder, the recipient of such payment cannot be located, the payment due to such person shall be retained by the Funding Agent until delivery of such payment may be made. If the person to whom payment is to be made is not located within one year after the due date of such payment, the amount payable shall be treated as forfeited as provided in Treasury Regulations Section 1-411(a)-4(b)(6); provided, however, that such forfeited benefit shall be reinstated and paid in full if such person shall thereafter make a claim for it.

ARTICLW VIII

FORM
OF RETIREMENT BENEFITS

           8.1      Forms of Payment . A Participant who retires, or otherwise terminates employment with vested rights as provided in Article IX, shall receive his retirement benefit in conformity with the following provisions:

                   (a)     Ordinary Form of Payment . The retirement income payable to a Participant who is legally married on the Annuity Commencement Date shall, unless the Participant otherwise elects, be a monthly retirement income calculated as provided herein and payable for the lifetime of the Participant, with one-half of the amount payable to the Participant continued thereafter for the lifetime of his spouse. The amount of the monthly retirement income payable under such joint and survivor annuity form shall be the amount of income payable as a life income pursuant to Paragraph 6.1 of Article VI adjusted by taking into account the Joint and Survivor Factors set forth in Exhibit A.

                   The retirement income payable to any Participant who is not legally married at the Annuity Commencement Date and who does not otherwise elect shall be the retirement income calculated under the provisions of Article VI payable as provided therein. A Participant may elect during the election period applicable described in Paragraph 8.2(c) to cause his retirement income to be payable under the provisions of subparagraph (b) or (c) of this Paragraph 8.1.

                   Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, as a result of the merger of this Plan and the Sylvan Ginsbury, Ltd. Pension Plan, all optional forms of benefits available to the Participants of the Sylvan Ginsbury, Ltd. Pension Plan as of January 1, 1997 shall continue to apply with respect to those accrued benefits earned under the terms of that Plan.

                   (b)     Other Spousal Benefit Arrangements . In lieu of the form of benefit described in subparagraph (a), the Participant may elect to receive a monthly pension payable to the Participant during the joint lifetime of the Participant and his or her spouse with one hundred percent (100%), or at his election sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%), of such monthly pension payable at the death of the Participant to such spouse. Calculation of the amount of the benefit so payable shall be made in conformity with the Joint and Survivor Factors set forth in Exhibit A.

                   (c)     Life Annuity . In lieu of the form of benefit described in subparagraph (a), the Participant may elect to receive an annuity payable for his lifetime without a survivor benefit (i.e., the normal form of retirement benefit).

                   (d)     "Spouse" Defined . The term "spouse" as used in this Paragraph 8.1 and in Paragraph 8.3 shall mean the person to whom the Participant is married at the time of his death, and who was married to the Participant on the Annuity Commencement Date if such date shall have preceded the Participant's death. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant has previously begun to receive a qualified joint and survivor annuity with respect to a former spouse, or to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code) applicable to a former spouse, the term "spouse" or "surviving spouse" shall include such former spouse.

                   (e)     Spousal Election - Requirements . An election to take benefits other than in the form of a qualified joint and survivor annuity as provided in subparagraph (a) or (b) shall not be effective unless the spouse of the Participant shall consent to such election in a written instrument witnessed by a Notary Public or a Plan official. In all cases under the provisions of this Plan, if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that written consent may not be obtained because there is no spouse or because the spouse cannot be located, because the Participant is legally separated or has been abandoned (within the meaning of local law) and the Participant has a court order to such effect, or because of such other circumstances as may be prescribed by applicable law, then the consent of the spouse shall be deemed to have been obtained for all purposes hereunder. Any consent of a spouse under the provisions of this Plan will be valid only with respect to the spouse who signs the consent or in the event of a "deemed consent", the designated spouse.

                   (f)     Restriction on Early Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, no distribution hereunder shall commence prior to the date on which the Participant shall attain (or would have attained if he shall be deceased) his Normal Retirement Age (or age sixty-two (62) if later), unless the Participant shall consent in writing to the earlier distribution of benefits and such consent shall be given within ninety (90) days of the commencement of such distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if benefit payments have not commenced, if the value of the Participant's entire interest hereunder shall be less than Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) (Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500) for distributions prior to January 1, 2000), and if benefits are otherwise distributable, the Participant's benefit hereunder may be distributed to the Participant in a single sum.

           8.2      Other Rules . The provisions of Paragraph 8.1 shall be subject to the following additional terms:

                   (a) Participant's Death Before Annuity Commencement Date . If a Participant dies prior to his Annuity Commencement Date, no benefit will be payable to any person, except as provided in Paragraph 8.3.

                   (b)     Joint Pensioner's Death Before Annuity Commencement Date . If the joint pensioner dies before the Participant's Annuity Commencement Date, a retirement income in the normal form (i.e., a lifetime annuity without a survivor benefit) and amount will be payable to the Participant upon his Annuity Commencement Date.

                   (c)     Notice . Within the period beginning no more than 90 days before the Annuity Commencement Date, a Participant shall be provided by mail or personal delivery with a nontechnical description of the qualified joint and survivor annuity described in Paragraph 8.1(a) hereof, the Participant's right to make and the effect of an election to waive the qualified joint and survivor form; the rights of the Participant's spouse as set forth in Paragraph 8.1(e); and the right to make and the effect of a revocation of a previous election to waive the joint and survivor annuity; the circumstances under which such annuity will be paid if elected, and a general explanation of the financial effect of such election. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Participant may be provided with the nontechnical description described above at a later date, which may be after the Participant's Annuity Commencement Date, provided that the election period will not end until the 30th day after the nontechnical description is provided and payments do not begin until 7 days thereafter. Any Participant may, after receiving the information described herein, elect to receive his retirement benefits in one of the forms described in subparagraph (b) or (c) of Paragraph 8.1 rather than the form described in Paragraph 8.1(a) hereof. Such election may be made at any time during the applicable election period, namely, the 90-day period preceding the Annuity Commencement Date; but such election period shall in no event be less than 90 days after the date on which the information described herein shall have been furnished to the Participant. The election shall be made in a written instrument subscribed by the Participant and delivered to the Employee Benefits Committee. Any election so made may be revoked by a written instrument subscribed by the Participant and delivered to the Employee Benefits Committee before the last day of the period during which such election may be made as hereinabove provided.

           8.3      Preretirement Spousal Death Benefit . In the case of a Participant's death prior to his Annuity Commencement Date, the Participant's spouse (as defined in Paragraph 8.1(d)) shall be entitled to receive a pension in the same amount as the retirement income that would have been payable under the provisions of Paragraph 8.1(a) (or, if an election had been made under Paragraph 8.1(b), the retirement that would have been payable under such Paragraph) had the Participant separated from service on the date of death, survived to Normal Retirement Age, and retired with an immediate qualified joint and survivor annuity at such age. The benefit payable to the surviving spouse under this Paragraph 8.3 shall commence with the month in which the Participant would have reached Normal Retirement Age. The Participant's spouse may direct that payment of the benefit shall commence at an earlier date but not earlier than the month in which the Participant would have attained the earliest retirement date hereunder, in which case the benefit shall be reduced as provided in Paragraph 4.2. For the purpose of this Paragraph only, a Participant means any vested participant whether or not an Employee who has a nonforfeitable right to any portion of his accrued benefit.

           8.4      Small Benefit . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if the value of the Participant's vested entire interest hereunder shall be no more than Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) (Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500) for distributions prior to January 1, 2000), the Participant's vested benefit hereunder upon retirement or other termination of employment shall be distributed to the Participant in a single sum upon his separation from service. Effective January 1, 2000, if (a) a Participant's accrued vested benefit exceeds such amount, (b) before such Participant's Annuity Commencement Date the actuarial assumptions used under this Paragraph 8.4 have changed, and (c) the Participant's accrued vested benefit as redetermined under such assumptions does not exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000), such benefit shall thereupon be distributed under this Paragraph 8.4. The value of a Participant's benefit for purposes of this Paragraph 8.4 shall be determined based on the following actuarial assumptions :

                   (a)    For distributions made prior to January 1, 2000, the interest rate or rates which would be used as of the first day of the Plan Year in which distribution occurs by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation for purposes of determining the present value of that Participant's benefits under the Plan if the Plan had terminated on the date distribution commences with insufficient assets to provide benefits guaranteed by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation on that Date, and Mortality Table UP 1984.

                   (b)    For distributions made on or after January 1, 2000 and prior to February 15, 2002 , either the interest rate and mortality assumptions determined in accordance with subparagraph (a) or the interest rate and mortality assumptions determined in accordance with subparagraph (c), whichever yields a greater benefit.

                   (c)    For distributions made on or after February 15, 2002, the annual interest rate on 30-year Treasury securities, as specified by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for purposes of Section 417(e) of the Code, for the second month preceding the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant's distribution is to be made, and the mortality table prescribed by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for purposes of Section 417(e) of the Code.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the value of a terminated Participant's vested benefit shall not be less than the value of such Participant's vested benefit on January 31, 1989 calculated by applying the Lump Sum Factors set forth in Exhibit A (which appear in Exhibit A for the sole purpose of calculating a terminated Participant's vested benefit under this Paragraph 8.4(c) and no other purpose). Distribution, in accordance with this Paragraph 8.4, is referred to as a "Termination Distribution".

ARTICLE IX

TERMINATION OF SERVICE

           9.1      Vesting Requirement . If for any reason, other than death or Early, Normal or late Retirement, the employment of a Participant is terminated, such Participant shall be entitled to receive a retirement income commencing on his Normal Retirement Date in an amount equal to such Participant's retirement income benefits earned as of his date of termination if (and only if) such Participant shall have accumulated not less than five Years of Vesting Credit Service as of such date (or was affected by a partial termination of the Plan within the meaning of Section 411(d)(3) of the Code). Any Participant who shall separate from the service of an Employer or Affiliate prior to accumulating five (5) Years of Vesting Credit Service (other than as a result of such a partial termination) shall be deemed to have received all benefits to which he is entitled under the Plan and forfeit all rights hereunder provided, however, that such Participant shall be credited for benefit accrual purposes with all service completed prior to such separation if such Participant shall return to employment with an Employer or Affiliate subsequent to such separation and prior to incurring a period of One-Year Breaks in Service equal to the greater of (i) five (5) such One-Year Breaks or (ii) the aggregate number of Years of Credited Service before such period (and prior to complete termination of the Plan).

                   A terminating Participant who shall have completed at least ten Years of Vesting Credit Service may elect an Early Retirement Date for the commencement of benefits as provided in Paragraph 4.2.

           9.2      Accrued Benefit .

                   (a)     Amount . A Participant's benefit earned to the date of his termination of employment for purposes of this Article IX is equal to the Normal Retirement benefit to which he is entitled under the provisions of Paragraph 6.1 of Article VI hereof on the basis of the number of years of Credited Service of such Employee as of the date of such termination of employment. In calculating a Participant's accrued benefit as of any date all Years of Credited Service through December 31, 2000 shall be taken into account; except that if a Participant (a) shall incur a period of consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service at least equal to the greater of (i) five such One-Year Breaks or (ii) the aggregate number of years of Credited Service before such period, and (b) shall have had no vested interest hereunder at the commencement of said period, then Years of Credited Service prior to such period shall not be taken into account unless such Participant shall have returned to service prior to February 1, 1990.

                   (b)     Benefits from Merged Plans . Effective as of January 1, 1997, a Participant's accrued benefit shall also include, for any plan previously maintained by a Participating Unit that has been merged to this Plan, the benefits accrued under such other plan as of the date of merger.

                   (c)     Method of Payment . The benefit payable to a terminating Participant shall be paid in conformity with the provisions of Articles VII and VIII.

                   (d)     Reemployment After Distribution . If an Employee who has received a Termination Distribution (as defined in Paragraph 8.4) subsequently becomes a Participant hereunder, such Employee's benefits shall be determined without reference to service performed and Compensation earned prior to such Termination Distribution; provided, however, that the benefits of any such Participant shall be computed without regard to the preceding provisions of this Paragraph and as though such Participant had not received a Termination Distribution if such Participant shall make the payment described in Paragraph 9.4.

           9.4      Repayment Privilege . When an employee who has received a Termination Distribution (as defined in Paragraph 8.4) is reemployed by an Employer, he may at his option and under the conditions specified herein repay to the Funding Agent designated by the Committee an amount equal to the amount of such Termination Distribution plus interest thereon (calculated as hereinafter described) to be commingled with and held as part of all other funds held under the Contract. Such payment may be referred to herein as a "Paragraph 9.4 Payment". Interest payable as a part of the Paragraph 9.4 Payment shall be calculated on the amount of the Termination Distribution for the period beginning on the date of such distribution and ending on the date of the payment at the rate used in making actuarial computations under this Plan during such period. The interest rate referred to in the preceding sentence for any Year shall not exceed the amount determined for such Year pursuant to the provisions of Section 411(c)(2)(C) of the Code. In any event, any payment made pursuant to this Paragraph 9.4 shall be made in a single sum not later than the date on which the Participant shall incur five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service.

           9.5      Direct Rollover Option .

                   (a)     Election Conferred . This Section applies to distributions made on or after January 1, 1993. Notwithstanding any provision of the plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee's election under this Section, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the plan administrator, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a direct rollover.

                   (b)     Definitions .

                          (i)     Eligible Rollover Distribution : An Eligible Rollover Distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include: Any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee's designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to Employer securities).

                          (ii)    Eligible Retirement Plan : An Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code that accepts the Distributee's Eligible Rollover Distribution. However, in the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to the surviving spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

                          (iii)   Distributee : A Distributee includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee's or former Employee's surviving spouse and the Employee is or former Employee's spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, are Distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

                          (iv)    Direct Rollover : A Direct Rollover is a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.

ARTICLE X

COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS

           10.1     Conditions on Contributions . Any and all contributions made to the Plan by an Employer shall be irrevocable and shall be transferred by the Employer to the Funding Agent under the Plan to be used in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and the Contract to provide the benefits of the Plan, and neither such contribution nor income therefrom shall be used for or diverted to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Participants, retired Participants, their contingent annuitants, or other beneficiaries under the Plan prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan with respect to such Participants, retired Participants, their contingent annuitants or other beneficiaries.

                   Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision hereof, any contribution made by an Employer under this Plan is conditioned upon its being deductible by the Employer under Section 404 of the Code. Consequently, if by reason of a good faith mistake in calculating the amount allowable as a deduction for any year, an amount in excess of such amount shall have been contributed by an Employer for such year, then upon demand by the Employer, such excess amount shall be repaid to the Employer. Such repayment shall not be made later than one year after the date on which the deduction shall have been disallowed by the Internal Revenue Service. Furthermore, if an Employer shall have made a contribution by reason of a good faith mistake of fact, the Funding Agent shall repay to the Employer the amount attributable to such mistake, but such repayment shall not be made later than one year after the date on which the mistaken contribution shall have been made. In any event, the amount which may be returned shall never be greater than an amount equal to the excess of (a) the amount contributed over (b) the amount that would have been contributed had there not occurred a mistake of fact or a mistake in determining the deduction. Earnings attributable to the excess contribution may not be returned to the Employer, but losses thereto must reduce the amount to be so returned.

           10.2     Uses of Forfeitures . Forfeitures under the Plan with respect to any Participant who ceases to be an Employee of the Employer whether by death, discharge, or otherwise, and who is not then entitled to any benefits under the Plan, will not be applied to increase the benefits any Employee would otherwise receive under the Plan.

           10.3     Limitations on Obligation to Contribute . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof and regardless of whether an Employer shall previously have failed to make any contribution otherwise required hereunder, an Employer shall have no obligation to make contributions under this Plan in the event of its termination, or to fund benefits which become vested or payable by reason of a partial termination, except to the extent required by ERISA.

ARTICLE XI

EMPLOYEE
BENEFITS COMMITTEE

           11.1     Establishment . A committee, to be known as the Employee Benefits Committee, to administer the Plan and to have responsibility for carrying out the provisions thereof shall consist of one or more individuals who will be appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors to serve at the pleasure of such Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine that a single individual to be known as the Administrator shall serve as the Employee Benefits Committee.

           11.2     Resignation or Removal . Any person appointed as a member of the Employee Benefits Committee shall signify his acceptance by filing written acceptance thereof with the Board of Directors. Any member of the Employee Benefits Committee may resign by delivering his written resignation to the said Board of Directors. Such resignation shall become effective on the date specified, or as determined by the said Board of Directors.

           11.3     Procedures . The Employee Benefits Committee may employ legal counsel, investment counsel, agents and such clerical, accounting, and actuarial services as the Employee Benefits Committee may require in carrying out the provisions of the Plan. The Employee Benefits Committee may delegate to such person or persons as it shall deem advisable the authority to sign directions, approvals and any other writings on behalf of the Employee Benefits Committee.

           11.4     Meetings . The Employee Benefits Committee shall hold meetings upon such notice, at such place or places, and at such time or times as it may from time to time determine.

           11.5     Action Without Meeting . A majority of the members of the Employee Benefits Committee at the time in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions or other action taken by the Employee Benefits Committee at any meeting, or without a meeting by instrument in writing signed by a majority of the members of the Employee Benefits Committee shall be valid.

           11.6     Compensation . No member of the Employee Benefits Committee shall receive any compensation for his services as such and, except as otherwise required by law, no bond or other security need be required of him in such capacity in any jurisdiction.

           11.7     Powers and Discretion . The Employee Benefits Committee shall have all powers and discretion necessary or helpful for the carrying out of its responsibilities, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall have the power and complete discretion to:

                   (a)    Determine all questions arising out of or in connection with the provisions of the Plan or its administration, including, without limitation, the power and discretion to resolve ambiguities, to determine relevant facts, to rectify errors, and to supply omissions;

                   (b)    Make rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan which are not inconsistent with the terms and provisions of the Plan;

                   (c)    Construe all terms, provisions, conditions, and limitations of the Plan;

                   (d)    Determine all questions relating to the eligibility of persons to receive benefits hereunder, and all other matters upon which the benefits or other rights of a Participant or other person shall be based hereunder;

                   (e)    Determine all questions relating to the administration of the Plan (1) when disputes arise between an Employer and a Participant or his beneficiary, spouse or legal representatives, and (2) in order to promote the uniform administration of the Plan for the benefit of all parties concerned;

                   (f)    Compute the amount of retirement income and any other benefits payable, and direct the Funding Agent as to the method by which and persons to whom benefits or expenses hereunder will be paid;

                   (g)    Establish procedures for determining whether a domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order ("QDRO") as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code and for complying with any such QDRO;

                   (h)    Determine the method of making corrections necessary or advisable as a result of operating defects in order to preserve qualification of the Plan under Section 401(a) of the Code pursuant to procedures of the Internal Revenue Service applicable in such cases (such as those set forth in Revenue Procedure 2001-17 and similar guidance);

                   (i)    Compromise or settle claims against the Plan and direct the Funding Agent to pay amounts required in any such settlements or compromise;

                   (j)    Adopt from time to time assumptions for use in all actuarial calculations required in connection with the Plan, and determine with the advice of its actuarial consultant the minimum contribution required to be paid by an Employer, as provided in Article X;

                   (k)    Employ such persons and assign to them the performance of such duties as the Employee Benefits Committee shall deem necessary or desirable to assist in the administration of the Plan; and

                   (l)    Determine the expenses of plan administration properly payable under Section 11.14 and direct the Funding Agent to pay such expenses.

The determination of the Employee Benefits Committee shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

           11.8     Professional Assistance . The Employee Benefits Committee shall be entitled to rely upon tables, valuation certificates, and reports furnished by the Enrolled Actuary for the Plan and upon certificates, reports and opinions made or given by any accountant, legal counsel or investment counsel selected or approved by the Employee Benefits Committee; and the members of the Employee Benefits Committee, the Board of Directors, the Company, and the officers of the Company shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by them in good faith, or for any such action in reliance upon any such actuary, accountant, or counsel.

           11.9     Indemnification . The Company agrees to indemnify the Employee Benefits Committee and each member thereof against all liability occasioned by any act or omission to act in good faith. Except as may be required by law, no bond or other security shall be required of the Employee Benefits Committee or any member thereof for the faithful performance of his or their duties.

           11.10    Spousal Claims . If the Employee Benefits Committee shall receive written notice that the spouse, former spouse, or successor in interest of a spouse or former spouse of a Participant claims a right to receive any amount otherwise distributable to the Participant, the Employee Benefits Committee shall have the power to take such action as, in its discretion, it shall determine to be necessary or appropriate to ascertain and resolve the interests of the parties involved. To this end, the Employee Benefits Committee may in writing direct the Funding Agent to withhold payment of any benefits the disposition of which is subject to a bona fide dispute, and may through its authorized agents enter into negotiations and agreements with all interested parties in order to make a determination of the amount and manner of payment of any benefits or funds to any such spouse, former spouse or successor.

           11.11    Named Fiduciary . The Employee Benefits Committee is the Named Fiduciary referred to in Section 402(a) of ERISA.

           11.12    Claims . Any person who believes he is entitled to a benefit under the Plan may file a claim in writing for such benefit with the Employee Benefits Committee in accordance with the claims review procedure established by the Employee Benefits Committee.

           11.13    Recovery of Overpayments . Without limiting the generality of the Committee's power and discretion under Paragraph 11.7 to rectify errors and correct omissions, in the event that the Employee Benefits Committee determines that overpayments have been made to a Participant or his spouse or Beneficiary, the Employee Benefits Committee shall take such steps as it shall deem appropriate under the relevant facts and circumstances to recover such payments, with or without interest, and in case repayment is not otherwise made, to offset the amount to be recovered against subsequent payments otherwise becoming due to or in respect of such Participant, spouse or Beneficiary at such time and to such extent as it shall deem appropriate.

           11.14    Expenses . Expenses of the Plan shall be paid from assets held by the Funding Agent to the extent not paid by the Employer.

ARTICLE XII

FUNDING

           12.1     Funding Agent . The Company has heretofore entered into a contract with THE PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL GROUP, Des Moines, Iowa ("the Principal"), to provide for the investment of funds held hereunder and to facilitate payment of the benefits described herein. The contract provides for the establishment and maintenance of a fund or funds by the Principal to which amounts will be credited and from which will be withdrawn the sums necessary to pay the pension benefits provided hereunder. The Employee Benefits Committee may enter into a similar contract or agreement with any other insurance company, trust company, institution, person or persons designated by it to facilitate the investment of funds and the payment of benefits hereunder, and such designated party or parties may act in addition to or in place of the Principal. Thereupon and thereafter an Employer may make all or any part of the contributions required to be made hereunder to such designated person, persons, or entity, and the funds so contributed and the earnings thereon shall be held, managed, and invested as provided in such contract or agreement. The Principal or any such designated person, persons, or entity shall be referred to as the Funding Agent.

           12.2     Procedure for Payment of Benefits . When any benefits shall become payable to any Participant hereunder, the Employee Benefits Committee shall notify the Funding Agent designated by it, and such Agent shall take such action as is necessary to provide for the payment of such benefits out of the funds held by it, and in accordance with the terms of the contract or other instrument establishing the arrangement.

           12.3     Status of Funding Agent . The Funding Agent shall not be a party to this Plan and shall not have any responsibility for the validity of the Plan or for any action taken by the Employee Benefits Committee. The Funding Agent shall be fully protected in dealing with the Employee Benefits Committee in all matters and in accepting contributions from an Employer, and in making payments to or on direction of the Employee Benefits Committee or the Company, without liability as to the application of such payments.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS TO PLAN

                   The Plan may be amended in whole or in part at any time, and from time to time, by the Board of Directors of Wyle Electronics prior to that Corporation's merger into Arrow Electronics, Inc., and thereafter by the Board of Directors as defined in Paragraph 2.5, or by written action of the Employee Benefits Committee (which, in exercising such right, shall be deemed to exercise a management prerogative as a delagee of the Board of Directors, and shall not be deemed a fiduciary) provided that:

                   (a)    No amendment shall be effective unless the Plan, as so amended, shall be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants, retired Participants, their contingent annuitants, or other beneficiaries;

                   (b)    No amendment shall operate to deprive any of the foregoing persons of any rights or benefits irrevocably vested in them under the Plan prior to such amendment, except that the Company may make any and all changes or modifications necessary to qualify the Plan or to keep the Plan qualified under the Code and the regulations thereunder, or any amendment thereto.

                   (c)    No amendment shall result in discrimination in favor of Highly Compensated Employees; and

                   (d)    The power to amend the Plan to provide additional benefits shall be reserved solely to the Board of Directors

ARTICLE XIV

[RESERVED
]

ARTIVLE XV

TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

           15.1     Right to Terminate - Procedure . The Company may at any time, by action of its Board of Directors, terminate the Plan. In the event of termination of the Plan, each Participant's rights to accrued benefits hereunder shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable to the extent funded on the date of such termination. In the event of a partial termination of the Plan, the rights of each Participant affected by such termination to accrued benefits hereunder shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable to the extent funded on the date of such partial termination. No person shall upon such complete or partial termination be entitled to seek satisfaction of any benefit provided hereunder except as provided by the funds held pursuant hereto at the time of said termination or as otherwise provided by law including Title IV of ERISA.

                   (a)     Allocation of Assets . Upon the termination of the Plan, the assets of the Plan shall be allocated for the purpose of paying benefits to the Participants and beneficiaries in the following order of precedence:

                          (i)    To each benefit payable as an annuity which was in pay status as of the beginning of the three-year period ending on the Plan Termination Date (at the lowest level of benefit in pay status in that period and based on the provisions of the Plan as in effect during the five years prior to the Plan Termination Date under which such benefit would be the least);

                          (ii)   To each benefit payable as an annuity which would have been in pay status within three years prior to the Plan Termination Date had the Participant then been retired and had his benefits commenced then (based on provisions of the Plan as in effect during the five years prior to Plan Termination Date under which such benefit would be the least);

                          (iii)    To each benefit guaranteed under Title IV of ERISA (determined without regard to Section 4022g(b)(5) relating to certain limitations on benefits);

                          (iv)   To each benefit which would be guaranteed under Title IV of ERISA if neither Section 4022(b)(5) nor Section 4022(b)(6), relating to certain guaranty limitations, applied;

                          (v)    To all other vested benefits under the Plan;

                          (vi)   To all other benefits under the Plan.

                   (b)     Sequential Adjustment . The amount allocated with respect to any benefit under subparagraph (a), above, shall be properly adjusted for any allocation of assets with respect to that benefit under a prior category of benefits described in subparagraph (a).

                   (c)     Lateral Adjustment . If the assets available for allocation under any clause of subparagraph (a), above, are insufficient to satisfy in full the benefits of all individuals who are described in such clause. the assets shall be allocated pro rata among such individuals on the basis of the present value (as of the Plan Termination Date) of their respective benefits described therein.

                   (d)     Category (v) Adjustment . If the assets available for allocation under section (v) of subparagraph (a) are not sufficient to satisfy in full the benefits of individuals described therein, then such assets shall be allocated in the following manner:

                          (i)    The assets shall be allocated to the benefits of individuals described in said section (v) on the basis of the benefits of individuals who would have been described in said section (v) under the Plan as in effect at the beginning of the five-year period ending on the Plan Termination Date

                          (ii)   If the assets available for allocation under section (i) of this subparagraph (d) are sufficient to satisfy in full the benefits described therein (without regard to this section (ii), then for purposes of said section (i), benefits of individuals described therein shall be determined on the basis of the Plan as amended by the most recent Plan amendment effective during such five-year period under which the assets available for allocation are sufficient to satisfy in full the benefits of individuals described in said section (i) and any assets remaining to be allocated under such section shall be allocated thereunder on the basis of the Plan as amended by the next succeeding Plan amendment effective during such period.

                   (e)     Adjustment to Prevent Discrimination . If the Secretary of the Treasury determines that the allocation made pursuant to this Paragraph (without regard to this subparagraph (e)) results in discrimination prohibited by the Code, then, if required to prevent disqualification of the Plan under the Code, the assets allocated under sections (iii), (iv), (v), and (vi) of subparagraph (a) shall be reallocated to the extent necessary to avoid such discrimination.

                   Further, in the event the Plan is terminated, the benefit of any Highly Compensated Employee (or any former Highly Compensated Employee), as determined under the provisions of Code Section 401(a)(17), shall be limited to a benefit that is nondiscriminatory under Section 401(a)(4).

                   (f)     Residual Assets . Following termination, any residual assets of the Plan shall be distributed to the Company after all liabilities of the Plan to Participants and their beneficiaries have been satisfied, provided that the distribution does not contravene any provision of law.

                   (g)     Limitation on Reversion . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Plan is terminated after a "Change in Control" shall have occurred, then:

                          (i)    The retirement benefits provided under the Plan shall be increased upon such termination in a manner that precludes discrimination in favor of highly compensated employees (within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code) to the maximum extent possible without causing the Plan to lose its qualified status under Section 401 of the Code and without causing a funding deficiency to occur by reason of such termination;

                          (ii)   In implementing such termination, each Plan Participant shall be entitled to receive distribution of such Participant's benefit in cash (and such cash amount shall be determined on the assumption that the Participant retires at the earliest possible date under the Plan) or an annuity contract which may be issued only by an insurance company enjoying the highest rating accorded by both Standard & Poor's and Moody's;

                          (iii)  Any assets remaining after the satisfaction of all liabilities shall be applied by the Trustees directly for the exclusive benefit of Participants in the Plan and other employees of the Company who may be participants in the plan maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Code (the "401(k) Plan") by adding such assets to the 401(k) Plan, or by using such assets as an initial contribution to establish one or more plans qualified under Section 401 of the Code (including but not limited to one or more defined contribution plans as defined in Section 3(34) of ERISA; and, to the extent that the Trustees determine that all or any part of such remaining assets cannot be so applied within a reasonable time after such termination, they shall apply the balance of such remaining assets to augment or establish one or more employee welfare benefit plans, as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA, for the benefit of employees of the Company as the Trustees shall determine in their discretion; and

                          (iv)   A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if (A) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and (14(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, hereinafter the "Exchange Act") is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing 35% or more of the combined voting power of the Corporation's then outstanding securities; or (B) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors (the "Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election or the nomination for election by the Corporation's shareholders of each new Board member was approved by a vote of at least three-fourths of the Board members then still in office who were Board members at the beginning of such period.

                   (h)     Termination Date . The Plan Termination Date, as used in this Article XV, shall be:

                          (i)    The date established by the Company and agreed to by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, if the Plan is terminated in accordance with Section 4041 of ERISA;

                          (ii)   The date established by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in accordance with Section 4042 of ERISA; or

                          (iii)  The date established by a court of competent jurisdiction if the Plan is terminated in accordance with either of the foregoing sections of ERISA, but no agreement is reached between the Company and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or a judicially appointed trustee.

           15.2     Method of Settlement . The allocation and provision for retirement benefit shall be accomplished as determined by the Employee Benefits Committee in conformity with applicable law.

           15.3     Merger . If this Plan or the Trust created pursuant hereto shall be merged or consolidated with any other plan or trust, or if the assets or liabilities thereof shall be transferred to any other plan or trust, each Participant hereunder shall have a benefit under the merged or transferee plan (calculated as though said plan were terminated immediately after such merger or transfer) which such Participant would have enjoyed under this Plan if this Plan had been terminated immediately before such merger or transfer.

ARTICLE XVI

Leased Employees

           16.1     Definitions . For purposes of this Article XVI, the term "Leased Employee" means any person (a) who performs or performed services for an Employer or Affiliate (hereinafter referred to as the "Recipient") pursuant to an agreement between the Recipient and any other person (hereinafter referred to as the "Leasing Organization"), (b) who has performed such services for the Recipient or for the Recipient and related persons (within the meaning of Section 144(a)(3) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and (c) whose services are:

                          (i)    effective January 1, 1997, performed under primary direction or control by the Recipient,

                          (ii)   prior to January 1, 1997, of a type historically performed, in the business field of the recipient, by employees.

           16.2     Treatment of Leased Employees . For purposes of this Plan, a Leased Employee shall be treated as an employee of an Affiliate whose service for the Recipient (including service during the one-year period referred to in Paragraph 16.1) is to be taken into account in determining compliance with the service requirements of the Plan relating to vesting. However, the Leased Employee shall not be entitled to share in accrued benefits under the Plan with respect to any service or compensation attributable to the period during which he is a Leased Employee, and shall not be eligible to become a Participant eligible to accrue benefits under the Plan unless and except to the extent that he shall at some time, either before or after his service as a Leased Employee, qualify as a Participant eligible to accrue benefits under the Plan without regard to the provisions of this Article XVI ( determined without regard to clause (b) of Paragraph 16.1).

           16.3     Exception for Employees Covered by Plans of Leasing Organization . Paragraph 16.2 shall not apply to any Leased Employee if such employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan of the Leasing Organization meeting the requirements of Section 414(n)(5)(B) of the Code and Leased Employees do not constitute more than twenty percent (20%) of the aggregate "nonhighly compensated work force" (as defined in Section 414(n)(5)(C)(ii) of the Code) of all Employers and Affiliates.

           16.4     Construction . The purpose of this Article XVI is to comply with the provisions of Section 4l4(n) of the Code. All provisions of this Article shall be construed consistently therewith, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no individual shall be treated as a Leased Employee except as required under such section.

ARTICLE XVII

MISCELLANEOUS

           17.1     Antialienation . No benefit payable under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, assignment, garnishment, or pledge; and any attempt to anticipate, assign, garnish, or pledge the same shall be void; and no such benefits shall be in any manner liable for or subject to the debts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of any Participants, and if any Participant shall become bankrupt or attempt to anticipate, assign, or pledge any benefits, then such benefits shall, at the discretion of the Employee Benefits Committee, cease, and in the event the Employee Benefits Committee shall have the authority to cause the same, or any part thereof, to be held or applied to or for the benefit of such Participant, his spouse, his children, or other dependents, or any of them in such manner and in such proportion as the Employee Benefits Committee may think proper.

                   Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Paragraph, payments may be made in conformity with a qualified domestic relations order, within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code, under procedures to be adopted in conformity with said Section.

           17.2     Applicable Law . Except as otherwise provided by ERISA, this Plan is established with reference to, and shall be construed, regulated and administered under, the laws of the State of California. If any provision hereof shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or infeasible, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless continue in full force And effect.

           17.3     Look Back Year . The determination of Highly Compensated Employees in conformity with the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.414(q)-1T shall be made for the years 1995 and 1996 utilizing the current Plan Year as both the look-back year and the determination year.

ARTICLE XVIII

[RESERVED
]

ARTICLE XIX

TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

                   The Plan shall be considered to be top-heavy in any Year if as of the determination date the present value of all benefits of Key Employees (as defined in Section (e) hereof ) under this Plan and all other Plans in the aggregation group as defined herein shall exceed sixty percent (60%) of a similar sum determined for all Employees under such plans. Effective July 7, 1995, in determining the present value of benefits, the actuarial assumptions shall be those in effect on the determination date for purposes of applying the provisions of Code Section 417(e)(3). The determination date for any Year is the last day of the preceding Year. The Aggregation Group shall consist of this Plan, each other Plan maintained by the Employer in which a Key Employee shall be a Participant, and any other Plan the maintenance of which is necessary to permit this Plan or any Plan in which a Key Employee is a Participant to satisfy the provision of Section 410 or 401(a)(4) of the Code. In particular, any distribution to an Employee during the five-year period ending on the determination date shall be taken into account in determining the accrued benefit of such Employee, as provided in Section 416(g)(3) of the Code; any rollover contribution made after December 31, 1983 will not be taken into account in determining whether the Plan is top-heavy, as provided in Section 416(g)(4)(A) of said Code; and the accrued benefit or account balance of any former Key Employee who is no longer a Key Employee shall not be taken into account as provided in Section 416(g)(4)(B) of said Code.

                   In determining the amount of benefits to be taken into account under the provisions of the first sentence of this Section, the present value of benefits shall be calculated under the actuarial assumptions used in determining the funding requirements of the Plan; the valuation shall be as of the last valuation date which is within a twelve-month period ending on the determination date; the rules set forth in Paragraphs (3) and (4) of Section 416(g) of the Code shall be followed; and the accrued benefit of an Employee other than a Key Employee (within the meaning of Section 416(i)(1) of the Code) shall be determined under (a) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all plans maintained by the Affiliates, or (b) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional accrual rate of Section 411(b)(1)(c) of the Code. If the Plan shall be top-heavy in any Year, the following provisions shall apply notwithstanding any other provisions hereof:

                   (a)     Vesting . Each Participant's vested interest in his accrued benefit shall be determined using the following vesting schedule rather than under the provisions of Article IX hereof:

Years of

Vesting Credit Service

 

Vested

Percentage

     

1

 

0%

2

 

20%

3

 

40%

4

 

60%

5

 

80%

6

 

100%

                   If in any subsequent Year the Plan shall cease to be top-heavy, each Participant's vested interest in his accrued benefit as of the last day of the Year in which the Plan was top-heavy shall be preserved, but except as to long-term Employees additional vesting in such accrued benefit and in all future accruals shall be determined under the provisions of Article IX (so long as the Plan shall not be top-heavy). A long-term Employee is any Employee who was a Participant during a Year in which the Plan was top-heavy and who, as of the first day of the Year with respect to which the top-heavy restrictions shall have become inapplicable, shall have completed at least five Years of Vesting Credit Service. The vested interest of a long-term Employee in all benefits hereunder shall be determined under the vesting schedule set forth in this Article.

                   (b)     Minimum Benefit . If the Plan shall be top-heavy in any Year, the minimum accrued benefit for each Employee who shall have completed a Year of Credited Service during such Year and who is not a Key Employee (as hereinbefore defined) shall be an annual lifetime retirement benefit commencing at Normal Retirement Age equal to the applicable percentage as hereinafter defined of such Participant's average compensation for a five-year period during which such Employee's compensation shall have been the greatest. The term "applicable percentage" means the lesser of twenty percent (20%) or two percent (2%) multiplied by the number of the Employee's Years of Credited Service subsequent to December 31, 1983, and during which the Plan was top-heavy. If the Participants benefit hereunder shall be paid as other than a single-life annuity commencing at Normal Retirement Age, then the Participant shall receive a benefit payment calculated under the preceding provisions hereof.

                   (c)     Additional Limitations . In applying the provisions of subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Section, contributions or benefits under the Social Security Act, the Federal Insurance Contributions Act, or any similar federal or state law shall not be taken into account. The provisions of said Sections shall not, however, apply in any event to any Employee included in a unit of Employees covered by an agreement which the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between Employee representatives and one or more Employers if there is evidence that retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining between such Employee representatives and such Employer or Employees.

                   (d)     Benefit Limitations . If a Plan shall be top-heavy in any Year prior to January 1, 2000, then all references in Paragraph 6.4 to "one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the dollar limitation" shall be deemed to refer to one hundred percent (100%) of such limitation.

                   (E)    A Key Employee is any Employee or former Employee who at any time during the Plan Year containing the determination date or the four preceding Plan Years is or was (1) an officer of the Employer having annual compensation for such Plan Year which is in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the dollar limit in effect under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code for the calendar year in which such Plan Year ends; (2) an owner of (or considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section 318) both more than a one-half percent (.5%) interest as well as one of the ten (10) largest interests in the Employer and having annual compensation greater than the dollar limit in effect under Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) for the year; (3) a five percent (5%) owner of the Employer; or (4) a one percent (1%) owner of the Employer who has annual compensation of more than $150,000. For purposes of determining five-percent and one-percent owners, neither the aggregation rules nor the rules of subsections (b), (c), and (m) of Code Section 414 apply. Beneficiaries of an Employee acquire the character of the Employee who performed service for the Employer, and inherited benefits will retain the character of the benefits of the Employee who performed services for the Employer.

ARTICLE XX

SPECIAL
PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO MEMEC LLC AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

           20.1     Special Definitions . For purposes of this Article XX, the following terms have the following meanings unless different meaning is clearly required by the context:

                   (a)    " Closing " means October 16, 2000 (the date of the closing under the Share Purchase Agreement dated August 7, 2000 (the "SPA") between VEBA Electronics GmbH and others, and E.ON AG, on the one hand, and Arrow Electronics, Inc., Cherry Bright Limited and Avnet, Inc.).

                   (b)    " Memec " means Memec LLC and its subsidiaries, Impact Semiconductor Technologies LLC, Insight Electronics LLC, and Unique Semiconductor Technologies Inc..

           20.2    " Memec Employees" . Memec Employees means individuals who are active Participants immediately prior to the Closing and become employees of Memec upon the Closing.

           20.3     Memec Employees No Longer Active Participants Under the Plan . Effective as of the Closing, Memec Employees shall accrue no further benefits under the Plan, and Memec Employees shall be fully vested in their benefits already accrued as of the Closing.

 

ARTICLE XXO

Benefit Freeze

                   No Participant shall accrue any further benefits under the Plan after December 31, 2000. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no period after December 31, 2000 shall be includible in Credited Service, no compensation after December 31, 2000 shall be taken into account in determining Final Average Earnings, and the Primary Insurance Amount under Section 6.1 shall be determined for each Participant as if the Participant had terminated employment on December 31, 2000, based on Social Security benefit levels and law then in effect.

ARTICLE XXII

Applicable Mortality Table on and After December 31, 2002

           This Article shall apply to distributions with Annuity Commencement Dates on or after December 31, 2002. Notwithstanding any other plan provisions to the contrary, the applicable mortality table used for purposes of adjusting any benefit or limitation under sections 415(b)(2)(B), (C), or(D) of the Code as set forth in Section 6.3 and the applicable mortality table used for purposes of satisfying the requirements of section 417(e) of the Code as set forth in Section 8.4, Article XIX, and Exhibit A of the Plan is the table prescribed in Rev. Rul. 2001-62.

                   IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC., successor by merger to Wyle Electronics, has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed, this day of February, 2002.

ATTEST:                                ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

________________________               By_____________________

        Secretary                             Executive Director

EXHIBIT A

JOINT AND SURVIVOR FACTORS

                   For an employee with a spouse less than five years younger or older, a reduction of: 20% times the survivor percentage.

                   For an employee with a spouse more than five years younger, a reduction of: 20% plus 1% for every year over five that the spouse is younger, times the survivor percentage.

                   For an employee with a spouse more than five years older, a reduction of: 20% minus 1% for every year over five that the spouse is older, times the survivor percentage. (If a spouse is more than 25 years older than the employee, there is no reduction.)

Examples:

Spouse's Age Compared

to Employee's Age

Joint and Survivor Factors

100%

66-2/3%

50%

         

10 years younger or more

 

--------------------see above---------------------

9 years younger

 

.760

.840

.880

8 years younger

 

.770

.847

.885

7 years younger

 

.780

.853

.890

6 years younger

 

.790

.860

.895

5 years younger to

5 years older

 

.800

.867

.900

         

6 years older

 

.810

.873

.905

7 years older

 

.820

.880

.910

8 years older

 

.830

.887

.915

9 years older

 

.840

.893

.920

10 years older or more

 

--------------------see above---------------------

                   Apply factors to monthly straight-life annuity benefit. Determine ages of both employee and spouse as age nearest birthday.

EXHIBIT A - Continued

LUMP SUM FACTORS

APPLICABLE AS OF JANUARY 31, 1989 TO SECTION 8.4(c)

Age Nearest

Birthday

Factor

(Apply to 12 times the monthly benefit)

Under 35

1.0

35 - 39

1.5

40 - 44

2.0

45 - 49

2.5

50 - 54

3.5

55 - 59

5.0

60 and over

8.0

Miscellaneous

                   An interest rate of seven percent (7%) per year and the mortality table prescribed by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for purposes of Section 417(e) of the Code shall be used for determining all actuarial equivalents under the Plan for which actuarial assumptions or factors are not otherwise specifically provided.

ARROW ELECTRONICS STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

(as amended and restated February 15, 2002)

INTRODUCTION *

ARTICLE I Definitions *

1.1 Account *
1.2 Administrator *
1.3 Affiliate *
1.4 Beneficiary *
1.5 Board of Directors *
1.6 Category of Common Stock *
1.7 Common Stock *
1.8 Company *
1.9 Compensation *
1.10 Disability *
1.11 Effective Date *
1.12 Employee *
1.13 Employer *
1.14 Entry Date *
1.15 Exempt Loan *
1.16 Fund *
1.17 General Account *
1.18 Highly Compensated Employee *
1.19 Hour of Service *
1.20 Member *
1.21 Normal Retirement Date *
1.22 One-Year Break in Service. *
1.23 PAYSOP Account *
1.24 Plan *
1.25 Suspense Account *
1.26 Termination of Employment *
1.27 Trust Agreement *
1.28 Trustee *
1.29 Vested Percentage *
1.30 Year *
1.31 Year of Employment *
1.32 Year of Service *

ARTICLE II Membership *

2.1 In General *
2.2 Service with Affiliates *
2.3 Transfers. *
2.4 Reemployment *

ARTICLE III Contributions *

3.1 Source of Contributions *
3.2 Amount of Contributions *
3.3 Maximum Limitation *
3.4 Contributions Conditional *

ARTICLE IV Accounts *

4.1 Accounts *
4.2 Eligibility to Share in Contributions and Forfeitures *
4.3 Allocation of Contributions and Forfeitures *
4.4 Crediting the Earnings and Other Amounts Received in Respect of Common Stock *
4.5 Reallocation of Common Stock *
4.6 Common Stock Withdrawn from the Suspense Account *
4.7 Maximum Limitation *
4.8 Administration of Accounts *
4.9 Voting of Common Stock. *
4.10 Vesting. *
4.11 Diversification of Investments. *
4.12 Military Service *

ARTICLE V Retirement Benefits *

5.1 Payment of Retirement Benefits *

ARTICLE VI Termination of Employment *

6.1 Benefits upon Termination of Employment. *
6.2 Payment of Benefits upon Termination of Employment. *
6.3 Forfeitures *
6.4 Reemployment *
6.5 Irrevocable Forfeitures *

ARTICLE VII Withdrawal upon Full Vesting *

7.1 Withdrawal Rights *
7.2 Distribution *
7.3 Direct Transfer to Arrow Savings Plan *

ARTICLE VIII Death Benefits *

8.1 Death Benefits *
8.2 Designation of a Beneficiary. *
8.3 Proof of Death *
8.4 Designation of Method of Distribution *
8.5 Undistributed Balance of Terminated Member *
8.6 Discharge of Liability *

ARTICLE IX Distribution of Benefits *

9.1 Form of Distribution of Benefits *
9.2 Put Options *
9.3 Time of Commencement of Benefits. *
9.4 Special Rule for Exempt Loan *
9.5 Qualified Domestic Relations Orders. *
9.6 Direct Rollover of Eligible Rollover Distributions *

ARTICLE X Administration of the Plan *

10.1 Named Fiduciary *
10.2 The Administrator. *
10.3 Notification of Members *
10.4 Advisers *
10.5 Service in Multiple Capacities *
10.6 Limitation of Liability; Indemnity. *
10.7 Reliance on Information *
10.8 Funding Policy *
10.9 Proper Proof *
10.10 Genuineness of Documents *

ARTICLE XI The Trust Agreement *

11.1 The Trust Agreement *
11.2 Rights of the Company *
11.3 Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee *
11.4 Leveraged Purchases *

ARTICLE XII Amendment *

12.1 Right of the Company to Amend the Plan *
12.2 Plan Merger *

ARTICLE XIII Discontinuance of Contributions and Termination of the Plan *

13.1 Right to Terminate the Plan or Discontinue Contributions *
13.2 Manner of Termination *
13.3 Effect of Termination *
13.4 Distribution of the Fund *

ARTICLE XIV Miscellaneous Provisions *

14.1 Plan Not a Contract of Employment *
14.2 Source of Benefits *
14.3 Spendthrift Clause *
14.4 Merger *
14.5 Valuation of Common Stock *
14.6 Claims Procedure *
14.7 Inability to Locate Distributee *
14.8 Payment to a Minor or Incompetent *
14.9 Doubt as to Right to Payment *
14.10 Estoppel of Members and Beneficiaries *
14.11 Controlling Law *
14.12 Separability *
14.13 Captions *
14.14 Usage *
14.15 Family Aggregation Rules Repealed *

ARTICLE XV Exempt Loans *

15.1 Application of Article *
15.2 Use of Proceeds *
15.3 Non-Recourse Requirement *
15.4 Permitted Collateral *
15.5 Default *
15.6 Release from Encumbrance *
15.7 Suspense Account *
15.8 Put Option *
15.9 Other Terms of Loan *

ARTICLE XVI Leased Employees *

16.1 Definitions *
16.2 Treatment of Leased Employees *
16.3 Exception for Employees Covered by Plans of Leasing Organization *
16.4 Construction *

ARTICLE XVII "Top-Heavy" Provisions *

17.1 Determination of "Top-Heavy" Status. *
17.2 Provisions Applicable in "Top-Heavy" Years *

 

SUPPLEMENT NO. 1 S1-1
SUPPLEMENT NO. 2 S2-1
SUPPLEMENT NO. 3 S3-1
SUPPLEMENT NO. 4 S4-1
SUPPLEMENT NO. 5 S5-1
SUPPLEMENT NO. 6 S6-1

ARROW ELECTRONICS STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

INTRODUCTION

As used herein, the term "Plan" means the Arrow Electronics Stock Ownership Plan, initially adopted effective January 1, 1974 (as the Employee Stock Ownership Plan for the Employees of Arrow Electronics, Inc.) and amended from time to time. The Plan was amended effective as of January 1, 1977 to include a TRASOP, and it then comprised: (a) as Part I, the Plan substantially as in effect theretofore, with changes deemed advisable in light of the adoption of the TRASOP, and further changes deemed necessary or advisable in order to comply with applicable law; and (b) Part II, a TRASOP administered by means of accounts separate from the accounts established pursuant to Part I. Under Part II of the Plan, Common Stock of Arrow Electronics, Inc. was transferred to the Plan in accordance with the provisions of: (i) section 301(d)(6) of the Tax Reduction Act of 1975, as amended, with respect to qualified investment (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended (the "1954 Code")) for the taxable years 1977 and 1978; (ii) section 48(n) of the 1954 Code with respect to qualified investment for the taxable years 1979 through 1982; and (iii) section 44G (succeeded by section 41) of the 1954 Code with respect to aggregate compensation paid or accrued for the taxable years 1983 through 1986. Arrow Electronics, Inc. and its participating subsidiaries adopted and have maintained the Plan for the purpose of giving eligible employees an interest in the business of Arrow Electronics, Inc. through indirect stock ownership, with the benefits and risks attendant upon stock ownership.

The Plan was further amended and restated effective as of June 1, 1979 and January 7, 1980. Effective as of June 1, 1982, the Plan was amended and restated to include as Part III a Capital Accumulation Plan administered by means of accounts separate from the accounts established pursuant to Part I and Part II. Effective as of January 1, 1983, the Plan was further amended and restated to make changes in Part II deemed necessary or advisable in order to comply with the provisions of applicable law that substituted a payroll-based tax credit employee stock ownership plan ("PAYSOP") for a TRASOP, and further changes deemed necessary or advisable in light of the adoption of Part III of the Plan and of changes in applicable law.

Pursuant to a restatement dated January 1, 1985, the Plan was further amended to comply with applicable law and to reflect the adoption by the Company of two new plans (the "New Plans"), the Arrow Electronics ESOP and the Arrow Electronics Capital Accumulation Plan, both effective as of January 1, 1984. The Arrow Electronics ESOP was a qualified stock bonus plan within the meaning of section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and an employee stock ownership plan as defined in section 4975(e)(7) of the Code and regulations and rulings thereunder, and section 407(d)(6) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA") and regulations and rulings thereunder (an "ESOP").

Membership in Parts I and III of the Plan was closed after the Entry Date of July l, 1983 and no contributions were made to Part I or Part III for any Year ending after December 31, 1983. Members of the Plan who were eligible became members of the New Plans as of December 31, 1983. Other eligible individuals subsequently became members of the New Plans in accordance with the terms thereof. Part II of the Plan remained open to new Members in accordance with its terms, but no Company contributions were made to it after that for the Year ended December 31, 1986. The cessation of contributions was the result of the termination of the tax credit formerly provided under section 41 of the 1954 Code (and predecessor statutes).

The Plan was further amended and restated effective as of the close of business on December 31, 1988 for the following purposes: (i) to delete Part III and to transfer all assets and liabilities thereof to a separate plan called the Arrow Electronics Savings Plan; (ii) to combine Parts I and II and to merge the Arrow Electronics ESOP into the Plan as thus amended, and to make further changes deemed necessary or advisable in light of the merger, including changing the name of the Plan to the Arrow Electronics Stock Ownership Plan; and (iii) to make changes deemed necessary or advisable to comply with changes in applicable law, effective on such dates as required by law, and to make other changes deemed desirable in order to effect the purposes of the Plan. Provisions of this document having effective dates prior to December 31, 1988 govern Parts I and II of the Plan as constituted prior thereto and the Arrow Electronics ESOP. The Plan is designated as an employee stock ownership plan as defined in section 4975(e)(7) of the Code and regulations and rulings thereunder, and is designed to invest primarily in qualifying employer securities within the meaning of section 409(1) of the Code.

The Plan was further amended and restated to incorporate further amendments adopted through December 28, 1994 in order to make changes deemed necessary or advisable to comply with changes in applicable law, effective as of such dates as are required by law, and to make other changes deemed desirable in order to effect the purposes of the Plan.

The Plan is hereby further amended and restated to include additional amendments, including those deemed necessary or advisable to comply with the provisions of the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (also referred to as GATT), the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, the IRS Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998, and the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000, as well as other amendments determined by the Company to be appropriate to further the purposes of the Plan, effective as the dates required by such provisions of law or as expressly set forth, provided that clarifications of existing provisions are effective as of the same dates as the provisions which they clarify. The restated Plan also eliminates as "deadwood" provisions no longer necessary, including those distinguishing Class Year Accounts (which have all become fully vested and no longer require separate accounting) from the General Accounts (which were subject to the vesting schedule that became effective as of January 1, 1989), and most special provisions relating to PAYSOP Accounts, which are consolidated into General Accounts where applicable, to create a single Account for each Member on and after January 1, 2001. References herein to sections that have been renumbered as a result of any of the foregoing changes shall, where the context requires, include references to corresponding sections of the Plan as previously in effect.

back to top

The Plan as restated February 15, 2002, reads as follows:

Article I

      1.1 Account . A Member's account established pursuant to Section 4.1 .

      1.2 Administrator . The Administrator appointed by the Board of Directors to administer the Plan pursuant to Article X.

      1.3 Affiliate . Any of the following:

      1.3.1 Controlled Group Affiliate . Any corporation (other than an Employer) of which 80% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote is owned at the time of reference, directly or indirectly, by the Company, and any other trade or business (other than an Employer), whether or not incorporated, which, at the time of reference, controls, is controlled by or under common control with an Employer within the meaning of section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code, including any division of an Employer not participating in the Plan and, for purposes of Section 3.3, section 415(h) of the Code (a "Controlled Group Affiliate").

      1.3.2 Affiliated Service Groups, etc . Any (a) member of an affiliated service group, within the meaning of section 414(m) of the Code, that includes an Employer, or (b) organization aggregated with an Employer pursuant to section 414(o) of the Code, to the extent required by such sections.

      1.4 Beneficiary . A person or persons entitled pursuant to the Plan to receive any benefits payable upon or after the death of a Member.

      1.5 Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company.

      1.6 Category of Common Stock . Shares of Common Stock which are treated as having the same cost or other basis to the Fund are regarded as being of the same Category of Common Stock. Shares of Common Stock may be assigned to a Category of Common Stock for this purpose based on the average cost thereof determined in accordance with applicable regulations.

      1.7 Common Stock . The common stock of the Company having a par value of $1.00 per share, or any other common stock into which it may be reclassified.

      1.8 Company . Arrow Electronics, Inc., a New York corporation, and any company acquiring the business of Arrow Electronics, Inc. and which, within a reasonable time thereafter, adopts this Plan as of the effective date of such acquisition.

      1.9 Compensation . Gross annual cash compensation paid by an Employer in any Year to an Employee while he is a Member of the Plan; provided, however, that if an Employee becomes a Member on July 1 of any Year (or any other date other than January 1 of such year), his Compensation for such Year shall be one-half of his actual gross annual cash compensation from the Employer for such Year (or otherwise prorated in such manner as the Administrator shall deem appropriate in order to reflect the portion of such Year during which he was a Member). Compensation shall not include any payments made pursuant to stock appreciation rights or otherwise pursuant to any plan for the grant of stock options, stock, or other stock rights, or expense reimbursements (such as but not limited to relocation and tuition expense reimbursements and nontaxable car allowances), but shall include taxable car allowances. Compensation shall be determined before giving effect to any salary reduction agreement under the Arrow Electronics Savings Plan (or any other cash or deferred arrangement described in section 401(k) of the Code) or to any similar reduction agreement pursuant to any cafeteria plan (within the meaning of section 125 of the Code) or, effective January 1, 2001, for purposes of receiving qualified transportation fringe benefits (as described in section 132(f)(4) of the Code). Compensation taken into account for any Member for any Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, shall not exceed one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000) (as adjusted from time to time for increases in the cost of living in accordance with section 401(a)(17) of the Code), and shall not exceed two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000), as so adjusted, for any of the Plan Years 1989 through 1993. If the period for determining Compensation is a short plan year (i.e., shorter than 12 months), the annual Compensation limit is an amount equal to the otherwise applicable annual Compensation limit multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the short plan year, and the denominator of which is 12.

      1.10 Disability . A physical or mental condition which would, upon proper application, entitle the Member to disability benefits under the Social Security Act.

      1.11 Effective Date . January 1, 1974.

      1.12 Employee . Any person employed by the Company or any other Employer, subject to such terms and conditions as may apply to such Employer pursuant to Section 1.13 and subject also to the following:

      1.12.1 An employee who is employed primarily to render services within the jurisdiction of a union and whose compensation, hours of work, or conditions of employment are determined by collective bargaining with such union shall not be an Employee unless the applicable collective bargaining agreement expressly provides that such employee shall be eligible to participate in this Plan, in which event, however, he shall be entitled to participate in this Plan only to the extent and on the terms and conditions specified in such collective bargaining agreement.

      1.12.2 The board of directors of an Employer may, in its discretion, determine that individuals employed in a specified division, subdivision, plant, location or job classification of such Employer shall not be Employees, provided that any such determination shall not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees so as to prevent the Plan from qualifying under section 401(a) of the Code.

      1.12.3 An individual who performs services for an Employer under an agreement or arrangement (which may be written, oral, and/or evidenced by the Employer's payroll practice) with such individual or with another organization that provides the services of such individual to the Employer, pursuant to which such individual is treated as an independent contractor or is otherwise treated as an employee of an entity other than the Employer, shall not be an Employee, irrespective of whether such individual is treated as an employee of the Employer under common-law employment principles or pursuant to the provisions of section 414(m), 414(n) or 414(o) of the Code.

      1.13 Employer . The Company and any subsidiary of the Company which has adopted the Plan with the approval of the Company, subject to such terms and conditions as may be imposed by the Company upon the participation in the Plan of such adopting Employer.

      1.14 Entry Date . Each January 1 and July 1.

      1.15 Exempt Loan . A loan to the Plan (including a purchase by the Plan on deferred payment terms) which is made by or guaranteed by the Company or another disqualified person with respect to the Plan. The term "loan," for purposes of this Plan, shall include a non-recourse loan by the Company to the Plan which is repayable only out of contributions by the Company and earnings described in Section 15.3.

      1.16 Fund . The Fund created by the Trust Agreement pursuant to Section 11.1.

      1.17 General Account . A separate Account maintained for a Member pursuant to Section 4.1.1 as in effect prior to January 1, 2001.

      1.18 Highly Compensated Employee . A "highly compensated employee" as defined in section 414(q) of the Code and applicable regulations. Effective January 1, 1997, "Highly Compensated Employee" means an employee who received compensation (as determined under section 414(q) of the Code) during the prior Year in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted pursuant to section 414(q) of the Code) or who was a five percent (5%) owner (as described in Section 17.1.2(c)) at any time during the current or prior Year.

      1.19 Hour of Service . For all purposes of this Plan, "Hour of Service" shall mean each hour includible under any of Sections 1.19.1 through 1.19.4, applied without duplication, but subject to the provisions of Sections 1.19.5 through 1.19.8.

      1.19.1 Paid Working Time . Each hour for which an employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for an Employer;

      1.19.2 Paid Or Other Approved Absence . Each regularly scheduled working hour during a period for which an employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by an Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability or pregnancy), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence, or during any other period of authorized leave if employee returns to employment with the Employer on the expiration of such leave.

      1.19.3 Military Service . Each regularly scheduled working hour which would constitute an Hour of Service under Section 1.19.1 or 1.19.2 but for the employee's absence for "qualified military service" (as defined in section 414(u) of the Code) ("Military Service") by the employee, provided that such employee is entitled to reemployment under such chapter with respect to such service, and that such employee re-enters the employ of an Employer within the period during which his reemployment rights are protected by law; and

      1.19.4 Back Pay Awards . Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer.

      1.19.5 Crediting Hour of Service . Hours of Service shall be credited as follows:

            (a) Paid Working Time . Hours of Service described in Section 1.19.1 shall be credited to the Year in which the duties were performed;

            (b) Paid Absence and Military Service . Hours of Service described in Sections 1.19.2 and 1.19.3 shall be credited to the Year in which occur the regularly scheduled working hours with respect to which such Hours of Service are determined, beginning with the first such hours;

            (c) Back Pay Awards . Hours of Service described in Section 1.19.4 shall be credited to the Year or Years to which the back pay award or agreement pertains (rather than to the Year in which the award, agreement or payment is made).

        1.19.6 Limitations on Hours of Service for Paid Absences . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, Hours of Service otherwise required to be credited pursuant to Section 1.19.2 (relating to paid absences), or Section 1.19.4 (relating to an award or agreement for back pay) to the extent the award or agreement described therein is made with respect to a period described in such subsection, shall be subject to the following limitations and rules:

            (a) 501 Hour Limitation . No more than 501 of such Hours of Service are required to be credited on account of any single continuous period during which the Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single Year);

            (b) Payments Required by Law . An hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account of a period during which no duties are performed is not required to be credited to the Employee if such payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workmen's compensation, unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws;

            (c) Certain Payments Excluded . Hours of Service are not required to be credited for a payment which solely reimburses an Employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by the Employee, or constitutes a retirement, termination, or other severance pay or benefit; and

            (d) Indirect Payments . A payment shall be deemed to be made by or due from an Employer regardless of whether such payment is made by or due from the Employer directly, or indirectly through, among others, a trust, fund, or insurer, to which the Employer contributes or pays premiums.

        1.19.7 Determinations by Administrator . The Administrator shall have the power and final authority:

            (a) To determine the Hours of Service of any individual for all purposes of the Plan, and to that end may, in its discretion, adopt such rules, presumptions and procedures permitted by applicable law as it shall deem appropriate or desirable;

            (b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to provide that the regularly scheduled working hours to be credited under Sections 1.19.2, 1.19.3 and 1.19.4 to an Employee without a regular work schedule shall be determined on the basis of a 40-hour work week, or an 8-hour work day, or on any other reasonable basis which reflects the average hours worked by the Employee or by other Employees in the same job classification over a representative period of time, provided that the basis so used is consistently applied with respect to all Employees within the same job classifications, reasonably defined.

        1.19.8 Monthly Equivalency . An Employee who customarily works for an Employer for 20 or more hours per week throughout each Year (except for holidays and vacations) shall be credited with exactly 190 Hours of Service for each month with respect to which he completes at least one Hour of Service in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.19 (regardless of whether the number of Hours of Service actually completed in such month exceeds 190), subject to Section 1.19.6.

      1.20 Member . Every individual who on December 31, 1988 was a Member of Part I or Part II of this Plan (as then in effect) or of the Arrow Electronics ESOP, and every individual who shall have become a Member pursuant to Article II hereof, and whose Membership shall not have terminated.

      1.21 Normal Retirement Date . The 65th anniversary of a Member's date of birth.

      1.22 One-Year Break in Service .

      1.22.1 General Accounts . For purposes of determining the forfeiture of Account balances, a One-Year Break in Service is a Year in which the individual has no more than 500 Hours of Service. For purposes of determining whether a One-Year Break in Service has occurred, an individual who is absent from work by reason of a "maternity or paternity absence" as defined in Section 1.22.2 shall receive credit for the Hours of Service which would have been credited to such individual but for such absence, or in any case in which such Hours cannot be determined, eight Hours of Service per day of such absence, but in no event more than 501 Hours of Service. The Hours of Service credited under this Section 1.22.1 shall be credited only (a) in the Year in which the absence begins if necessary to prevent a One-Year Break in Service in that Year, or (b) in all other cases, in the following Year.

      1.22.2 Maternity or Paternity Absence . For purposes of this Section 1.22, "maternity or paternity absence" means an absence from active employment beginning on or after January 1, 1985 by reason of (a) the individual's pregnancy, (b) the birth of a child of the individual, (c) the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or (d) for purposes of caring for any such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to give an employee a right to a leave of absence for any reason.

      1.23 PAYSOP Account . A separate Account maintained prior to January 1, 2001 for each Member who at December 31, 1988 had a balance in an account established for him under Part II of this Plan as in effect prior to the close of business on December 31, 1988, and earnings thereon.

      1.24 Plan . The Arrow Electronics Stock Ownership Plan, which as currently in effect is set forth in this instrument.

      1.25 Suspense Account . A suspense account created and maintained pursuant to Section 15.7.

      1.26 Termination of Employment . A Member's employment shall be treated as terminated on the date that he ceases to be an Employee, subject to Section 2.3.

      1.27 Trust Agreement . The agreement by and between the Company and the Trustee under which this Plan is funded, as from time to time amended.

      1.28 Trustee . The trustee or trustees from time to time designated under the Trust Agreement.

      1.29 Vested Percentage . The percentage of a Member's Account or a subaccount thereof which is nonforfeitable pursuant to Article IV.

      1.30 Year . The period of time commencing with the first day of January and ending with the last day of December.

      1.31 Year of Employment . A Year during which an employee has not less than one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service.

      1.32 Year of Service . A (a) Year of Employment, and (b) in the case of a former member of the Arrow Electronics ESOP, any other Year between 1984 through 1988, inclusive, on the last day of which the employee rendered services to an Employer, but excluding any Year prior to the Effective Date (or, in the case of a former member of the Cramer Electronics, Inc. Employee Savings/Investment Plan, prior to January 1, 1972) and excluding any Year prior to the Year in which the employee attained age 18. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term "Year of Service" shall not include any Year not taken into account for vesting purposes as of December 31, 1984 under the Plan or the Arrow Electronics ESOP as a result of the application of the break rules of those plans as then in effect, nor any other Year which was succeeded by five consecutive One-Year Breaks In Service ("Five-Year Break"), if the number of such One-Year Breaks in Service was equal to or in excess of the individual's Years of Service prior to such Five-Year Break and the individual had no nonforfeitable rights under the Plan at the time of the Five-Year Break.

    back to top

Article II
Membership


      2.1 In General . An Employee who has not previously become a Member shall become a Member on the first Entry Date on or after January 1, 1989 coincident with or next following the later of his reaching age 21 or his completing a consecutive 12-month period in which he is credited with 1,000 Hours of Service, provided he is then an Employee. The first consecutive 12-month period taken into account for this purpose shall start on the date on which he first performs an Hour of Service described in Section 1.19.1, and if he does not complete 1,000 Hours of Service within that period, the subsequent 12-month periods shall be Years, beginning with the first Year after such date.

      2.2 Service with Affiliates . Solely for the purposes of determining (a) whether an employee has met the length of service requirement imposed as a prerequisite for membership in the Plan, or (b) the Hours of Service credited to an employee under the Plan, service with any Affiliate shall be treated as service with an Employer. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, a Member shall be eligible to share in contributions and forfeitures under the Plan only with respect to Compensation paid by an Employer for service as an Employee (as distinguished from service for any Affiliate).

      2.3 Transfers .

      2.3.1 Transfer to Eligible Employment . If an individual is transferred to employment eligible for membership in this Plan from employment with an Affiliate or with an Employer in a position not so eligible, he shall become a Member on the later of (a) the date of such transfer, or (b) the Entry Date on which he would have become a Member if his prior employment by the Employer or Affiliate had been in a position eligible for membership in the Plan.

      2.3.2 Transfer to Affiliate or Ineligible Employment . If a Member is transferred to employment with (a) an Affiliate or (b) an Employer in a position ineligible for membership in the Plan, he shall not be deemed to have retired or terminated his employment for the purposes of the Plan until such time as he is employed neither by an Employer nor by any Affiliate. Such a Member shall be eligible to share in contributions and forfeitures under the Plan for the Year of such transfer, provided that he remains an employee of an Employer or any Controlled Group Affiliate as of the last day of that Year, or he ceased to be such an employee during the Year by reason of death or Disability, or on or after attainment of his Normal Retirement Date, but he shall not be eligible to share in contributions or forfeitures for subsequent Years unless and until he returns to employment as an Employee in a position not excluded from active membership pursuant to Section 1.12. For purposes of this Section 2.3.2, for any period after a Member's Vested Percentage in his Account is 100%, "Affiliate" shall not include an organization described only in Section 1.3.2.

      2.4 Reemployment . If a Member whose Accounts are not vested terminates employment and is subsequently rehired as an Employee after five or more consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service, he shall upon rehire be treated as a new employee for all purposes of this Plan. In all other cases, a Member who terminates employment and is subsequently rehired as an Employee shall be eligible to resume membership in this Plan immediately upon rehire.

    back to top

Article III
Contributions

      3.1 Source of Contributions . All contributions to the Fund will be made by the Employers. Contributions by Members shall not be required or permitted. The Company may, in its discretion, make the contribution to the Fund required of any other Employer hereunder, as agent for such Employer.

      3.2 Amount of Contributions . For each Year that the Plan is in effect, each Employer shall contribute to the Fund such amount (if any) as the board of directors of such Employer shall determine in its sole discretion. Such amounts shall be transferred by each Employer to the Trustee in cash or in Common Stock, as such board of directors shall determine, from time to time during the Year, or after the close of the Year, but within the time prescribed by law for the filing of such Employer's federal income tax return for such Year.

      3.3 Maximum Limitation . The following provisions shall apply notwithstanding any provision of Article IV to the contrary:

      3.3.1 Maximum Limitation . Subject to the provisions of Section 3.3.2, the contributions and forfeitures allocated to a Member's Account under this Plan for any Year, when added to (a) the contributions and forfeitures allocable to his account under the Arrow Electronics Savings Plan or under any other plan (or portion thereof) of any Employer or any of its Affiliates subject to section 415(c) of the Code, (b) employee contributions under all such plans (or portions thereof) but not including rollover contributions, loan repayments or repayments of prior distributions upon exercise of buy-back rights, and (c) amounts described in section 419A(d)(2) of the Code (relating to post-retirement medical benefits of key employees) or allocated to a pension plan individual medical account described in section 415(l) of the Code, to the extent includible for purposes of section 415(c)(2) of the Code, shall not exceed the lesser of (a) $30,000 as adjusted pursuant to section 415(d) of the Code or (b) 25% of the Member's Earnings (as defined in Section 3.3.4) for such Year. Employer and employee contributions taken into account as Annual Additions shall include "excess contributions" as defined in section 401(k)(8)(B) of the Code, "excess aggregate contributions" as defined in section 401(m)(6)(B) of the Code, and "excess deferrals" as described in section 402(g) of the Code (to the extent such excess deferrals are not distributed to the employee before the April 15 following the taxable year of the employee in which such deferrals were made), regardless of whether such amounts are distributed or forfeited. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Year that this Plan satisfies all of the requirements of section 4l5(c)(6) of the Code, the provisions of this Section 3.3.1, shall be applied by disregarding (y) any contributions for a Year which are applied to the payment of interest on a loan incurred for the purpose of acquiring Common Stock and are charged against a Member's Account, and (z) forfeitures of Common Stock that was acquired with the proceeds of a loan. For purposes of this Section 3.3.1, forfeitures of Common Stock shall be valued as of the day of reallocation, i.e., December 31 of such Year.

      3.3.2 Adjustment of Limitation . The limitation described in Section 3.3.1 shall be applied taking into account the special rule in section 415(c)(6) of the Code.

      3.3.3 Valuation of Common Stock from Suspense Account . For purposes of this Section 3.3, shares of Common Stock that are withdrawn from the Suspense Account in any Year by reason of Employer contributions for such Year (and allocable to a Member's Account as of the last day of such Year in accordance with Section 4.6) shall be taken into account in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the amount of such Employer contributions, or (b) the fair market value of such shares as of the last day of such Year.

      3.3.4 Definition of Earnings . "Earnings" means total compensation actually paid by all Employers and Affiliates. Effective January 1, 1989, Earnings taken into account under the Plan for any Year shall not exceed the amount determined in accordance with section 401(a)(17) of the Code. Effective January 1, 1998, earnings shall be determined before giving effect to any salary reduction agreement under the Arrow Electronics Savings Plan (or similar contributions under any other cash or deferred arrangement within the meaning of section 401(k) of the Code) or to any similar reduction agreement pursuant to any cafeteria plan (within the meaning of section 125 of the Code) or, effective January 1, 2001, for purposes of receiving transportation fringe benefits (as described in section 132(f)(4) of the Code).

      3.3.5 Coverage by Defined Benefit Plan . For Years beginning before January 1, 2000, if a Member has at any time been covered by a defined benefit plan maintained by an Employer or an Affiliate, the limitations set forth in this Article III shall be further reduced if and to the extent necessary to comply with section 415(e) of the Code.

      3.4 Contributions Conditional . Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan or the Trust Agreement, all contributions under the Plan are conditioned on the deductibility of such contributions under section 404(a) of the Code for the taxable year for which contributed, and on initial qualification of the Plan under section 401(a) of the Code.

    back to top

Article IV
Accounts

      4.1 Accounts . The Administrator shall maintain an account or accounts for each Member, in which the number of shares or fractions of a share (to the nearest one-hundredth) allocated to each Member shall be recorded . Each Member's General Account as constituted prior to January 1, 2001 shall be credited with (a) the balance (if any) as of December 31, 1988 in the Member's account under Part I of this Plan as then in effect, (b) the balance (if any) as of December 31, 1988 in the Member's account under the Arrow Electronics ESOP, (c) contributions and forfeitures allocated to the Member pursuant to Section 4.3 after December 31, 1988, and prior to January 1, 2001, (d) the balance in the Member's PAYSOP Account as of December 31, 2000 (if any), and (e) future earnings in respect of Common Stock credited to the General Account. Effective as of January 1, 2001 all such accounts are consolidated into a single Account for each Member, which shall include the Member's General Account and PAYSOP Account as previously constituted, and which shall be credited with contributions and forfeitures allocated pursuant to Section 4.3 after December 31, 2000 and with future earnings in respect of Common Stock credited to such Account.

      4.2 Eligibility to Share in Contributions and Forfeitures . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, a Member shall be eligible to share in contributions or forfeitures for a Year (a "Participating Member") only if he has not less than 1,000 Hours of Service during such Year; provided, however, that if such Member retires at or after Normal Retirement Date, suffers Disability or dies during such Year, the 1,000 Hours of Service requirement shall be pro-rated.

      4.3 Allocation of Contributions and Forfeitures . As of the last day of each Year, the Common Stock contributed for that Year, or purchased with cash contributions for that Year, or attributable to forfeitures for that Year, shall be allocated to the Accounts of all Members who are Employees as of the last day of that Year or whose employment terminated during that Year (a) at or after attaining either their Normal Retirement Date or (b), effective for Members retiring on or after January 1, 2002, their "Early Retirement Date" (which shall be the first date on which they are at least age 60 and have completed at least 10 Years of Service), or (c) on account of death or Disability, and are Participating Members. Such Common Stock shall be allocated in the ratio which the Compensation of each Participating Member bears to the total Compensation of all Participating Members for such Year. In allocating forfeitures of Common Stock, the Administrator shall allocate each Category of Common Stock proportionately to the Accounts of each Member to whom forfeited Common Stock is allocated.

      4.4 Crediting the Earnings and Other Amounts Received in Respect of Common Stock . All distributions (except distributions of Common Stock) received in respect of Common Stock previously allocated to Members' Accounts, including, without limitation, cash dividends, shall, to the extent not applied toward payment of an Exempt Loan in accordance with Section 15.3, be applied to the purchase of Common Stock which shall be credited to the Accounts of Members in proportion to the amount of Common Stock held in such Accounts when such distributions accrued. All distributions (except distributions of Common Stock) received in respect of Common Stock not previously allocated to Members' Accounts, but subsequently allocated as of the close of the Year, shall, to the extent not applied toward payment of an Exempt Loan in accordance with Section 15.3, be applied to the purchase of Common Stock which shall be credited to the Accounts of Participating Members (as defined in Section 4.2) as of the end of the Year in proportion to the crediting of such unallocated Common Stock to Members' Accounts at the end of the Year, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.7. Distributions with respect to which there is an ex-dividend date shall be deemed to accrue on the first day on which the Common Stock sells ex-dividend.

      In the event that the distribution received in respect of Common Stock previously allocated to Members' Accounts is additional Common Stock, such additional Common Stock shall be allocated to the Accounts of Members in proportion to the amount of Common Stock in their Accounts when the right to such additional Common Stock accrues.

      In the event that the distribution received in respect of Common Stock not previously allocated to Members' Accounts, but subsequently allocated as of the close of the Year, is additional Common Stock, such additional Common Stock shall be allocated to the Accounts of Participating Members in proportion to the allocation at the end of the Year of such previously unallocated Common Stock, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.7.

      All distributions received in respect of Common Stock held in the Suspense Account and not allocated to Members' Accounts at or before the close of the Year, to the extent not applied toward repayment of an Exempt Loan in accordance with Section 15.3, shall (unless made in the form of Common Stock) be applied to the purchase of Common Stock, and the Common Stock so purchased (or distributed) shall be credited to the Accounts of Participating Members as of the end of the Year in the proportion in which they are eligible to share in Employer contributions for such Year as provided in Section 4.3 except as otherwise provided in Section 4.7.

      Distributions described in this Section 4.4 may not be used to pay an Exempt Loan except to the extent permitted under Section 15.3. To the extent so used, the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.4 shall not apply, and such distributions shall be treated as applied to purchase the Common Stock withdrawn from the Suspense Account by reason of such payment, and such Common Stock shall be allocated as provided in Section 4.6.

      4.5 Reallocation of Common Stock . Common Stock once allocated to the Account of a Member shall not be reallocated to the Account of any other Member except as follows:

      4.5.1 Forfeited Common Stock . Common Stock forfeited by Members shall be reallocated as provided in Section 4.3.

      4.5.2 Cash Distributed In Lieu of Common Stock . In the event that the Trustee distributes cash in lieu of a fractional share of Common Stock in a Member's Account, this Common Stock shall, for purposes of allocation to the Accounts of other Members, be treated as having been purchased by the Trustee during the Year in which such distribution is made for the amount so distributed in cash. However, the Common Stock so allocated by the Trustee shall remain in the same Category of Common Stock in the Accounts of the Members to whom reallocated as it was in the Account of the Member to whom previously allocated.

      4.6 Common Stock Withdrawn from the Suspense Account . Common Stock withdrawn from the Suspense Account for any Year pursuant to Section 15.7 shall be allocated as of the last day of such Year among Members in the following manner:

      4.6.1 Employer Contributions . To the extent that such Common Stock was withdrawn from the Suspense Account by reason of Employer contributions for such Year, or by reason of earnings on Plan assets held in the Suspense Account and not allocated to Members' Accounts on or before the end of such Year, such Common Stock shall be allocated among Participating Members for such Year in the proportion in which they are eligible to share in Employer contributions for such Year as provided in Section 4.3.

      4.6.2 Income on Common Stock . To the extent that such Common Stock was withdrawn from the Suspense Account by reason of dividends or other distributions on Common Stock allocated to Members' Accounts on or before the last day of such Year, such Common Stock shall be allocated among Members in proportion to their respective interests in the Common Stock in respect of which such dividends or other distributions were made, in the manner provided in Section 4.4.

      4.7 Maximum Limitation . If the total allocation to a Member's Account in any one Year under Section 4.3 and (with respect to allocations of earnings and other amounts received in respect of Common Stock not previously allocated to Members' Accounts) Section 4.4 and Section 4.6.1 would exceed the limitations set forth in Section 3.3, such excess shall be used to reduce contributions (including allocation of any forfeitures) for such Member in the next Year and each succeeding Year if necessary; provided, if the Member is not covered by this Plan at the end of the Year, the portion exceeding the limitations set forth in Section 3.3 shall be held by the Trustee in escrow (with the Plan as beneficiary) to be allocated to the Members' Accounts in the next succeeding Year or Years in the manner set forth in Section 4.3, and in proportion to the Compensation for such later Year or Years, as soon as permitted after giving effect to Section 3.3. Any distributions or other earnings received for any Year on assets remaining in such escrow as of the close of such Year shall also be held in such escrow. In the event of a termination of the Plan, unallocated amounts held in such escrow shall be allocated to the extent possible under this Article IV for the Year of termination. Any amount remaining in such escrow upon termination of the Plan shall then be returned to the Company or other Employer, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or Trust Agreement.

      4.8 Administration of Accounts . Contributions, forfeitures and Common Stock withdrawn from the Suspense Account shall be allocated annually as of the close of each Year. All other allocations provided for in this Article IV shall be made quarterly, semi-annually or annually, as directed by the Administrator.

      4.9 Voting of Common Stock .

      4.9.1 Members' Rights . Each Member shall have the right to direct the Trustee as to the manner in which shares of Common Stock allocated to his Account are to be voted. The Company shall furnish the Trustee and the Members with notices and information statements when voting rights are to be exercised, in such time and manner as may be required by applicable law and the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws. Such statements shall be substantially the same for Members as for holders of Common Stock in general. The Member may, in his discretion, grant proxies for the exercise of his voting rights under this Section 4.9 in accordance with proxy provisions of general application. The Trustee shall vote such Common Stock in accordance with the direction of the Member or, if permitted by the Member, in its sole discretion. Fractional shares of Common Stock allocated to Members' Accounts shall be combined to the largest number of whole shares and voted by the Trustee to reflect to the extent possible the voting direction of the Members holding fractional shares.

      4.9.2 Vote by Trustee . Any Common Stock held in escrow under Section 4.7, or in the Suspense Account under Section 15.7, or otherwise not allocated to a Member's Account at the time of reference, may be voted by the Trustee in its sole discretion. Whenever the Trustee may vote any Common Stock in its sole discretion under this Section 4.9, the Trustee shall do so in a manner that the Trustee judges to be in the best interest of the Members and their Beneficiaries. This may include, if the Trustee judges it appropriate, the voting of such Common Stock so as to reflect the voting directions given by the Members with respect to Common Stock with respect to which they have voting rights under this Section 4.9. The Trustee shall not vote any Common Stock with respect to which a Member has voting rights under this Section 4.9 except in accordance with valid directions or proxies given in accordance with this Section 4.9.

      4.9.3 Rights of Beneficiaries . All rights of Members under this Section 4.9 shall, upon the death of a Member, be exercisable by such Member's Beneficiary until such time as the Member's Account shall have been fully distributed to such Beneficiary.

      4.10 Vesting .

      4.10.1 Normal Retirement, Disability or Death . Upon a Member's Termination of Employment on account of death or Disability, or upon his attainment of his Normal Retirement Date (or any higher age) while employed by an Employer or an Affiliate, his Account shall have a Vested Percentage of 100%.

      4.10.2 Vesting Schedule .  Upon a Member's Termination of Employment for a reason other than death, retirement at or after his Normal Retirement Date, or Disability, he shall be entitled to receive the Vested Percentage of the balance in his Account, determined on the basis of the Member's Years of Service, as follows:

      Years of Service           Vested Percentage

      5 or more                           100%

      less than 5                             0%

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Member who had a vested or partially vested account under Part I of the Plan on January 1, 1984, or who had a PAYSOP Account transferred to his Account as of January 1, 2001, shall have a Vested Percentage of 100%, without regard of his actual Years of Service.

      4.11 Diversification of Investments .

      4.11.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Section 4.11, "Qualified Member" means a Member who has attained age 55 and who has completed 10 Years of Membership in the Plan, and "Qualified Election Period" means the six-Year period beginning with the later of (a) the Year in which the Member first becomes a Qualified Member and (b) the Year beginning January 1, 1988.

      4.11.2 Election by Qualified Member . If the fair market value of the Common Stock acquired by the Plan after December 31, 1986 and ever allocated to the Accounts of a Qualified Member exceeds $500 at the end of a Year in such Member's Qualified Election Period, then all shares of Common Stock acquired by the Plan after December 31, 1986 and ever allocated to the Accounts of the Qualified Member shall be subject to a diversification election within 90 days of such Year-end and within 90 days of the end of each remaining Year in the Qualified Member's Qualified Election Period. Within each such 90-day period except the last one, the Qualified Member shall be permitted to direct the Plan to transfer to the Arrow Electronics Savings Plan a number of shares up to (a) 25% of the total number of shares of Common Stock acquired by the Plan after December 31, 1986 and ever allocated to the Accounts of the Qualified Member on or before the last day of the Year just ended, less (b) the number of such shares previously distributed, transferred, or diversified pursuant to an election made under this Section 4.11.2 after December 31, 1986. In the last election permitted to a Qualified Member, "50%" shall be substituted for "25%" in clause (a) of the preceding sentence. The Qualified Member's direction to the Plan shall be given in such manner and at such time as the Administrator shall prescribe. For purposes of this Section 4.11.2, the total number of shares of Common Stock acquired by the Plan after December 31, 1986 shall not include shares contributed during 1987 to Part II of the Plan as then in effect as a contribution with respect to, and deductible by the Company for, the Year ended December 31, 1986.

      4.11.3 Additional Diversification . The Administrator may in his discretion permit Qualified Members to direct the Plan to diversify, in the manner set out in Section 4.11.2, a number of shares greater than the number specified in such Section; provided, that any such additional diversification shall be made available to Qualified Members in a manner that does not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees.

      4.11.4 Transfer of Account . Whenever a Qualified Member makes an election pursuant to Section 4.11.2, the Administrator shall within 90 days of the end of the Qualified Member's 90-day election period sell the number of shares for which diversification has been elected and transfer the proceeds, net of brokerage fees, to the Qualified Member's rollover contributions account in the Arrow Electronics Savings Plan. In lieu of such a sale, the Administrator may credit the Qualified Member with cash derived from contributions or dividends in an amount equal to the value of such shares, and apply the cash to the Arrow Electronics Savings Plan as though it were sale proceeds. If the Qualified Member has no account under the Arrow Electronics Savings Plan, he shall be required to open one prior to the transfer from this Plan. The Member shall direct in accordance with procedures established by the Administrator the transfer of the proceeds of diversification to his rollover contributions account in the Arrow Electronics Savings Plan, where it shall initially be invested according to the instructions that he shall give with respect to such transfer.

      4.12 Military Service . Effective December 12, 1994, notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, contributions and service credit will be provided with respect to Military Service (as defined in Section 1.18.3) to the extent required by Chapter 43 of Title 38 of the United States Code (USERRA) and in accordance with section 414(u) of the Code.

    back to top

Article V
Retirement Benefits

      5.1 Payment of Retirement Benefits . A Member who terminates employment on or after his Normal Retirement Date shall be entitled to receive in a single distribution the entire amount of Common Stock in his Account as of the date on which he actually retires, which right shall be nonforfeitable upon his Normal Retirement Date. Any amounts credited to his Account as of the last day of the Year in which he retires shall also be distributed to him. Pending distribution, the Member's Account shall be credited with additional Common Stock (if any) creditable thereto pursuant to Section 4.4 or 4.6.2.

    back to top

Article VI
Termination of Employment

      6.1 Benefits upon Termination of Employment .

      6.1.1 Disability Benefits . Upon a Member's Termination of Employment on account of Disability, he shall be 100% vested in the amount of Common Stock in his Account as of the date on which his Disability occurs, and shall be entitled to receive the total balance in his Account. Any amounts credited to his Account as of the last day of the Year in which his Disability occurs shall also be distributed to him.

      6.1.2 Other Terminations . Upon a Member's Termination of Employment for reasons other than death, retirement at or after his Normal Retirement Date, or Disability, the Member shall be entitled to receive the Vested Percentage of the balance of his Account as determined under Section 4.10.2.

      6.2 Payment of Benefits upon Termination of Employment .

      6.2.1 In General . Subject to the provisions of Section 9.4, the benefits distributable to a Member pursuant to this Article VI on Termination of Employment shall be distributed in a single distribution no later than December 31 of the Year following the Year in which he terminates employment, provided, that if the total vested balance of a Member's Account as of December 31 of the year of Termination of Employment exceeds $5,000 ($3,500 prior to January 1, 1998), or prior to March 22, 1999 exceeded such amount at the time of any prior distribution, such Member's benefits shall not be distributed without the Member's written consent until required pursuant to Section 9.3. Except as the Member otherwise elects, expressly or by failure to request distribution after receipt of notice advising of the right to so elect, distribution shall in all events commence no later than 60 days after the close of the Year in which the Member attains age 65 (or termination of employment, if later), except to the extent that the Common Stock to be so distributed has not yet been acquired by the Fund. Pending distribution, a Member's Account shall be credited with additional Common Stock (if any) creditable thereto pursuant to Section 4.4 or 4.6.2. If the nonforfeitable balance of a Member's Account is zero, the Member shall be deemed to have received a single-sum distribution of such nonforfeitable balance upon his Termination of Employment. The nonvested portion of the Account of a Member who is deemed to have received a single-sum distribution of his nonforfeitable balance under this Section 6.2.1 shall be forfeited pursuant to Section 6.3.

      6.2.2 Notice Period . Distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under Treas. Reg. section 1.411(a)-11(c) provided that: (a) the Administrator clearly informs the Member that the Member has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and (b) the Member, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

      6.3 Forfeitures . The non-vested portion of a terminated Member's Account shall be forfeited on the last day of the Year coincident with or next following the date of his Termination of Employment, unless he is reemployed prior to the last day of such Year. If he has been so reemployed, no portion of his Account shall be forfeited on such day. All forfeitures shall be reallocated among the remaining Members as provided in Article IV.

      6.4 Reemployment . If a Member is reemployed by an Employer or Affiliate following a forfeiture as described in Section 6.3, the forfeited balances in his Account shall be restored unless such forfeited balances have been irrevocably forfeited pursuant to Section 6.5.

      6.4.1 Source of Restored Amounts . The restoration of a portion of any Account shall be made from forfeitures occurring at the end of the Year that such restoration occurs, and, if necessary, by a special Employer contribution made for that purpose.

      6.4.2 Irrevocable Forfeitures Not Restored . Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 6.4, the non-vested balance of any Account that has been irrevocably forfeited pursuant to Section 6.5 shall not be restored.

      6.5 Irrevocable Forfeitures . The unvested portion of a Member's Account shall be irrevocably forfeited if he incurs five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service.

    back to top

Article VII
Withdrawal upon Full Vesting

      7.1 Withdrawal Rights . If a Member's Account has a Vested Percentage of 100%, he may withdraw, at such time and in such manner as the Administrator shall prescribe, any portion thereof not to exceed one-half of the balance of such Account. No more than one withdrawal under this Article VII may be made in any l2-month period, and no more than two such withdrawals may be made in any 60-month period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares of Common Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan may not be withdrawn prior to the close of the Year in which the Exempt Loan is repaid in full. The restriction imposed by the immediately preceding sentence and the restriction to no more than two withdrawals in any 60-month period do not apply to "Qualified Members" during their "Qualified Election Periods" (as such terms are defined in Section 4. 11.

      7.2 Distribution . Except for transfers to the Arrow Electronics Savings Plan described in Section 7.3, distribution upon a withdrawal pursuant to Section 7.1 (whether made directly to the Member or in a direct rollover to an individual retirement arrangement or other eligible retirement plan) shall be made solely in shares of Common Stock, and there shall be no distribution of any fractional share or cash in lieu thereof.

      7.3 Direct Transfer to Arrow Savings Plan . If a Member directs that a withdrawal under this Article VII be transferred under Section 9.6 as a direct rollover to the Arrow Electronics Savings Plan (the "Savings Plan"), the Administrator shall sell the number of shares designated by such Member and transfer the proceeds in cash, net of brokerage fees and any other direct expenses arising from such sale, to the Savings Plan. Such sale shall be made in accordance with procedures established by the Administrator, and within 90 days after the Administrator receives such a direction from a Member. The amounts so transferred shall be held and invested in accordance with the procedures established under the Savings Plan for rollover contributions.

    back to top

Article VIII
Death Benefits

      8.1 Death Benefits . In the event of the death of a Member prior to his Termination of Employment, the amount of Common Stock in his Account as of the date of his death shall be distributed to his Beneficiary. Any amounts credited to the deceased Member's Account as of the last day of the Year in which he dies shall also be distributed to his Beneficiary. Both of these distributions shall be made not later than December 31 of the Year following the Year in which the Member's death occurs, except to the extent that the Common Stock in respect of which distribution is to be made has not yet been acquired by the Fund; provided, that if the Member had attained his Normal Retirement Date prior to his death, distribution shall be made not later than 60 days following the close of the Year in which his death occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Beneficiary is the Member's spouse, distribution shall be made within 90 days of the Member's death if reasonably practicable and otherwise as soon as practicable. Pending distribution, the deceased Member's Account shall be credited with additional Common Stock (if any) creditable thereto pursuant to Section 4.4 and Section 4.6.2, and his Beneficiary shall be entitled to vote the Common Stock in his Account pursuant to Section 4.9.3.

      8.2 Designation of a Beneficiary .

      8.2.1 Designation of Beneficiary . Subject to the further provisions of this Section 8.2, each Member may designate, at such time and in such manner as the Administrator shall prescribe, a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries (who may be any one or more members of his family or any other persons, executor, administrator, any trust, foundation or other entity) to receive any benefits distributable hereunder to his Beneficiary after the death of the Member as provided herein. Such designation of a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries shall not be effective for any purpose unless and until it has been filed by the Member with the Administrator, provided, however, that a designation mailed by the Member to the Administrator prior to death and received after his death shall take effect upon such receipt, but prospectively only and without prejudice to any payor or payee on account of any payments made before receipt by the Administrator.

      8.2.2 Spouse as Presumptive Beneficiary . Notwithstanding Section 8.2.1, a Member's sole Beneficiary shall be his surviving spouse, if the Member has a surviving spouse, unless the Member has designated another Beneficiary with the written consent of such spouse (in which consent such Beneficiary is specified by name or class, and the effect of such designation is acknowledged) witnessed by a notary public or Plan representative. Any such consent shall be irrevocable. The Administrator may, in his sole discretion, waive the requirement of spousal consent if the Member is legally separated or if the Administrator is satisfied that the spouse cannot be located, or if the Member can show by court order that he has been abandoned by the spouse within the meaning of local law, or if otherwise permitted under applicable regulations.

      8.2.3 Change of Beneficiary . A Member may, from time to time in such manner as the Administrator shall prescribe, change his designated Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, but any such designation which has the effect of naming a person other than the surviving spouse as sole Beneficiary is subject to the spousal consent requirement of Section 8.2.2.

      8.2.4 Failure to Designate . If a Member has failed effectively to designate a Beneficiary to receive the Member's death benefits, or a Beneficiary previously designated has predeceased the Member and no alternative designation has become effective, such benefits shall be distributed to the Member's surviving spouse, if any, or if no spouse survives the Member, to the Member's estate.

      8.3 Proof of Death . The Administrator may require such proof of death and such evidence of the right of any person to receive all or part of the death benefit of a deceased Member as the Administrator may deem desirable. The Administrator's determination of the fact of death of a Member and of the right of any person to receive distributions as a result thereof shall be conclusive upon such Member and all persons having or claiming any right in the Fund on account of such Member.

      8.4 Designation of Method of Distribution . Notwithstanding Section 8.1, a Member (or, after his death, his Beneficiary) may direct the Administrator to cause any distribution in respect of his account following his death to be paid in installments over a period not to exceed five years, by filing with the Administrator a designation of method of payment in such form as may be prescribed or approved by the Administrator.

      8.5 Undistributed Balance of Terminated Member . In the event that a Member shall terminate employment with a vested balance in his Account and shall die prior to the complete distribution of such vested balance, the undistributed portion of such vested balance shall be distributed to his Beneficiary, in the manner provided for in the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator and Trustee shall be fully protected in making distribution in the name of any such Member prior to the Trustee's receiving actual notice of the death of such Member, and no Beneficiary of a deceased Member shall have any interest in such Member's vested Account balances to the extent that any such distribution shall have been made.

      8.6 Discharge of Liability . If distribution in respect of a Member's Account is made to a person reasonably believed by the Administrator or his delegate (taking into account any document purporting to be a valid consent of the Member's spouse, or any representation by the Member that he is not married) to properly qualify as the Member's Beneficiary under the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII, the Plan shall have no further liability with respect to such account (or the portion thereof so distributed).

    back to top

Article IX
Distribution of Benefits

      9.1 Form of Distribution of Benefits . A Member or Beneficiary who is eligible for a benefit as provided herein shall receive distribution thereof in Common Stock, with a cash payment in lieu of any fractional share of Common Stock. The Trustee may, however, distribute whole shares of Common Stock which are made up of fractions of various Categories of Common Stock. The Administrator shall apprise the distributee of the basis to the Fund of the Common Stock (and fractions of Common Stock in the event that the whole shares of Common Stock distributed are made up of fractions having different bases) distributed to him.

      9.2 Put Options . All Common Stock distributed by the Plan shall be subject to the provisions of Section 15.8 as if it were acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan. No put option may be granted with respect to any Common Stock under this Plan except as provided in this Section 9.2 and in Section 15.8.

      9.3 Time of Commencement of Benefits .

      9.3.1 Distribution at Age 70-1/2 . For calendar years prior to 1989, distribution of the benefits of a Member who was a 5% owner (as described in Section 17.1.2(c)) for any part of any Year during or after which such Member attained age 66-1/2 shall be made in a single sum no later than the first day of April following the later of the calendar year in which such Member attained age 70-1/2 or became a 5% owner, even if he is still employed. Effective beginning with the 1989 calendar year (distributions with respect to which shall be made or begin no later than April 1, 1990) through the 1996 calendar year, this provision shall apply to all Members who attain age 70-1/2 on or after January 1, 1988 but before January 1,1997, regardless of their ownership interest. Effective January 1, 1997, such distributions shall be required hereunder (a) for a Member who is a five percent (5%) owner with respect to the calendar year in which he attained age 70-1/2, by April 1 following such year, and (b) in any other case, by April 1 following the calendar year in which the Member attains age 70-1/2 or terminates employment, whichever is later. Otherwise, distributions to a Member who has attained age 70-1/2 and has not terminated employment shall be at the Member's election. Distributions pursuant to this Section 9.3.2 shall be made as though the Member had retired.

      9.3.2 Subsequent Distributions . If a Member receives a single sum distribution pursuant to Section 9.3.1, any shares of Common Stock subsequently allocated to the Member's Account shall be distributed to the Member as soon as practicable after the end of the Year for which such allocation is made.

      9.3.3 Delay of Payment . Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in this Plan, in the event that the amount of a payment required to commence on the date otherwise determined under this Plan cannot be ascertained by such date, or if it is not possible to make such payment on such date because the Administrator has been unable to locate the Member (or, in the case of a deceased Member, his Beneficiary) after making reasonable efforts to do so, a payment retroactive to such date may be made no later than 60 days after the earliest date on which the amount of such payment can be ascertained under this Plan or the date on which the Member (or Beneficiary) is located, whichever is applicable.

      9.3.4 Distributions in Accordance with Proposed Regulations . With respect to distributions under the Plan made for calendar year beginning on or after January 1, 2001, the Plan will apply the minimum distribution requirements of section 401(a)(9) of the Code in accordance with the regulations under section 401(a)(9) that were proposed on January 17, 2001, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary. This Section 9.3.4 shall continue in effect until the end of the last calendar year beginning before the effective date of final regulations under section 401(a)(9) or such other date as may be specified in guidance published by the Internal Revenue Service.

      9.4 Special Rule for Exempt Loan . In the case of Common Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan, no distribution shall be required pursuant to Article VI until the close of the Year in which the loan is repaid in full.

      9.5 Qualified Domestic Relations Orders .

      9.5.1 Definition . For purposes of this Section 9.5.1, "Qualified Domestic Relations Order" means any judgment, decree or order (including approval of a property settlement) made pursuant to a state domestic relations law (including a community property law) which relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments or marital property to a spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent of a Member and which creates or recognizes the existence of a right of (or assigns such a right to) such spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent (the "Alternate Payee") to receive all or a portion of the benefits payable with respect to a Member under the Plan. A Qualified Domestic Relations Order must clearly specify the amount or percentage of the Member's benefits to be paid to the Alternate Payee by the Plan (or the manner in which such amount or percentage is to be determined). A Qualified Domestic Relations Order (a) may not require the Plan (i) to provide any form or type of benefits or any option not otherwise provided under the Plan, (ii) to pay benefits to an Alternate Payee under such order which are required to be paid to another Alternate Payee under another such order previously filed with the Plan, or (iii) to provide increased benefits (determined on the basis of actuarial equivalents), but (b) may require payment of benefits to the Alternate Payee under the order (i) at any time after the date of the order, (ii) as if the Member had retired on the date on which such payment is to begin under such order (taking into account only the benefits in which the Participant is then vested) and (iii) in any form in which such benefits may be paid to the Member.

      9.5.2 Distributions . The Administrator shall recognize and honor any judgment, decree or order entered on or after January 1, 1985 under a state domestic relations law which the Administrator determines to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order in accordance with such reasonable procedures to determine such status as the Administrator shall establish. Without limitation of the foregoing, the Administrator shall notify a Member and the person entitled to benefits under a judgment, decree or order which purports to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order of (a) the receipt thereof, (b) the Plan's procedures for determining whether such judgment, decree or order is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order and (c) any determination made with respect to such status. During any period during which the Administrator is determining whether any judgment, decree or order is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, any amount which would have been payable to any person pursuant to such order shall be separately accounted for pending payment to the proper recipient thereof. Any such amount, as so adjusted, shall be paid to the person entitled to such payment under any such judgment, decree or order if the Administrator determines such judgment, decree or order to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order within 18 full calendar months commencing with the date on which the first payment would be required to be made under such judgment, decree or order. If the Administrator is unable to make such a determination within such time period, payment under the Plan shall be as if such judgment, decree or order did not exist and any such determination made after such time period shall be applied prospectively only.

      9.6 Direct Rollover of Eligible Rollover Distributions . This Section applies to distributions from the Plan made on or after January 1, 1993. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan that would otherwise limit a Distributee's election under this Section 9.6, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Administrator, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid in a Direct Rollover directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.

      9.6.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Section 9.6, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below.

      9.6.1.1 Eligible Rollover Distribution . Any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of a Distributee under the Plan, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequent than annual) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee's Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under section 401(a)(9) of the Code; the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income; and any deemed distribution occurring upon the Member's Termination of Employment under which the Member's account balance is offset by the amount of an outstanding Plan loan.

      9.6.1.2 Eligible Retirement Plan . An individual retirement account described in section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in section 403(a) of the Code, or another employer's qualified trust described in section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts a Distributee's Eligible Rollover Distribution. However, in the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to the surviving Spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is only an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

      9.6.1.3 Distributee . A Member, a Member's surviving Spouse or a Member's Spouse or former Spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order (as defined in section 414(p) of the Code and Section 9.5.1).

      9.6.1.4 Direct Rollover . A payment by the Plan to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by a Distributee, in the manner prescribed by the Administrator.

      9.6.2 Limitation . No more than one Direct Rollover may be elected by a Distributee for each Eligible Rollover Distribution. A Direct Rollover shall be paid in cash.

      9.6.3 Default Procedure . If, upon Termination of Employment, the value of a Member's Account does not exceed $5,000 ($3,500 prior to January 1, 1998), and such Member does not make a timely election under this Section 9.6 to make a Direct Rollover, the Member's Account shall be distributed to the Member in accordance with Section 6.2.

      back to top

Articel X
Administration of the Plan

      10.1 Named Fiduciary . The named fiduciary under the Plan shall be the Administrator, who shall have authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, except that he shall have no authority or responsibility with respect to those matters which under any applicable trust agreement, insurance policy or similar contract are the responsibility, or subject to the authority, of the Trustee, any insurance company or similar organization. The named fiduciary under the Plan shall have the right, by written instrument executed by him, to designate persons other than the named fiduciary to carry out fiduciary responsibilities under the Plan.

      10.2 The Administrator .

      10.2.1 Appointment of Administrator . The Board of Directors shall appoint an Administrator to administer the Plan, without regard to whether or not he is an officer or employee of an Employer or a Member of the Plan, or whether or not he is serving as a Trustee of this Plan, and he shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Administrator may resign by delivering his written resignation to the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in the position of Administrator, arising for any reason whatsoever, shall be filled by the Board of Directors. If the Administrator is also a Member of this Plan, he shall not vote or act upon any matter relating solely to himself. In the event no Administrator is then serving, or if the Administrator is incapable of taking action with respect to any matter (because the matter relates solely to himself, or for any other reason), the Board of Directors shall administer the Plan with respect to such matter.

      10.2.2 Duties . The Administrator shall have all powers and discretion necessary or helpful for the carrying out of his responsibilities, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall have the power and complete discretion to:

      10.2.2.1 Determine all questions arising out of or in connection with the provisions of the Plan or its administration, including, without limitation, the power and discretion to resolve ambiguities, to determine relevant facts, to rectify errors, and to supply omissions;

      10.2.2.2 Make rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan which are not inconsistent with the terms and provisions of the Plan;

      10.2.2.3 Construe all terms, provisions, conditions and limitations of the Plan;

      10.2.2.4 Determine all questions relating to the eligibility of persons to receive benefits hereunder, all other matters upon which the benefits or other rights of a Member or other person shall be based hereunder;

      10.2.2.5 Determine all questions relating to the administration of the Plan (1) when disputes arise between an Employer and a Member or his Beneficiary, spouse or legal representatives, and (2) in order to promote the uniform administration of the Plan for the benefit of all parties concerned;

      10.2.2.6 Direct the Trustee as to the method by which and persons to whom benefits will be paid;

      10.2.2.7 Establish procedures for determining whether a domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order ("QDRO") as defined in Section 9.5.1 and for complying with any such QDRO;

      10.2.2.8 Determine the method of making corrections necessary or advisable as a result of operating defects in order to preserve qualification of the Plan under section 401(a) of the Code pursuant to procedures of the Internal Revenue Service applicable in such cases (such as those set forth in Revenue Procedure 2001-17 and corresponding successor guidance);

      10.2.2.9 Compromise or settle claims against the Plan and direct the Trustee to pay amounts required in any such settlements or compromise; and

      10.2.2.10 Employ such persons as he shall deem necessary or desirable to assist in the administration of the Plan.

      The determination of the Administrator shall be conclusive and binding on all persons. The foregoing list of powers is not intended to be either complete or exclusive, and the Administrator shall, in addition, have such powers as he may determine to be necessary for the performance of his duties under the Plan and the Trust Agreement.

      10.2.3 Expenses of the Administrator . All expenses of the Administrator shall be paid by the Company, and such expenses shall include any expenses authorized by the Board of Directors as necessary or desirable in the administration of the Plan.

      10.3 Notification of Members . Annually, after all allocations required hereunder for each Year have been made, the Administrator shall provide each Member with a statement of the amount of Common Stock in his Account.

      10.4 Advisers . Any named fiduciary under the Plan, and any fiduciary designated by a named fiduciary to whom such power is granted by a named fiduciary under the Plan, may employ one or more persons to render advice with regard to any responsibility such fiduciary has under the Plan.

      10.5 Service in Multiple Capacities . Any person or group of persons may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.

      10.6 Limitation of Liability; Indemnity .

      10.6.1 Delegation of Duty . Except as otherwise provided by law, if any duty or responsibility of a named fiduciary has been allocated or delegated to any other person in accordance with any provision of this Plan, then such named fiduciary shall not be liable for any act or omission of such person in carrying out such duty or responsibility.

      10.6.2 Limitation of Liability . Except as otherwise provided by law, no person who is a named fiduciary, or any employee, director or officer of any Employer or Affiliate, shall incur any liability whatsoever on account of any matter connected with or related to the Plan or the administration of the Plan, unless such person shall have acted in bad faith or been guilty of willful misconduct or gross negligence in respect of his duties, actions or omissions in respect of the Plan.

      10.6.3 Indemnity . The Company shall indemnify and save harmless each fiduciary, and each employee, director or officer of any Employer or Affiliate, from and against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, cost and expense which may arise by reason of, or be based upon, any matter connected with or related to the Plan or the administration of the Plan (including, but not limited to, any and all expenses whatsoever reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or in settlement of any such claim whatsoever), unless such person shall have acted in bad faith or been guilty of willful misconduct or gross negligence in respect of his duties, actions or omissions in respect of the Plan.

      10.7 Reliance on Information . The Administrator and any Employer and its officers, directors and employees shall be entitled to rely upon all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and reports furnished by any accountant, trustee, insurance company, counsel or other expert who shall be engaged by an Employer or the Administrator, and the Administrator and any Employer and its officers, directors and employees shall be fully protected in respect of any action taken or suffered by them in good faith in reliance thereon, and all action so taken or suffered shall be conclusive upon all persons affected thereby.

      10.8 Funding Policy . The funding policy and method of the Plan shall consist of the receipt of contributions and the investment thereof pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, taking into account the objectives of the Plan as stated in the Introduction.

      10.9 Proper Proof . In any case in which an Employer or the Administrator shall be required under the Plan to take action upon the occurrence of any event, they shall be under no obligation to take such action unless and until proper and satisfactory evidence of such occurrence shall have been received by them.

      10.10 Genuineness of Documents . The Administrator, and any Employer and its respective officers, directors and employees, shall be entitled to rely upon any notice, request, consent, letter, telegram or other paper or document believed by them or any of them to be genuine, and to have been signed or sent by the proper person, and shall be fully protected in respect of any action taken or suffered by them in good faith in reliance thereon.

    back to top

Article XI
The Trust Agreement

      11.1 The Trust Agreement . The Company, on behalf of itself and each other Employer, shall enter into a Trust Agreement with the Trustee providing for the establishment of a Fund hereunder. The Fund established pursuant to this Section 11.1 shall include (a) a PAYSOP fund consisting of the Company contributions paid to Part II of this Plan as in effect prior to the close of business on December 31, 1988 and earnings and profits thereon, and (b) a general fund consisting of all other contributions of the Company to the Plan and earnings and profits thereon. The provisions of the Trust Agreement shall applied to the PAYSOP shall apply on to the extent consistent with section 301(d) of the Tax Reduction Act of 1975 or section 409 of the Code during the period such provisions are in effect. The Trust Agreement shall be deemed to form a part of this Plan, and any and all rights which may accrue to any person under this Plan shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of such Trust Agreement. Copies of the Trust Agreement shall be filed with the Administrator and, upon reasonable application and notice, shall be made available for inspection by any Member.

      11.2 Rights of the Company . Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Trust Agreement or in Section 4.7, upon the transfer by an Employer of any money or assets to the Fund, all interest of the Employer therein shall cease and terminate, legal title to such Fund shall be vested absolutely in the Trustee and no part of the Fund or income therefrom shall be used for or diverted to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Members and their Beneficiaries as provided herein; provided, however, that:

            (a) A contribution that is made by an Employer by a mistake of fact may be returned to the Employer upon its request within one year after the payment of the contribution; and

            (b) A contribution that is conditioned upon its deductibility under section 404(a) of the Code may be returned to the Employer upon its request, to the extent that the contribution is disallowed as a deduction, within one year after such disallowance.

      11.3 Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee . The Trustee will hold and invest all funds as provided herein and in the Trust Agreement. The Trustee will make, at the direction of the Administrator, all payments to Members and their Beneficiaries.

      The Trustee shall invest all assets in the Fund in the Common Stock of the Company. However, pending such investment in Common Stock, the Trustee may make temporary investments in short-term fixed income obligations.

      The Trustee shall not be required to make any payment of benefits or distributions out of the Fund, or to allocate or reallocate any amounts, except upon the written direction of the Administrator. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any action by the Board of Directors or of the termination of employment, retirement, Disability or death of any Member, unless it shall be given written notice of such event by the Administrator.

      11.4 Leveraged Purchases . The Trustee shall be entitled to borrow funds for the purpose of purchasing Common Stock, either from the Company or from shareholders of the Company. Any such loan that is an Exempt Loan shall comply with the provisions of Article XV.

    back to top

Article XII
Amendment

      12.1 Right of the Company to Amend the Plan . The Company shall have the right at any time and from time to time to amend any or all of the provisions of this Plan. Except as provided in Section 12.3, no such amendment shall authorize or permit any part of the Fund to be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Members and their Beneficiaries, nor shall any amendment reduce any amount then credited to the individual account of any Member, reduce any Member's vested interest in his account, or affect the rights, duties and responsibilities of the Trustee without his written consent.

      12.2 Plan Merger . In the case of any merger or consolidation with, or transfer of assets or liabilities to, any other plan, each Member shall be entitled to a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation, or transfer (if such other plan then terminated) which is equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer (if the Plan had then been terminated).

12.3 Amendments Required by Law . All provisions of this Plan, and all benefits and rights granted hereunder, are subject to any amendments, modifications or alterations which are necessary from time to time, (a) to qualify the Plan under section 40l(a) of the Code and the regulations and rulings thereunder, (b) to continue the Plan as so qualified, (c) to qualify the Plan as an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of section 4975(e)(7) of the Code and the regulations and rulings thereunder, and within the meaning of section 407(d)(6) of ERISA and the regulations and rulings thereunder, (d)  to comply with any other provision of law. Accordingly, notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Company may amend, modify or alter the Plan with retroactive effect in any respect or manner necessary to qualify the Plan under section 40l(a) of the Code, to continue the Plan as so qualified, to meet the aforementioned statutory requirements or to comply with any other provision of applicable law.

back to top

Article XIII
Discontinuance of Contributions
and Termination of the Plan

      13.1 Right to Terminate the Plan or Discontinue Contributions . The Employers have established the Plan with the bona fide intention and expectation that from year to year they will be able to and will deem it advisable to make contributions as herein provided. In any given Year, however, the board of directors of an Employer may determine that circumstances make it impossible or inadvisable for the Employer to make contributions in respect of that Year. The failure of such board of directors to authorize contributions in respect of any Year shall not constitute a termination of the Plan. However, the Company reserves the right to terminate the Plan or completely discontinue contributions thereto at any time, with respect to any or all Employers hereunder.

      13.2 Manner of Termination . In the event the Board of Directors decides it is impossible or inadvisable to continue the Plan, the Board of Directors shall have the power to terminate the Plan by appropriate resolution. A certified copy of such resolution or resolutions shall be delivered to the Administrator, and as soon as possible thereafter the Administrator shall deliver to the Trustee a copy of the resolution or resolutions and shall give appropriate notice to the Members.

      13.3 Effect of Termination . In the event of the complete or partial termination (within the meaning of section 411(d)(3) of the Code) of the Plan or a complete discontinuance of contributions by the Employers, the rights of all affected Members to their Accounts as of the date of such termination or such complete discontinuance of contributions shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable (within the meaning of section 411 of the Code and regulations thereunder). After the date of a complete termination specified in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors, the Employers shall make no further contributions under the Plan. In the event of a complete discontinuance of contributions without a termination of the Plan, the Administrator shall remain in existence and all provisions of the Plan shall remain in force which are necessary in the opinion of the Administrator, other than the provisions for contributions, and the Fund shall remain in existence and all provisions of the Trust Agreement shall remain in force which are necessary in the sole opinion of the Administrator, other than provisions relating to contributions.

      13.4 Distribution of the Fund . In the event of a termination of the Plan, the Trustee shall apply each Member's account to the benefit of such Member (or his Beneficiary) in accordance with the instructions of the Administrator. Except as specifically provided in Section 4.7 or 11.2 or in the Trust Agreement, no assets will revert from the Trust to any Employer.

13.5 Expenses of Termination . In the event of the complete or partial termination of the Plan, the expenses incident thereto shall be a prior claim and lien upon the assets of the Trust Fund, and shall be paid or provided for prior to the distribution of any benefits pursuant to such termination.

back to top

Article XIV
Miscellaneous Provisions

      14.1 Plan Not a Contract of Employment . Neither the establishment of the Plan created hereby, nor any amendment thereof, nor the creation of any fund or account, nor the payment of any benefits hereunder, shall be construed as giving to any Member or other person any legal or equitable right against any Employer, any officer or employee thereof, the Board of Directors or any member thereof, the Administrator, or any Trustee, except as provided herein and under no circumstances shall the terms of employment of any Member be in any way affected hereby.

      14.2 Source of Benefits . All benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid or provided for solely from the Fund and the Employers assume no liability or responsibility therefor. The Employers are under no legal obligation to make any contributions to the Fund. No action or suit shall be brought by any Employee or Beneficiary, or by any Trustee, against any Employer for any such contribution.

      14.3 Spendthrift Clause . Except as may be otherwise required by a "qualified domestic relations order" (as defined in section 414(p) of the Code), or by other applicable law recognized as a permitted exception to this provision by section 401(a)(13) of the Code and regulations thereunder, no benefit or payment under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, whether voluntary or involuntary, and no attempt so to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge the same shall be valid, nor shall any such benefit or payment be in any way liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any person entitled to such benefit or payment, or subject to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.

      14.4 Merger . The merger or consolidation of the Company with any other company or the transfer of the assets of the Company to any other company by sale, exchange, liquidation or otherwise or the merger of this Plan with any other retirement plan shall not in and of itself result in the termination of the Plan or be deemed a Termination of Employment of any Employee.

      14.5 Valuation of Common Stock . Except as otherwise expressly provided, for all purposes of this Plan, the value of Common Stock on any day on which a national securities exchange is open for trading in Common Stock shall be (a) the mean between the high and low prices at which Common Stock was traded on such exchange on such day, or (b) if there were no trades of Common Stock on such exchange on such day, the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for Common Stock on such day. In the event that the value of Common Stock is to be determined under this Plan as of a day on which there was no national exchange open for trading in Common Stock, the value of Common Stock on such day shall be the value of Common Stock on the most recent day on which a national exchange was open for trading in Common Stock, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence.

      14.6 Claims Procedure . The Administrator shall establish a claims procedure in accordance with applicable law, under which any Member or Beneficiary whose claim for benefits has been denied shall have a reasonable opportunity for a full and fair review of the decision denying such claim.

      14.7 Inability to Locate Distributee . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in the event that the Administrator cannot locate any person to whom a payment or distribution is due under the Plan, and no other payee has become entitled thereto pursuant to any provision of the Plan, the account in respect of which such payment or distribution is to be made shall be forfeited at the close of the third Year following the Year in which such payment or distribution first became due (but in all events prior to the time such account would otherwise escheat under any applicable state law); provided, that any account so forfeited shall be reinstated if such person subsequently makes a valid claim for such benefit.

      14.8 Payment to a Minor or Incompetent . If any amount is payable to a minor or other legally incompetent person, such amount may be paid in any of the following ways, as the Administrator in his sole discretion shall determine:

            (a)To the legal representatives of such minor or other incompetent person;

            (b)Directly to such minor or other incompetent person;

            (c)To a parent or guardian of such minor, or to a custodian for such minor under the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (or similar statute) of any jurisdiction or to the person with whom such minor shall reside.

      Payment to such minor or incompetent person, or to such other person as may be determined by the Administrator, as above provided, shall discharge all Employers, the Administrator, the Trustees and any insurance company or other person or corporation making such payment pursuant to the direction of the Administrator, and none of the foregoing shall be required to see to the proper application of any such payment to such person pursuant to the provisions of this Section 14.8.

      14.9 Doubt as to Right to Payment . If at any time any doubt exists as to the right of any person to any payment hereunder or as to the amount or time of such payment (including, without limitation, any doubt as to identity, or any case in which any notice has been received from any other person claiming any interest in amounts payable hereunder, or any case in which a claim from other persons may exist by reason of community property or similar laws) the Administrator shall be entitled, in its discretion, to direct the Trustee (or any insurance company) to hold such sum as a segregated amount in trust until such right or amount or time is determined or until order of a court of competent jurisdiction, or to pay such sum into court in accordance with appropriate rules of law in such case then provided, or to make payment only upon receipt of a bond or similar indemnification (in such amount and in such form as is satisfactory to the Administrator).

      14.10 Estoppel of Members and Beneficiaries . The Employers, Administrator and Trustee may rely upon any certificate, statement or other representation made to them by any Employee, Member or Beneficiary with respect to age, length of service, leave of absence, date of cessation of employment or other fact required to be determined under any of the provisions of the Plan, and shall not be liable on account of the payment of any benefits or the doing of any act in reliance upon any such certificate, statement or other representation. Any such certificate, statement or other representation made by an Employee or Member shall be conclusively binding upon such Employee or Member and his Beneficiary and estate, and such Employee, Member, Beneficiary and estate shall thereafter and forever be estopped from disputing the truth and correctness of such certificate, statement or other representation. Any such certificate, statement or other representation made by a Beneficiary shall be conclusively binding upon such Beneficiary, and such Beneficiary shall thereafter and forever be estopped from disputing the truth and correctness of such certificate, statement or other representation.

      14.11 Controlling Law . This Plan and the interpretation and performance of all its terms shall be controlled by the internal laws of the State of New York (without regard to principles of conflict of laws), to the extent not preempted by federal law.

      14.12 Separability . If any provision of the Plan or the Trust Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, its invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of the Plan and/or the Trust Agreement, and the Plan and Trust Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included therein.

      14.13 Captions . The captions contained herein are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit, enlarge or describe the scope or intent of the Plan nor in any way shall affect the Plan or the construction of any provision thereof.

      14.14 Usage . Whenever applicable, the masculine gender, when used in the Plan, shall include the feminine or neuter gender, and the singular shall include the plural.

      14.15 Family Aggregation Rules Repealed . The family aggregation rules previously in effect are repealed as of January 1, 1997.

    back to top

Article XV
Exempt Loans

      15.1 Application of Article . This Article XV shall apply in the event that the Trustee shall purchase Common Stock with loan proceeds (including a purchase on deferred payment terms), and the loan is made by or guaranteed by the Company or another disqualified person with respect to the Plan. Any such loan must be primarily for the benefit of the Members participating in the Plan and their Beneficiaries.

      15.2 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of an Exempt Loan must be used within a reasonable time after their receipt by the Plan only for any or all of the following purposes: (a) to acquire Common Stock; (b) to repay such loan; (c) to repay a prior Exempt Loan.

      15.3 Non-Recourse Requirement . An Exempt Loan shall be without recourse against the Plan. Such loan shall be payable only out of contributions (other than contributions of Common Stock or other employer securities) that are made by the Employers under the Plan in order to meet their obligations under the loan, collateral given for the loan (if any), and earnings attributable to the investment of such contributions or to such collateral (including dividends or other distributions in respect of Common Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan). The payments made with respect to an Exempt Loan by the Plan during a Year shall not exceed the excess of (a) the amount of such contributions and earnings received during or prior to the Year over (b) the amount of such payments in prior Years. Such contributions and earnings shall be accounted for separately in the records of the Plan until the loan is repaid.

      15.4 Permitted Collateral . The only assets of the Plan that may be given as collateral on an Exempt Loan are Common Stock acquired with the proceeds of the loan, and Common Stock that was collateral on a prior Exempt Loan repaid with the proceeds of the current Exempt Loan.

      15.5 Default . In the event of default upon an Exempt Loan, the value of Plan assets transferred in satisfaction of the loan shall not exceed the amount of default. If the "lender" (not including for this purpose a mere guarantor) is a disqualified person with respect to the Plan, the loan must provide for a transfer of Plan assets on default only upon and to the extent of the failure of the Plan to meet the payment schedule of the loan.

      15.6 Release from Encumbrance . In the event that an Exempt Loan is secured by collateral in accordance with Section 15.4, such loan must provide for the release of such collateral in accordance with applicable regulations.

      15.7 Suspense Account . All Common Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan shall be added to and maintained in a Suspense Account. In the event that all of such Common Stock shall be pledged as collateral for such loan, such Common Stock shall be withdrawn from the Suspense Account at the rate at which it is released from such pledge as provided in Section 15.6. In all other cases, such Common Stock shall be withdrawn from the Suspense Account at the rate that would apply under the foregoing provisions of this Section 15.7 if all such Common Stock had been so pledged. For such purpose, the rate of withdrawal from the Suspense Account shall be determined under applicable regulations based on the proportion of payments of both principal and interest paid for the Year, unless (a) the Administrator shall elect to determine the rate of withdrawal solely with reference to principal payments and (b) a withdrawal based solely on principal payments shall be permissible under applicable regulations.

      15.8 Put Option . Except as provided in the following provisions of this Section 15.8, Common Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan shall not be subject to a put, call or other option, or buy-sell or similar arrangement while held by and when distributed by the Plan, whether or not the Plan is then an ESOP.

      15.8.1 Legal Requirement . Common Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan shall be subject to a put option on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 15.8, which terms and conditions shall be construed and applied so as at all times to comply with applicable regulations under section 4975 of the Code and section 407(d)(6) of ERISA. Without limiting the generality of Sections 12.1 and 12.3, or any other provision of the Plan, in the event that applicable provisions of law, or regulations, are subsequently modified so as to require or permit a change in any of such terms or conditions, or to require or permit new, different or additional terms or conditions, the Company reserves the right to amend this Section 15.8 in any respect or manner which it may deem necessary or desirable in order to comply with or conform to applicable law or regulations as so modified.

      15.8.2 Put Options . If Common Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan, when distributed, is not publicly traded or is subject to a restriction under federal or state securities laws or regulations thereunder, or under an agreement affecting such Common Stock which would make such stock not as freely tradable as stock not subject to such a restriction, a Member shall have the option to put such stock to the Company at a price equal to the fair market value thereof, as determined under a fair valuation formula in compliance with any applicable regulations. Solely for the purposes of this Section 15.8, a Member shall mean a Member (or former Member) or his Beneficiary to whom the Plan has distributed shares of Common Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan, or a donee of either thereof or any person (including an estate or its distributee) to whom such Common Stock passes by reason of the death of a Member (or former Member) or a Beneficiary. Under no circumstances may the put option bind the Plan; however, the Trustee in its discretion may elect to assume the rights and obligations of the Company with respect to any put option at the time it is exercised by giving written notice thereof (in such form as the Trustee shall in its discretion determine) to the Member exercising the put option. If it is known at the time an Exempt Loan is made that federal or state law will be violated by the Company's honoring the put option described in this Section 15.8.2, a Member shall have the option to put the Common Stock subject to this Section 15.8.2 in a manner consistent with such federal or state law, to such affiliate or shareholder (other than this Plan) of the Company as the Company, in its discretion, may designate (and in such case the provisions of this Section 15.8 shall be applied as if such shareholder or affiliate were the Company to the extent necessary or appropriate); provided, however, that any such affiliate or shareholder shall have substantial net worth at the time the Exempt Loan is made and such net worth is reasonably expected to remain substantial.

      15.8.3 Period of Exercisability . The put option shall be exercisable for a period of at least 60 days following the date of distribution of Common Stock subject to a put option under this Section 15.8 and, if the option is not exercised within such 60-day period, for an additional period of at least 60 days in the following year. In no event shall any period during which a put option is otherwise exercisable under this subsection 15.8.3 include any time during which a Member is unable to exercise such option because the Company (or other party bound by the put option) is prohibited from honoring it by applicable federal or state law, and the period during which a put option is so exercisable shall be extended by the amount of time during which such prohibition was in effect.

      15.8.4 Payment . The Company (or the Plan if it assumes the Company's obligations pursuant to Section 15.8.2, shall make full payment of the purchase price for Common Stock which is the subject of a put option that is properly exercised by a Member within 30 days after the Member surrenders to the Company (or the Plan) certificates representing such Common Stock, duly endorsed or accompanied by a stock power duly executed, in either case with his signature duly guaranteed, and accompanied by all required stock transfer stamps; provided, that in the event the shares put to the Company pursuant to Section 15.8.2 were distributed to the Member as part of a total distribution, the Company may elect to make such payment in substantially equal annual installments over a period beginning within 30 days after the date the put option is exercised and not exceeding five years if the Company provides adequate security and pays a reasonable interest rate with respect thereto. Payment under a put option may not be restricted by the provisions of an Exempt Loan or any other loan or arrangement entered into on or after November 1, 1977 to which the Company or the Plan is a party or by which either is bound, unless so required by applicable state law.

      15.8.5 Nonterminable Rights . The protections and rights provided by this Section 15.8.5 shall be nonterminable. Thus, if the Plan holds or has distributed Common Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan, and either such loan is repaid or the Plan ceases to be an ESOP, such protections and rights shall continue.

      15.9 Other Terms of Loan . An Exempt Loan must be for a specific term, and may not be payable on demand except in the case of default. Such loan shall, at the time it is made, be on terms at least as favorable to the Plan as the terms of a comparable loan resulting from arm's length negotiations between independent parties, and shall not require the payment of interest in excess of a reasonable rate of interest.

    back to top

Article XVI
Leased Employees

      16.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Article XVI, the term "Leased Employee" means any person (a) who performs or performed services for an Employer or Affiliate (hereinafter referred to as the "Recipient") pursuant to an agreement between the Recipient and any other person (hereinafter referred to as the "Leasing Organization"), (b) who has performed such services for the Recipient or for the Recipient and related persons (within the meaning of section 144(a)(3) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and (c) whose services are performed under primary direction or control by the Recipient.

      16.2 Treatment of Leased Employees . For purposes of this Plan, a Leased Employee shall be treated as an ineligible employee of an Affiliate, whose service for the Recipient (including service during the one-year period referred to in Section 16.1) is to be taken into account in determining compliance with the service requirements of the Plan relating to participation and vesting. However, the Leased Employee shall not be entitled to share in contributions or forfeitures under the Plan with respect to any service or compensation attributable to the period during which he is a Leased Employee, and shall not be eligible to become a Member eligible to accrue benefits under the Plan unless and except to the extent that he shall at some time, either before or after his service as a Leased Employee, qualify as an Employee without regard to the provisions of this Article XVI (in which event, status as a Leased Employee shall be determined without regard to clause (b) of Section 16.1, to the extent required by applicable law).

      16.3 Exception for Employees Covered by Plans of Leasing Organization . Section 16.2 shall not apply to any Leased Employee if such employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan of the Leasing Organization meeting the requirements of section 414(n)(5)(B) of the Code and Leased Employees do not constitute more than 20% of the aggregate "nonhighly compensated work force" (as defined in section 414(n)(5)(C)(ii) of the Code) of all Employers and Affiliates.

      16.4 Construction . The purpose of this Article XVI is to comply with the provisions of section 4l4(n) of the Code. All provisions of this Article shall be construed consistently therewith, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no individual shall be treated as a Leased Employee except as required under such section.

    back to top

Article XVII
"Top-Heavy" Provisions

      17.1 Determination of "Top-Heavy" Status .

      17.1.1 Applicable Plans . For purposes of this Article XVII, "Applicable Plans" shall include (a) each plan of an Employer or Affiliate in which a Key Employee (as defined in Section 17.1.2 for this Plan, and as defined in section 416(i) of the Code for each other Applicable Plan) participates during the five-year period ending on such plan's "determination date" (as described in Section 17.1.4) and (b) each other plan of an Employer or Affiliate which, during such period, enables any plan in clause (a) of this sentence to meet the requirements of sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code. Any plan not required to be included under the preceding sentence may also be included, at the option of the Company, provided that the requirements of sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code continue to be satisfied for the group of Applicable Plans after such inclusion. Applicable Plans shall include terminated plans, frozen plans, and to the extent that benefits are provided with respect to service with an Employer or an Affiliate, multiemployer plans (described in section 414(f) of the Code) and multiple employer plans (described in section 413(c) of the Code) to which an Employer or an Affiliate makes contributions.

      17.1.2 Key Employee . For purposes of this Article XVII, "Key Employee" shall mean an employee (including a former employee, whether or not deceased) of an Employer or Affiliate who, at any time during a given Year or any of the four preceding Years, is one or more of the following:

            (a)An officer of an Employer or Affiliate having Earnings (as defined in Section 3.3.4) of more than 50% of the dollar amount in effect under section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code for any such Year; provided, that the number of employees treated as officers shall be no more than 50 or, if fewer, the greater of three employees or 10% of the employees, including Leased Employees as described in Section 16.1 (exclusive of employees described in section 414(q)(5) of the Code).

            (b)One of the 10 employees (i) having Earnings from the Employer or Affiliate of more than the dollar amount described in Section 3.3.1 and (ii) owning (or considered as owning, within the meaning of section 416(i) of the Code), the largest percentage interests in value of an Employer or Affiliate, provided that such percentage interest exceeds 0.5% in value. If two employees have the same interest in the Employer or Affiliate, the employee having greater Earnings shall be treated as having a larger interest.

            (c)A person owning (or considered as owning, within the meaning of section 416(i) of the Code), more than 5% of the outstanding stock of an Employer or Affiliate, or stock possessing more than 5% of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer or Affiliate (or having more than 5% of the capital or profits interest in any Employer or Affiliate that is not a corporation, determined under similar principles).

            (d)A 1% owner of an Employer or Affiliate having Earnings of more than $150,000. A "1% owner" means any person who would be described in Section 17.1.2(c) if "1%" were substituted for "5%" in each place where it appears in Section 17.1.2(c).

        17.1.3 Top Heavy Condition . In any Year during which the sum, for all Key Employees, of the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits under all Applicable Plans which are defined benefit plans (determined based on the actuarial assumptions set forth in the "top-heavy" provisions of such plans) and the aggregate of the accounts under all Applicable Plans which are defined contribution plans, exceeds 60% of a similar sum determined for all members in such plans (but excluding members who are former Key Employees), the Plan shall be deemed "Top-Heavy."

        17.1.4 Determination Date . The determination as to whether this Plan is "Top-Heavy" for a given Year shall be made on the last day of the preceding Year (the "Determination Date"); and other plans shall be included in determining whether this Plan is "Top-Heavy" based on the determination date as defined in Code section 416(g)(4)(c) for each such plan which occurs in the same calendar year as such Determination Date for this Plan.

        17.1.5 Valuation . The value of the account balance of accrued benefits for each Applicable Plan will be determined subject to Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder, as of the most recent Valuation Date occurring within the 12-month period ending on the applicable determination date for such plan.

        17.1.6 Distributions within Five Years . Subject to Section 17.1.7, distributions from the Plan or any other Applicable Plan during the five-year period ending on the applicable Determination Date shall be taken into account in determining whether the Plan is "Top-Heavy."

        17.1.7 No Services within Five Years . Benefits and distributions shall not be taken into account with respect to any individual who has not rendered any services to any Employer or Affiliate at any time during the five-year period ending on the applicable determination date.

        17.1.8 Compliance with Code Section 416 . The calculation of the "Top-Heavy" ratio, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers and transfers from this Plan or any other Applicable Plan shall be taken into account, will be made in accordance with Code section 416 and applicable regulations thereunder.

        17.1.9 Beneficiaries . The terms "Key Employee" and "Member" include their beneficiaries.

        17.1.10 Accrued Benefit Under Defined Benefit Plans . Solely for purposes of determining whether this Plan or any other Applicable Plan is "Top-Heavy" for a given Year, the accrued benefit under any defined benefit plan of a Member other than a Key Employee shall be determined under (a) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer or an Affiliate, or (b) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than at the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional accrual rule of section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.

      17.2 Provisions Applicable in "Top-Heavy" Years . For any Year in which the Plan is deemed to be "Top-Heavy," the following provisions shall apply to any Member who has not terminated employment before such Year.

      17.2.1 Required Allocation . The amount of Employer contributions and forfeitures which shall be allocated to the account of any active Member who (a) is employed by an Employer or Affiliate on the last day of the Year and (b) is not a Key Employee shall be (i) at least 3% of such Member's Earnings for such Year, or, (ii) if less, an amount equal to such Earnings multiplied by the highest allocation rate for any Key Employee. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the allocation rate for each individual Key Employee shall be determined by dividing the Employer contributions and forfeitures allocated to such Key Employee's account under all Applicable Plans considered together, by his Earnings; provided, however, that clause (ii) does not apply if this Plan enables a defined benefit plan required to be so aggregated under Section 17.1.1 to meet the requirements of section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code. The minimum-allocation provisions of this Section 17.2.1 shall, to the extent necessary, be satisfied by special Employer contributions made by the Employer for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the minimum allocations otherwise required by this Section 17.2.1 shall not be required to be made for any Member if such Member is covered under a defined benefit plan maintained by an Employer or an Affiliate which provides the minimum benefit required under section 416(c)(1) of the Code, and/or to the extent that the minimum allocation otherwise required by this Section 17.2.1 is made under another defined contribution plan maintained by an Employer or an Affiliate. In addition, any minimum allocation required to be made for a Member who is not a Key Employee shall be deemed satisfied to the extent of the benefits provided by any other qualified plan maintained by an Employer or an Affiliate.

      17.2.2 Multiplier . Except as otherwise provided by law for years prior to January 1, 2000, "1.00" shall be substituted for the multiplier "1.25" required by section 415(e)(2)(B)(i) and (3)(B)(i) of the Code, unless the following conditions are met:

            (a)the percentage described in Section 17.1.3 does not exceed 90%; and

            (b)"4%" is substituted for "3%" in Section 17.2.1.

        Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, if the sum of the combined limitation fractions described in section 415(e)(2) and (3) of the Code as applied to this Plan, calculated by substituting "1.00" for "1.25" in applying section 415(e)(2)(B)(i) and (3)(B)(i) of the Code, for any Member exceeds 100% for the last Year before the Plan becomes "Top-Heavy," such fractions shall be adjusted, in accordance with applicable regulations, so that their sum does not exceed 100% for such Year.

        17.2.3 Vesting . Any Member shall be vested in his account on a basis at least as favorable as is provided under the following schedule:

Years of Employment                        Vested Percentage

Less than 2                                                  0%

2 but less than 3                                           20%

3 but less than 4                                           40%

4 but less than 5                                          60%

5 but less than 6                                          80%

6 or more                                                  100%

back to top

In any Year in which the Plan is not deemed to be "Top- Heavy," the minimum Vested Percentage of any account shall be no less than that which was determined as of the last day of the last Year in which the Plan was deemed to be "Top-Heavy." The minimum vesting schedule set out above shall apply to all benefits within the meaning of Code section 411(a)(7) except those attributable to employee contributions, including benefits accrued before the effective date of this Article XVII and benefits accrued before the Plan became "Top-Heavy." Any vesting schedule change caused by alterations in the Plan's "Top-Heavy" status shall be deemed to result from a Plan amendment giving rise to the right of election required by Code section 411(a)(10)(B).

The provisions of Sections 17.2.1 and 17.2.3 shall not apply to any employee included in a unit of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement if, within the meaning of section 416(i)(4) of the Code, retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC. has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed, this day of February, 2002 pursuant to authorization and direction of the Compensation Committee of its Board of Directors at a meeting on October 9, 2001.

ATTEST:                                                                                        ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

                                                                                                        By:                                                  

Secretary                                                                                          Executive Vice President

back to top

SUPPLEMENT NO. 1

In connection with the acquisition by the Company of the electronics distribution businesses of Ducommun Incorporated (the "Ducommun Acquisition"), the Plan is amended in the following respects:

S1.1 In the case of any individual who became an Employee on or about January 11, 1988 in connection with the Ducommun Acquisition, and who remained an Employee continuously from that time through December 31, 1989, the term "Year of Service" shall include, effective on and after January 1, 1990, any Year (i) during which such Employee was employed by Ducommun and (ii) which would have been a Year of Employment had such Employee been employed instead by an Employer.

back to top

SUPPLEMENT NO. 2

In connection with the acquisition by the Company of all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Lex Electronics Inc. ("Lex"), the Plan is amended as follows, effective September 27, 1991:

S2.1 Solely for purposes of Section 2.1 of the Plan, an individual who became an employee of an Employer or Affiliate on or about September 27, 1991 in connection with the acquisition by the Company of all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Lex shall be credited with Hours of Service for his service with Lex or its subsidiary Almac Electronics Corporation, such service to be converted to Hours of Service on the basis that one month equals 190 Hours of Service, one week equals 45 Hours of Service and one day equals 10 Hours of Service.

back to top

SUPPLEMENT NO. 3

In connection with the acquisition by the Company of certain assets of Zeus Components, Inc. (the "Zeus Acquisition"), the Plan is amended in the following respects:

S3.1 In the case of an individual who becomes employed by an Employer or Affiliate on or about May 19, 1993 in connection with the Zeus Acquisition (a "Zeus Transferee"), service with Zeus Components, Inc. shall be treated for purposes of Section 2.1 as though it were service with an Employer or Affiliate. For this purpose, any service measured in terms of elapsed time shall be converted to Hours of Service on the basis that one month equals 190 Hours, one week equals 45 Hours and one day equals 10 Hours.

S.3.2 In the case of a Zeus Transferee who continues to be employed by an Employer or Affiliate through December 31, 1994, service with Zeus Components, Inc. shall be treated, on and after January 1, 1995, as service with an Employer or Affiliate for purposes of determining such Zeus Transferee's Years of Service under the Plan. For this purpose, any service measured in terms of elapsed time shall be converted to Hours of Service on the basis that one month equals 190 Hours, one week equals 45 Hours and one day equals 10 Hours.

back to top

SUPPLEMENT NO. 4

In connection with the acquisition by Arrow Electronics, Inc. of all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Gates/FA Distributing, Inc. (the "Gates Acquisition"), the Plan is amended as follows:

S4.1 In the case of an individual who becomes an employee of an Employer or Affiliate on or about September 23, 1994 in connection with the Gates Acquisition, service with Gates/FA Distributing, Inc. shall be treated, for purposes of Section 2.1 and for purposes of determining such individual's Years of Service under the Plan, as though it were service with an Employer or Affiliate. For this purpose, any service measured in terms of elapsed time shall be converted to Hours of Service on the basis that one month equals 190 Hours of Service, one week equals 45 Hours of Service and one day equals 10 hours of Service. An individual described in this Section S4.1 shall become a Member on the first Entry Date on or after January 1, 1995 on which he has satisfied the requirements of Section 2.1.

back to top

SUPPLEMENT NO. 5

In connection with the acquisition by Arrow Electronics, Inc. of all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Anthem Electronics, Inc. (the "Anthem Acquisition"), the Plan is amended as follows:

S5.1 In the case of an individual who becomes an employee of an Employer or Affiliate on or about November 20, 1994 in connection with the Anthem Acquisition, service with Anthem Electronics, Inc. shall be treated, for purposes of Section 2.1 and for purposes of determining such individual's Years of Service under the Plan, as though it were service with an Employer or Affiliate. For this purpose, any service measured in terms of elapsed time shall be converted to Hours of Service on the basis that one month equals 190 Hours of Service, one week equals 45 Hours of Service and one day equals 10 hours of Service. An individual described in this Section S5.1 shall become a Member on the first Entry Date on or after January 1, 1995 on which he has satisfied the requirements of Section 2.1.

back to top

SUPPLEMENT NO. 6

TO THE

ARROW ELECTRONICS STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

Special Provisions Applicable

to Employees of Capstone Electronics Corp.

Effective as of January 1, 1997 Capstone Electronics Corp. adopted this Plan with the approval of the Company. This Supplement No. 6 provides for such adoption and sets forth special provisions of the Plan that apply to certain individuals who were employed by Capstone prior to January 1, 1997.

S6.1 Special Definitions . For purposes of this Supplement 6:

S6.1.1 " Capstone " means Capstone Electronics Corp., a Delaware corporation.

S6.1.2 " Capstone Account " means the account maintained under the Capstone Plan for each Capstone Member immediately prior to December 31, 1996.

S6.1.3 " Capstone Member " means a member of the Capstone Plan who had an undistributed Capstone Account immediately prior to December 31, 1996 or who was eligible under section 4.2 of the Capstone Plan to share in the Capstone Plan contribution (if any) made with respect to the 1996 Year.

S6.1.4 " Capstone Plan " means the Capstone Electronics Profit- Sharing Plan, as in effect prior to December 31, 1996.

S6.2 Membership in Plan Effective January 1, 1997 . Capstone shall be an Employer under the Plan effective on and after January 1, 1997, which shall be the first Entry Date under the Plan applicable to Employees of Capstone. Employees then employed by Capstone shall become Members on such Entry Date if they were members of the Capstone Plan on December 31, 1996, or if they otherwise satisfy the requirements of Article II to become a Member of the Plan on January 1, 1997.

S6.3 Credit Under the Plan for Years of Service with Capstone . A Capstone Member's Years of Service under the Plan shall be the service credited to such Member for vesting purposes under the Capstone Plan as of December 31, 1996 plus any additional service credited under the rules of this Plan for periods before or after January 1, 1997 but without duplication.

back to top

SUPPLEMENT NO. 7

TO

ARROW ELECTRONICS STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

Special Provisions Applicable to

Former Employees of Farnell Electronic Services

In connection with the acquisition by the Company, effective January 31, 1997, of all the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Farnell Holding, Inc., which wholly owns Farnell Electronics, Inc., of which Farnell Electronic Services ("Farnell") is a division, the Plan is amended in the following respects:

S7.1 Credit Under the Plan for Service with Farnell . In the case of a Farnell employee who transferred to the employ of the Company on or about January 31, 1997 in connection with the above-described acquisition of Farnell, eligibility to participate, Hours of Service and Years of Service under the Plan shall be determined by taking into account employment his most recent period of employment with Farnell immediately prior to January 31, 1997 as if Farnell had been an Affiliate for such period. The Administrator may use and rely upon records maintained by Farnell to compute Hours of Service in order to determine the Years of Service to be credited to such former employee and his eligibility to participate in accordance with Section 2.1 based on his employment with Farnell.

back to top

SUPPLEMENT NO. 8

TO

ARROW ELECTRONICS STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

Special Provisions Applicable

to Employees of Consan, Incorporated

Effective as of February 4, 1997 Consan, Incorporated ("Consan") adopted this Plan with the approval of the Company. This Supplement No. 8 provides for such adoption and sets forth special provisions of the Plan that apply to certain individuals who were employed by Consan prior to February 4, 1997.

S8.1 Membership in Plan Effective February 4, 1997 . Consan shall be an Employer under the Plan effective on and after February 4, 1997. Employees then employed by Consan ("Consan Employees") shall become Members of the Plan in accordance with Section 2.1.

S8.2 Credit Under the Plan for Service with Consan. Eligibility to participate, Hours of Service and Years of Service under the Plan shall be determined by taking into account a Consan Employee's most recent period of employment with Consan immediately prior to February 4, 1997 as if Consan had been an Affiliate for such period. The Administrator may use and rely upon records maintained by Consan to compute Hours of Service in order to determine Years of Service to be credited to such employee and his eligibility to participate in accordance with Section 2.1 based on his employment with Consan.

back to top

SUPPLEMENT NO. 9

TO

ARROW ELECTRONICS STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

Special Provisions Applicable to

Former Employees of Richey Electronics, Inc

In connection with the acquisition by the Company of all the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Richey Electronics, Inc. ("Richey"), effective January 8, 1999, the Plan is amended in the following respects:

S9.1 Credit Under the Plan for Service with Richey . In the case of a Richey employee who transferred to the employ of the Company on or about January 8, 1999 in connection with the above-described acquisition of Richey, eligibility to participate, Hours of Service and Years of Service under the Plan shall be determined by taking into account his most recent period of employment with Richey immediately prior to January 8, 1999 as if Richey had been an Affiliate for such period. The Administrator may use and rely upon records maintained by Richey to compute Hours of Service in order to determine the Years of Service to be credited to such former employee and his eligibility to participate in accordance with Section 2.1 based on his employment with Richey.

back to top

SUPPLEMENT NO. 10

TO

ARROW ELECTRONICS STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

Special Provisions Applicable

to Employees of Scientific & Business Minicomputers, Inc.

Effective as of May 1, 1998 Scientific & Business Minicomputers, Inc. ("SBM") adopted this Plan with the approval of the Company. This Supplement No. 10 provides for such adoption and sets forth special provisions of the Plan that apply to certain individuals who were employed by SBM prior to May 1, 1998.

S10.1 Membership in Plan Effective May 1, 1998 . SBM shall be an Employer under the Plan effective on and after May 1, 1998. Employees then employed by SBM ("SBM Employees") shall become Members of the Plan in accordance with Section 2.1.

S.10.2 Credit Under the Plan for Service with SBM. Eligibility to participate, Hours of Service and Years of Service under the Plan shall be determined by taking into account an SBM Employee's most recent period of employment with SBM immediately prior to January 1, 1999 as if SBM had been an Affiliate for such period. The Administrator may use and rely upon records maintained by SBM to compute Hours of Service in order to determine Years of Service to be credited to such employee and his eligibility to participate in accordance with Section 2.1 based on his employment with SBM.

back to top

SUPPLEMENT NO. 11

TO

ARROW ELECTRONICS STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

Special Provisions Applicable

to Employees of Support Net, Inc.

Effective as of January 1, 1999 Support Net, Inc. ("Support Net") adopted this Plan with the approval of the Company. This Supplement No. 11 provides for such adoption and sets forth special provisions of the Plan that apply to certain individuals who were employed by Support Net prior to January 1, 1999.

S.11.1 Membership in Plan Effective January 1, 1999 . Support Net shall be an Employer under the Plan effective on and after January 1, 1999, which shall be the first Entry Date under the Plan applicable to Employees of Support Net. Employees then employed by Support Net ("Support Net Employees") shall become Members of the Plan in accordance with Section 2.1.

S.11.2 Credit Under the Plan for Service with Support Net. Eligibility to participate, Hours of Service and Years of Service under the Plan shall be determined by taking into account a Support Net Employee's most recent period of employment with Support Net immediately prior to January 1, 1999 as if Support Net had been an Affiliate for such period. The Administrator may use and rely upon records maintained by Support Net to compute Hours of Service in order to determine Years of Service to be credited to such employee and his eligibility to participate in accordance with Section 2.1 based on his employment with Support Net.

back to top

SUPPLEMENT NO. 12

TO

ARROW ELECTRONICS STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

Special Provisions Applicable to

Former Employees of Wyle Electronics, Inc

In connection with the acquisition by the Company of all the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Wyle Electronics, Inc. ("Wyle"), effective October 16, 2000, and the subsequent transfer of employees of Wyle to the employ of the Company effective January 1, 2001, the Plan is amended in the following respects:

S.12.1 Credit Under the Plan for Service with Wyle . In the case of a Wyle employee who became an employee of the Company in connection with the above-described acquisition of Wyle, eligibility to participate, Hours of Service and Years of Service under the Plan shall be determined by taking into account his most recent period of employment with Wyle immediately prior to his transfer to employment with the Company as if Wyle had been an Affiliate for such period. The Administrator may use and rely upon records maintained by Wyle to compute Hours of Service in order to determine the Years of Service to be credited to such former employee and his eligibility to participate in accordance with Section 2.1 based on his employment with Wyle.

back to top

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

STOCK OPTION PLAN

(as amended and restated effective as of February 27, 2002)

ARTICLE 1

Establishment and Purpose

     1.1 Establishment.   Arrow Electronics, Inc., a New York corporation (the "Company"), hereby amends and restates its stock option plan for employees, advisors, consultants and others providing services to the Company (collectively, the "Optionees"), as described herein which shall be known as the ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC. STOCK OPTION PLAN, as amended and restated (the "Plan"). The Plan is intended to grant options which qualify as incentive stock options satisfying the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and to grant nonqualified stock options which are not intended to so qualify under said Section 422.

     1.2 Purpose .   The purpose of the Plan is to secure for the Company and its shareholders the benefits of the incentive inherent in the ownership of the Company's common stock by those who are largely responsible for the Company's future growth and financial success.

ARTICLE 2

Definitions

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings provided herein:

     2.1 "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

     2.2 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     2.3 "Committee" means the committee appointed by the Board pursuant to Section 3.1.

     2.4 "Disability" means total and permanent disability as determined by the Committee.

     2.5 "Eligible Non-Employee" means an advisor, consultant or other non-employee providing services to the Company.

     2.6 "Fair Market Value" means the closing price of a Share reported on the Consolidated Tape (as such price is reported in the Wall Street Journal or if such publication is unavailable then Reuters .)

     2.7 "Incentive Option" means an option granted under the Plan to purchase Shares and which is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.

     2.8 "Nonqualified Option" means an option granted under the Plan to purchase Shares and which is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Option.

     2.9 "Option" means, collectively, Incentive Options and Nonqualified Options.

     2.10 "Outside Director" means a director who qualifies as both an Outside Director within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder and a Non-Employee Director within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     2.11 "Shares" means shares of the Company's common stock, par value $1 per share.

     2.12 "Subsidiary" means any corporation which qualifies as a "subsidiary corporation" of the Company under Section 424(f) of the Code or, if applicable, as a "parent corporation" of the Company under Section 424(e) of the Code.

ARTICLE 3

Administration

     3.1 Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. The Board may appoint a Committee consisting solely of two or more Outside Directors to administer the Plan and may, to the full extent permitted by law, authorize and empower such Committee to do any and all things which the Board is authorized and empowered to do with respect to the Plan. All subsequent references herein to the Committee shall be deemed to refer to the Board if at the time there is no Committee serving.

     3.2 Powers of the Committee. The Committee shall have all the powers vested in it by the terms of the Plan, such powers to include exclusive authority (within the limitations described herein) to select Optionees to be granted Options, to determine the number of Shares subject to, and the terms of, the Options to be granted to each Optionee selected, to determine the time when Options will be granted and the period during which Options will be exercisable, and to prescribe the form of the instruments, if any, embodying Options. The Committee shall be authorized to interpret the Plan and the Options granted under the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to make any other determinations which it believes necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Option in the manner and to the extent the Committee deems necessary or desirable to carry it into effect. Any decision of the Committee in the administration of the Plan, as described herein, shall be final and conclusive. The Committee may act only by a majority of its members in office, except that the members thereof may authorize any one or more of their number or any officer of the Company to execute and deliver documents on behalf of the Committee.

ARTICLE 4

Eligibility and Participation

     Options may be granted only to employees and Eligible Non-Employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Incentive Options may be granted only to employees. Any employee of the Company or of a Subsidiary shall be eligible to receive one or more Incentive Options, provided at the time such Incentive Option is granted, he does not own stock (including stock the ownership of which is attributed to him pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) possessing more than 10 percent of the total voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or a Subsidiary.

ARTICLE 5

Shares Subject to Plan

     5.1 Amount of Stock. There may be issued under the Plan an aggregate of not more than 23,600,000 Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.2. Shares issued pursuant to the Plan may be either authorized but unissued Shares or reacquired Shares, or both. In the event that Options shall terminate or expire without being exercised in whole or in part, new Options may be granted covering the Shares not purchased under such lapsed Options. No individual Optionee may receive in any calendar year Options with respect to more than 10% of the aggregate number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to the Plan.

     5.2 Dilution and Other Adjustments. In the event of any change in the outstanding Shares by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination or exchange of shares or other similar event, (including extraordinary dividends), if the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, that such change equitably requires an adjustment in the number or kind of shares that may be issued under the Plan, in the number or kind of shares which are subject to outstanding Options, or in the purchase price per share relating thereto, such adjustment shall be made by the Committee and shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of the Plan.

ARTICLE 6

Terms and Conditions of Options

     6.1 Terms of Options. An Option granted under the Plan shall be in such form as the Committee may from time to time approve. Each Option shall be subject to the terms and conditions provided in this Article 6 and shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the Committee may deem desirable, but in no event shall such terms and conditions be inconsistent with the Plan. In addition, the terms and conditions of Incentive Options shall in all cases be consistent with the provisions of the Code applicable to "incentive stock options" as described in Section 422 of the Code.

     6.2 Option Price. The purchase price per Share under an Option will be determined by the Committee in its discretion, provided, however, that the purchase price per Share under an Option may not be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share at the date the Option is granted. Except as provided in Section 5.2 the exercise price of an Option, once granted, may not be reduced nor may any Option be repriced either by repricing or cancellation and reissuance without the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

     6.3 Option Period. The period during which an Option may be exercised shall be fixed by the Committee, but no Incentive Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date such Incentive Option is granted and no Nonqualified Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years and one day from the date such Nonqualified Option is granted.

     6.4 Consideration. As consideration for the grant of an Option, each Optionee who is an employee shall state, in writing, his present intention to remain employed with the Company or a Subsidiary continuously for at least one year from the date the Option is granted. No Option shall be exercisable until after the expiration of such one-year period. Except as provided in Section 6.7, an option to an employee can only be exercised while such Optionee remains employed. Such an Optionee shall be deemed to be an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary during any period of military, sick leave or other leave of absence meeting the requirements of Section 1.421-7(h)(2) of the Federal Income Tax Regulations, or similar or successor section.

     6.5 Exercise of Option. An Option may be exercised in whole or in part from time to time during the Option period (or, if determined by the Committee, in specified installments during the Option period) by giving written notice of exercise to the Secretary of the Company specifying the number of Shares to be purchased. Notice of exercise of an Option must be accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price by cash, check or money order payable to the order of the Company or in Shares owned by the Optionee for at least six months, having a Fair Market Value at the date of exercise equal to the purchase price, or in a combination of the foregoing. No Shares shall be issued in connection with the exercise of an Option until the full purchase price is received by the Company. An Optionee shall have the rights of a shareholder only with respect to Shares for which certificates have been issued to him.

     6.6 Nontransferability of Options. No Option granted under the Plan shall be transferable by the Optionee otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and such Option shall be exercisable, during the Optionee's lifetime, only by the Optionee.

     6.7 Retirement, Death or Disability of an Employee or Termination of an Employee as a result of a Reduction in Force.

     (a) If an Option is exercisable in specified installments as provided in Section 6.5 and if an employee's employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates by reason of his death, Disability or retirement under a retirement plan of the Company or a Subsidiary at or after his normal retirement date or, with the consent of the Committee, at an early retirement date, his Option shall be exercisable in full, and any restrictions imposed upon the exercise of the Option by reason of any installment requirements shall be of no further force and effect.

     (b) If an employee's employment with the Company or a Subsidiary terminates by reason of his Disability, he may continue to exercise his Options until the earlier of the date one year from such termination of employment or expiration of the option period provided in the Options pursuant to Section 6.3.

     (c) In the event of the death of an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, or within the one-year period following the employee's termination of employment by reason of Disability, or within the three-year period following the employee's retirement in accordance with subparagraph (d), any Option granted to him shall be exercisable by the executors, administrators, legatees or distributees of his estate, as the case may be. In such case, the Option shall be exercisable to the extent provided in the Option agreement, but in no event shall such agreement provide that the number of Shares remaining subject to the Option be less than the number of Shares purchasable by the employee on the date of his death nor more than the total number of Shares remaining under the Option. The period during which such Option may be exercised shall end on the earlier of the date one year from the employee's death or expiration of the option period provided in the Option pursuant to Section 6.3. In the event an Option is exercised by the executors, administrators, legatees or distributees of the estate of a deceased employee, the Company shall be under no obligation to issue Shares unless and until the Company is satisfied that the person or persons exercising the Option are the duly appointed legal representatives of the deceased employee's estate or the proper legatees or distributees thereof.

     (d) If an employee's employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates by reason of his retirement under a retirement plan of the Company or a Subsidiary at or after his normal retirement date or, with the consent of the Committee, at an early retirement date, he may exercise his Option until the earlier of the date three years from such termination of employment or the expiration of the Option period provided in the Option pursuant to Section 6.3.

     (e) If an employee's employment with the Company or a Subsidiary is terminated as a result of a reduction in force, restructuring or similar circumstance (in each case as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion), he may exercise his Option until the earlier of (i) the date one year from such termination of employment or (ii) the expiration of the Option period provided in the Option pursuant to Section 6.3.

     (f) In the case of an Option granted to an Eligible Non-Employee, the Committee shall determine how long such Option shall be exercisable following the termination of the advisory, consulting or other service relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary.

     6.8 Annual Limitation for Incentive Options. The maximum aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares of the Company or a Subsidiary (determined as of the date of grant of the Incentive Option) for which Incentive Options are exercisable for the first time by an Optionee during any calendar year (under the Plan and all other incentive stock option plans of the Company and its Subsidiaries) shall not exceed $100,000 as, and to the extent, required by Section 422(d) of the Code.

     6.9 Right of First Refusal. Shares acquired under the Plan by an Optionee may not be sold or otherwise disposed of in any way (including a transfer by gift or by reason of the death of the Optionee) until the Optionee (or his legal representative, legatee or distributee of his estate) first offers to sell the Shares to the Company as herein provided. The price per Share at which the Shares shall be offered to the Company shall be the closing price per Share reported on the Consolidated Tape (as such price is reported in The Wall Street Journal or if such publication is unavailable then Reuters ) on the date the Optionee's offer is received by the Secretary of the Company. If the Company fails to accept the offer to purchase such Shares within seven days after such date, the Shares shall thereafter be free of all restrictions under the Plan.

     6.10 Withholding. No Option may be exercised, by an employee (or the employee's beneficiaries), unless the employee (or the employee's beneficiaries) has paid, or has made provision satisfactory to the Committee for payment of, federal, state and local income taxes, or any other taxes (other than stock transfer taxes) which the Company may be obligated to collect as a result of such exercise. In its sole discretion, the Committee may permit an employee to satisfy the obligation imposed by this section, in whole or in part, by instructing the Company to withhold up to that number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the employee with a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of tax to be withheld. Any fractional share of common stock required to satisfy such tax obligations shall be disregarded and the amount due shall be paid in cash by the employee.

ARTICLE 7

Miscellaneous Provisions

     7.1 No Implied Rights. No Optionee or other person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Option under the Plan. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Optionee any right to be retained by the Company or any Subsidiary or affect any right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate any Optionee's relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary.

     7.2 Securities Law Compliance. No Shares shall be issued hereunder unless counsel for the Company shall be satisfied that such issuance will be in compliance with applicable Federal and State securities laws.

     7.3 Ratification of Actions. By accepting any Option or other benefits under the Plan, each Optionee and each person claiming under or through him shall be conclusively deemed to have indicated his acceptance and ratification of, and consent to, any action taken under the Plan by the Company, the Board or the Committee.

     7.4 Gender. The masculine pronoun means the feminine and the singular means the plural wherever appropriate.

ARTICLE 8

Amendments or Discontinuance

     The Plan may be amended at any time and from time to time by the Board but no amendment which (i) increases the aggregate number of Shares which may be issued pursuant to the Plan, or (ii) decreases the exercise price of outstanding Options (other than adjustments pursuant to Section 5.2) shall be effective unless and until the same is approved by the shareholders of the Company. No amendment of the Plan shall adversely affect any right of any Optionee with respect to any Option theretofore granted without such Optionee's written consent.

ARTICLE 9

Termination

The Plan shall terminate upon the earlier of the following dates or events to occur:

     (a) Upon the adoption of a resolution of the Board terminating the Plan; or

     (b) December 31, 2006.

     No termination of the Plan shall alter or impair any of the rights or obligations of any person, without his consent, under any Option theretofore granted under the Plan.

ARTICLE 10

Dissolution or Merger

Upon a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or a sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the acquiring entity does not substitute new and equivalent options for the outstanding Options hereunder, or a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not to be the surviving corporation and the surviving corporation does not substitute new and equivalent options for the outstanding Options hereunder, (each a "Corporate Event") each Optionee shall be given at least ten days prior written notice of the occurrence of such Corporate Event, every Option outstanding hereunder shall become fully exercisable, and each Optionee may exercise his Option, in whole or in part, prior to or simultaneously with such Corporate Event. Upon the occurrence of any such Corporate Event, any Option not exercised pursuant hereto shall terminate.

ARTICLE 11

Shareholder Approval and Adoption

     The Plan, as amended and restated as of February 27, 2002 shall be submitted to the shareholders of the Company for their approval and adoption. Options granted under the Plan, as amended and restated, may be granted prior to such approval and adoption but contingent upon such approval and adoption. The shareholders of the Company shall be deemed to have approved and adopted the Plan, as amended and restated, only if it is approved and adopted at a meeting of the shareholders duly held by vote taken in the manner required by the laws of the State of New York.

ARROW LOGO
                                                                                                INTERNAL CORRESPONDENCE

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

TO:                                                      FROM:

                                                         LOCATION:  Melville

DATE:                                                    PHONE:     (631)847-5760

                                                         FAX:       (631)847-4379

                                                                                                                       

SUBJECT:      STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

                                                                                                                       

 

     On __________________ the Board of Directors authorized the grant to you of a stock option to purchase ______ shares of Arrow common stock at a price of _______ per share under the Arrow Electronics, Inc. Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), as evidenced by the accompanying Award Certificate. Please be aware of the following:

1.   Your stock option will vest in accordance with the Vesting Schedule shown on the Award Certificate, so long as you remain a full-time employee through the vesting dates (except for certain instances specified in the Plan which will cause immediate vesting).

2.   Your stock option will vest in accordance with the Vesting Schedule shown on the Award Certificate, so long as you remain a full-time employee through the vesting dates (except for certain instances specified in the Plan which will cause immediate vesting).

3.   Your stock option is generally exercisable only while you are an Arrow employee. The Plan does provide, however, for extended exercise periods if your employment ends as a result of retirement, disability, death, or (in the sole discretion of the Committee that administers the Plan) a reduction in force, restructuring, or similar circumstance.

4.   Your stock option will expire in ten years after the Grant Date shown on the Award Certificate and any portion not exercised within ten years will be forfeited.

5.   This Stock Option Agreement and the accompanying Award Certificate summarize your stock option and the Plan (copies of which are available upon request), but they do not expand your rights or create new rights under the Plan.

6.   By accepting this stock option, you confirm your present intention to remain in the employ of Arrow or one of its subsidiaries for at least once year.

7.   Neither the authorization by the Board of Directors of your stock option nor this Stock Option Agreement modifies in any way the terms of your employment with Arrow.

     In order to accept your award, you must sign one copy of this Stock Option Agreement and return it to me at Arrow's corporate headquarters, 50 Marcus Drive, Melville, NY, 11747, by April 10, 2003. By doing so, you agree to accept the stock option, subject to the terms of this Stock Option Agreement, the Award Certificate, and the Plan, (each of which is incorporated in, and made part of, this agreement). If you do not sign and return this Stock Option Agreement by the date indicated, your Restricted Stock Award will be forfeited.

 

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.                                     ACCEPTED BY:

By: /s/ Peter S.Brown                                        _________________________________
    Peter S. Brown
    Senior Vice President
      and General Counsel

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN

(as amended and restated effective as of February 27, 2002)

ARTICLE 1

Establishment and Purpose

     1.1 Establishment. Arrow Electronics, Inc., a New York corporation (the "Company"), hereby amends and restates its restricted stock plan as described herein which shall be known as the ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC. RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN, as amended and restated (the "Plan").

     1.2 Purpose. The Plan is intended to promote the interests of the Company by providing a method pursuant to which employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries (as defined in Section 7.2) may become owners of shares of Arrow Electronics, Inc. common stock, par value $1 per share ("Shares"), under the terms and conditions of, and in the manner contemplated by, this Plan and thereby encourage such employees to continue their employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries.

ARTICLE 2

Administration

     2.1 Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"). The Board may appoint a committee (the "Committee") consisting of two or more directors to administer the Plan and may to the full extent permitted by law, authorize and empower such Committee to do any and all things which the Board is authorized or empowered to do with respect to the Plan. If a Committee is appointed, each member of the Committee shall at all times qualify as a Non-Employee Director within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All subsequent references herein to the Committee shall be deemed to refer to the Board if at the time there is no Committee serving.

     2.2 Powers of the Committee. The Committee shall have all the powers vested in it by the terms of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exclusive authority (within the limitations described herein) to select employees to be granted awards of Shares ("Awards") under the Plan (each employee receiving such an Award being a "Recipient"), to determine the size and terms of the Awards to be made to each Recipient selected, to determine the time when Awards will be granted, and to prescribe the form of the instruments, if any, embodying Awards made under the Plan. The Committee shall be authorized to interpret the Plan and Awards granted under the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to make any other determinations which it believes necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award in the manner and to the extent the Committee deems desirable to carry it into effect. Any decision of the Committee in the administration of the Plan, as described herein, shall be final and conclusive. The Committee may act only by a majority of its members in office, except that the members thereof may authorize any one or more of their number or any officer of the Company to execute and deliver documents on behalf of the Committee.

ARTICLE 3

Eligibility and Participation

     3.1 Eligibility. Shares, subject to any restrictions as specified below, may be granted to employees of the Company or a Subsidiary.

     3.2 Restricted Stock Awards. The Committee shall determine the persons to whom Awards, subject to any restrictions as specified below, will be granted, the number of Shares covered by each Award, and the time or times when Awards will be granted. The Committee shall also determine whether a Recipient to whom an Award under this Plan is made shall be required to purchase the Shares subject to the Award from the Company for an amount determined by the Committee, but not in excess of $1 per Share. If payment of such an amount is required, it shall be paid prior to the issuance of the Shares to the Recipient.

 

ARTICLE 4

Shares Subject to Plan

     4.1 Shares Subject to Plan. There may be issued under the Plan an aggregate of not more than 4,760,000 Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2. Shares issued pursuant to the Plan may be either authorized but unissued Shares or reacquired Shares, or both. If any Shares issued under the Plan shall be reacquired by the Company pursuant to Section 5.2, such Shares may again be issued under the Plan.

     4.2 Dilution and Other Adjustments. In the event of any change in the outstanding Shares by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination or exchange of shares or other similar event (including extraordinary dividends), if the Committee shall determine, in its discretion, that such change equitably requires an adjustment in the number or kind of shares that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1, in the number or kind of shares which have been awarded to any person hereunder, or in the repurchase price per share relating thereto, (pursuant to Section 5.2) such adjustment shall be made by the Committee and shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of the Plan. Such adjustment may include subjecting any additional Shares or other property received in respect of the Shares issued pursuant to an Award to the restrictions imposed under the Plan upon such Shares.

ARTICLE 5

Restrictions on Shares

     5.1 Transferability. Shares issued pursuant to Section 3.2 may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, alienated, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of as long as the Company has the right to reacquire the Shares as hereinafter provided in this Article 5.

     5.2 Termination of Employment. If a Recipient's employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason, except as specified in Section 5.3 prior to the lapse of any restrictions as specified in this Article 5, then:

     (a) if any Shares were transferred to the Recipient without his payment of any purchase price therefor, the Award shall be forfeited and rescinded as to all Shares which are, at the date of such termination of employment, subject to the restrictions imposed hereunder, and the Recipient shall promptly return such Shares to the Company, or

     (b) if any Shares were sold to the Recipient pursuant to Section 3.2, the Company shall have the option, which it may exercise at any time within 90 days after the Recipient's termination of employment, to purchase such Shares from the Recipient at the price per Share at which the Shares were sold to the Recipient.

     5.3 Retirement, Death, Total and Permanent Disability of Employees. If a Recipient's employment with the Company or a Subsidiary terminates by reason of the Recipient's death, total and permanent disability (as determined by the Committee), or retirement under a retirement plan of the Company or a Subsidiary at or after his normal retirement age or, with the consent of the Committee, at an early retirement date, the restrictions imposed upon any Shares pursuant to Sections 5.1 and 5.2 shall lapse and be of no further force and effect. The Shares shall thereafter be freely transferable by the Recipient or the Recipient's estate, subject to the right of first refusal provided for in Section 5.5.

     5.4 Lapse of Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided above or as the Committee may otherwise determine, Shares subject to an Award under the Plan will become free of the restrictions imposed by Sections 5.1 and 5.2, subject to the Company's right of first refusal as provided for in Section 5.5, according to the following schedule:

(a) as to 25% of the Shares, on the first anniversary of the date of the Award,

(b) as to 25% of the Shares, on the second anniversary of the date of the Award,

(c) as to 25% of the Shares, on the third anniversary of the date of the Award,

(d) as to 25% of the Shares, on the fourth anniversary of the date of the Award.

     5.5 Right of First Refusal. Shares acquired under the Plan by a Recipient may not be sold or otherwise disposed of in any way (including a transfer by gift or by reason of the death of the Recipient) until the Recipient (or his personal representative) first offers to sell the Shares to the Company as herein provided. The price per Share at which the Shares shall be offered to the Company shall be the closing price per Share reported on the Consolidated Tape (as such price is reported in The Wall Street Journal or if such publication is unavailable then Reuters ) on the date the Recipient's offer is received by the Secretary of the Company. If the Company fails to accept the offer to purchase such Shares within seven days after such date, the Shares shall thereafter be free of all restrictions under this Plan.

     5.6 Other Restrictions. The Committee shall impose such other restrictions on any Shares issued pursuant to the Plan as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, restrictions under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, under the rules or regulations of any stock exchange upon which the Shares or any other class of shares of the Company are then listed, and under any blue sky or securities laws applicable to such Shares.

     5.7 Certificate Legend. In addition to any legend placed on certificates for Shares pursuant to Section 5.6, each certificate representing Shares issued pursuant to the Plan shall bear the following legend or such other legend as may be specified by the Committee:

"The shares represented by this certificate may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, alienated, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of and are subject to the restrictions on transfer and forfeiture and resale obligations set forth in the Restricted Stock Plan of Arrow Electronics, Inc. (the "Company"), a copy of which is on file with the Secretary of the Company."

ARTICLE 6

Voting and Dividend Rights

     6.1 Voting Rights. Recipients holding Shares issued hereunder shall have full voting rights on such Shares.

     6.2 Dividend Rights. Recipients holding Shares issued hereunder shall have the right to receive and retain dividends paid thereon, subject to Section 4.2 hereof.

ARTICLE 7

Miscellaneous Provisions

     7.1 No Implied Rights. No employee or other person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any employee any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary.

     7.2 Subsidiary. As used herein, the term "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation a majority of the outstanding voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.

     7.3 Securities Law Compliance. No Shares shall be issued hereunder unless counsel for the Company is satisfied that such issuance will be in compliance with applicable Federal and State securities laws.

     7.4 Taxes. A Recipient granted an Award (or his personal representative) shall pay to the Company any amount requested by it in respect of any Federal, State or local income or other taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to the Shares issued to the Recipient. If the amount requested is not promptly paid, the Committee may determine that the Shares are forfeited. In its sole discretion, the Committee may permit a Recipient to satisfy the obligation imposed by this Section, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company shares of common stock owned by the employee, which for these purposes, shall be valued at the closing price per share reported on the Consolidated Tape (as such price is reported in The Wall Street Journal or if such publication is unavailable then Reuters ) as of the last trading date preceding delivery of such shares to the Company.

     7.5 Expenses. The expenses of the Plan shall be borne by the Company. However, if an Award is made to an employee of a Subsidiary of the Company, such Subsidiary shall pay to the Company an amount equal to the fair market value of the Shares, as determined by the Committee, on the date such Shares are no longer subject to the restrictions imposed by Sections 5.1 and 5.2, minus the amount, if any, received by the Company in respect of the purchase of such Shares.

     7.6 Ratification of Actions. By accepting any Award or other benefit under the Plan, each Recipient and each person claiming under or through each Recipient shall be conclusively deemed to have indicated his acceptance and ratification of, and consent to, any action taken under the Plan by the Company, the Board or the Committee.

     7.7 Gender. The masculine pronoun means the feminine and the singular means the plural wherever appropriate.

ARTICLE 8

Amendments or Discontinuance

     The Plan may be amended at any time and from time to time by the Board but no amendment which increases the aggregate number of Shares which may be issued pursuant to the Plan shall be effective unless and until the same is approved by the shareholders of the Company. No amendment of the Plan shall adversely affect any right of any Recipient with respect to any Award theretofore granted without such Recipient's written consent.

ARTICLE 9

Termination

This Plan shall terminate upon the earlier of the following dates or events to occur:

(a) upon the adoption of a resolution of the Board terminating the Plan; or

(b) December 31, 2006.

     No termination of the Plan shall alter or impair any of the rights or obligations of any person, without his consent, under any Award theretofore granted under the Plan.

 

 

ARTICLE 10

Shareholder Approval and Adoption

     The Plan, as amended and restated as of February 27, 2002 shall be submitted to the shareholders of the Company for their approval and adoption. Shares awarded under the Plan, as amended and restated, may be awarded prior to such approval and adoption but contingent upon such approval and adoption. The shareholders of the Company shall be deemed to have approved and adopted the Plan, as amended and restated, only if it is approved and adopted at a meeting of the shareholders duly held by vote taken in the manner required by the laws of the State of New York.

ARROW LOGO
                                                                   INTERNAL CORRESPONDENCE

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

TO:                                               FROM:

                                                  LOCATION:  Melville

DATE:                                             PHONE:     (631)847-5760

                                                  FAX:       (631)847-4379

                                                                                         

SUBJECT:      RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

 

 

     The Board of Directors has authorized an award of ______ shares to you under the Arrow Electronics, Inc. Restricted Stock Plan (the "Plan"), as evidenced by the accompanying Award Certificate. Please be aware of the following:

1.   Arrow will deliver the shares included in your award to you after they have "vested" (i.e. become free from the forfeiture provisions of the Plan).

2.   The shares will vest in accordance with the Vesting Schedule shown on the Award Certificate, so long as you remain an employee through the vesting dates (except for certain instances specified in the Plan which will cause immediate vesting).

3.   If you wish to sell any of your shares included in the award, the Plan requires that you first offer to sell them to Arrow.

4.   This Restricted Stock Award Agreement and the accompanying Award Certificate summarizes your award and, in certain instances, modify the Plan (copies of which are available upon request), but they do not expand your rights or create new rights under the Plan.

5.   This award is being made to only a select number of individuals, and we ask you not to tell anyone outside your family that you have received the award.

6.   Neither the authorization by the Board of Directors of your award or this Restricted Stock Award Agreement modifies in any way the terms of your employment with Arrow.

     In order to accept your award, you must sign one copy of this Restricted Stock Award Agreement and each copy of the attached stock power, and return them to me at Arrow's corporate headquarters, 50 Marcus Drive, Melville, NY, 11747, by April 10, 2003. By doing so, you agree to accept the Award, subject to the terms of this Restricted Stock Award Agreement, the Award Certificate, and the Plan, (each of which is incorporated in, and made part of, this agreement). If the signed Restricted Stock Award Agreement and stock powers are not returned by the date indicated, your Restricted Stock Award will be forfeited.

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.                  ACCEPTED BY:

By: /s/ PeterS.Brown                      ________________________________
    Peter S. Brown
    Senior Vice President
      and General Counsel

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

2002 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS STOCK OPTION PLAN

ARTICLE 1

Establishment and Purpose

     1.1 Establishment.   Arrow Electronics, Inc., a New York corporation (the "Company"), hereby establishes the ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC. 2002 NON-EMPLOYEES DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN (the "Plan"). The Plan is designed to grant to non-employee directors of the Company stock options which are not intended to qualify as "incentive stock options" under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     1.2 Purpose.   The purpose of the Plan is to secure for the Company and its shareholders the benefits of the incentive inherent in the ownership of the Company's common stock by non-employee directors of the Company and to thereby promote the Company's future growth and financial success.

ARTICLE 2

Definitions

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings provided herein:

     2.1 "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

     2.2 "Change in Control" means a change in control with respect to the Company of a nature that would be required to be reported (assuming such event has not been "previously reported") in response to Item 1(a) of the Current Report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the Effective Date, pursuant to Section 1 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"); provided that, without limitation, such a change in control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (a) any "person" (as the term person is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's outstanding Shares or other securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of the directors of the Company ("Voting Securities"); or (b) individuals who constitute the Board as of the Effective Date (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the Effective Date whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders was approved by a vote of at least three quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without objection to such nomination) shall be, for purposes of this clause (b), considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, no Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the vesting of any Option if the transaction that would otherwise constitute the Change in Control results in the Optionee to whom such Option was granted acquiring, either alone or together with a group, directly or indirectly, 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's Voting Securities.

     2.3 "Disability" means a disability rendering a director unable to serve as a member of the Board, as determined by the Board.

     2.4 "Effective Date" shall mean the date immediately following approval of the Plan by the shareholders of the Company as prescribed under Article 8.

     2.5 "Fair Market Value" means the closing price of a Share reported on the Consolidated Tape (as such price is reported in the Wall Street Journal or if such publication is unavailable then Reuters ).

     2.6 "Non-Employee Director" means a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.

     2.7 "Option" means an option granted under the Plan to purchase Shares.

     2.8 "Optionee" means any person granted an Option under the Plan.

     2.9 "Qualifying Termination" means a cessation of an Optionee's service on the Board for any reason (or no reason) within twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control.

     2.10 "Retirement" means retirement of an Optionee from the Board after (i) attainment of the mandatory retirement age under the Company's director retirement policy as in effect from time to time, or (ii) five years as a Director.

     2.11 "Shares" means shares of the Company's common stock, par value $1 per share.

ARTICLE 3

Option Terms

     3.1 Option Grants. The following Options shall be granted under the Plan:

     (a) Each Non-Employee Director serving on the Board as of the Effective Date of the Plan shall receive an Option to purchase 4,000 Shares as of the Effective Date.

     (b) Each Non-Employee Director who becomes a member of the Board after the Effective Date of the Plan shall receive an Option to purchase 15,000 Shares as of the earlier of the date on which he or she is initially elected to serve on the Board by vote of the Company's stockholders or the date on which he or she is initially appointed to serve on the Board pursuant to the Company's bylaws and articles of incorporation as then in effect.

     (c) Each Non-Employee Director serving on the Board as of the date immediately following each annual meeting of the Company's shareholders occurring after the Effective Date of the Plan shall receive an Option to purchase 4,000 Shares as of each such date.

     (d) A former employee of the Company or of a subsidiary of the Company shall be entitled to receive an Option under subsection 3.1(a), (b), and (c) provided that he or she qualifies as a Non-Employee Director as of the date that such Option would be granted under the provisions of such subsection.

     3.2 Purchase Price. The purchase price for Shares under each Option shall be equal to 100% of the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the date of grant.

     3.3 Vesting. Each Option shall become exercisable with respect to 50% of the Shares subject thereto effective as of each of the first and second anniversaries of the grant date; provided, that the Optionee continues to serve on the Board as of such dates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any and all Options held by an Optionee shall become fully (100%) exercisable in the event of the Optionee's Retirement, Disability, Qualifying Termination, death, or upon the earlier occurrence of a Corporate Event, as provided under Article 7. If an Optionee ceases to serve on the Board for any reason other than Retirement, Disability, a Qualifying Termination or death, that portion of an Option which is not then vested shall automatically be forfeited.

     3.4 Duration. Each Option shall terminate on the date which is the tenth anniversary of the grant date, unless terminated earlier as follows:

     (a) If an Optionee's service on the Board terminates for any reason other than cause, Retirement, Disability or death, the Optionee may for a period of ninety (90) days after such termination exercise any Option to the extent, and only to the extent, that such Option or portion thereof has become vested and exercisable in accordance with the terms of the Plan, after which time the Option shall automatically terminate in full.

     (b) If an Optionee's service on the Board terminates for cause, all Options granted to the Optionee hereunder shall immediately terminate in full and no rights thereunder may be exercised.

     (c) If an Optionee's service on the Board terminates by reason of the Optionee's Retirement or Disability, the Optionee may, for a period of three (3) years after such termination, exercise any Option in part or in full, after which time the Option shall automatically terminate in full.

     (d) In the event of the death of an Optionee while serving on the Board, any Option granted to the Optionee shall be exercisable (to the extent provided under Section 3.3) by the executors, administrators, legatees or distributees of the Optionee's estate, as the case may be, for a period of three (3) years after the Optionee's death. In the event an Option is exercised by the executors, administrators, legatees or distributees of the estate of a deceased Optionee, the Company shall be under no obligation to issue Shares thereunder unless and until the Company is satisfied that the person or persons exercising the Option are the duly appointed legal representatives of the deceased Optionee's estate or the proper legatees or distributees thereof.

     (e) For purposes of this Section 3.4, an Optionee shall not be deemed to have terminated service on the Board during any period the Optionee continues to serve as an honorary or emeritus Board member.

     3.5 Amount of Stock. There may be issued under the Plan an aggregate of not more than 300,000 Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3.6. Shares issued pursuant to the Plan may either be authorized but unissued Shares or reacquired Shares, or both. In the event that Options shall terminate or expire without being exercised in whole or in part, the Shares underlying the unexercised portion of such Options may be the subject of future Options granted pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

     3.6 Dilution and Other Adjustments. In the event of any change in the outstanding Shares by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination or exchange of shares or other similar event (including extraordinary dividends), if the Board shall determine, in its sole discretion, that such change equitably requires an adjustment in the number or kind of shares available under the Plan, the number and kind of shares that may be the subject of future Option grants under the Plan, the number or kind of shares which are subject to outstanding Options, or the purchase price per share relating thereto, such adjustment shall be made by the Board and shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of the Plan.

     3.7 Exercise of Options. An Option may be exercised in whole or in part from time to time during the applicable exercise period by giving written notice of exercise to the Secretary of the Company specifying the number of Shares to be purchased. Notice of exercise of an Option must be accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price either by cash or check or in Shares owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value at the date of exercise equal to such purchase price, or in a combination of the foregoing. No Shares shall be issued in connection with the exercise of an Option until full payment therefor has been received by the Company. An Optionee shall have the rights of a shareholder only with respect to Shares for which certificates have been issued to the Optionee.

     3.8 Nontransferability of Options. No Option granted under the Plan shall be transferable by the Optionee otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and such Option shall be exercisable, during the Optionee's lifetime, only by the Optionee.

     3.9 Right of First Refusal. Shares acquired under the Plan by an Optionee may not be sold or otherwise disposed of in any way (including a transfer by gift or by reason of the death of the Optionee) until the Optionee (or his legal representative, legatee or distributee of his estate) first offers to sell the Shares to the Company as herein provided. The price per share at which the Shares shall be offered to the Company shall be the Fair Market Value on the date the Optionee's offer is received by the Secretary of the Company. If the Company fails to accept the offer to purchase such Shares within seven (7) days after such date, the Shares shall thereafter be free of all restrictions under the Plan.

ARTICLE 4

Administration

     The Plan is intended to be self-effectuating and does not require the exercise of discretion with respect to the granting or terms of any Options. However, to the extent necessary, the Board shall act as the Plan administrator for the purpose of resolving any ambiguities, claims or disputes arising with respect to the Plan or any agreements or Options under the Plan. As such the Board is authorized to make any rulings and determinations that it deems to be appropriate and consistent with the terms and intent of the Plan and all such rulings and determinations shall be final and binding upon all parties for all purposes. Any member of the Board making a claim or request to the Board with respect to his or her rights or interests under the Plan shall recuse himself or herself from the Board's determination with respect to such claim or request.

 

ARTICLE 5

Miscellaneous Provisions

     5.1 No Implied Rights. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any individual any right to be retained as a member of the Board.

     5.2 Securities Law Compliance. No Shares shall be issued hereunder unless counsel for the Company shall be satisfied that such issuance will be in compliance with applicable Federal and State securities laws.

     5.3 Ratification of Actions. By accepting any Option or other benefits under the Plan, each Optionee and each person claiming under or through the Optionee shall be conclusively deemed to have indicated acceptance and ratification of, and consent to, any action taken under the Plan by the Company and the Board.

ARTICLE 6

Amendments or Discontinuance

     The Plan shall continue in effect until December 31, 2006 unless it is earlier terminated by action of the Board. The Plan may be amended at any time and from time to time by the Board, except that (other than as provided in Section 3.6) no such amendment shall increase the aggregate number of Shares available under the Plan or the number of Shares that may be the subject of the Option grants prescribed under the Plan unless such amendment is approved by the shareholders of the Company. No such termination or amendment of the Plan shall adversely affect any right of any Optionee with respect to any Option theretofore granted without such Optionee's written consent.

ARTICLE 7

Corporate Event

     Upon a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or a sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries in which the acquiring entity does not substitute new and equivalent options for the outstanding Options hereunder, or a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not to be the surviving corporation and the surviving corporation does not substitute new and equivalent options for the outstanding Options hereunder (a "Corporate Event"), each Optionee shall be given at least ten days prior written notice of the occurrence of such Corporate Event, every Option outstanding hereunder shall become fully exercisable, and each Optionee may exercise his Option, in whole or in part, prior to or simultaneously with such Corporate Event. Upon the occurrence of any such Corporate Event, any Option not exercised pursuant hereto shall terminate.

ARTICLE 8

Shareholder Approval and Adoption

     The Plan shall be submitted to the shareholders of the Company for their approval and adoption. The shareholders of the Company shall be deemed to have approved and adopted the Plan only if it is approved and adopted at a meeting of the shareholders duly held by vote taken in the manner required by the laws of the State of New York.

 

Arrow Electronics, Inc.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
(as amended effective January 1, 2002)

This document sets forth the terms of the Arrow Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan ("SERP"), as amended effective January 1, 2002. The SERP is an unfunded retirement plan for a select group of employees designated as SERP participants by the Arrow Board of Directors (including the Compensation Committee of the Board) and who have been so notified in writing. Effective July 17, 2002, the SERP is administered by Arrow's Pension and Investment Oversight Committee or its delegees, subject to the ultimate authority of the Board.

Retirement Benefits

Normal Retirement . The SERP provides a normal retirement pension if you retire at or after your "normal retirement date," which, except as the Board may otherwise specify in written notice to you, is the date you reach age 60 .

Early Retirement . The SERP also provides an early retirement pension in a reduced amount, should you retire before your normal retirement date but after (i) your combined years of age and service equal at least 72 and you are at least age 55, or (ii) if applicable, such other date as the Board may specify in written notice to you.

Fractional years of age and service may be combined in determining eligibility for early retirement (or any similar determination).

Normal Retirement Benefit

Retirement Income Target . In the letter admitting you to participation in the SERP, the Board will specify the retirement income target that will be used to determine your normal retirement pension under the SERP. Your retirement income target may be expressed either as a fixed dollar amount or as an "income replacement percentage" applied to your Final Average Compensation. For this purpose your " Final Average Compensation " will generally be your highest average annual Performance Based Compensation (base salary plus targeted incentive compensation) for any three calendar years (which need not be consecutive) in the last five consecutive calendar years ending prior to your retirement. However, if your compensation and responsibilities are materially reduced in the twenty-four months preceding your retirement date (as determined by the Committee), reference will be made instead to the last five consecutive calendar years ending before the date such reduction became effective.

Percentage of Final Average Compensation . A retirement income target based on a percentage of your Final Average Compensation represents the retirement income intended to be provided from all Company sources. The portion of that income payable under the SERP is determined only after taking into account the retirement income assumed to be available from Company contributions to its broad-based "qualified" retirement plans and to Social Security.

If your retirement income target is based on such a percentage, your SERP normal retirement pension will be calculated by multiplying your Final Average Compensation by the income replacement percentage assigned to you and then subtracting the amount of retirement income estimated by the Committee to be available from

(i)  Company contributions to the Arrow Electronics Savings Plan ("Savings Plan") and Arrow Electronics Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP"), exclusive of your own elective or rollover contributions, and

(ii)  the one-half of your Social Security benefits provided by employer contributions, as estimated by the Committee.

Offsets for assumed ESOP and Savings Plan retirement income . The amount subtracted under clause (i) above will be the pension equivalent of the total of the following amounts:

          1.  Contributions made for you to the ESOP or as matching contributions to the Savings Plan, determined by assuming that you make the maximum elective contributions to the Savings Plan eligible for matching, whether or not you actually contribute that amount. For any period that records of actual contributions are not reasonably available, the Committee may make reasonable estimates of the amount of such contributions, and such estimates will be conclusive and binding for all purposes of the Plan.

          2.  Assumed earnings on such contributions at the rate of 7% compounded annually to your retirement date. Assumed earnings on contributions will be measured from the date that the Committee treats them as contributed to the Plan (which need not be the date of actual contribution) and without regard to any in-service withdrawals you make prior to your retirement date.

To calculate this offset, the total of the foregoing amounts as of your retirement date will be converted into a monthly income based on assumptions as to interest and mortality adopted by the Committee from time to time. Unless and until otherwise determined by the Committee, the interest rate assumed will be 7% and the mortality assumption will be based on the applicable mortality table in effect under section 417(e)(3)(A) of the Code (the "Applicable Mortality Table"), which as of January 1, 2002 is that set forth in Revenue Ruling 2001-62.

In determining the pension equivalent of contributions to the ESOP and the Savings Plan, contributions by both Arrow and its subsidiaries or their predecessors will be included, as will contributions to (a) prior plans of Arrow (or its subsidiaries or their predecessors) and (b) plans later merged into the ESOP or Savings Plan or their predecessors (such as plans of acquired companies). Contributions to any other separate plan and not transferred to the Savings Plan may also be taken into account in the discretion of the Committee. However, participants' elective contributions and voluntary rollovers will not be included.

Social Security Offset . Where your normal retirement pension under the SERP is based on a percentage of your Final Average Compensation, the amount calculated as described above will also be reduced or offset by one-half of the amount of your Social Security benefit as estimated by the Committee. If you are under age 62 when your SERP pension begins, the offset will be based on your projected age 62 benefit and will apply when your pension starts, even though you are not eligible to receive Social Security benefits. If you retire after reaching age 62, the offset will be the amount of your estimated Social Security benefit at your retirement date. The Committee in either case may adopt reasonable assumptions on advice of its actuarial consultant in order to calculate your estimated Social Security benefit.

Based on Fixed Dollar Amount. If your income replacement target is determined as a fixed dollar amount, the letter advising you of your participation in the SERP will set forth the amount payable on retirement at or after your normal retirement date. Because the amount is "fixed" rather than based on a percentage of Final Average Compensation, there will be no offsets or reductions for the retirement income estimated to be available from the Savings Plan, ESOP, or Social Security.

Early Retirement Benefit

Based on Percentage of Final Average Compensation . If you retire early and your SERP pension is based on a percentage of Final Average Compensation, your benefit will be calculated in the same manner as a normal retirement pension, but your income replacement percentage will be reduced, reflecting the fact that your pension is beginning earlier and at a time when you may have fewer years of SERP participation than on normal retirement. The letter admitting you to participation in the SERP will set forth the percentage of your Final Average Compensation that would be payable to you on early retirement at each integral age beginning at your first date of eligibility for retirement (with the percentage applicable other ages being determined on similar principles). Your actual SERP early retirement benefit will then be calculated by multiplying your Final Average Compensation at your early retirement date by the reduced percentage applicable and subtracting (i) the above-described pension equivalent of Company contributions to the ESOP and Savings Plan determined as of your early retirement date and (ii) one-half of your age 62 Social Security benefit as estimated by the Committee.

Based on Fixed Dollar Amount . If your income replacement target is determined as a fixed dollar amount, the letter advising you of your participation in the SERP will set forth the amount payable on retirement at each date on which you may be eligible for early retirement. Because the amount is "fixed" rather than based on a percentage of Final Average Compensation, there will be no offsets or reductions for the retirement income estimated to be available from the Savings Plan, ESOP, or Social Security.

Retirement

You may begin your retirement on or after your earliest permitted retirement date. You retire from Arrow by advising Arrow in writing, with as much notice as possible (and not less than four months), that you wish to terminate your employment to begin retirement on a particular date. Your retirement date will then be the first day of the month following your termination, and your monthly SERP pension payment will begin on that date.

A transfer to an Arrow subsidiary or affiliate (as determined by the Committee) will not be treated as a retirement until you are no longer employed by Arrow or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

Normal Form of Pension

Under the normal form of pension, SERP pension payments are payable for your life only. However, if you die after your pension payments begin but before you have received 60 monthly payments, then monthly payments will continue to your beneficiary in the same amount you received prior to your death, until a total of 60 payments have been made. No benefits are payable under the SERP if you die before your pension payments begin.

Optional Joint and 50% or 66-2/3% Surviving Spouse Annuity

Under this optional form of pension, your monthly pension will still be payable for your lifetime, but in an actuarially reduced amount, and without the guarantee of 60 monthly payments. The actuarial reduction will be in the amount that the Committee determines, based on the advice of its actuarial consultant, is necessary to provide a monthly survivorship pension to your spouse for his or her lifetime. The interest rate assumption used to make such actuarial reduction will be the applicable interest rate under section 417(e)(3)(A) of the Code for December prior to the calendar year in which the SERP pension is to begin, and the mortality assumption will be that set forth in the Applicable Mortality Table (as defined on page 3 above).

The surviving spouse's pension will be equal to either 50% or 66-2/3% of the reduced monthly benefit you were receiving, whichever you elect. The reduction needed to provide the 66-2/3% survivor benefit will, of course, be somewhat greater than that needed to provide a 50% survivor benefit.

Your election to take a surviving spouse pension must be made before your pension begins and cannot be changed after the pension begins. If you elect this benefit form, no benefits will be payable after the death of both you and your spouse. If you start to receive a reduced monthly pension under this form and your spouse then dies before you, you will continue to receive the reduced benefit for the remainder of your life. If you start to receive a reduced monthly pension under this form and you then die before your spouse, 50% or 66-2/3% of the reduced benefit (as you elected) will be paid to your surviving spouse for the remainder of his or her life.

Your "spouse" for purposes of the above means and is limited to the individual to whom you are legally married on your retirement date. For example, that spouse may become entitled to the survivorship pension under this option even if the marriage should later end by divorce; and a new spouse whom you marry after a divorce, or after your "spouse" as defined above may die, will not be entitled to benefits under this optional form.

Your election of an optional benefit form can be revoked by you (without the consent of your spouse or any other person) at any time prior to the retirement date as of which payment is to begin, but not thereafter. If you elect a Joint and Surviving Spouse Annuity and your spouse dies (or you become divorced) before your retirement, your election will automatically be revoked and your benefit will then be payable in the normal form.

Change in Control Termination

          1.  If you have an employment or other agreement that gives you additional benefits in the event of the termination of your employment for certain reasons following a change in the ownership or control of Arrow, and within 24 months after such change your employment ends either (a) involuntarily other than for Cause or Disability or (b) voluntarily by you for Good Reason (as each of those capitalized terms is defined in such agreement), then your termination is considered to be a "Change in Control Termination".

          2.  If you incur a "Change in Control Termination", then except as provided in the immediately succeeding paragraph, you will receive SERP pension payments beginning on the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date you attain age 60, in an amount (your "new Plan normal retirement benefit") calculated based on the retirement income target applicable at your normal retirement date, applied (if such target is expressed as an income replacement percentage) based on your Final Average Compensation, the assumed pension equivalent of relevant ESOP and Savings Plan contributions as of your termination date, and estimated age 62 Social Security benefit as of such termination date.

          3.  In the event that you become eligible for benefits under the preceding sentence and are eligible for an early retirement benefit as of the date of your Change in Control Termination, (i) your early retirement benefit will commence in the amount and form of payment determined under this SERP without regard to the preceding sentence, and (ii) effective as of the first day of the month coincident with or next following your attainment of age 60, the amount thus payable in such form will be increased to the amount payable in that form after taking into account such preceding sentence. Such increase shall not alter the form in which your SERP pension is paid, which shall remain the form in which your early retirement benefit was payable. If you should die before such increase becomes effective, any survivor benefits payable under such form shall be based on the amount payable to you at the time of your death without regard to such increase.

          4.  If you (i) became a participant in the SERP prior to January 1, 2002, (ii) incur a "Change in Control Termination" after attaining age 50 and completing 15 years of SERP participation (or such lesser period as the Board may specify in written notice to you), and (iii) the normal retirement benefit you would have received under the terms of the SERP as in effect on December 31, 2001 (your "old Plan normal retirement benefit") exceeds your new Plan normal retirement benefit (as defined in the preceding paragraph), you will receive SERP pension payments beginning on the first day of the month following the termination in the amount of your old Plan normal retirement benefit, in lieu of any benefit under the preceding paragraph.

Without your written consent, no action by Arrow during the period of time during in which such agreement is in effect may adversely affect your rights under this section.

Total Disability

You are considered to be "disabled" if you meet the total disability requirements of the long term disability insurance offered to you by Arrow.

If you become disabled while you are participating in the SERP, but before you receive any SERP pension payments, the following provisions apply:

          1.  While you are disabled, you continue to accrue years of SERP participation (to determine the amount of your pension) and of service (to determine your eligibility for retirement, if you later recover from such disability) to the same extent as if you were active.

          2.  If your employment terminates because of disability and the disability continues to your normal retirement date, your termination date for SERP purposes will be the day before your normal retirement date ("normal retirement date" means the normal retirement date under the Savings Plan and ESOP).

          3.  If you are eligible for a SERP retirement pension while you are receiving disability benefits, no SERP pension will begin without your written consent.

          4.  Any SERP pension payments will be reduced by the full amount of any disability benefits you receive for the same period that are attributable to Company contributions.

          5.  The Committee may in its discretion base the Social Security offset on one-half of the Social Security disability benefit payable to the participant (rather than the estimated Social Security retirement benefit).

Participation Conditions

Period of participation. Your participation in the SERP begins on the date designated by the Board. . The Board may act at any time to end your participation or to suspend your accrual of additional benefits.

Limitation on amendments. The Board reserves the right to amend or terminate the SERP at any time. However, no such action may adversely change any benefit you (or your spouse or beneficiary) are currently receiving , or reduce the amount of your "Protected Benefit" in any other case, except with your consent.

"Protected Benefit". If you are eligible for normal retirement, your Protected Benefit as of the time of amendment or termination is the amount you would be eligible to receive upon retirement as of the first day of the month next following the date of such change, determined without regard to such change. If you have not then reached your normal retirement date and your retirement income target is based on an assigned income replacement percentage, your Protected Benefit will be a monthly pension in an annual amount equal to 2-1/2% times your years of SERP participation at the date of change not to exceed 18 years (i.e., not to exceed 45% in the aggregate) multiplied by your Final Average Compensation at that date, reduced at the rate of 7% for each year that payment begins prior to normal retirement date, and further reduced by the assumed pension equivalent of relevant ESOP and Savings Plan contributions up to the date of change and one-half of your estimated age 62 Social Security benefit. If you are not then eligible for normal retirement and your retirement income target is a fixed dollar amount rather than a percentage, your Protected Benefit will be (a) if you are then eligible for early retirement, the amount that you could have received had you retired immediately before the date of the change, appropriately adjusted if payment begins at a later date, or (b) if you are not then eligible for early retirement, an amount determined under similar principles, based on your projected normal retirement pension proportionately reduced to reflect your actual years of SERP participation in relation to your projected years of SERP participation at normal retirement date and appropriately adjusted to reflect the time of payment.

No benefits on termination before eligibility for retirement. The only way you will benefit from the SERP is to fulfill all of its requirements and retire from Arrow employment on or after reaching your earliest permitted retirement date. Except as noted for disability or change in control, if your employment ends for any reason before you retire under the SERP, the SERP provides no benefit to you or your beneficiary.

Nonqualified plan. Accrued SERP benefits are binding obligations of Arrow Electronics, Inc. They are not protected by ERISA or other government regulations.

Termination of SERP Benefits/Effect of Competition

When you become eligible for SERP payments, your annual SERP pension will be paid to you in monthly installments. Payments will end with the payment for the month in which you die, except for any benefits payable to your beneficiary on your death before receiving at least 60 monthly payments, if your pension was payable in the normal form described above (or for any surviving pension to your spouse, if your pension was paid as a surviving spouse pension as described above), or earlier if you compete with Arrow, as defined below.

You compete with Arrow if, directly or indirectly, alone, as an employee, agent, independent contractor, lender, consultant, owner, partner or joint venturer, or as an officer, director, or stockholder of any corporation, or otherwise, are employed by, participate in, are engaged in, or are connected with any person or entity which is engaged in a business of the type and character engaged in, and competitive with that conducted by Arrow. Ownership of 3% or less of the stock or other securities of a corporation, the stock of which is listed on a national securities exchange or is quoted on the NASDAQ National Market, will not constitute a violation of this provision, so long as you do not in fact have the power to control, or direct the management of, or are not otherwise associated with, such corporation.

The provision terminating SERP benefits if you compete with Arrow as described above will not be applicable if your payments are made on account of a Change In Control Termination as defined under the preceding heading, or if your termination of employment would constitute a Change In Control Termination except for your failure to have the 15 years of SERP participation required for individuals who became participants in the SERP prior to January 1, 2002.

Prior Plan Benefit Protected

The Arrow Electronics, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan set forth herein, and as it may be hereafter amended, is an amendment of and supersedes in all respects the Arrow Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan in effect prior to January 1, 2002. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if you were a participant in the SERP as in effect on December 31, 2001, your retirement pension under this amended SERP will not be less than the amount you would have received under the SERP as in effect on December 31, 2001 (but subject to the reserved right of the Board under the SERP as then constituted to amend the provisions thereof with prospective effect).

Medical Benefits

Arrow offers a group health care plan (the "SERP Health Plan") to participants who have retired under the SERP, which provides benefits that are identical to those provided to active employees under Arrow's regular group health plan (the "Active Health Plan"). The SERP Health Plan does not offer HMO options, dental coverage options, or any medical care spending account. Dependent eligibility rules for the SERP Health Plan are the same as for the Active Health Plan.

Election of Coverage . If you retire with a benefit under the SERP and were covered under the Active Health Plan at the time of your retirement (other than under the HMO option), you may elect within 30 days after your retirement to participate in the SERP Health Plan. You may also, at the same time, elect to cover any of your spouse or dependent children who were covered under the Active Health Plan at the time of your retirement.

Coverage under the SERP Health Plan as elected by you will begin as of your retirement date. In that case, the exclusion for pre-existing conditions under the SERP Health Plan will not apply, and annual deductible and out-of-pocket balances and/or other plan maximums will be transferred to the SERP Health Plan.

Duration of Coverage . SERP Health Plan coverage for each covered person will end when that person first becomes eligible for Medicare, whether or not the person actually enrolls at that time.

You may elect at any time to discontinue coverage for your spouse or any of your dependent children. Once this is done, however, the coverage may not be reinstated.

Cost of Coverage . Your SERP Health Plan coverage is conditioned on your timely payment of the full cost of the coverage elected, which will be the same amount that would be payable from time to time for that coverage if it were provided under Part 6 (Section 601 and following) of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA (commonly known as "COBRA"). Payment of these amounts will be made by deduction from any monthly SERP pension payments.

If payment of the full COBRA cost of the coverage elected is not made by deduction from the monthly SERP pension benefit, you must make some other arrangement for timely payment of those amounts that is satisfactory to Arrow. If timely payments of those amounts are not received by Arrow, the coverage will be canceled and may not thereafter be reinstated.

Continuation of Medical Coverage by Dependents . If your right to SERP Health Plan coverage ends because you become eligible for Medicare or die, your covered spouse may elect, within 30 days of such event, to continue such coverage for himself or herself and any of your covered dependent children. Coverage may be continued on this basis until your spouse dies or becomes eligible for Medicare, but conditioned in all cases on timely payment of the full COBRA cost of such coverage as set forth above. If your spouse is receiving a survivorship pension under the SERP, the required cost will be deducted monthly from those pension payments.

Alternatively, your spouse and each covered dependent may elect on such event to continue coverage in accordance with COBRA. Such an election to continue coverage under COBRA must be delivered to Arrow within 60 days after your coverage ended because of your eligibility for Medicare or death. In addition, a spouse or other dependent who loses coverage on ceasing to qualify as a dependent under the terms of the plan (for example, due to divorce or legal separation, or a child reaching the limiting age under the terms of the plan or marrying), will have the right to elect to continue coverage for up to 36 months in accordance with (and subject to the limitations imposed by) COBRA.

Amendment of Medical Plan. . The right to coverage under the SERP Health Plan may not be changed after you retire or are eligible to retire, except pursuant to amendments that apply on a substantially equivalent basis to the rights of similarly situated active employees of Arrow (including, if applicable, amendments that terminate coverage for similarly situated active employees of Arrow).

Additional Terms & Conditions

The following terms and conditions govern the SERP. If there is any conflict between the preceding description of the SERP and its benefits and the following terms and conditions, the following terms and conditions will prevail.

          1.   Definitions:

"Arrow": Arrow Electronics, Inc., or any successor thereof by merger, consolidation, purchase of substantially all of its business and assets, or otherwise.

"Board": The Board of Directors of Arrow or any duly constituted committee thereof, including the Compensation Committee.

"Code": The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be from time to time amended, or corresponding provisions of subsequent law.

"Committee": The Compensation Committee of the Board prior to July 17, 2002 and thereafter Arrow's Pension and Investment Oversight Committee.

"Company": Arrow and its subsidiaries and their predecessors.

"ERISA": The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

"Final Average Compensation": Final Average Compensation will be as defined in the SERP (see pp. 1-2), but determined before reduction by any election to (i) make 401(k) contributions under the Savings Plan, (ii) to defer compensation under any other elective deferred compensation plan, or (iii) to pay the cost of health or other benefits with pre-tax contributions. In no event will Final Average Compensation include payments made pursuant to stock appreciation rights, or otherwise pursuant to any plan for the grant of stock options, stock, or other stock rights.

"Service": Years of service will generally be only years of employment with Arrow or entities that are or were Arrow subsidiaries at the time of employment. However, the Board may, in its sole discretion as evidenced by written notice to the affected participant, grant additional years of service for some or all purposes under the Plan.

"Years of SERP participation": Your years of SERP participation include your years of participation both in the SERP as amended effective January 1, 2002, and in the SERP as in effect on or after January 1, 1990 and prior to such amendment. Years of SERP participation will be calculated in years and fractions of a year in completed months up to your retirement date. In cases where the Board concludes that special circumstances so warrant (such as, but not limited to, when an executive is hired from a prior employer and after taking into account benefits accrued and/or lost under the prior employer's plans), you may be granted additional years of SERP participation. Any such grant shall be evidenced by written notice to the affected participant.

          2.   Committee : The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have the responsibility, power and discretion to make all determinations, including as to matters of fact and construction and interpretation of the SERP, authorized or required of it by the terms of the SERP or deemed useful in carrying out its responsibilities hereunder. Except as the Compensation Committee of the Board may otherwise determine, all such determinations shall be final and binding on all persons . No member of the Committee shall be entitled to act on or decide any matter relating specifically to such member.

          3.   Action by Committee and its Agents :

(a)   The Committee shall have all powers and discretion necessary or helpful for purposes of administration of the SERP. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee shall have the power and discretion to determine the benefits to which any participant, beneficiary, or spouse is or may become entitled to under the SERP, and to adopt such rules and procedures as it deems advisable to carry out its responsibilities hereunder. The Committee shall, with the advice of its actuarial consultant, adopt from time to time such assumptions as it regards as necessary or advisable in order to calculate a participant's retirement pension hereunder and may revise such assumptions from time to time, in any manner it determines in its sole discretion, provided that such revision does not reduce benefits already in pay status. These include, without limitation, assumptions as to interest and mortality in converting the assumed value of ESOP or Savings Plan contributions into a retirement income in the form payable under the Plan and vice versa, and assumptions or conventions to establish the dates as of which contributions were made to the ESOP or Savings Plan (which need not be the actual dates of payment), and assumptions for determining Social Security offsets hereunder. The Committee shall adopt procedures for applying for benefits and appealing a denial of benefits in accordance with applicable regulations under ERISA, under which the final determination of such appeal shall be made by the Compensation Committee of the Board.

(b)   The Committee may allocate any of its responsibilities, powers and discretion under the SERP to one or more members of the Committee and delegate any of such responsibilities, powers and discretion to persons not members of the Committee (alone or together with one or more members of the Committee). The actions taken by any member or members of the Committee or any other such persons in the exercise of responsibilities, powers and discretion delegated hereunder shall have the same valid and binding effect under the SERP as action by the full Committee

          4.   Direction to pay benefits : All benefit payments under the SERP shall be upon and in accordance with the written directions of the Committee or its agent.

          5.   Beneficiary : A participant's "beneficiary" is the person (including a trust, estate, foundation, or other entity) designated by the participant (at such time and in such manner as the Committee shall authorize) to receive the death benefit (if any) payable upon death after commencing to receive benefits, and before receiving at least 60 payments. If an individual is designated as beneficiary and dies prior to becoming entitled to benefits hereunder (or if no valid designation of beneficiary is in effect for any other reason), the beneficiary shall be the participant's estate unless otherwise provided in the beneficiary designation.

          6.   Liability limited; indemnification : The members of the Committee and each of them shall be free from all liability, joint and several, for their acts and conduct, and for the acts and conduct of any duly constituted agents. Arrow shall indemnify and save them harmless from the effects and consequences of their acts and conduct in such official capacity except to the extent that such effects and consequences flow from their own willful misconduct. Under no circumstances will members of the Committee be personally liable for the payment of SERP benefits.

          7.   Payment to incompetent : If any participant, beneficiary, or spouse entitled to benefits under the SERP shall be legally incompetent (or shall be a minor), such benefits may be paid in one or more of the following ways, as the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine:

(a)  To the legal representatives of the participant, beneficiary, or spouse;

(b)  Directly to such participant, beneficiary, or spouse;

(c)  To the spouse or guardian of such participant, beneficiary, or spouse or to the person with whom such participant, beneficiary, or spouse resides.

Payment to any person in accordance with these provisions will, to the extent of the payment, discharge Arrow, and none of the foregoing or the Committee will be required to see to the proper application of any such payment. Without in any manner limiting these provisions, in the event that any amount is payable hereunder to any legally incompetent participant, beneficiary, or spouse, the Committee may in its discretion utilize the procedures described in the following section.

        8.   Doubt as to right to payment : If any doubt exists as to the right of any person to any benefits hereunder or the amount of time of payment of such benefits (including, without limitation, any case of doubt as to identity, or any case in which notice has been received from any person claiming any interest in amounts payable hereunder, or any case in which a claim from other persons may exist by reason of community property or similar laws), the Committee will be entitled, in its discretion, to direct that payment of such benefits be deferred until order of a court of competent jurisdiction, or to pay such sum into court in accordance with appropriate rules of law in such case then provided, or to make payment only upon receipt of a bond or similar indemnification (in such amount and in such form as is satisfactory to the Committee).

          9.   Withholding . All payments under the SERP shall be subject to any applicable withholding requirements imposed by any tax or other law.

         10.   Source of payment : All benefits under the SERP shall be paid by Arrow out of general assets, and any rights of a participant, beneficiary, or spouse under the SERP shall be mere unsecured contractual rights. Arrow and the participants intend that any arrangements made to assist Arrow to meet obligations under the SERP shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA, and no trust, security, escrow, or similar account shall be established in connection with the SERP. Arrow has, however, established a "rabbi trust" to assist in meeting its obligation to pay benefits under the SERP, and amounts paid from any such rabbi trust shall discharge the obligations of Arrow hereunder to the extent of the payments. No participant, beneficiary, or spouse shall have a preferred claim on or beneficial ownership interest in the assets of such rabbi trust. If a participant shall be employed by a subsidiary of Arrow, the subsidiary shall be jointly and severally liable with Arrow for the payment of benefits hereunder to that participant, and references to "Arrow" in the preceding provisions of this paragraph 10 shall include such subsidiary.

         11.   Spendthrift clause : Except as otherwise provided by law, no benefit, distribution, or payment under the SERP may be anticipated, assigned (either at law or in equity), alienated, or subject to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution, or other legal or equitable process.

         12.   Reimbursement of legal expenses : In the event that any dispute shall arise between a participant and Arrow relating to rights under the SERP, and it is determined by agreement between the parties, or by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction that is no longer subject to appeal, that the participant has been substantially successful in such dispute, reasonable legal fees and disbursements of the participant in connection with such dispute shall be paid by Arrow.

         13.   Usage : Whenever applicable, the singular, when used in the SERP, will include the plural.

         14.   Data : Any participant, beneficiary, or spouse entitled to benefits under the SERP must furnish to the Committee such documents, evidence, or information as the Committee considers necessary or desirable for the purpose of administering the SERP, or to protect the Committee; and it is a condition of the SERP that each such participant, beneficiary, or spouse must furnish promptly true and complete data, evidence, or information and sign such documents as the Committee may require before any benefits become payable under the SERP.

         15.   Separability : If any provision of the SERP is held invalid or unenforceable, its invalidity or unenforceability will not affect other provisions of the SERP, and the SERP will be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included therein.

         16.   Captions : The captions contained herein are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit, enlarge, or describe the scope or intent of the SERP; nor shall they, in any way, affect the SERP or the construction of any provision thereof.

         17.   Name : The SERP may be known as the Arrow Electronics, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (prior to January 1, 2002, the Unfunded Pension Plan for Selected Executives of Arrow Electronics, Inc).

         18.   Governing law : The SERP is intended to constitute an unfunded plan of deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees, within the meaning of sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, and no individual shall be eligible to participate in the SERP unless he is a member of such a group. If an individual formerly so eligible ceases to be a member of such a group, his participation and accrual of additional benefits shall be suspended, but benefits previously accrued (as described above under "Participation Conditions") shall not be reduced thereby. Except to the extent preempted by federal law, the SERP shall be construed and governed in all respects according to the laws of the State of New York, where it is adopted, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

         19.   Right of discharge reserved : The establishment of the SERP shall not be construed to confer upon an employee or participant any legal right to be retained in the employ of Arrow or give any employee or any other person any right to benefits, except to the extent expressly provided hereunder. All employees will remain subject to discharge to the same extent as if the SERP had never been adopted, and may be treated without regard to the effect such treatment might have upon them under the SERP.

         20.   Amendment and termination : Arrow, by action of the Board, may at any time amend the SERP in any respect or terminate the SERP, provided that no retirement pension which is in pay status as of the date of amendment or SERP termination shall be reduced thereby. However, without the express written consent of the participant (or the participant's beneficiary or spouse, if applicable), no action taken by the Board shall (a) reduce a participant's benefits below the amount of his or her Protected Benefit (as described above under "Participation Conditions") prior to such action nor (b) adversely affect the right of the participant (and the participant's beneficiary or surviving spouse, if applicable) to receive payment in respect of such amount upon completion by the participant of the conditions precedent to entitlement to a retirement pension as they exist under the terms of the SERP in effect immediately prior to such action, and at the time and on the terms then in effect.

         21.   Grantor trust agreement/change of control : The powers, rights and duties of the Trustee under any rabbi trust created for the purpose of assisting Arrow in meeting its obligations under the SERP shall, following a "Change of Control" as defined in the trust agreement for such Trust, govern and prevail to the extent inconsistent with any of the provisions of the SERP, including without limitation SERP provisions making the Committee's determinations final and binding (except as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board), and provisions giving the Committee power and discretion to invoke the procedures described in Sections 7 and 8 hereof, to determine the data to be required to be furnished prior to the commencement of benefits as provided in Section 14 hereof, to make the determinations and give directions with respect to the payment of benefits as provided in Sections 2, 3 and 4 hereof, including adopting a claims procedure as described in Section 3. Arrow shall make such contributions to such Trust as shall be required under the terms of such trust agreement, including, without limitation, such contributions as may be required thereunder upon an individual participant's retirement or disability, or as may be required with respect to all participants upon any Potential Change of Control or Change of Control as such terms are defined in such trust agreement.

         22.   Relationship to other agreements . In the event that an employment or other agreement with a participant substitutes a different or modified benefit formula or other provisions for the income replacement target or certain other provisions of the SERP, the benefits of such participants under the SERP shall be determined based on the provisions of such agreement which, to the extent applicable, shall supersede inconsistent provisions of this SERP plan document.

To evidence the adoption of this amended and restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, the undersigned has, pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of Arrow Electronics, Inc. on September 20, 2002 executed this Plan document on this 3rd day of October 2002, to be effective as of January 1, 2002.

 

                                              /s/ Daniel W. Duval
                                             Chairman of the Baord
                                             and Chief Executive
                                              Officer

     EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") made as of the 13th day of December, 2002 by and between ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC., a New York corporation with its principal office at 25 Hub Drive, Melville, New York 11747 (the "Company"), and PETER S. BROWN, residing at 12 Paultons Square, London SW3 5AP England (the "Executive").

     WHEREAS, the Company wishes to employ the Executive as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, with the responsibilities and duties of an a principal executive officer of the Company; and

     WHEREAS, the Executive has been working for the Company under an Employment Agreement dated as of September 1, 2001 (the "Old Agreement").

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive wish to novate the Old Agreement and to replace it with this Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

     1.   Employment and Duties .

         a)   Employment .  The Company hereby employs the Executive for the Employment Period defined in Paragraph 3, to perform such duties for the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and to hold such offices as may be specified from time to time by the Company's Board of Directors, subject to the following provisions of this Agreement. The Executive hereby accepts such employment.

         b)   Duties and Responsibilities .  The Executive will be Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of the Company and shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer (the "CEO"), but the Board of Directors shall have the right to adjust the duties, responsibilities, and title of the Executive as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem to be in the interests of the Company (provided, however, that during the Employment Period, without the consent of the Executive, he shall not be assigned any titles, duties or responsibilities which, in the aggregate, represent a material diminution in, or are materially inconsistent with, his title, duties, and responsibilities as Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary reporting directly to the CEO).

     If the Board of Directors (i) fails to continue the Executive in the offices of Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary (or in some other principal executive office satisfactory to the Executive) or (ii) changes the Executive's reporting relationship such that he no longer reports directly to the CEO, the Executive shall have the right to decline to give further service to the Company and shall have the rights and obligations which would accrue to him under Paragraph 6 if he were discharged without cause. If the Executive decides to exercise such right to decline to give further service, he shall within forty-five days after such action or omission by the Board of Directors give written notice to the Company stating his objection and the action he thinks necessary to correct it, and he shall permit the Company to have a forty-five day period in which to correct its action or omission. If the Company makes a correction satisfactory to the Executive, the Executive shall be obligated to continue to serve the Company. If the Company does not make such a correction, the Executive's rights and obligations under Paragraph 6 shall accrue at the expiration of such forty-five day period.

          c)   Time Devoted to Duties .  The Executive shall devote all of his normal business time and efforts to the business of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates, the amount of such time to be sufficient, in the reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors, to permit him diligently and faithfully to serve and endeavor to further their interests to the best of his ability.

          d)   Location of Office .  The Company shall not require the Executive to locate his office outside the New York metropolitan area without his consent. Until the end of August, 2003, the Executive may spend up to one week out of every six based in London, the timing of such to be in the Executive's reasonable judgment consistent with the needs of the Company. So as to facilitate performance of his responsibilities the Executive undertakes that by the end of August, 2003 he will have caused his family to relocate to the New York area. If he does not do so the Company's sole remedy, at its option shall to terminate the Executive's employment by giving him one year's notice of termination during which he shall receive full salary and benefits, including SERP accrual.

          e)   Vacation .  During the Employment Period, the Executive will be given four weeks vacation with full pay each year, to be taken at the Executive's discretion; provided however, that the Executive will use his best efforts to ensure that such vacation does not unduly interfere with the operation and performance of the business of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates. The Executive's vacation time for any year will be appropriately pro-rated to reflect a partial year of employment.

     2.   Compensation .

        a)   Monetary Remuneration and Benefits . Effective September 1, 2002 and through the Employment Period, the Company shall pay to the Executive for all services rendered by him in any capacity:

   i.  a minimum base salary at the rate of $450,000 per year (payable in accordance with the Company's then prevailing practices, but in no event less frequently than in equal monthly installments), subject to increase from time to time in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company; provided that, should the Company institute a company-wide pay cut/furlough program, such salary may be decreased by up to 15%, but only for as long as said company-wide program is in effect;

  ii. such additional compensation by way of salary or bonus or fringe benefits as the Board of Directors of the Company in its sole discretion shall authorize or agree to pay, payable on such terms and conditions as it shall determine; and

  iii. such employee benefits that are made available by the Company to its other principal executives generally.

         b)   Annual Incentive Payment .  The Executive shall participate in the Company's Management Incentive Plan (or such alternative, successor, or replacement plan or program in which the Company's executives, other than the CEO, generally participate) and shall have a targeted incentive thereunder of not less than $175,000 per annum; provided, however, that the Executive's actual incentive payment in any year shall be measured by the Company's performance against goals established for that year and that such performance may produce an incentive payment ranging from none to twice the targeted amount. The Executive's incentive payment for any year will be appropriately pro-rated to reflect a partial year of employment.

         c)   Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan .  The Executive shall participate in the Company's Unfunded Pension Plan for Selected Executives (the "SERP"), at an accrual rate as prescribed in the SERP, but no less than 2.5% per year from his date of hire (which for avoidance of doubt shall provide him with an annual minimum aggregate retirement benefit from all Company-furnished sources of approximately $200,000 per year assuming retirement at age 60).

         d)   Automobile .  During the Employment Period, the Company will pay the Executive a monthly automobile allowance of $850.

         e)   Expenses .  During the Employment Period, the Company agrees to reimburse the Executive, upon the submission of appropriate vouchers, for out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, expenses for travel, lodging and entertainment) incurred by the Executive in the course of his duties hereunder.

         f)   Office and Staff .  The Company will provide the Executive with an office, secretary and such other facilities as may be reasonably required for the proper discharge of his duties hereunder.

         g)   Indemnification .  The Company agrees to indemnify the Executive for any and all liabilities to which he may be subject as a result of his employment hereunder (and as a result of his service as an officer or director of the Company, or as an officer or director of any of its subsidiaries or affiliates), as well as the costs of any legal action brought or threatened against him as a result of such employment, to the fullest extent permitted by law.

         h)   Participation in Plans .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Executive shall have the right to participate in any and all of the plans or programs made available by the Company (or its subsidiaries, divisions or affiliates) to, or for the benefit of, executives (including the annual stock option and restricted stock grant programs) or employees in general, on a basis consistent with other senior executives.

         i)   Relocation Allowance .  The Executive shall continue receiving the apartment provided by the Company through the summer of 2003. Effective September 1, 2003 he shall be provided with a monthly housing subsidy of $10,000 net of income taxes (i.e., fully grossed up) through August 31, 2004.

     3.   The Employment Period .

         The "Employment Period", as used in the Agreement, shall mean the period beginning as of the date hereof and terminating on the last day of the calendar month in which the first of the following occurs:

         a)  the death of the Executive;

         b)  the disability of the Executive as determined in accordance with Paragraph 4 hereof and subject to the provisions thereof;

         c)  the termination of the Executive's employment by the Company for cause in accordance with Paragraph 5 hereof; or

         d)  the third anniversary of the start date of the Company's new CEO; provided, however, that, unless sooner terminated as otherwise provided herein, the Employment Period shall automatically be extended for one or more twelve (12) month periods beyond the then scheduled expiration date thereof unless between the 18th and 12th month preceding such scheduled expiration date either the Company or the Executive gives the other written notice of its or his election not to have the Employment Period so extended. If the Company does not give the Executive at least twelve months notice of its intention to permit this Agreement to expire on the then scheduled expiration date thereof (unless sooner terminated as otherwise provided herein), the Employment Period shall automatically be extended for one or more months beyond the scheduled expiration date thereof to give the Executive the benefit of twelve months notice of termination (provided, however, that, if so extended, the Employment Period shall terminate upon the Executive's acceptance of employment with another entity).

     4.   Disability .

         For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive will be deemed "disabled" upon the earlier to occur of (i) his becoming disabled as defined under the terms of the disability benefit program applicable to the Executive, if any, and (ii) his absence from his duties hereunder on a full-time basis for one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days as a result of his incapacity due to accident or physical or mental illness. If the Executive becomes disabled (as defined in the preceding sentence), the Employment Period shall terminate on the last day of the month in which such disability is determined. Until such termination of the Employment Period, the Company shall continue to pay to the Executive his base salary, any additional compensation authorized by the Company's Board of Directors, and any other remuneration and benefits provided in accordance with Paragraph 2, all without delay, diminution or proration of any kind whatsoever (except that his remuneration hereunder shall be reduced by the amount of any payments he may otherwise receive as a result of his disability pursuant to a disability program provided by or through the Company), and his medical benefits and life insurance shall remain in full force. After termination of the Employment Period as a result of the disability of the Executive, the medical benefits covering the Executive and his family shall remain in place (subject to the eligibility requirements and other conditions contained in the underlying plan, as described in the Company's employee benefits manual, and subject to the requirement that the Executive continue to pay the "employee portion" of the cost thereof), and the Executive's life insurance policy under the Management Insurance Program shall be transferred to him, as provided in the related agreement, subject to the obligation of the Executive to pay the premiums therefor.

         In the event that, notwithstanding such a determination of disability, the Executive is determined not to be totally and permanently disabled prior to the then scheduled expiration of the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to resume employment with the Company under the terms of this Agreement for the then remaining balance of the Employment Period.

     5.   Termination for Cause .

         In the event of any malfeasance, willful misconduct, active fraud or gross negligence by the Executive in connection with his employment hereunder, or a breach by the Executive of any of the Company's policies, the Company shall have the right to terminate the Employment Period by giving the Executive notice in writing of the reason for such proposed termination. If the Executive shall not have corrected such conduct to the satisfaction of the Company within thirty days after such notice, the Employment Period shall terminate and the Company shall have no further obligation to the Executive hereunder or under the SERP but the restriction on the Executive's activities contained in Paragraph 7 and the obligations of the Executive contained in Paragraphs 8(b) and 8(c) shall continue in effect as provided therein. If the Executive does not relocate his family as provided in Paragraph 1(d) such will not constitute cause and any termination by the Company shall be treated neither as for cause nor without cause under Paragraph 6 and instead shall be governed solely by Paragraph 1(d).

     6.   Termination Without Cause .

         In the event that the Company discharges the Executive without cause, the Executive shall be entitled to the salary provided in Paragraph 2(a), two thirds of the targeted incentive provided in Paragraph 2(b), the vesting of any restricted stock awards and the immediate exercisability of any stock options, as well as his rights under Paragraph 4, which would have vested or become exercisable during the full Employment Period (which, in that event, shall continue until the then scheduled expiration of the Employment Period unless sooner terminated by the Executive's disability or death). Additionally he shall be deemed vested in the SERP benefit to the extent it would have accrued through the then scheduled expiration of the Employment Period. Any amounts payable to the Executive under this Paragraph 6 shall be reduced by the amount of the Executive's earnings from other employment (which the Executive shall have an affirmative duty to seek; provided, however, that the Executive shall not be obligated to accept a new position which is not reasonably comparable to his employment with the Company).

     7.   Non-Competition; Trade Secrets .

         During the Employment Period and for a period of two years after the termination of the Employment Period, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly:

         a)   Disclosure of Information . Use, attempt to use, disclose or otherwise make known to any person or entity (other than to the Board of Directors of the Company or otherwise in the course of the business of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates and except as may be required by applicable law):

    i.  any knowledge or information, including, without limitation, lists of customers or suppliers, trade secrets, know-how, inventions, discoveries, processes and formulae, as well as all data and records pertaining thereto, which he may acquire in the course of his employment, in any manner which may be detrimental to or cause injury or loss to the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates; or

   ii.  any knowledge or information of a confidential nature (including all unpublished matters) relating to, without limitation, the business, properties, accounting, books and records, trade secrets or memoranda of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, which he now knows or may come to know in any manner which may be detrimental to or cause injury or loss to the Company its subsidiaries or affiliates.

         b)   Non-Competition .  Engage or become interested in the United States, Canada or Mexico (whether as an owner, shareholder, partner, lender or other investor, director, officer, employee, consultant or otherwise) in the business of distributing electronic parts, components, supplies or systems, or any other business that is competitive with the principal business or businesses then conducted by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates (provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall prevent the Executive from acquiring or owning less than 1% of the issued and outstanding capital stock or debentures of a corporation whose securities are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, or the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System, if such investment is otherwise permitted by the Company's Human Resource and Conflict of Interest policies);

         c)   Solicitation .  Solicit or participate in the solicitation of any business of any type conducted by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, during said term or thereafter, from any person, firm or other entity which was or at the time is a supplier or customer, or prospective supplier or customer, of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates; or

         d)   Employment .  Employ or retain, or arrange to have any other person, firm or other entity employ or retain, or otherwise participate in the employment or retention of, any person who was an employee or consultant of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, at any time during the period of twelve consecutive months immediately preceding such employment or retention.

         The Executive will promptly furnish in writing to the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, any information reasonably requested by the Company (including any third party confirmations) with respect to any activity or interest the Executive may have in any business.

         Except as expressly herein provided, nothing contained herein is intended to prevent the Executive, at any time after the termination of the Employment Period, from either (i) being gainfully employed or (ii) exercising his skills and abilities outside of such geographic areas, provided in either case the provisions of this Agreement are complied with.

     8.   Preservation of Business .

         a)   General .  During the Employment Period, the Executive will use his best efforts to advance the business and organization of the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates, to keep available to the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates, the services of present and future employees and to advance the business relations with its suppliers, distributors, customers and others.

         b)   Patents and Copyrights, etc.   The Executive agrees, without additional compensation, to make available to the Company all knowledge possessed by him relating to any methods, developments, inventions, processes, discoveries and/or improvements (whether patented, patentable or unpatentable) which concern in any way the business of the Company, it subsidiaries or affiliates, whether acquired by the Executive before or during his employment or retention hereunder.

         Any methods, developments, inventions, processes, discoveries and/or improvements (whether patented, patentable or unpatentable) which the Executive may conceive of or make, related directly or indirectly to the business or affairs of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, or any part thereof, during the Employment Period, shall be and remain the property of the Company. The Executive agrees promptly to communicate and disclose all such methods, developments, inventions, processes, discoveries and/or improvements to the Company and to execute and deliver to it any instruments deemed necessary by the Company to effect the disclosure and assignment thereof to it. The Executive also agrees, on request and at the expense of the Company, to execute patent applications and any other instruments deemed necessary by the Company for the prosecution of such patent applications or the acquisition of Letters Patent in the United States or any other country and for the assignment to the Company of any patents which may be issued. The Company shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless from any and all costs, expenses, liabilities or damages sustained by the Executive by reason of having made such patent application or being granted such patents.

         Any writings or other materials written or produced by the Executive or under his supervision (whether alone or with others and whether or not during regular business hours), during the Employment Period which are related, directly or indirectly, to the business or affairs of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, or are capable of being used therein, and the copyright thereof, common law or statutory, including all renewals and extensions, shall be and remain the property of the Company. The Executive agrees promptly to communicate and disclose all such writings or materials to the Company and to execute and deliver to it any instruments deemed necessary by the Company to effect the disclosure and assignment thereof to it. The Executive further agrees, on request and at the expense of the Company, to take any and all action deemed necessary by the Company to obtain copyrights or other protections for such writings or other materials or to protect the Company's right, title and interest therein. The Company shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless from any and all costs, expenses, liabilities or damages sustained by the Executive by reason of the Executive's compliance with the Company's request.

         c)   Return of Documents .  Upon the termination of the Employment Period, including any termination of employment described in Paragraph 6, the Executive will promptly return to the Company all copies of information protected by Paragraph 7(a) hereof or pertaining to matters covered by subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph 8 which are in his possession, custody or control, whether prepared by him or others.

     9.   Separability .

         The Executive agrees that the provisions of Paragraphs 7 and 8 hereof constitute independent and separable covenants which shall survive the termination of the Employment Period and which shall be enforceable by the Company notwithstanding any rights or remedies the Executive may have under any other provisions hereof. The Company agrees that the provisions of Paragraph 6 hereof constitute independent and separable covenants which shall survive the termination of the Employment Period and which shall be enforceable by the Executive notwithstanding any rights or remedies the Company may have under any other provisions hereof.

     10.  Specific Performance .

         The Executive acknowledges that (i) the services to be rendered under the provisions of this Agreement and the obligations of the Executive assumed herein are of a special, unique and extraordinary character; (ii) it would be difficult or impossible to replace such services and obligations; (iii) the Company, it subsidiaries and affiliates will be irreparably damaged if the provision hereof are not specifically enforced; and (iv) the award of monetary damages will not adequately protect the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates in the event of a breach hereof by the Executive. The Company acknowledges that (i) the Executive will be irreparably damaged if the provisions of Paragraphs 1(b) and 6 hereof are not specifically enforced; and (ii) the award of monetary damages will not adequately protect the Executive in the event of a breach thereof by the Company. By virtue thereof, the Executive agrees and consents that if he violates any of the provisions of this Agreement, and the Company agrees and consents that if it violates any of the provisions of Paragraphs 1(b) and 6 hereof, the other party, in addition to any other rights and remedies available under this Agreement or otherwise, shall (without any bond or other security being required and without the necessity of proving monetary damages) be entitled to a temporary and/or permanent injunction to be issued by a court of competent jurisdiction restraining the breaching party from committing or continuing any violation of this Agreement, or any other appropriate decree of specific performance. Such remedies shall not be exclusive and shall be in addition to any other remedy which any of them may have.

     11.  Miscellaneous .

         a)   Assignment .  Except as stated below, this Agreement is not assignable by the Company without the written consent of the Executive, or by the Executive without the written consent of the Company, and any purported assignment by either party of such party's rights and/or obligations under this Agreement shall be null and void; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may merge or consolidate with or into another corporation, or sell all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation or business entity or otherwise reorganize itself, provided the surviving corporation or entity, if not the Company, shall assume this Agreement and become obligated to perform all of the terms and conditions hereof, in which event the Executive's obligations shall continue in favor of such other corporation or entity.

         b)   Waivers, etc.   No waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall be considered valid unless in writing, and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature. The failure of any party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of the right to insist upon strict adherence to that term of any other term of this Agreement on that or any other occasion.

         c)   Provisions Overly Broad .  In the event that any term or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be overly broad in scope, duration or area of applicability, the court considering the same shall have the power and hereby is authorized and directed to modify such term or provision to limit such scope, duration or area, or all of them, so that such term or provision is no longer overly broad and to enforce the same as so limited. Subject to the foregoing sentence, in the event any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other provision of this Agreement.

         d)   Notices .  Any notice permitted or required hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given on the date of delivery or, if mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, on the date of mailing:

             i.  if to the Executive to:

                 Peter S. Brown
                 2119 Avalon Court North
                 Melville, New York 11747

             ii. if to the Company to:

                 Arrow Electronics, Inc.
                 25 Hub Drive
                 Melville, New York 11747
                 Attention:  President and Chief Executive
                 Officer

Either party may, by notice to the other, change his or its address for notice hereunder.

         f)   New York Law . This Agreement shall be construed and governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

Attest:                                   ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

 

/s/ Pamela R. Marina                       By:  /s/ Danial W. Duval
                                             President and Chief
                                             Executive Officer

 

                                         THE EXECUTIVE

 

                                          /s/ Peter S. Brown     
                                         Peter S. Brown

     EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT made as of the 1st day of January 2003 by and between ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC., a New York corporation with its principal office at 50 Marcus Drive, Melville, New York 11747 (the "Company"), and Betty Jane Scheihing, residing at 2419 N.E. Lakeview Drive, Sebring, Florida 33870 (the "Executive").

     WHEREAS, the Executive is now and has been employed by the Company as a Senior Vice President, with the responsibilities and duties of an executive officer of the Company; and

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive wish to provide for the continued employment of the Executive as an employee of the Company and for her to continue to render services to the Company on the terms set forth in, and in accordance with the provisions of, this Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") which Employment Agreement shall supersede and replace any employment agreement entered into prior to the date hereof;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

     1.   Employment and Duties .

         a)   Employment .  The Company hereby employs the Executive for the Employment Period defined in Paragraph 3, to perform such duties for the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and to hold such offices as may be specified from time to time by the Company's Board of Directors, subject to the following provisions of this Agreement. The Executive hereby accepts such employment.

         b)   Duties and Responsibilities .  It is contemplated that the Executive will be a Senior Vice President of the Company, but the Board of Directors shall have the right to adjust the duties, responsibilities, and title of the Executive as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem to be in the interests of the Company (provided, however, that during the Employment Period, without the consent of the Executive, she shall not be assigned any titles, duties or responsibilities which, in the aggregate, represent a material diminution in, or are materially inconsistent with, her prior title, duties, and responsibilities as a Senior Vice President).

         If the Board of Directors does not either continue the Executive in the office of Vice President or elect her to some other executive office satisfactory to the Executive, the Executive shall have the right to decline to give further service to the Company and shall have the rights and obligations which would accrue to her under Paragraph 6 if she were discharged without cause. If the Executive decides to exercise such right to decline to give further service, she shall within forty-five days after such action or omission by the Board of Directors give written notice to the Company stating her objection and the action she thinks necessary to correct it, and she shall permit the Company to have a forty-five day period in which to correct its action or omission. If the Company makes a correction satisfactory to the Executive, the Executive shall be obligated to continue to serve the Company. If the Company does not make such a correction, the Executive's rights and obligations under Paragraph 6 shall accrue at the expiration of such forty-five day period.

         c)   Time Devoted to Duties .  The Executive shall devote all of her normal business time and efforts to the business of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates, the amount of such time to be sufficient, in the reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors, to permit her diligently and faithfully to serve and endeavor to further their interests to the best of her ability.

     2.   Compensation .

         a)   Monetary Remuneration and Benefits .  During the Employment Period, the Company shall pay to the Executive for all services rendered by her in any capacity:

   i.  a minimum base salary of $460,000 per year (payable in accordance with the Company's then prevailing practices, but in no event less frequently than in equal monthly installments), subject to increase if the Board of Directors of the Company in its sole discretion so determines; provided that, should the company institute a company-wide pay cut/furlough program, such salary may be decreased by up to 15%, but only for as long as said company-wide program is in effect;

   ii.  such additional compensation by way of salary or bonus or fringe benefits as the Board of Directors of the Company in its sole discretion shall authorize or agree to pay, payable on such terms and conditions as it shall determine; and

   iii.  such employee benefits that are made available by the Company to its other executives.

         b)   Annual Incentive Payment .  The Executive shall participate in the Company's Management Incentive Plan (or such alternative, successor, or replacement plan or program in which the Company's principal executives, other than the Chief Executive Officer, generally participate) and shall have a targeted incentive thereunder of not less than $240,000 per annum; provided, however, that the Executive's actual incentive payment in any year shall be measured by the Company's performance against goals established for that year and that such performance may produce an incentive payment ranging from none to twice the targeted amount. The Executive's incentive payment for any year will be appropriately pro-rated to reflect a partial year of employment.

         c)   Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan .  The Executive shall continue to participate in the Company's Unfunded Pension Plan for Selected Executives (the "SERP"). In recognition of the fact that the Executive was eligible to receive the full amount of her pension benefit under the SERP commencing November 1, 2002, the Company will "annuitize" the Executive's SERP benefit payable as of November 1, 2002 for the period of the Executive's continuing employment by the Company up to a maximum period of two years from such date, with the resulting amount payable commencing on retirement to be calculated on the basis of an interest rate of 8% applied to the present value of such SERP benefit as of November 1, 2002 during such period and an adjustment for the corresponding reduction in the actuarially-assumed post-retirement period over which such benefits will be paid.

         d)   Automobile .  During the Employment Period, the Company will pay the Executive a monthly automobile allowance of $850.

         e)   Expenses .  During the Employment Period, the Company agrees to reimburse the Executive, upon the submission of appropriate vouchers, for out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, expenses for travel, lodging and entertainment) incurred by the Executive in the course of her duties hereunder.

         f)   Office and Staff .  The Company will provide the Executive with an office, secretary and such other facilities as may be reasonably required for the proper discharge of her duties hereunder.

         g)   Indemnification .  The Company agrees to indemnify the Executive for any and all liabilities to which she may be subject as a result of her employment hereunder (and as a result of her service as an officer or director of the Company, or as an officer or director of any of its subsidiaries or affiliates), as well as the costs of any legal action brought or threatened against her as a result of such employment, to the fullest extent permitted by law.

         h)   Participation in Plans .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Executive shall have the right to participate in any and all of the plans or programs made available by the Company (or it subsidiaries, divisions or affiliates) to, or for the benefit of, executives (including the annual stock option and restricted stock grant programs) or employees in general, on a basis consistent with other senior executives.

         i)   Work Location; Transportation; Housing .  The Executive may work from her home in Florida one day a week (either Monday or Friday). The Company will reimburse the Executive for the cost of first class round trip commercial air travel between Florida and New York whenever a Friday or Monday is worked out of the Executive's Florida residence. The Company may on certain occasions permit the Executive to utilize the Company plane in lieu of commercial travel with the prior consent of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. On such occasions, the Executive will promptly reimburse the Company for the use of the Company plane based on the then applicable rates set by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company will also reimburse the Executive for the rental cost of her current Melville apartment and the related charges for utilities. As partial consideration for the Company's reimbursement of these expenses the Company will deduct $1,250 per month (net of applicable taxes) from the Executive's base salary payments.

     3.   The Employment Period .

         The "Employment Period," as used in the Agreement, shall mean the period beginning as of the date hereof and terminating on the last day of the calendar month in which the first of the following occurs:

         a)  the death of the Executive;

         b)  the disability of the Executive as determined in accordance with Paragraph 4 hereof and subject to the provisions thereof;

         c)  the termination of the Executive's employment by the Company for cause in accordance with Paragraph 5 hereof; or

         d)  December 31,June 30, 2003. ; provided, however, that, unless sooner terminated as otherwise provided herein, the Employment Period shall automatically be extended for one or more twelve (12) month periods beyond the then scheduled expiration date thereof unless between the 12th and 6th month preceding such scheduled expiration date either the Company or the Executive gives the other written notice of its or her election not to have the Employment Period so extended.

     4.   Disability .

         For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive will be deemed "disabled" upon the earlier to occur of (i) her becoming disabled as defined under the terms of the disability benefit program applicable to the Executive, if any, and (ii) her absence from her duties hereunder on a full-time basis for one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days as a result of her incapacity due to accident or physical or mental illness. If the Executive becomes disabled (as defined in the preceding sentence), the Employment Period shall terminate on the last day of the month in which such disability is determined. Until such termination of the Employment Period, the Company shall continue to pay to the Executive her base salary, any additional compensation authorized by the Company's Board of Directors, and other remuneration and benefits provided in accordance with Paragraph 2 hereof, all without delay, diminution or proration of any kind whatsoever (except that her remuneration hereunder shall be reduced by the amount of any payments she may otherwise receive as a result of her disability pursuant to a disability program provided by or through the Company), and her medical benefits and life insurance shall remain in full force. After termination of the Employment Period as a result of the disability of the Executive, the medical benefits covering the Executive and her family shall remain in place (subject to the eligibility requirements and other conditions continued in the underlying plan, as described in the Company's employee benefits manual, and subject to the requirement that the Executive continue to pay the "employee portion" of the cost thereof), and the Executive's life insurance policy under the Management Insurance Program shall be transferred to her, as provided in the related agreement, subject to the obligation of the Executive to pay the premiums therefor.

         In the event that, notwithstanding such a determination of disability, the Executive is determined not to be totally and permanently disabled prior to the then scheduled expiration of the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to resume employment with the Company under the terms of this Agreement for the then remaining balance of the Employment Period.

     5.   Termination for Cause .

         In the event of any malfeasance, willful misconduct, active fraud or gross negligence by the Executive in connection with her employment hereunder, the Company shall have the right to terminate the Employment Period by giving the Executive notice in writing of the reason for such proposed termination. If the Executive shall not have corrected such conduct to the satisfaction of the Company within thirty days after such notice, the Employment Period shall terminate and the Company shall have no further obligation to the Executive hereunder but the restriction on the Executive's activities contained in Paragraph 7 and the obligations of the Executive contained in Paragraphs 8(b) and 8(c) shall continue in effect as provided therein.

     6.   Termination Without Cause .

         In the event that the Company discharges the Executive without cause, the Executive shall be entitled to the salary provided in Paragraph 2(a), two-thirds of the targeted incentive provided in Paragraph 2(b), the vesting of any restricted stock awards and the immediate exercisability of any stock options, as well as her rights under Paragraph 4, which would have vested or become exercisable during the full Employment Period (which, in that event, shall continue until December 31, 1999 unless sooner terminated by the Executive's disability or death), and the Company shall have no right to set off payments due the Executive with any amounts she may earn from gainful employment elsewhere. It is expressly agreed and understood that the Executive shall be under no obligation to seek such employment. The provisions of Paragraph 7 restricting the Executive's activities and the Executive's obligations under Paragraph 8(b) and 8(c) shall continue in effect. The provisions of this Paragraph 6 shall not act to limit the Executive's ability to recover damages from the Company for breaching this Agreement by terminating the Employment Period without cause, except as otherwise permitted by Paragraph 3.

     7.   Non-Competition; Trade Secrets .

         During the Employment Period and for a period of one year after the termination of the Employment Period, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly:

         a)   Disclosure of Information .  Use, attempt to use, disclose or otherwise make known to any person or entity (other than to the Board of Directors of the Company or otherwise in the course of the business of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates and except as may be required by applicable law):

    i.  any knowledge or information, including, without limitation, lists of customers or suppliers, trade secrets, know-how, inventions, discoveries, processes and formulae, as well as all data and records pertaining thereto, which she may acquire in the course of her employment, in any manner which may be detrimental to or cause injury or loss to the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates; or

   ii.  any knowledge or information of a confidential nature (including all unpublished matters) relating to, without limitation, the business, properties, accounting, books and records, trade secrets or memoranda of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, which she now knows or may come to know in any manner which may be detrimental to or cause injury or loss to the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates;

         b)   Non-Competition .  Engage or become interested in the United States, Canada or Mexico (whether as an owner, shareholder, partner, lender or other investor, director, officer, employee, consultant or otherwise) in the business of distributing electronic parts, components, supplies or systems, or any other business that is competitive with the principal business or businesses then conducted by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates (provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall prevent the Executive from acquiring or owning less than 1% of the issued and outstanding capital stock or debentures of a corporation whose securities are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, or the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System, if such investment is otherwise permitted by the Company's Human Resource and Conflict of Interest policies);

         c)   Solicitation .  Solicit or participate in the solicitation of any business of any type conducted by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, during said term or thereafter, from any person, firm or other entity which was or at the time is a supplier or customer, or prospective supplier or customer, of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates; or

         d)   Employment .  Employ or retain, or arrange to have any other person, firm or other entity employ or retain, or otherwise participate in the employment or retention of, any person who was an employee or consultant of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, at any time during the period of twelve consecutive months immediately preceding such employment or retention.

         The Executive will promptly furnish in writing to the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, any information reasonably requested by the Company (including any third party confirmations) with respect to any activity or interest the Executive may have in any business.

         Except as expressly herein provided, nothing contained herein is intended to prevent the Executive, at any time after the termination of the Employment Period, from either (i) being gainfully employed or (ii) exercising her skills and abilities outside of such geographic areas, provided in either case the provisions of this Agreement are complied with.

     8.   Preservation of Business .

         a)   General .  During the Employment Period, the Executive will use her best efforts to advance the business and organization of the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates, to keep available to the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates, the services of present and future employees and to advance the business relations with its suppliers, distributors, customers and others.

         b)   Patents and Copyrights, etc .  The Executive agrees, without additional compensation, to make available to the Company all knowledge possessed by her relating to any methods, developments, inventions, processes, discoveries and/or improvements (whether patented, patentable or unpatentable) which concern in any way the business of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, whether acquired by the Executive before or during her employment hereunder.

         Any methods, developments, inventions, processes, discoveries and/or improvements (whether patented, patentable or unpatentable) which the Executive may conceive of or make, related directly or indirectly to the business or affairs of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, or any part thereof, during the Employment Period, shall be and remain the property of the Company. The Executive agrees promptly to communicate and disclose all such methods, developments, inventions, processes, discoveries and/or improvements to the Company and to execute and deliver to it any instruments deemed necessary by the Company to effect the disclosure and assignment thereof to it. The Executive also agrees, on request and at the expense of the Company, to execute patent applications and any other instruments deemed necessary by the Company for the prosecution of such patent applications or the acquisition of Letters Patent in the United States or any other country and for the assignment to the Company of any patents which may be issued. The Company shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless from any and all costs, expenses, liabilities or damages sustained by the Executive by reason of having made such patent applications or being granted such patents.

         Any writings or other materials written or produced by the Executive or under her supervision (whether alone or with others and whether or not during regular business hours), during the Employment Period which are related, directly or indirectly, to the business or affairs of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, or are capable of being used therein, and the copyright thereof, common law or statutory, including all renewals and extensions, shall be and remain the property of the Company. The Executive agrees promptly to communicate and disclose all such writings or materials to the Company and to execute and deliver to it any instruments deemed necessary by the Company to effect the disclosure and assignment thereof to it. The Executive further agrees, on request and at the expense of the Company, to take any and all action deemed necessary by the Company to obtain copyrights or other protections for such writings or other materials or to protect the Company's right, title and interest therein. The Company shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless from any and all costs, expenses, liabilities or damages sustained by the Executive by reason of the Executive's compliance with the Company's request.

         c)   Return of Documents .  Upon the termination of the Employment Period, including any termination of employment described in Paragraph 6, the Executive will promptly return to the Company all copies of information protected by Paragraph 7(a) hereof or pertaining to matters covered by subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph 8 which are in her possession, custody or control, whether prepared by her or others.

     9.   Separability .

         The Executive agrees that the provisions of Paragraphs 7 and 8 hereof constitute independent and separable covenants which shall survive the termination of the Employment Period and which shall be enforceable by the Company notwithstanding any rights or remedies the Executive may have under any other provisions hereof. The Company agrees that the provisions of Paragraph 6 hereof constitute independent and separable covenants which shall survive the termination of the Employment Period and which shall be enforceable by the Executive notwithstanding any rights or remedies the Company may have under any other provisions hereof.

    10.   Specific Performance .

         The Executive acknowledges that (i) the services to be rendered under the provisions of this Agreement and the obligations of the Executive assumed herein are of a special, unique and extraordinary character; (ii) it would be difficult or impossible to replace such services and obligations; (iii) the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates will be irreparably damaged if the provisions hereof are not specifically enforced; and (iv) the award of monetary damages will not adequately protect the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates in the event of a breach hereof by the Executive. The Company acknowledges that (i) the Executive will be irreparably damaged if the provisions of Paragraphs 6 hereof are not specifically enforced and (ii) the award of monetary damages will not adequately protect the Executive in the event of a breach thereof by the Company. By virtue thereof, the Executive agrees and consents that if she violates any of the provisions of this Agreement, and the Company agrees and consents that if it violates any of the provisions of Paragraphs 6 hereof, the other party, in addition to any other rights and remedies available under this Agreement or otherwise, shall (without any bond or other security being required and without the necessity of proving monetary damages) be entitled to a temporary and/or permanent injunction to be issued by a court of competent jurisdiction restraining the breaching party from committing or continuing any violation of this Agreement, or any other appropriate decree of specific performance. Such remedies shall not be exclusive and shall be in addition to any other remedy which any of them may have.

     11.   Miscellaneous .

         a)   Entire Agreement; Amendment .  This Agreement constitutes the whole employment agreement between the parties and may not be modified, amended or terminated except by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto. It is

specifically agreed and understood, however, that the provisions of that certain letter agreement dated as of October 24, 1989 granting to the Executive extended separation benefits in the event of a change in control of the Company shall survive and shall not be affected hereby. All other agreements between the parties pertaining to the employment or remuneration of the Executive not specifically contemplated hereby or incorporated or merged herein are terminated and shall be of no further force or effect.

         b)   Assignment .  Except as stated below, this Agreement is not assignable by the Company without the written consent of the Executive, or by the Executive without the written consent of the Company, and any purported assignment by either party of such party's rights and/or obligations under this Agreement shall be null and void; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may merge or consolidate with or into another corporation, or sell all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation or business entity or otherwise reorganize itself, provided the surviving corporation or entity, if not the Company, shall assume this Agreement and become obligated to perform all of the terms and conditions hereof, in which event the Executive's obligations shall continue in favor of such other corporation or entity.

         c)   Waivers, etc .  No waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall be considered valid unless in writing, and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature. The failure of any party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of the right to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement on that or any other occasion.

         d)   Provisions Overly Broad .  In the event that any term or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be overly broad in scope, duration or area of applicability, the court considering the same shall have the power and hereby is authorized and directed to modify such term or provision to limit such scope, duration or area, or all of them, so that such term or provision is no longer overly broad and to enforce the same as so limited. Subject to the foregoing sentence, in the event any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other provision of this Agreement.

         e)   Notices .  Any notice permitted or required hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given on the date of delivery or, if mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, on the date of mailing:

             i.  if to the Executive to:

                 Betty Jane Scheihing
                 2419 N.E. Lakeview Drive
                 Sebring, Florida 33870

            ii.  if to the Company to:

                 Arrow Electronics, Inc.
                 50 Marcus Drive
                 Melville, New York 11747
                 Attention:  Senior Vice President
                              and General Counsel

Either party may, by notice to the other, change her or its address for notice hereunder.

         f)   New York Law .  This Agreement shall be construed and governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

Attest:                            ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

_______________________            By:  /s/ Peter S. Brown          Secretary                        Senior Vice President

 

                                   THE EXECUTIVE

                                    /s/ Betty Jane Scheihing
                                   Betty Jane Scheihing

     EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT made as of the 1st day of January 2003 by and between ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC., a New York corporation with its principal office at 50 Marcus Drive, Melville, New York 11747 (the "Company"), and MARK F. SETTLE, residing at 1674 Alexander Way, Los Altos, California 94024 (the "Executive").

     WHEREAS, the Company wishes to employ the Executive is now and has been employed by the Company as Vice President and Chief Information Officer, with the responsibilities and duties of an officer of the Company; and

     WHEREAS, the Executive wishes to accept such employment and to render services to the Company on the terms set forth in, and in accordance with the provisions of, this Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") which Employment Agreement shall supersede and replace any employment agreement entered into prior to the date hereof;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

     1.   Employment and Duties .

         a)   Employment .  The Company hereby employs the Executive for the Employment Period defined in Paragraph 3, to perform such duties for the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and to hold such offices as may be specified from time to time by the Company's Board of Directors, subject to the following provisions of this Agreement. The Executive hereby accepts such employment.

         b)   Duties and Responsibilities .  It is contemplated that the Executive will be Vice President and Chief Information Officer of the Company, but the Board of Directors shall have the right to adjust the duties, responsibilities, and title of the Executive as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem to be in the interests of the Company (provided, however, that during the Employment Period, without the consent of the Executive, he shall not be assigned any titles, duties or responsibilities which, in the aggregate, represent a material diminution in, or are materially inconsistent with, his title, duties, and responsibilities as Vice President and Chief Information Officer).

     If the Board of Directors does not either continue the Executive in the office of Vice President and Chief Information Officer or elect him to some other office satisfactory to the Executive, the Executive shall have the right to decline to give further service to the Company and shall have the rights and obligations which would accrue to him under Paragraph 6 if he were discharged without cause. If the Executive decides to exercise such right to decline to give further service, he shall within forty-five days after such action or omission by the Board of Directors give written notice to the Company stating his objection and the action he thinks necessary to correct it, and he shall permit the Company to have a forty-five day period in which to correct its action or omission. If the Company makes a correction satisfactory to the Executive, the Executive shall be obligated to continue to serve the Company. If the Company does not make such a correction, the Executive's rights and obligations under Paragraph 6 shall accrue at the expiration of such forty-five day period.

         c)   Time Devoted to Duties .  The Executive shall devote all of his normal business time and efforts to the business of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates, the amount of such time to be sufficient, in the reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors, to permit him diligently and faithfully to serve and endeavor to further their interests to the best of his ability.

         d)   Vacation .  During the Employment Period, the Executive will be given four weeks vacation with full pay each year, to be taken at the Executive's discretion; provided however, that the Executive will use his best efforts to ensure that such vacation does not unduly interfere with the operation and performance of the business of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates. The Executive's vacation time for any year will be appropriately pro-rated to reflect a partial year of employment.

     2.   Compensation .

         a)   Monetary Remuneration and Benefits .  During the Employment Period, the Company shall pay to the Executive for all services rendered by him in any capacity:

     i.  a minimum base salary at the rate of $378,000 per year (payable in accordance with the Company's then prevailing practices, but in no event less frequently than in equal monthly installments), subject to increase from time to time in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company; provided that, should the Company institute a company-wide pay cut/furlough program, such salary may be decreased by up to 15%, but only for as long as said company-wide program is in effect;

    ii.  such additional compensation by way of salary or bonus or fringe benefits as the Board of Directors of the Company in its sole discretion shall authorize or agree to pay, payable on such terms and conditions as it shall determine; and

   iii.  such employee benefits that are made available by the Company to its other compensation executives generally.

         b)   Annual Incentive Payment .  The Executive shall participate in the Company's Management Incentive Compensation Plan (or such alternative, successor, or replacement plan or program in which the Company's executives, other than the Chief Executive Officer, generally participate) and shall have a targeted incentive thereunder of not less than $189,000 per annum; provided, however, that the Executive's actual incentive payment in any year shall be measured by the Company's performance against goals established for that year and that such performance may produce an incentive payment ranging from none to twice the targeted amount. The Executive's incentive payment for any year will be appropriately pro-rated to reflect a partial year of employment. It is expressly agreed and understood that the Executive's incentive hereunder shall not be less than the targeted incentive set forth above for the years 2001 and 2002 (subject to proration for a partial year of service as provided herein).

         c)   Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan .  The Executive shall participate in the Company's Unfunded Pension Plan for Selected Executives (the "SERP"), which shall provide him with an aggregate annual minimum retirement benefit from all relevant sources (including, without limitation, social security, the SERP, the Arrow Electronics Savings Plan, and the Arrow Employee Stock Ownership Plan) in an amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the Executive's final average compensation (as defined in the SERP) upon retirement at age 60.

         d)   Automobile .  During the Employment Period, the Company will pay the Executive a monthly automobile allowance of $850.

         e)   Expenses .  During the Employment Period, the Company agrees to reimburse the Executive, upon the submission of appropriate vouchers, for out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, expenses for travel, lodging and entertainment) incurred by the Executive in the course of his duties hereunder.

         f)   Office and Staff .  The Company will provide the Executive with an office, secretary and such other facilities as may be reasonably required for the proper discharge of his duties hereunder.

         g)   Indemnification .  The Company agrees to indemnify the Executive for any and all liabilities to which he may be subject as a result of his employment hereunder (and as a result of his service as an officer or director of the Company, or as an officer or director of any of its subsidiaries or affiliates), as well as the costs of any legal action brought or threatened against him as a result of such employment, to the fullest extent permitted by law.

         h)   Participation in Plans .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Executive shall have the right to participate in any and all of the plans or programs made available by the Company (or its subsidiaries, divisions or affiliates) to, or for the benefit of, executives (including the annual stock option and restricted stock grant programs) or employees in general, on a basis consistent with other senior officers.

         i)   Transportation and Housing; Family Relocation .  Through July 31, 2003 and in recognition of the extent of the Executive's business travel, the Company will reimburse the Executive for (i) one round trip coach class airfare per calendar month to the Executive's home in California (and will provide the Executive with access to Company upgrade coupons where available; (ii) the cost of the Executive's current one bedroom apartment in the Melville area; and (iii) the cost of moving one car from California to New York. Such reimbursement will not be grossed-up for taxes. It is anticipated that the Executive's family will relocate to the New York area by September 2003.

     3.   The Employment Period .

         The "Employment Period", as used in the Agreement, shall mean the period beginning as of the date hereof and terminating on the last day of the calendar month in which the first of the following occurs:

         a)  the death of the Executive;

         b)  the disability of the Executive as determined in accordance with Paragraph 4 hereof and subject to the provisions thereof;

         c)  the termination of the Executive's employment by the Company for cause in accordance with Paragraph 5 hereof; or

         d)  December January 31, 2005; provided, however, that, unless sooner terminated as otherwise provided herein, the Employment Period shall automatically be extended for one or more twelve (12) month periods beyond the then scheduled expiration date thereof unless between the 18th and 12th month preceding such scheduled expiration date either the Company or the Executive gives the other written notice of its or his election not to have the Employment Period so extended.

     4.   Disability .

         For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive will be deemed "disabled" upon the earlier to occur of (i) his becoming disabled as defined under the terms of the disability benefit program applicable to the Executive, if any, and (ii) his absence from his duties hereunder on a full-time basis for one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days as a result of his incapacity due to accident or physical or mental illness. If the Executive becomes disabled (as defined in the preceding sentence), the Employment Period shall terminate on the last day of the month in which such disability is determined. Until such termination of the Employment Period, the Company shall continue to pay to the Executive his base salary, any additional compensation authorized by the Company's Board of Directors, and any other remuneration and benefits provided in accordance with Paragraph 2, all without delay, diminution or proration of any kind whatsoever (except that his remuneration hereunder shall be reduced by the amount of any payments he may otherwise receive as a result of his disability pursuant to a disability program provided by or through the Company), and his medical benefits and life insurance shall remain in full force. After termination of the Employment Period as a result of the disability of the Executive, the medical benefits covering the Executive and his family shall remain in place (subject to the eligibility requirements and other conditions contained in the underlying plan, as described in the Company's employee benefits manual, and subject to the requirement that the Executive continue to pay the "employee portion" of the cost thereof), and the Executive's life insurance policy under the Management Insurance Program shall be transferred to him, as provided in the related agreement, subject to the obligation of the Executive to pay the premiums therefor.

         In the event that, notwithstanding such a determination of disability, the Executive is determined not to be totally and permanently disabled prior to the then scheduled expiration of the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to resume employment with the Company under the terms of this Agreement for the then remaining balance of the Employment Period.

     5.   Termination for Cause .

         In the event of any malfeasance, willful misconduct, active fraud or gross negligence by the Executive in connection with his employment hereunder, or a breach by the Executive of any of the Company's policies, the Company shall have the right to terminate the Employment Period by giving the Executive notice in writing of the reason for such proposed termination. If the Executive shall not have corrected such conduct to the satisfaction of the Company within thirty days after such notice, the Employment Period shall terminate and the Company shall have no further obligation to the Executive hereunder but the restriction on the Executive's activities contained in Paragraph 7 and the obligations of the Executive contained in Paragraphs 8(b) and 8(c) shall continue in effect as provided therein.

     6.   Termination Without Cause .

         In the event that the Company discharges the Executive without cause, the Executive shall be entitled to the salary provided in Paragraph 2(a), two thirds of the targeted incentive provided in Paragraph 2(b), the vesting of any restricted stock awards and the immediate exercisability of any stock options, as well as his rights under Paragraph 4, which would have vested or become exercisable during the full Employment Period (which, in that event, shall continue until the then scheduled expiration of the Employment Period unless sooner terminated by the Executive's disability or death). Any amounts payable to the Executive under this Paragraph 6 shall be reduced by the amount of the Executive's earnings from other employment (which the Executive shall have an affirmative duty to seek; provided, however, that the Executive shall not be obligated to accept a new position which is not reasonably comparable to his employment with the Company).

     7.   Non-Competition; Trade Secrets .

         During the Employment Period and for a period of two years after the termination of the Employment Period, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly:

         a)   Disclosure of Information .  Use, attempt to use, disclose or otherwise make known to any person or entity (other than to the Board of Directors of the Company or otherwise in the course of the business of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates and except as may be required by applicable law):

     i.  any knowledge or information, including, without limitation, lists of customers or suppliers, trade secrets, know-how, inventions, discoveries, processes and formulae, as well as all data and records pertaining thereto, which he may acquire in the course of his employment, in any manner which may be detrimental to or cause injury or loss to the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates; or

    ii.  any knowledge or information of a confidential nature (including all unpublished matters) relating to, without limitation, the business, properties, accounting, books and records, trade secrets or memoranda of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, which he now knows or may come to know in any manner which may be detrimental to or cause injury or loss to the Company its subsidiaries or affiliates.

         b)   Non-Competition .  Engage or become interested in the United States, Canada or Mexico (whether as an owner, shareholder, partner, lender or other investor, director, officer, employee, consultant or otherwise) in the business of distributing electronic parts, components, supplies or systems, or any other business that is competitive with the principal business or businesses then conducted by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates (provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall prevent the Executive from acquiring or owning less than 1% of the issued and outstanding capital stock or debentures of a corporation whose securities are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, or the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System, if such investment is otherwise permitted by the Company's Human Resource and Conflict of Interest policies);

         c)   Solicitation .  Solicit or participate in the solicitation of any business of any type conducted by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, during said term or thereafter, from any person, firm or other entity which was or at the time is a supplier or customer, or prospective supplier or customer, of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates; or

         d)   Employment .  Employ or retain, or arrange to have any other person, firm or other entity employ or retain, or otherwise participate in the employment or retention of, any person who was an employee or consultant of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, at any time during the period of twelve consecutive months immediately preceding such employment or retention.

         The Executive will promptly furnish in writing to the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, any information reasonably requested by the Company (including any third party confirmations) with respect to any activity or interest the Executive may have in any business.

         Except as expressly herein provided, nothing contained herein is intended to prevent the Executive, at any time after the termination of the Employment Period, from either (i) being gainfully employed or (ii) exercising his skills and abilities outside of such geographic areas, provided in either case the provisions of this Agreement are complied with.

     8.   Preservation of Business .

         a)   General .  During the Employment Period, the Executive will use his best efforts to advance the business and organization of the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates, to keep available to the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates, the services of present and future employees and to advance the business relations with its suppliers, distributors, customers and others.

          b)   Patents and Copyrights, etc .  The Executive agrees, without additional compensation, to make available to the Company all knowledge possessed by him relating to any methods, developments, inventions, processes, discoveries and/or improvements (whether patented, patentable or unpatentable) which concern in any way the business of the Company, it subsidiaries or affiliates, whether acquired by the Executive before or during his employment or retention hereunder.

         Any methods, developments, inventions, processes, discoveries and/or improvements (whether patented, patentable or

unpatentable) which the Executive may conceive of or make, related directly or indirectly to the business or affairs of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, or any part thereof, during the Employment Period, shall be and remain the property of the Company. The Executive agrees promptly to communicate and disclose all such methods, developments, inventions, processes, discoveries and/or improvements to the Company and to execute and deliver to it any instruments deemed necessary by the Company to effect the disclosure and assignment thereof to it. The Executive also agrees, on request and at the expense of the Company, to execute patent applications and any other instruments deemed necessary by the Company for the prosecution of such patent applications or the acquisition of Letters Patent in the United States or any other country and for the assignment to the Company of any patents which may be issued. The Company shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless from any and all costs, expenses, liabilities or damages sustained by the Executive by reason of having made such patent application or being granted such patents.

         Any writings or other materials written or produced by the Executive or under his supervision (whether alone or with others and whether or not during regular business hours), during the Employment Period which are related, directly or indirectly, to the business or affairs of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, or are capable of being used therein, and the copyright thereof, common law or statutory, including all renewals and extensions, shall be and remain the property of the Company. The Executive agrees promptly to communicate and disclose all such writings or materials to the Company and to execute and deliver to it any instruments deemed necessary by the Company to effect the disclosure and assignment thereof to it. The Executive further agrees, on request and at the expense of the Company, to take any and all action deemed necessary by the Company to obtain copyrights or other protections for such writings or other materials or to protect the Company's right, title and interest therein. The Company shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless from any and all costs, expenses, liabilities or damages sustained by the Executive by reason of the Executive's compliance with the Company's request.

         c)   Return of Documents .  Upon the termination of the Employment Period, including any termination of employment described in Paragraph 6, the Executive will promptly return to the Company all copies of information protected by Paragraph 7(a) hereof or pertaining to matters covered by subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph 8 which are in his possession, custody or control, whether prepared by him or others.

     9.   Separability .

         The Executive agrees that the provisions of Paragraphs 7 and 8 hereof constitute independent and separable covenants which shall survive the termination of the Employment Period and which shall be enforceable by the Company notwithstanding any rights or remedies the Executive may have under any other provisions hereof. The Company agrees that the provisions of Paragraph 6 hereof constitute independent and separable covenants which shall survive the termination of the Employment Period and which shall be enforceable by the Executive notwithstanding any rights or remedies the Company may have under any other provisions hereof.

    10.   Specific Performance .

         The Executive acknowledges that (i) the services to be rendered under the provisions of this Agreement and the obligations of the Executive assumed herein are of a special, unique and extraordinary character; (ii) it would be difficult or impossible to replace such services and obligations; (iii) the Company, it subsidiaries and affiliates will be irreparably damaged if the provision hereof are not specifically enforced; and (iv) the award of monetary damages will not adequately protect the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates in the event of a breach hereof by the Executive. The Company acknowledges that (i) the Executive will be irreparably damaged if the provisions of Paragraphs 1(b) and 6 hereof are not specifically enforced; and (ii) the award of monetary damages will not adequately protect the Executive in the event of a breach thereof by the Company. By virtue thereof, the Executive agrees and consents that if he violates any of the provisions of this Agreement, and the Company agrees and consents that if it violates any of the provisions of Paragraphs 1(b) and 6 hereof, the other party, in addition to any other rights and remedies available under this Agreement or otherwise, shall (without any bond or other security being required and without the necessity of proving monetary damages) be entitled to a temporary and/or permanent injunction to be issued by a court of competent jurisdiction restraining the breaching party from committing or continuing any violation of this Agreement, or any other appropriate decree of specific performance. Such remedies shall not be exclusive and shall be in addition to any other remedy which any of them may have.

    11.   Miscellaneous .

         a)   Entire Agreement; Amendment .  This Agreement constitutes the whole employment agreement between the parties and may not be modified, amended or terminated except by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto. All other agreements between the parties pertaining to the employment or remuneration of the Executive not specifically contemplated hereby or incorporated or merged herein are terminated and shall be of no further force or effect.

         b)   Assignment .  Except as stated below, this Agreement is not assignable by the Company without the written consent of the Executive, or by the Executive without the written consent of the Company, and any purported assignment by either party of such party's rights and/or obligations under this Agreement shall be null and void; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may merge or consolidate with or into another corporation, or sell all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation or business entity or otherwise reorganize itself, provided the surviving corporation or entity, if not the Company, shall assume this Agreement and become obligated to perform all of the terms and conditions hereof, in which event the Executive's obligations shall continue in favor of such other corporation or entity.

         c)   Waivers, etc.   No waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall be considered valid unless in writing, and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature. The failure of any party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of the right to insist upon strict adherence to that term of any other term of this Agreement on that or any other occasion.

         d)   Provisions Overly Broad .  In the event that any term or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be overly broad in scope, duration or area of applicability, the court considering the same shall have the power and hereby is authorized and directed to modify such term or provision to limit such scope, duration or area, or all of them, so that such term or provision is no longer overly broad and to enforce the same as so limited. Subject to the foregoing sentence, in the event any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other provision of this Agreement.

         e)   Notices .  Any notice permitted or required hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given on the date of delivery or, if mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, on the date of mailing:

             i.  if to the Executive to:

                 Mark F. Settle
                 1674 Alexander Way
                 Los Altos, CA 94024

            ii.  if to the Company to:

                 Arrow Electronics, Inc.
                 50 Marcus Drive
                 Melville, New York 11747
                 Attention:  Robert E. KlatellPeter S. Brown
                             Executive Senior Vice President
                               and General Counsel

Either party may, by notice to the other, change his or its address for notice hereunder.

         f)   New York Law .  This Agreement shall be construed and governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

Attest:                            ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

 

_______________________            By:  Peter S. Brown       
                                       Senior Vice President

 

                                   THE EXECUTIVE

 

                                    /s/ Mark F. Settle
                                   Mark F. Settle

 

 

CONSULTING AGREEMENT

 

     Agreement, dated as of the 1 st day of January 2003, by and between ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York and having an address at 25 Hub Drive, Melville, New York 11747 ("Arrow"), and Steven W. Menefee, 60 Pleasant Street, Wolfeboro, New Hampshire 03854 (the "Consultant").

     WHEREAS, the Consultant is currently serving as a Senior Vice President of the Company, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of the 22nd day of December, 1999, as amended as of the 23rd day of October, 2001 (the "Employment Agreement");

     WHEREAS, the Consultant's "Employment Period" under the Employment Agreement (as amended) will terminate on December 31, 2002 or such later date as may be mutually agreed to in writing by the Company and the Consultant;

     WHEREAS, the Company wishes to avail itself of the Consultant's knowledge, expertise and experience by hiring the Consultant as a consultant for a period of up to three years following the expiration of the Employment Period; and

     WHEREAS, the Consultant is willing to serve as a consultant to the Company during such period upon the terms and conditions set forth below;

     NOW THEREFORE, the Company and the Consultant agree as follows:

1.    Consultancy Services .

     (a)  The Consultant agrees that, commencing on the date following the date on which the Consultant retires from the Company (the "Commencement Date") and continuing until the third anniversary thereof (the "Third Anniversary"), or such lesser period as provided for in Section 5 hereof (the "Consulting Period"), he shall provide to the Company and its subsidiaries consulting services and advice and shall participate in various external activities and events for the benefit of the Company, as reasonably requested from time to time upon reasonable prior notice by the Chief Executive Officer ("CEO") of the Company; provided, however, that during the period commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the first anniversary of the Commencement Date or such earlier date as provided in Section 5 (the "Initial Period"), the Consultant shall be available to provide services pursuant to this Agreement for up to 60 days per year (up to 50 of which shall be spent in Asia) on the basis of the outline attached as Annex A hereto and otherwise as reasonably requested from time to time upon reasonable prior notice by the CEO of the Company and provided further, however, that during the period commencing on the first anniversary of the Commencement Date and ending on the second anniversary or such earlier date as provided in Section 5 hereof (the "Second Period"), the Consultant shall be available to provide services under this Agreement for up to 45 days per year (up to 40 of which shall be spent in Asia) and provided further that during the period commencing on the second anniversary of the Commencement Date and ending on the third anniversary or such earlier date as provided in Section 5 hereof (the "Third Period"), the Consultant shall be available to provide services under this Agreement for up to 30 days per year (up to 30 of which shall be spent in Asia).

     (b)  Further to (a) above, the Company agrees that the Consultant will not be required to travel to Asia for more than ten days on any single trip and the Company will endeavor to avoid scheduling the Consultant's trips to Asia over U.S. public holidays.

     (c)  The Company acknowledges and agrees that, except as provided in Section 3 hereof, the Consultant may provide consulting and other services to other companies in addition to the consulting services provided hereunder and, accordingly, the Company agrees that, except as provided in Section 3 hereof, the Consultant shall not be restricted by this Agreement from providing services to any other person or entity and that the agreements set forth herein are entered into upon a non-exclusive basis.

     (d)  The Consultant shall not, solely by virtue of the consulting services provided hereunder, be considered to be an officer or employee of the Company during the Consulting Period, and shall not have the power or authority to contract in the name of or bind the Company, except as may be expressly stated in a written delegation of such authority from the CEO.

2.   Compensation .

    (a) Consulting Fees . The Consultant will be entitled to payment from Arrow for services rendered hereunder at the rate of:

     (i)  during the Initial Period, $3,100.00 per day (with a minimum of 45 days);

     (ii) during the Second Period, $3,250.00 per day (with a minimum of 34 days); and

     (iii) during the Third Period, $3,400.00 per day (with a minimum of 30 days); provided, however, that, with respect to each such period, in the event that this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Section 5 hereof, the minimum number of days shall be prorated for the portion of such period that has elapsed prior to such termination.

     (b) Expenses . Arrow will reimburse the Consultant for out-of-pocket travel and entertainment expense reasonably incurred in the course of the performance of the Consultant's services hereunder as set forth in Annex A hereto and otherwise in accordance with Arrow's standard travel and entertainment policy for employees.

     (c) Billing; Sole Compensation . The Consultant will bill Arrow monthly for the consulting fees and expenses referred to in (a) and (b) above. Such fees and expenses represent the sole compensation due to the Consultant from Arrow under the terms of this Agreement.

     (d) Vesting . Any unvested options to acquire stock of the Company held by the Consultant on the date which is immediately prior to the Commencement Date shall become fully vested and exercisable on such date, and the restrictions on any shares of restricted Company stock held by the Consultant on the date which is immediately prior to the Commencement Date shall lapse on such date.

     (e) Insurance . During the Consulting Period, the Company shall provide the Consultant with accident insurance coverage in the amount of $1,000,000 with respect to accidents which occur while the Consultant is on Company business and with medical insurance coverage or medical expense reimbursement covering medical expenses incurred by the Consultant outside the United States while the Consultant is on Company business.

3.    Non-Competition, etc. During the Consulting Period and for a period of two years after the termination of the Consulting Period, the Consultant shall not, directly or indirectly:

     (a) Disclosure of Information . Use, attempt to use, disclose or otherwise make known to any person or entity (other than to the Company or otherwise in the course of the business of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates and except as may be required by applicable law): (i) any knowledge or information, including, without limitation, lists of customers or suppliers, trade secrets, know-how, inventions, discoveries, processes and formulae, as well as all data and records pertaining thereto, which he may acquire in the course of his employment or consultancy; or (ii) any knowledge or information of a confidential nature (including all unpublished matters) relating to, without limitation, the business, properties, accounting, books and records, trade secrets or memoranda of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, which he now knows or may come to know.

     (b) Non-Competition . Without the prior written consent of the Company, engage or become interested in the United States, Canada, Mexico, Asia or anywhere else in the world (whether as an owner, shareholder, partner, lender or other investor, director, officer, employee, consultant or otherwise) in the business of distributing electronic parts, components, supplies or systems, or any other business that is competitive with the principal business or businesses then conducted by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates ( provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall prevent the Consultant from acquiring or owning less than 1% of the issued and outstanding capital stock or debentures of a corporation whose securities are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, or the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System);

     (c) Solicitation . Solicit or participate in the solicitation of any business of any type conducted by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, during said term or thereafter, from any person, firm or other entity which at the time is (or at any time during the preceding twelve months was) a supplier or customer, or prospective supplier or customer, of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates; or

     (d) Employment . Employ or retain, or arrange to have any other person, firm or other entity employ or retain, any person who was an employee or consultant of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, at any time during the period of twelve consecutive months immediately preceding such employment or retention.

The Consultant shall promptly furnish in writing to the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, any information reasonably requested by the Company (including any third party confirmations) with respect to any activity or interest the Consultant may have in any business, which business could reasonably be construed to be competitive with the principal business or businesses then conducted by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates.

4.    Indemnity . The Company shall indemnify the Consultant for any claim arising out of or in connection with the Consultant's services as a consultant pursuant to the terms of this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company or such subsidiary, as the case may be, indemnifies its then current officers.

5.    Early Termination of Consulting Period; Compensation Upon Termination .

     (a)    Early Termination of Consulting Period - General . Notwithstanding anything in herein to the contrary, the Consulting Period shall terminate on the death or Disability of the Consultant, a termination of the Consultant's services by the Company for Cause or without Cause or a termination by the Consultant of his services for Good Reason or without Good Reason.

   (i)  For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean the Consultant's (A) willful and continued failure to perform substantially his duties hereunder, (B) gross negligence or serious misconduct, (C) the Consultant's conviction for the commission of a felony or (D) the material breach by the Consultant of any provision of this Agreement. No act or failure to act by the Consultant shall be considered Cause unless the Company has given written notice thereof to the Consultant and, where remedial action is feasible, he has failed to remedy the act or omission within thirty days after receiving such notice. No act, or failure to act, shall be considered "willful" unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Consultant in bad faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interests of the Company.

   (ii)  For purposes of this Agreement, "Disability" shall mean that the Consultant has been incapable of substantially fulfilling the positions, duties, responsibilities and obligations set forth in this Agreement because of physical, mental or emotional incapacity resulting from injury, sickness or disease for a period of (A) at least four consecutive months or (B) more than six months in any twelve month period.

   (iii)  For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean any material breach of any provision of this Agreement by the Company, provided that, no such breach shall be considered Good Reason unless the Consultant has given written notice thereof to the Company and, where remedial action is feasible, the Company has failed to remedy such breach within thirty days after receiving such notice.

    (b)  Compensation Upon Any Termination of the Consulting Period . Upon any termination of the Consulting Period on or prior to the Third Anniversary, the Company shall pay or cause to be paid to the Consultant (or, if applicable, the Consultant's beneficiary, as elected by the Consultant in accordance with such procedures as may be established by the Company from time to time (the "Beneficiary") (i) within ten business days following such termination, any compensation payable pursuant to Section 2 hereof that has been earned prior to the date of such termination and not yet paid (such payments, the "Accrued Amounts").

    (c)  Compensation Upon Termination by the Company without Cause or by the Consultant for Good Reason . If the Consulting Period is terminated pursuant to Section 5(a) prior to the Third Anniversary due to the termination of the Consultant's services (i) by the Company without Cause or (ii) by the Consultant for Good Reason, the Company shall pay or cause to be paid to the Consultant, within ten business days following such termination, a lump sum cash payment equal to the minimum consulting fees that would have been paid to the Consultant during the period beginning on the date of such termination and ending on the Third Anniversary, such amount to be discounted to its present value using the federal funds rate.

6.    Separability . The Consultant agrees that the provisions of Section 3 constitute independent and separable covenants which shall survive the termination of the Consulting Period and which shall be enforceable by the Company notwithstanding any rights or remedies the Consultant may have under any other provisions hereof. In addition, (a) any provisions which by their terms contemplate the making of payments or the taking of other actions following the termination of the Consulting Period shall survive the termination of the Consulting Period and (b) Section 4 hereof shall survive the termination of the Consulting Period.

7.    Specific Performance . The Consultant acknowledges that (a) the services to be rendered under the provisions of this Agreement and the obligations of the Consultant assumed herein are of a special, unique and extraordinary character; (b) it would be difficult or impossible to replace such services and obligations; (c) the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates will be irreparably damaged if the provision hereof are not specifically enforced; and (d) the award of monetary damages will not adequately protect the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates in the event of a breach hereof by the Consultant. By virtue thereof, the Consultant agrees and consents that if he violates any of the provisions of this Agreement, in addition to any other rights and remedies available under this Agreement or otherwise, the Company shall (without any bond or other security being required and without the necessity of proving monetary damages) be entitled to a temporary and/or permanent injunction to be issued by a court of competent jurisdiction restraining the Consultant from committing or continuing any violation of this Agreement, or any other appropriate decree of specific performance. Such remedies shall not be exclusive and shall be in addition to any other remedy which any of them may have.

8.    Miscellaneous

     (a)  Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement constitutes the whole agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and may not be modified, amended or terminated except by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto. All other agreements between the parties pertaining to the employment or remuneration of the Consultant not specifically contemplated hereby or incorporated or merged herein are terminated and shall be of no further force or effect. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, nothing in this Agreement shall adversely affect the rights of the Consultant under any benefit plan, program or arrangement in which he is participating immediately prior to the commencement of the Consulting Period.

     (b) Assignment . This Agreement is not assignable by the Company without the written consent of the Consultant, or by the Consultant without the written consent of the Company, and any purported assignment by either party of such party's rights and/or obligations under this Agreement shall be null and void.

     (c) Waivers. etc. No waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall be considered valid unless in writing, and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature. The failure of any party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of the right to insist upon strict adherence to that term of any other term of this Agreement on that or any other occasion.

     (d) Provisions Overly Broad . In the event that any term or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be overly broad in scope, duration or area of applicability, the Court considering the same shall have the power and hereby is authorized and directed to modify such term or provision to limit such scope, duration or area, or all of them. so that such term or provision is no longer overly broad and to enforce the same as so limited. Subject to the foregoing sentence, in the event any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other provision of this Agreement.

     (e) Notices . Any notice permitted or required hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given on the date of delivery or, if mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, on the third business day following the date of mailing:

     (i) if to the Consultant to, to him at his last known home address as reflected on the books and records of the Company.

     (ii) if to the Company to:

  Arrow Electronics, Inc.
  50 Marcus Drive
  Melville, New York 11747
  Attention: Senior Vice President and General Counsel;

provided, however, that either party may, by notice to the other, change his or its address for notice hereunder.

     (f)  Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction .

     (i) This Agreement shall be construed and governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

     (ii) Any judicial proceeding brought with respect to this agreement must be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the State of New York, and, by execution and delivery of this agreement, each party (i) accepts, generally and unconditionally, the exclusive jurisdiction of such of such courts and any related appellate court, and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this agreement and (ii) irrevocably waives any objection it may now or hereafter have as to the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court or that such court is an inconvenient forum. THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING TO WHICH THEY ARE ADVERSE PARTIES INVOLVING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY MATTER IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF, RELATED TO, OR CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

                                  ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

                                  By:   /s/ Peter S. Brown         
                                       Name: Peter S. Brown
                                       Title: Senior Vice President

 

                                  CONSULTANT

                                  By:   /s/ Steven W. Menefee    
                                       Name: Steven W. Menefee

 

 

ANNEX A

 

 

STEVE MENEFEE 2003 CONSULTANT ROLE

 

Consultant Roles for Asia/Pacific

 

  1. Participate in the Advisory Council to advise the A/P management of the market changes and the proper focus, in particular with Steve's expertise in marketing and suppliers.

  2. Attend the semi-annual RMMs and QBRs to advise the A/P management with his views on strategies and priorities based on his past experience in running a multi-billion dollar distribution business.

  3. Participate in the AAP budget preparation and review to formulate a new year plan.

  4. Spend time with major competitors in the A/P region with the goal to eventually acquire some of them.

  5. Mentor some of the A/P executives

  6. WTO/China Legal Structure

  7. Mentor-Richard Huxley
         David Chan
         Supplier Marketing (Harlow)

  8. Acquisitions

     

     

     

    ANNEX B

     

     

    Travel Expense Reimbursement Arrangements

     

         The Company will reimburse the Consultant for First Class travel on U.S. transcontinental and flights between the U.S. and Asia and for Business Class travel on all other flights including flights between Japan and Hong Kong. The Company will provide access to an administrative person for the purpose of making travel arrangements.

     

     

     EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT made as of the 14th day of January, 2003 by and between ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC., a New York corporation with its principal office at 50 Marcus Drive, Melville, New York 11747 (the "Company"), and PAUL J. REILLY, residing at 21 Osborne Road, Garden City, New York 11530 (the "Executive").

     WHEREAS, the Executive is now and has been employed by the Company as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, with the responsibilities and duties of an executive officer of the Company; and

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive wish to provide for the continued employment of the Executive as an employee of the Company and for him to continue to render services to the Company on the terms set forth in, and in accordance with the provisions of, this Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") which Employment Agreement shall supersede and replace any employment agreement entered into prior to the date hereof;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

     1.   Employment and Duties .

         a)   Employment .  The Company hereby employs the Executive for the Employment Period defined in Paragraph 3, to perform such duties for the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and to hold such offices as may be specified from time to time by the Company's Board of Directors, subject to the following provisions of this Agreement. The Executive hereby accepts such employment.

         b)   Duties and Responsibilities .  It is contemplated that the Executive will be Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, but the Board of Directors shall have the right to adjust the duties, responsibilities, and title of the Executive as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem to be in the interests of the Company (provided, however, that during the Employment Period, without the consent of the Executive, he shall not be assigned any titles, duties or responsibilities which, in the aggregate, represent a material diminution in, or are materially inconsistent with, his prior title, duties, and responsibilities as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer).

         If the Board of Directors does not either continue the Executive in the office of Vice President and Chief Financial Officer or elect him to some other executive office satisfactory to the Executive, the Executive shall have the right to decline to give further service to the Company and shall have the rights and obligations which would accrue to him under Paragraph 6 if he were discharged without cause. If the Executive decides to exercise such right to decline to give further service, he shall within forty-five days after such action or omission by the Board of Directors give written notice to the Company stating his objection and the action he thinks necessary to correct it, and he shall permit the Company to have a forty-five day period in which to correct its action or omission. If the Company makes a correction satisfactory to the Executive, the Executive shall be obligated to continue to serve the Company. If the Company does not make such a correction, the Executive's rights and obligations under Paragraph 6 shall accrue at the expiration of such forty-five day period.

         c)   Time Devoted to Duties .  The Executive shall devote all of his normal business time and efforts to the business of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates, the amount of such time to be sufficient, in the reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors, to permit him diligently and faithfully to serve and endeavor to further their interests to the best of his ability.

 

     2.   Compensation .

         a)   Monetary Remuneration and Benefits .  During the Employment Period, the Company shall pay to the Executive for all services rendered by him in any capacity:

     i.  a minimum base salary of $400,000 per year (payable in accordance with the Company's then prevailing practices, but in no event less frequently than in equal monthly installments), subject to increase if the Board of Directors of the Company in its sole discretion so determines; provided that, should the company institute a company-wide pay cut/furlough program, such salary may be decreased by up to 15%, but only for as long as said company-wide program is in effect;

     ii.  such additional compensation by way of salary or bonus or fringe benefits as the Board of Directors of the Company in its sole discretion shall authorize or agree to pay, payable on such terms and conditions as it shall determine; and

     iii.  such employee benefits that are made available by the Company to its other executives generally.

         b)   Annual Incentive Payment .  The Executive shall participate in the Company's Management Incentive Plan (or such alternative, successor, or replacement plan or program in which the Company's principal operating executives, other than the Chief Executive Officer, generally participate) and shall have a targeted incentive thereunder of not less than $150,000 per annum; provided, however, that the Executive's actual incentive payment in any year shall be measured by the Company's performance against goals established for that year and that such performance may produce an incentive payment ranging from none to twice the targeted amount. The Executive's incentive payment for any year will be appropriately pro-rated to reflect a partial year of employment.

         c)   Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan .  The Executive shall continue to participate in the Company's Unfunded Pension Plan for Selected Executives (the "SERP").

         d)   Automobile .  During the Employment Period, the Company will pay the Executive a monthly automobile allowance of $850.

         e)   Expenses .  During the Employment Period, the Company agrees to reimburse the Executive, upon the submission of appropriate vouchers, for out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, expenses for travel, lodging and entertainment) incurred by the Executive in the course of his duties hereunder.

         f)   Office and Staff .  The Company will provide the Executive with an office, secretary and such other facilities as may be reasonably required for the proper discharge of his duties hereunder.

         g)   Indemnification .  The Company agrees to indemnify the Executive for any and all liabilities to which he may be subject as a result of his employment hereunder (and as a result of his service as an officer or director of the Company, or as an officer or director of any of its subsidiaries or affiliates), as well as the costs of any legal action brought or threatened against him as a result of such employment, to the fullest extent permitted by law.

         h)   Participation in Plans .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Executive shall have the right to participate in any and all of the plans or programs made available by the Company (or it subsidiaries, divisions or affiliates) to, or for the benefit of, executives (including the annual stock option and restricted stock grant programs) or employees in general, on a basis consistent with other senior executives.

     3.   The Employment Period .

         The "Employment Period," as used in the Agreement, shall mean the period beginning as of the date hereof and terminating on the last day of the calendar month in which the first of the following occurs:

         a)  the death of the Executive;

         b)  the disability of the Executive as determined in accordance with Paragraph 4 hereof and subject to the provisions thereof;

         c)  the termination of the Executive's employment by the Company for cause in accordance with Paragraph 5 hereof; or

         d)  December 31, 2005; provided, however, that, unless sooner terminated as otherwise provided herein, the Employment Period shall automatically be extended for one or more twelve (12) month periods beyond the then scheduled expiration date thereof unless between the 18th and 12th month preceding such scheduled expiration date either the Company or the Executive gives the other written notice of its or his election not to have the Employment Period so extended.

     4.   Disability .

         For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive will be deemed "disabled" upon the earlier to occur of (i) his becoming disabled as defined under the terms of the disability benefit program applicable to the Executive, if any, and (ii) his absence from his duties hereunder on a full-time basis for one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days as a result of his incapacity due to accident or physical or mental illness. If the Executive becomes disabled (as defined in the preceding sentence), the Employment Period shall terminate on the last day of the month in which such disability is determined. Until such termination of the Employment Period, the Company shall continue to pay to the Executive his base salary, any additional compensation authorized by the Company's Board of Directors, and other remuneration and benefits provided in accordance with Paragraph 2 hereof, all without delay, diminution or proration of any kind whatsoever (except that his remuneration hereunder shall be reduced by the amount of any payments he may otherwise receive as a result of his disability pursuant to a disability program provided by or through the Company), and his medical benefits and life insurance shall remain in full force. After termination of the Employment Period as a result of the disability of the Executive, the medical benefits covering the Executive and his family shall remain in place (subject to the eligibility requirements and other conditions continued in the underlying plan, as described in the Company's employee benefits manual, and subject to the requirement that the Executive continue to pay the "employee portion" of the cost thereof), and the Executive's life insurance policy under the Management Insurance Program shall be transferred to him, as provided in the related agreement, subject to the obligation of the Executive to pay the premiums therefor.

         In the event that, notwithstanding such a determination of disability, the Executive is determined not to be totally and permanently disabled prior to the then scheduled expiration of the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to resume employment with the Company under the terms of this Agreement for the then remaining balance of the Employment Period.

     5.   Termination for Cause .

         In the event of any malfeasance, willful misconduct, active fraud or gross negligence by the Executive in connection with his employment hereunder, the Company shall have the right to terminate the Employment Period by giving the Executive notice in writing of the reason for such proposed termination. If the Executive shall not have corrected such conduct to the satisfaction of the Company within thirty days after such notice, the Employment Period shall terminate and the Company shall have no further obligation to the Executive hereunder but the restriction on the Executive's activities contained in Paragraph 7 and the obligations of the Executive contained in Paragraphs 8(b) and 8(c) shall continue in effect as provided therein.

     6.   Termination Without Cause .

         In the event that the Company discharges the Executive without cause, the Executive shall be entitled to the salary provided in Paragraph 2(a), two-thirds of the targeted incentive provided in Paragraph 2(b), the vesting of any restricted stock awards and the immediate exercisability of any stock options, as well as his rights under Paragraph 4, which would have vested or become exercisable during the full Employment Period (which, in that event, shall continue until December 31, 2004 unless sooner terminated by the Executive's disability or death). Any Amounts payable to the Executive under this Paragraph 6 shall be reduced by the amount of the Executive's earnings from other employment (which the Executive shall have an affirmative duty to seek; provided, however, that the Executive shall not be obligated to accept a new position which is not reasonable comparable to his employment with the Company).

     7.   Non-Competition; Trade Secrets .

         During the Employment Period and for a period of one year after the termination of the Employment Period, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly:

         a)   Disclosure of Information .  Use, attempt to use, disclose or otherwise make known to any person or entity (other than to the Board of Directors of the Company or otherwise in the course of the business of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates and except as may be required by applicable law):

     i.  any knowledge or information, including, without limitation, lists of customers or suppliers, trade secrets, know-how, inventions, discoveries, processes and formulae, as well as all data and records pertaining thereto, which he may acquire in the course of his employment, in any manner which may be detrimental to or cause injury or loss to the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates; or

     ii.  any knowledge or information of a confidential nature (including all unpublished matters) relating to, without limitation, the business, properties, accounting, books and records, trade secrets or memoranda of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, which he now knows or may come to know in any manner which may be detrimental to or cause injury or loss to the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates.

         b)   Non-Competition .  Engage or become interested in the United States, Canada or Mexico (whether as an owner, shareholder, partner, lender or other investor, director, officer, employee, consultant or otherwise) in the business of distributing electronic parts, components, supplies or systems, or any other business that is competitive with the principal business or businesses then conducted by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates (provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall prevent the Executive from acquiring or owning less than 1% of the issued and outstanding capital stock or debentures of a corporation whose securities are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, or the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System, if such investment is otherwise permitted by the Company's Human Resource and Conflict of Interest policies);

         c)   Solicitation .  Solicit or participate in the solicitation of any business of any type conducted by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, during said term or thereafter, from any person, firm or other entity which was or at the time is a supplier or customer, or prospective supplier or customer, of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates; or

         d)   Employment .  Employ or retain, or arrange to have any other person, firm or other entity employ or retain, or otherwise participate in the employment or retention of, any person who was an employee or consultant of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, at any time during the period of twelve consecutive months immediately preceding such employment or retention.

         The Executive will promptly furnish in writing to the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, any information reasonably requested by the Company (including any third party confirmations) with respect to any activity or interest the Executive may have in any business.

         Except as expressly herein provided, nothing contained herein is intended to prevent the Executive, at any time after the termination of the Employment Period, from either (i) being gainfully employed or (ii) exercising his skills and abilities outside of such geographic areas, provided in either case the provisions of this Agreement are complied with.

     8.   Preservation of Business .

         a)   General .  During the Employment Period, the Executive will use his best efforts to advance the business and organization of the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates, to keep available to the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates, the services of present and future employees and to advance the business relations with its suppliers, distributors, customers and others.

         b)   Patents and Copyrights, etc.   The Executive agrees, without additional compensation, to make available to the Company all knowledge possessed by him relating to any methods, developments, inventions, processes, discoveries and/or improvements (whether patented, patentable or unpatentable) which concern in any way the business of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, whether acquired by the Executive before or during his employment hereunder.

         Any methods, developments, inventions, processes, discoveries and/or improvements (whether patented, patentable or unpatentable) which the Executive may conceive of or make, related directly or indirectly to the business or affairs of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, or any part thereof, during the Employment Period, shall be and remain the property of the Company. The Executive agrees promptly to communicate and disclose all such methods, developments, inventions, processes, discoveries and/or improvements to the Company and to execute and deliver to it any instruments deemed necessary by the Company to effect the disclosure and assignment thereof to it. The Executive also agrees, on request and at the expense of the Company, to execute patent applications and any other instruments deemed necessary by the Company for the prosecution of such patent applications or the acquisition of Letters Patent in the United States or any other country and for the assignment to the Company of any patents which may be issued. The Company shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless from any and all costs, expenses, liabilities or damages sustained by the Executive by reason of having made such patent applications or being granted such patents.

         Any writings or other materials written or produced by the Executive or under his supervision (whether alone or with others and whether or not during regular business hours), during the Employment Period which are related, directly or indirectly, to the business or affairs of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, or are capable of being used therein, and the copyright thereof, common law or statutory, including all renewals and extensions, shall be and remain the property of the Company. The Executive agrees promptly to communicate and disclose all such writings or materials to the Company and to execute and deliver to it any instruments deemed necessary by the Company to effect the disclosure and assignment thereof to it. The Executive further agrees, on request and at the expense of the Company, to take any and all action deemed necessary by the Company to obtain copyrights or other protections for such writings or other materials or to protect the Company's right, title and interest therein. The Company shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless from any and all costs, expenses, liabilities or damages sustained by the Executive by reason of the Executive's compliance with the Company's request.

         c)   Return of Documents . Upon the termination of the Employment Period, including any termination of employment described in Paragraph 6, the Executive will promptly return to the Company all copies of information protected by Paragraph 7(a) hereof or pertaining to matters covered by subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph 8 which are in his possession, custody or control, whether prepared by him or others.

     9.   Separability .

         The Executive agrees that the provisions of Paragraphs 7 and 8 hereof constitute independent and separable covenants which shall survive the termination of the Employment Period and which shall be enforceable by the Company notwithstanding any rights or remedies the Executive may have under any other provisions hereof. The Company agrees that the provisions of Paragraph 6 hereof constitute independent and separable covenants which shall survive the termination of the Employment Period and which shall be enforceable by the Executive notwithstanding any rights or remedies the Company may have under any other provisions hereof.

    10.   Specific Performance .

         The Executive acknowledges that (i) the services to be rendered under the provisions of this Agreement and the obligations of the Executive assumed herein are of a special, unique and extraordinary character; (ii) it would be difficult or impossible to replace such services and obligations; (iii) the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates will be irreparably damaged if the provisions hereof are not specifically enforced; and (iv) the award of monetary damages will not adequately protect the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates in the event of a breach hereof by the Executive. The Company acknowledges that (i) the Executive will be irreparably damaged if the provisions of Paragraphs 6 hereof are not specifically enforced and (ii) the award of monetary damages will not adequately protect the Executive in the event of a breach thereof by the Company. By virtue thereof, the Executive agrees and consents that if he violates any of the provisions of this Agreement, and the Company agrees and consents that if it violates any of the provisions of Paragraphs 6 hereof, the other party, in addition to any other rights and remedies available under this Agreement or otherwise, shall (without any bond or other security being required and without the necessity of proving monetary damages) be entitled to a temporary and/or permanent injunction to be issued by a court of competent jurisdiction restraining the breaching party from committing or continuing any violation of this Agreement, or any other appropriate decree of specific performance. Such remedies shall not be exclusive and shall be in addition to any other remedy which any of them may have.

    11.   Miscellaneous .

         a)   Entire Agreement; Amendment .  This Agreement constitutes the whole employment agreement between the parties and may not be modified, amended or terminated except by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto. It is

specifically agreed and understood, however, that the provisions of that certain letter agreement dated as of October 24, 1989 granting to the Executive extended separation benefits in the event of a change in control of the Company shall survive and shall not be affected hereby. All other agreements between the parties pertaining to the employment or remuneration of the Executive not specifically contemplated hereby or incorporated or merged herein are terminated and shall be of no further force or effect.

         b)   Assignment .  Except as stated below, this Agreement is not assignable by the Company without the written consent of the Executive, or by the Executive without the written consent of the Company, and any purported assignment by either party of such party's rights and/or obligations under this Agreement shall be null and void; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may merge or consolidate with or into another corporation, or sell all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation or business entity or otherwise reorganize itself, provided the surviving corporation or entity, if not the Company, shall assume this Agreement and become obligated to perform all of the terms and conditions hereof, in which event the Executive's obligations shall continue in favor of such other corporation or entity.

         c)   Waivers, etc.   No waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall be considered valid unless in writing, and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature. The failure of any party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of the right to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement on that or any other occasion.

         d)   Provisions Overly Broad .  In the event that any term or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be overly broad in scope, duration or area of applicability, the court considering the same shall have the power and hereby is authorized and directed to modify such term or provision to limit such scope, duration or area, or all of them, so that such term or provision is no longer overly broad and to enforce the same as so limited. Subject to the foregoing sentence, in the event any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other provision of this Agreement.

         e)   Notices .  Any notice permitted or required hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given on the date of delivery or, if mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, on the date of mailing:

             i.  if to the Executive to:

                 Paul J. Reilly
                 21 Osborne Road
                 Garden City, New York 11530

            ii.  if to the Company to:

                 Arrow Electronics, Inc.
                 50 Marcus Drive
                 Melville, New York 11747
                 Attention: Peter S. Brown
                            Senior Vice President and
                              General Counsel

Either party may, by notice to the other, change his or its address for notice hereunder.

         f)   New York Law .  This Agreement shall be construed and governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

Attest:                           ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

 

/s/ Peter S. Brown                 By:  /s/ Danial W. Duval
Secretary

 

                                  THE EXECUTIVE

 

                                   /s/ Paul J. Reilly     
                                  Paul J. Reilly

     EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT made as of the 3rd day of February, 2003 by and between ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC., a New York corporation with its principal office at 50 Marcus Drive, Melville, New York 11747 (the "Company"), and William E. Mitchell, 223 Atherton Avenue, Atherton, California 94027 (the "Executive").

     WHEREAS, the Company wishes to employ the Executive as President and Chief Executive Officer, with the responsibilities and duties of a principal executive officer of the Company; and

     WHEREAS, the Executive wishes to accept such employment and to render services to the Company on the terms set forth in, and in accordance with the provisions of, this Agreement (the "Agreement");

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

     1.   Employment and Duties .

         a)   Employment .  The Company hereby employs the Executive for the Employment Period defined in Paragraph 3, to perform such duties for the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and to hold such offices as may be specified from time to time by the Company's Board of Directors, subject to the following provisions of this Agreement. The Executive hereby accepts such employment.

         b)   Duties and Responsibilities .  It is contemplated that the Executive will be the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company but the Board of Directors shall have the right to adjust the duties, responsibilities and title of the Executive as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem to be in the interests of the Company (provided, however, that during the Employment Period, without the consent of the Executive, he shall not be assigned any titles, duties or responsibilities which, in the aggregate, represent a material diminution in, or are materially inconsistent with, his title, duties, and responsibilities as President and Chief Executive Officer). If the Board of Directors does not either continue the Executive in the office of President and Chief Executive Officer or elect him to some other principal executive office satisfactory to the Executive, the Executive shall have the right to decline to give further service to the Company and shall have the rights and obligations which would accrue to him under Paragraph 7 if he were discharged without cause. If the Executive decides to exercise such right to decline to give further service, he shall within forty-five days after such action or omission by the Board of Directors give written notice to the Company stating his objection and the action he thinks necessary to correct it, and he shall permit the Company to have a forty-five day period in which to correct its action or omission. If the Company makes a correction satisfactory to the Executive, the Executive shall be obligated to continue to serve the Company. If the Company does not make such a correction, the Executive's rights and obligations under Paragraph 7 shall accrue at the expiration of such forty-five day period.

         c)   Time Devoted to Duties .  The Executive shall devote substantially all of his normal business time and efforts to the business of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates, the amount of such time to be sufficient, in the reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors, to permit him diligently and faithfully to serve and endeavor to further their interests to the best of his ability. The Company acknowledges that the Executive is currently serving as a member of the Board of Directors of Rogers Corporation and certain educational and non-profit organizations and agrees that the Executive will be permitted to continue to occupy such positions during the Employment Period. The Executive will seek the consent of the Board of Directors prior to agreeing to serve on any other corporate board of directors.

         d)   Family Relocation .  So as to facilitate performance of his responsibilities, the Executive undertakes that by November 1, 2003 he will have caused his family to relocate to the New York area. If he does not do so, the Company's sole remedy, at its option, shall be to terminate the Executive's employment by giving him one year's notice of termination during which he shall receive full salary and benefits, including SERP accrual.

         e)   Member of Board of Directors .  The Board of Directors shall appoint the Executive as a member of the Board of Directors as of the first day of the Employment Period. It is contemplated that the Executive will be renominated for election as a director by the shareholders at all subsequent Annual Meetings of Shareholders during the Employment Period.

     2.   Compensation .

         a)   Monetary Remuneration and Benefits .  During the Employment Period, the Company shall pay to the Executive for all services rendered by him in any capacity:

     i.  a minimum base salary at the rate of $750,000 per year (payable in accordance with the Company's then prevailing practices, but in no event less frequently than in equal monthly installments), subject to increase from time to time in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company; provided that, should the Company institute a company-wide pay cut/furlough program, such salary may be decreased by up to 15%, but only for as long as said company-wide program is in effect;

    ii.  such additional compensation by way of salary or bonus or fringe benefits as the Board of Directors of the Company in its sole discretion shall authorize or agree to pay, payable on such terms and conditions as it shall determine; and

   iii.  such employee benefits that are made available by the Company to its other principal executives.

         b)   Annual Incentive Payment .  The Executive shall participate in the Company's Chief Executive Officer 1999 Performance Bonus Plan, as amended (or any alternative, successor, or replacement plan or program), and shall have a targeted incentive thereunder equal to his annual base salary; provided, however, that the Executive's actual incentive payment in any year shall be measured by the Company's performance against goals established by the Board of Directors for that year and that such performance may produce an incentive payment ranging from none to any maximum established under such plan or by the Board of Directors of the Company. The Executive's incentive payment for any year will be appropriately pro-rated to reflect a partial year of employment.

         c)   Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan .  The Executive shall participate in the Company's Unfunded Pension Plan for Selected Executives (the "SERP").

         d)   Vacation .  During the Employment Period, the Executive will be given four weeks vacation with full pay each year, to be taken at the Executive's discretion; provided, however, that the Executive will use his best efforts to ensure that such vacation does not unduly interfere with the operation and performance of the business of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates.

         e)   Expenses .  During the Employment Period, the Company agrees to reimburse the Executive, upon the submission of appropriate vouchers, for out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, expenses for travel, lodging and entertainment) incurred by the Executive in the course of his duties hereunder.

         f)   Office and Staff .  The Company will provide the Executive with an office, secretary and such other facilities as may be reasonably required for the proper discharge of his duties hereunder.

         g)   Indemnification .  The Company agrees to indemnify the Executive for any and all liabilities to which he may be subject as a result of his employment hereunder (and as a result of his service as an officer or director of the Company, or as an officer or director of any of its subsidiaries or affiliates), as well as the costs of any legal action brought or threatened against him as a result of such employment, to the fullest extent permitted by law.

         h)   Participation in Plans .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Executive shall have the right to participate in any and all of the plans or programs made available by the Company (or its subsidiaries, divisions or affiliates) to, or for the benefit of, executives (including the annual stock option and restricted stock grant programs) or employees in general, on a basis consistent with other senior executives.

     3.   The Employment Period .

         The "Employment Period", as used in the Agreement, shall mean the period beginning as of the date hereof and terminating on the last day of the calendar month in which the first of the following occurs:

         a)  the death of the Executive;

         b)  the disability of the Executive as determined in accordance with Paragraph 4 hereof and subject to the provisions thereof;

         c)  the termination of the Executive's employment by the Company for cause in accordance with Paragraph 5 hereof; or

         d)  January 31, 2006; provided, however, that, if either the Company or the Executive does not give the other at least twelve months notice of its intention to permit this Agreement to expire on the then scheduled termination date of the Employment Period (unless sooner terminated as otherwise provided herein), the Employment Period shall automatically be extended for one or more additional twelve month periods beyond the then scheduled expiration date thereof.

     4.   Disability .

         For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive will be deemed "disabled" upon the earlier to occur of (i) his becoming disabled as defined under the terms of the disability benefit program applicable to the Executive, if any, and (ii) his absence from his duties hereunder on a full-time basis for one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days as a result of his incapacity due to accident or physical or mental illness. If the Executive becomes disabled (as defined in the preceding sentence), the Employment Period shall terminate on the last day of the month in which such disability is determined. Until such termination of the Employment Period, the Company shall continue to pay to the Executive his base salary, any additional compensation authorized by the Company's Board of Directors, and any other remuneration and benefits provided in accordance with Paragraph 2, all without delay, diminution or proration of any kind whatsoever (except that his remuneration hereunder shall be reduced by the amount of any payments he may otherwise receive as a result of his disability pursuant to a disability program provided by or through the Company), and his medical benefits and life insurance shall remain in full force. After termination of the Employment Period as a result of the disability of the Executive, the medical benefits covering the Executive and his family shall remain in place (subject to the eligibility requirements and other conditions continued in the underlying plan, as described in the Company's employee benefits manual, and subject to the requirement that the Executive continue to pay the "employee portion" of the cost thereof), and the Executive's life insurance policy under the Management Insurance Program shall be transferred to him, as provided in the related agreement, subject to the obligation of the Executive to pay the premiums therefor.

         The Company agrees to provide the Executive with supplemental long-term disability payments in an amount which, when added to the amounts payable to the Executive under the Arrow Electronics Long-Term Disability Plan, will be equal to two-thirds of the Executive's base salary provided in paragraph 2(a), provided that, for purposes of this calculation any amounts payable to the Executive which are payable free of tax shall be grossed up to the equivalent taxable amount. Such additional long-term disability payments shall be subject to the same qualifications and limitations as are set forth in the Arrow Electronics Long-Term Disability Plan.

         In the event that, notwithstanding such a determination of disability, the Executive is determined not to be totally and permanently disabled prior to the then scheduled expiration of the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to resume employment with the Company under the terms of this Agreement for the then remaining balance of the Employment Period.

     5.   Termination for Cause .

         In the event of any malfeasance, willful misconduct, active fraud or gross negligence by the Executive in connection with his employment hereunder, the Company shall have the right to terminate the Employment Period by giving the Executive notice in writing of the reason for such proposed termination. If the Executive shall not have corrected such conduct to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company within thirty days after such notice, the Employment Period shall terminate and the Company shall have no further obligation to the Executive hereunder but the restriction on the Executive's activities contained in Paragraph 8 and the obligations of the Executive contained in Paragraph 9(b) and 9(c) shall continue in effect as provided therein.

     6.   Death Benefit .

         The Executive is a participant in the Company's Management Insurance Program. During the Employment Period, the Company will continue to maintain in effect for the Executive such program or some other form of life insurance providing the Executive's estate or named beneficiary a benefit upon the Executive's death at least equal to the net after-tax benefit provided by the Management Insurance Program.

     7.   Termination Without Cause .

         In the event that the Company discharges the Executive without cause, the Executive shall be entitled to the salary provided in Paragraph 2(a), two thirds100 percent of his base salary in place of the incentive provided in Paragraph 2(b), the vesting of any restricted stock awards and the immediate exercisability of any stock options, as well as his rights under Paragraph 4, which would have vested or become exercisable during the full Employment Period (which, in that event, shall continue until the then scheduled termination date unless sooner terminated by the Executive's disability or death), and the Company shall have no right to set off payments due the Executive with any amounts he may earn from gainful employment elsewhere. It is expressly agreed and understood that the Executive shall be under no obligation to seek such employment. The provisions of Paragraph 8 restricting the Executive's activities and Executive's obligations under Paragraph 9(b) and 9(c) shall continue in effect. The provisions of this Paragraph 7 shall not act to limit the Executive's ability to recover damages from the Company for breaching this Agreement by terminating the Employment Period without cause, except as otherwise permitted by Paragraph 3.

     8.   Non-Competition; Trade Secrets .

         During the Employment Period and for a period of two years after the termination of the Employment Period, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly:

         a)   Disclosure of Information . Use, attempt to use, disclose or otherwise make known to any person or entity (other than to the Board of Directors of the Company or otherwise in the course of the business of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates and except as may be required by applicable law):

     i.  any knowledge or information, including, without limitation, lists of customers or suppliers, trade secrets, know-how, inventions, discoveries, processes and formulae, as well as all data and records pertaining thereto, which he may acquire in the course of his employment, in any manner which may be detrimental to or cause injury or loss to the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates; or

    ii.  any knowledge or information of a confidential nature (including all unpublished matters) relating to, without limitation, the business, properties, accounting, books and records, trade secrets or memoranda of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, which he now knows or may come to know in any manner which may be detrimental to or cause injury or loss to the Company its subsidiaries or affiliates, provided that, the obligations of this Section 8(a) shall not apply to the extent that the aforesaid matters (a) are disclosed in circumstances where you are legally required to do so or (b) become generally known to and available for use by the public otherwise than by your wrongful act or omission.

         b)   Non-Competition .  Engage or become interested in the United States, Canada, Mexico, Europe, or Asia (whether as an owner, shareholder, partner, lender or other investor, director, officer, employee, consultant or otherwise) in the business of distributing electronic parts, components, supplies or systems, or any other business that is competitive with the principal business or businesses then conducted by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates (provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall prevent the Executive from acquiring or owning less than 1% of the issued and outstanding capital stock or debentures of a corporation whose securities are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, or the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System, if such investment is otherwise permitted by the Company's Human Resource and Conflict of Interest policies);

         c)   Solicitation .  Solicit or participate in the solicitation of any business of any type conducted by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, during said term or thereafter, from any person, firm or other entity which was or at the time is a supplier or customer, or prospective supplier or customer, of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates; or

         d)   Employment .  Employ or retain, or arrange to have any other person, firm or other entity employ or retain, or otherwise participate in the employment or retention of, any person who was an employee or consultant of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, at any time during the period of twelve consecutive months immediately preceding such employment or retention.

         The Executive will promptly furnish in writing to the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, any information reasonably requested by the Company (including any third party confirmations) with respect to any activity or interest the Executive may have in any business.

         Except as expressly herein provided, nothing contained herein is intended to prevent the Executive, at any time after the termination of the Employment Period, from either (i) being gainfully employed or (ii) exercising his skills and abilities outside of such geographic areas, provided in either case the provisions of this Agreement are complied with.

     9.   Preservation of Business .

         a)   General .  During the Employment Period, the Executive will use his best efforts to advance the business and organization of the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates, to keep available to the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates, the services of present and future employees and to advance the business relations with its suppliers, distributors, customers and others.

         b)   Patents and Copyrights, etc .  The Executive agrees, without additional compensation, to make available to the Company all knowledge possessed by him relating to any methods, developments, inventions, processes, discoveries and/or improvements (whether patented, patentable or unpatentable) which concern in any way the business of the Company, it subsidiaries or affiliates, whether acquired by the Executive before or during his employment or retention hereunder.

         Any methods, developments, inventions, processes, discoveries and/or improvements (whether patented, patentable or

unpatentable) which the Executive may conceive of or make, related directly or indirectly to the business or affairs of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, or any part thereof, during the Employment Period, shall be and remain the property of the Company. The Executive agrees promptly to communicate and disclose all such methods, developments, inventions, processes, discoveries and/or improvements to the Company and to execute and deliver to it any instruments deemed necessary by the Company to effect the disclosure and assignment thereof to it. The Executive also agrees, on request and at the expense of the Company, to execute patent applications and any other instruments deemed necessary by the Company for the prosecution of such patent applications or the acquisition of Letters Patent in the United States or any other country and for the assignment to the Company of any patents which may be issued. The Company shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless from any and all costs, expenses, liabilities or damages sustained by the Executive by reason of having made such patent application or being granted such patents.

         Any writings or other materials written or produced by the Executive or under his supervision (whether alone or with others and whether or not during regular business hours), during the Employment Period which are related, directly or indirectly, to the business or affairs of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, or are capable of being used therein, and the copyright thereof, common law or statutory, including all renewals and extensions, shall be and remain the property of the Company. The Executive agrees promptly to communicate and disclose all such writings or materials to the Company and to execute and deliver to it any instruments deemed necessary by the Company to effect the disclosure and assignment thereof to it. The Executive further agrees, on request and at the expense of the Company, to take any and all action deemed necessary by the Company to obtain copyrights or other protections for such writings or other materials or to protect the Company's right, title and interest therein. The Company shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless from any and all costs, expenses, liabilities or damages sustained by the Executive by reason of the Executive's compliance with the Company's request.

         c)   Return of Documents .  Upon the termination of the Employment Period, including any termination of employment described in Paragraph 7 or Paragraph 1(b), the Executive will promptly return to the Company all copies of information protected by Paragraph 8(a) hereof or pertaining to matters covered by subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph 9 which are in his possession, custody or control, whether prepared by him or others.

     10.   Separability .

         The Executive agrees that the provisions of Paragraphs 8 and 9 hereof constitute independent and separable covenants which shall survive the termination of the Employment Period and which shall be enforceable by the Company notwithstanding any rights or remedies the Executive may have under any other provisions hereof. The Company agrees that the provisions of Paragraphs 4, 6, and 7 hereof constitute independent and separable covenants which shall survive the termination of the Employment Period and which shall be enforceable by the Executive notwithstanding any rights or remedies the Company may have under any other provisions hereof.

     11.   Specific Performance .

         The Executive acknowledges that (i) the services to be rendered under the provisions of this Agreement and the obligations of the Executive assumed herein are of a special, unique and extraordinary character; (ii) it would be difficult or impossible to replace such services and obligations; (iii) the Company, it subsidiaries and affiliates will be irreparably damaged if the provision hereof are not specifically enforced; and (iv) the award of monetary damages will not adequately protect the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates in the event of a breach hereof by the Executive. The Company acknowledges that (i) the Executive will be irreparably damaged if the provisions of Paragraphs 1(b), 4, 6, and 7 hereof are not specifically enforced; and (ii) the award of monetary damages will not adequately protect the Executive in the event of a breach thereof by the Company. By virtue thereof, the Executive agrees and consents that if he violates any of the provisions of this Agreement, and the Company agrees and consents that if it violates any of the provisions of Paragraphs 1(b), 4, 6, and 7 hereof, the other party, in addition to any other rights and remedies available under this Agreement or otherwise, shall (without any bond or other security being required and without the necessity of proving monetary damages) be entitled to a temporary and/or permanent injunction to be issued by a court of competent jurisdiction restraining the breaching party from committing or continuing any violation of this Agreement, or any other appropriate decree of specific performance. Such remedies shall not be exclusive and shall be in addition to any other remedy which any of them may have.

     12.   Miscellaneous .

          a)   Entire Agreement; Amendment .  This Agreement constitutes the whole employment agreement between the parties and may not be modified, amended or terminated except by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto. All other agreements between the parties pertaining to the employment or remuneration of the Executive not specifically contemplated hereby or incorporated or merged herein are terminated and shall be of no further force or effect.

         b)   Assignment .  Except as stated below, this Agreement is not assignable by the Company without the written consent of the Executive, or by the Executive without the written consent of the Company, and any purported assignment by either party of such party's rights and/or obligations under this Agreement shall be null and void; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may merge or consolidate with or into another corporation, or sell all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation or business entity or otherwise reorganize itself, provided the surviving corporation or entity, if not the Company, shall assume this Agreement and become obligated to perform all of the terms and conditions hereof, in which event the Executive's obligations shall continue in favor of such other corporation or entity.

         c)   Waivers, etc.   No waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall be considered valid unless in writing, and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature. The failure of any party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of the right to insist upon strict adherence to that term of any other term of this Agreement on that or any other occasion.

         d)   Provisions Overly Broad .  In the event that any term or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be overly broad in scope, duration or area of applicability, the court considering the same shall have the power and hereby is authorized and directed to modify such term or provision to limit such scope, duration or area, or all of them, so that such term or provision is no longer overly broad and to enforce the same as so limited. Subject to the foregoing sentence, in the event any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other provision of this Agreement.

         e)   Notices .  Any notice permitted or required hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given on the date of actual delivery or, if mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, on the date of which is three business days after mailing:

             i.  if to the Executive to:

                 William E. Mitchell
                 223 Atherton Avenue
                 Atherton, California 94027

             ii. if to the Company to:

                 Arrow Electronics, Inc.
                 50 Marcus Drive
                 Melville, New York 11747
                 Attention:  Peter S. Brown
                             Senior Vice President and
                               General Counsel

Either party may, by notice to the other, change his or its address for notice hereunder.

         f)   New York Law .  This Agreement shall be construed and governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

Attest:                           ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

 

_______________________            By:  /s/ Peter S. Brown   
Secretary                             Senior Vice President

 

                                  THE EXECUTIVE

 

                                   /s/ William E. Mitchell
                                  William E. Mitchell

AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO TRANSFER AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

               AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO TRANSFER AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT (this " Amendment "), dated as of March 29, 2002, to that certain Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2001, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2001, Amendment No. 2 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2001 and Amendment No. 3 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2002 (as in effect on the date hereof, the " TAA "), by and among Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the " SPV "), Arrow Electronics, Inc., a New York corporation, individually (" Arrow ") and as the initial Master Servicer, the several commercial paper conduits identified on Schedule A to the TAA and their respective permitted successors and assigns (the " Conduit Investors "; each individually, a " Conduit Investor "), the agent bank set forth opposite the name of each Conduit Investor on such Schedule A and its permitted successors and assigns (each a " Funding Agent ") with respect to such Conduit Investor, and Bank of America, National Association, a national banking association, as the administrative agent for the Investors (the " Administrative Agent "), and the financial institutions from time to time parties thereto as Alternate Investors. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the TAA.

               NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

               SECTION 1.   Amendments to the TAA . Effective as of the date hereof and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 hereof, the TAA is hereby amended as follows:

                           (a) The definition of "Conduit Assignee" is amended to read as follows:

               " Conduit Assignee " means, with respect to any Conduit Investor, any commercial paper conduit that issues commercial paper rated by at least two of Moody's, S&P and Fitch at least A1/ P1/F1 (or the equivalent) which commercial paper conduit is sponsored or administered by the Funding Agent with respect to such Conduit Investor and is designated by such Funding Agent to accept an assignment from such Conduit Investor of all or a portion of such Conduit Investor's rights and obligations pursuant to Section 11.8(d)

               SECTION 2.  Representations and Warranties . To induce the Investors, the Funding Agents and the Administrative Agent to enter into this Amendment, the SPV and Arrow each makes the following representations and warranties (which representations and warranties shall survive the execution and delivery of this Amendment) as of the date hereof, after giving effect to the amendments set forth herein:

                           (a) Authority . The SPV and Arrow each has the requisite corporate power, authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations hereunder and under the TAA (as modified hereby). The execution, delivery and performance by the SPV and Arrow of this Amendment and their performance of the TAA (as modified hereby), have been duly approved by all necessary corporate action and no other corporate proceedings are necessary to consummate such transactions.

                           (b) Enforceability . This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the SPV and Arrow. This Amendment is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the SPV and Arrow, enforceable against the SPV and Arrow in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity). The making and delivery of this Amendment and the performance of the TAA as modified hereby, do not violate any provision of law or any regulation (except to the extent that the violation thereof could not, in the aggregate, be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business or properties of Arrow and the other Originators, taken as a whole), or its charter or by-laws, or result in the breach of or constitute a default under or require any consent under any indenture or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or affected.

               SECTION 3.   Conditions Precedent . This Amendment shall become effective, as of the date hereof, on the date on which the following conditions precedent shall have been fulfilled:

                           (a) This Amendment . The Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this Amendment, duly executed by each of the parties hereto.

                           (b) Legal Matters . All instruments and legal and corporate proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent's counsel and each Funding Agent and the fees and expenses of counsel to the Administrative Agent incurred in connection with the execution of this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been paid in full.

               SECTION 4.  References to and Effect on the Transaction Documents .

                           (a)  Except as specifically amended and modified hereby, each Transaction Document is and shall continue to be in full force and effect and is hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed.

                           (b) The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Investor, Funding Agent or the Administrative Agent under any Transaction Document, nor constitute a waiver, amendment or modification of any provision of any Transaction Document, except as expressly provided in Section 1 hereof.

                           (c) This Amendment contains the final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire Amendment among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof superseding all prior oral or written understandings.

                           (d) Each reference in the TAA to "this Agreement", "hereunder", "hereof" or words of like import, and each reference in any other Transaction Document to "the Transfer and Administration Agreement", "thereunder", "thereof" or words of like import, referring to the Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Agreement as amended hereby.

               SECTION 5.   Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by telefacsimile shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

               SECTION 6.   GOVERNING LAW . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

               SECTION 7.   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AMONG ANY OF THEM ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATING TO OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AMENDMENT OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation ,
as SPV

By:_________________________________________________
   Name:____________________________________________
   Title:___________________________________________

Arrow Electronics, Inc.,
individually and as Master Servicer

By:_________________________________________________
   Name:____________________________________________
   Title:___________________________________________

Enterprise Funding Corporation ,
as a Conduit Investor

By:_________________________________________________
   Name:____________________________________________
   Title:___________________________________________

Bank of America, National Association,
as a Funding Agent, as Administrative Agent, and as an
Alternate Investor

By:_________________________________________________
   Name:____________________________________________
   Title:___________________________________________

 

Delaware Funding Corporation,
as a Conduit Investor

By:_________________________________________________
   Name:____________________________________________
   Title:___________________________________________

JPMorgan Chase Bank,
successor by merger to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company
of New York) as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate
Investor

By:_________________________________________________
   Name:____________________________________________
   Title:___________________________________________

Eagle Funding Capital Corporation,
as a Conduit Investor and as an Alternate Investor

By: Fleet Securities, Inc.,
its attorney-in-fact

     By:____________________________________________
        Name:_______________________________________
        Title:______________________________________

Fleet Securities, Inc.
as a Funding Agent

By:_________________________________________________
   Name:____________________________________________
   Title:___________________________________________

 

Gramercy Capital Corp.,
as a Conduit Investor

By: Credit Suisse First Boston, New York Branch,
its attorney-in-fact

     By:___________________________________________
        Name:______________________________________
        Title:_____________________________________

     By:___________________________________________
        Name:______________________________________
        Title:_____________________________________

Credit Suisse First Boston, New York Branch
as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor

By:_________________________________________________
   Name:____________________________________________
   Title:___________________________________________

By:_________________________________________________
   Name:____________________________________________
   Title:___________________________________________

Liberty Street Funding Corp.,
as a Conduit Investor

By:_________________________________________________
   Name:____________________________________________
   Title:___________________________________________

 

The Bank of Nova Scotia,
as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor

By:_________________________________________________
   Name:____________________________________________
   Title:___________________________________________

Victory Receivables Corporation,
as a Conduit Investor

By:_________________________________________________
   Name:____________________________________________
   Title:___________________________________________

The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, Ltd.,
as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor

By:_________________________________________________
   Name:____________________________________________
   Title:___________________________________________

EXECUTION COPY

AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO TRANSFER AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

          AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO TRANSFER AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT dated as of May 22, 2002 (this " Amendment "), to that certain Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of March 21, 2001, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of November 30, 2001, Amendment No. 2 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of December 14, 2001, Amendment No. 3 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of March 20, 2002 and Amendment No. 4 dated as of March 29, 2002 (as so amended and in effect, the " TAA "), by and among Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the " SPV "), Arrow Electronics, Inc., a New York corporation, individually (" Arrow ") and as the initial Master Servicer, the several commercial paper conduits identified on Schedule A to the TAA and their respective permitted successors and assigns (the " Conduit Investors "; each individually, a " Conduit Investor "), the agent bank set forth opposite the name of each Conduit Investor on such Schedule A and its permitted successors and assigns (each a " Funding Agent ") with respect to such Conduit Investor, and Bank of America, National Association, a national banking association, as the administrative agent for the Investors (the " Administrative Agent "), and the financial institutions from time to time parties thereto as Alternate Investors. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the TAA, after giving effect to Section 1(a) hereof.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:

          WHEREAS, the SPV, Arrow, the Conduit Investors, the Funding Agents, the Alternate Investors and Administrative Agent have entered into the TAA;

          WHEREAS, the SPV and Arrow have requested that the Conduit Investors, the Funding Agents, the Alternate Investors and Administrative Agent agree to make certain changes and amendments to the TAA, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Gates/Synnex Purchase Agreement involving Arrow;

          WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Conduit Investors, the Alternate Investors, the Funding Agents and Administrative Agent are willing to make such changes and amendments to the TAA; and

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

          SECTION 1.   Amendments to the TAA . Effective as of the date hereof and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 7 hereof, the TAA is hereby amended as follows:

               SECTION 1.1. The following defined terms are hereby added to Section 1.1 of the TAA in their respective alphabetical locations:

               " Arrow Canada " means Arrow Electronics Canada Ltd., a Canadian corporation.

               "Gates/Arrow" means Gates/Arrow Distributing, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

               "Gates/Synnex Property" means (a) all of the Gates/Synnex Receivables, (b) all Collections and Related Security with respect to the Gates/Synnex Receivables, (c) all proceeds of the Gates/Synnex Receivables and the Collections and Related Security in respect of the Gates/Synnex Receivables, held in the Blocked Accounts, and (d) all proceeds of the foregoing; provided that, for purposes of this definition, (i) the terms "Collections" and "Related Security" (and the terms "Contract", "Obligor" and "Records" as used, directly or indirectly, therein) shall be construed as if each of the references to "Receivable" and "Receivables" in the definitions of such terms in this Section 1.1 were instead a reference to "Gates/Synnex Receivable" or "Gates/Synnex Receivables", respectively, and (ii) the term "Records" shall be construed as if the reference therein to the term "Affected Assets" were instead a reference to "Collections", as construed after giving effect to clause (i) of this proviso; provided, further, that "Gates/Synnex Property" shall not include any Related Security with respect to any Affected Assets, after giving effect to the transfer of the Gates/Synnex Receivables provided hereunder, or any proceeds of such Related Security held in the Blocked Accounts, but shall include copies of Records, as construed after giving effect to clause (ii) of the preceding proviso, with respect to Gates/Synnex Receivables to the extent that the transfer of such copies shall not impair the originals of such Records.

               "Gates/Synnex Purchase Agreement" means the Asset Purchase Agreement dated May 5, 2002 by and between Synnex Information Technologies, Inc. and Arrow.

               "Gates/Synnex Receivables" means all indebtedness and other obligations, whether constituting accounts, chattel paper, instruments or general intangibles, that satisfy each of the following conditions:

                    (a)  indebtedness and other obligations which were transferred by either (i) Arrow Canada to Arrow pursuant to the related Originator Sale Agreement, and which indebtedness and obligations are Canadian Receivables, or (ii) Gates/Arrow to Arrow pursuant to the related Originator Sale Agreement; and

                    (b)  indebtedness and other obligations that are subject to sale, transfer, conveyance, assignment or delivery by Arrow to Synnex Information Technologies, Inc. pursuant to the Gates/Synnex Purchase Agreement, including, without limitation, all indebtedness and other obligations that would have been subject to such sale, transfer, conveyance, assignment or delivery but for the collection thereof prior to the Closing Date under (and as defined in) the Gates/Synnex Purchase Agreement;

                    (c)  indebtedness and other obligations that, if uncollected on the Closing Date (as so defined), are listed on the Gates/Synnex Receivables Schedule not later than the ninetieth day after the Closing Date (as so defined), or such later date as permitted by the Administrative Agent and each Funding Agent in connection with the delivery of a supplement to the Gates/Synnex Receivables Schedule, whether or not such indebtedness and other obligations are listed on the Gates/Synnex Receivables Schedule prior to such ninetieth day or such later date as permitted by the Administrative Agent and each Funding Agent; and

                    (d)  indebtedness and other obligations that are not listed on Schedule D hereto.

          Gates/Synnex Receivables shall, as of the ninetieth day after the Closing Date (as so defined), or such later date as permitted by the Administrative Agent and each Funding Agent in connection with the delivery of a supplement to the Gates/Synnex Receivables Schedule, exclude any indebtedness and other obligations (other than indebtedness and other obligations collected prior to the Closing Date) that are not listed on the Gates/Synnex Receivables Schedule as of such ninetieth day or such later date as permitted by the Administrative Agent and each Funding Agent.

               "Gates/Synnex Receivables Schedule" means the schedule substantially in the form of Schedule C, and includes each supplement thereto that may be delivered by Arrow to the Administrative Agent at any time and from time to time hereunder, listing additional indebtedness and other obligations that are subject to sale, transfer, conveyance, assignment or delivery by Arrow to Synnex Information Technologies, Inc. pursuant to the Gates/Synnex Purchase Agreement; provided that, without the prior consent of the Administrative Agent and each Funding Agent, no supplement shall be delivered hereunder at any time (a) after the ninetieth day after the Closing Date under (and as defined in) the Gates/Synnex Purchase Agreement or (b) when the Net Investment exceeds zero.

               Section 1.2.  The existing definition of "Receivable" contained in Section 1.1 of the TAA is hereby amended in its entirety as follows:

               "Receivable" means any indebtedness and other obligations owed by any Obligor to HP, in the case of HP Purchased Receivables, or an Originator (without giving effect to any transfer under the First Tier Agreement or any Originator Sale Agreement or the HP Receivables Purchase Agreement) under a Contract or any right of the SPV to payment from or on behalf of an Obligor, whether constituting an account, chattel paper, instrument or general intangible, (i) arising in connection with the sale or lease of goods or the rendering of services in the ordinary course of business by such Originator or HP, and includes the obligation to pay any finance charges, fees and other charges with respect thereto, (ii) denominated in Dollars and payable only in the United States or Canada, (iii) the Obligors of which are United States or Canadian residents and are not an Official Body, and (iv) which are not Gates/Synnex Receivables.

               Section 1.3.  The final sentence of Section 4.1(s) of the TAA is hereby amended in its entirety as follows:

               "All Obligors have been instructed to make payment to a Blocked Account and only Collections are deposited into the Blocked Accounts, except for other amounts (i) that are withdrawn from such Blocked Accounts within one Business Day of such amounts becoming available for transfer therefrom or (ii) that are deposited in respect of HP Receivables which are not HP Purchased Receivables."

               Section 1.4.  Section 4.1 is hereby amended by adding a new clause (aa) at the end thereof:

               "(aa)  Gates/Synnex Receivables. The initial Schedule C and each supplement thereto contains a true and complete list of all Gates/Synnex Receivables as of the effective date specified therein except with respect to Gates/Synnex Receivables collected prior to such effective date."

               Section 1.5  Article V of the TAA is hereby amended by adding a new Section 5.3 at the end thereof:

               "SECTION 5.3 Master Servicer Report. Any Investment hereunder which is proposed by the SPV to occur within 90 days of the Closing Date (as defined in the Gates/Synnex Purchase Agreement) shall be subject to the condition precedent that the Master Servicer shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, at least three days prior to the proposed date of such Investment, a Master Servicer Report as at, and for the Calculation Period ending on the Month End Date immediately preceding such proposed date of Investment, which Master Servicer Report shall give effect to all transfers of Gates/Synnex Receivables as of such proposed date of Investment (as if such transfers occurred on such Month End Date), unless the effect of all such transfers shall have been reflected in a Master Servicer Report previously delivered hereunder."

               Section 1.6.  Section 6.2(f) of the TAA is hereby amended in its entirety as follows:

               "(f) Deposits to Lock-Box Accounts. Neither the SPV nor the Master Servicer shall (and Arrow shall cause each other Originator not to) deposit or otherwise credit, or cause to be so deposited or credited, to any Blocked Account or the Collection Account cash or cash proceeds other than Collections (except for amounts deposited in respect of HP Receivables which are not HP Purchased Receivables) or permit to be so deposited or credited any such cash or cash proceeds to the Blocked Account or the Collection Account, unless such cash or cash proceeds are withdrawn from the applicable Blocked Account or Collection Account within one Business Day of such cash or cash proceeds becoming available for transfer therefrom."

               Section 1.7.  New Schedules C and D as set forth in Annexes A and B hereto, respectively, are hereby added to the TAA.

          SECTION 2.   Reconveyance . (a) Effective as of the date hereof and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 7 hereof: (1) the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Investors) hereby conveys, transfers and assigns to the SPV, without recourse, representation or warranty, all of the right, title and interest of the Administrative Agent and the Investors in, to and under all of the Gates/Synnex Property, and the SPV hereby accepts such conveyance, transfer and assignment of the Gates/Synnex Property; and (2) each of the Investors, the Funding Agents and the Administrative Agent hereby consents to (i) the conveyance, transfer and assignment provided for in clause (1) above and (ii) the conveyance, transfer and assignment from the SPV to Arrow, and from Arrow to Synnex Information Technologies, Inc., a California corporation ("Synnex"), of all of the right, title and interest of each of them in, to and under the Gates/Synnex Property.

               (b)  The Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Investors) and the SPV hereby agree and acknowledge that the consideration received by the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Investors) for the transfer of all of its (and their) interest in the Gates/Synnex Property represents the fair market value of its interest in the Gates/Synnex Property and is comparable to the terms that would apply to a similar transaction between unaffiliated third parties.

          SECTION 3.   Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the SPV . The Administrative Agent (with the consent, hereby granted, of each of the Investors and Funding Agents) hereby consents to the amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the SPV to enable the SPV to engage in the transfer of the Gates/Synnex Receivables contemplated by Section 2 hereof.

          SECTION 4.   Certain Matters Regarding Security Interests .

               Section 4.1.  Effective as of the date hereof and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 7 hereof: (i) the Administrative Agent and the Investors hereby release the security interest of the Administrative Agent (for benefit of the Investors) in all of the Gates/Synnex Property; and (ii) the Administrative Agent and the Investors hereby authorize, or consent to, as applicable, each of:

                    (a)  Gates/Arrow, with respect to the UCC financing statement (no. 10254172) filed against Gates/Arrow in favor of the Administrative Agent on March 26, 2001 at the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and the UCC financing statement (no. 010327-110002A) filed against Gates/Arrow in favor of the Administrative Agent on March 27, 2001 at the office of the Secretary of State of the State of South Carolina;

                    (b)  Arrow Canada, with respect to the PPSA financing statement (registration No. 20010315 1651 9065 8595 and file no. 870652206) filed against Arrow Canada in favor of Arrow in Ontario, Canada;

                    (c)  Arrow, with respect to the UCC financing statement (no. 059547) filed against Arrow in favor of the Administrative Agent on March 27, 2001 at the office of the Secretary of State of the State of New York; and

                    (d)  the SPV, with respect to the UCC financing statement (no. 20012023182) filed against the SPV in favor of the Administrative Agent on March 26, 2001 at the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Colorado, and the UCC financing statement (no. 059552) filed against the SPV in favor of the Administrative Agent on March 27, 2001 at the office of the Secretary of State of the State of New York,

to file amendments to such financing statements, containing the following statement:

               "The following property is not covered by this Financing Statement: all Gates/Synnex Property (as such term is defined in the Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of March 21, 2001 by and among Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation, Arrow Electronics, Inc., the persons party thereto as Conduit Investors, Alternate Investors and Funding Agents, and Bank of America, National Association, as amended and in effect).";

                    (e)  the SPV, to file a Form RG in the Register of Personal and Movable Real Rights pursuant to the Civil Code of Quebec naming the Administrative Agent as debtor and the SPV as secured party and describing the collateral as follows:

               "All of the Debtor's right, title and interest, in, to and under the Gates/Synnex Property (as such term is defined in the Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of March 21, 2001 by and among Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation, Arrow Electronics, Inc., the persons party thereto as Conduit Investors, Alternate Investors and Funding Agents, and Bank of America, National Association, as amended and in effect) and all proceeds of the foregoing, in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired, which were previously assigned to the Secured Party and registered in the Register of Personal and Movable Real Rights pursuant to filing number 01-0089295-0001 filed on March 22, 2001.";

                    (f)  Arrow, to file a Form RG in the Register of Personal and Movable Real Rights pursuant to the Civil Code of Quebec naming the SPV as debtor and Arrow as secured party and describing the collateral as follows:

               "All of the Debtor's right, title and interest, in, to and under the Gates/Synnex Property (as such term is defined in the Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of March 21, 2001 by and among Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation, Arrow Electronics, Inc., the persons party thereto as Conduit Investors, Alternate Investors and Funding Agents, and Bank of America, National Association, as amended and in effect) and all proceeds of the foregoing, in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired, which were previously assigned to the Secured Party and registered in the Register of Personal and Movable Real Rights pursuant to filing number 01-0089292-0001 filed on March 22, 2001."; and

                    (g)  Arrow Canada, to file a Form RG in the Register of Personal and Movable Real Rights pursuant to the Civil Code of Quebec naming Arrow as debtor and Arrow Canada as secured party and describing the collateral as follows:

               "All of the Debtor's right, title and interest, in, to and under the Gates/Synnex Property (as such term is defined in the Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of March 21, 2001 by and among Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation, Arrow Electronics, Inc., the persons party thereto as Conduit Investors, Alternate Investors and Funding Agents, and Bank of America, National Association, as amended and in effect) and all proceeds of the foregoing, in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired, which were previously assigned to the Secured Party and registered in the Register of Personal and Movable Real Rights pursuant to filing number 01-0089287-0001 filed on March 22, 2001."

               Section 4.2  Synnex shall not be a "new debtor" (as such term is defined in the UCC) for any purpose with respect to the Transaction Documents or any transaction contemplated thereby.

               Section 4.3  The Administrative Agent, the Investors and the Funding Agents authorize the SPV to file UCC financing statements naming the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Investors) as debtor and the SPV as secured party and describing the collateral as follows:

               "All of the right, title and interest of the Administrative Agent and the Investors (collectively, the debtor hereunder) in, to and under all of the Gates/Synnex Property (as each such capitalized term is defined in the Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of March 21, 2001 by and among Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation, Arrow Electronics, Inc., the persons party thereto as Conduit Investors, Alternate Investors and Funding Agents, and Bank of America, National Association, as amended and in effect)."

          SECTION 5.   Conforming Changes . Effective as of the date hereof and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 7 hereof, the Administrative Agent (with the consent, hereby granted, of each of the Investors and Funding Agents) hereby consents to the amendment of Section 6.3(f) of each of First Tier Agreement and the Originator Sale Agreements to which each of Gates/Arrow and Arrow Canada is a party, between the parties thereto, to the effect of replacing the words "receipt thereof" at the end thereof with the following words: "such cash or cash proceeds becoming available for transfer therefrom."

          SECTION 6.   Representations and Warranties . To induce the Investors, the Funding Agents and the Administrative Agent to enter into this Amendment, the SPV and Arrow each makes the following representations and warranties (which representations and warranties shall survive the execution and delivery of this Amendment) as of the date hereof, after giving effect to the amendments set forth herein:

               Section 6.1.   Authority . The SPV and Arrow each has the requisite corporate power, authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Transaction Documents, including the TAA (as modified hereby). The execution, delivery and performance by the SPV and Arrow of this Amendment and their performance of the Transaction Documents, including the TAA (as modified hereby), have been duly approved by all necessary corporate action and no other corporate proceedings are necessary to consummate such transactions.

               Section 6.2.   Enforceability . This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the SPV and Arrow. This Amendment is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the SPV and Arrow, enforceable against the SPV and Arrow in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity). The making and delivery of this Amendment and the performance of the Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not violate any provision of law or any regulation (except to the extent that the violation thereof could not, in the aggregate, be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business or properties of Arrow and the other Originators, taken as a whole), or its charter or by-laws, or result in the breach of or constitute a default under or require any consent under any indenture or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or affected.

               Section 6.3   Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in the Transaction Documents are true and correct on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof after giving effect to this Amendment.

               Section 6.4   No Termination Event . After giving effect to this Amendment, no event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes a Termination Event or a Potential Termination Event.

          SECTION 7.   Conditions Precedent . This Amendment shall become effective, as of the date hereof, on the date on which the following conditions precedent shall have been fulfilled:

               Section 7.1.   This Amendment . The Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this Amendment, duly executed by each of the Persons intended to be a party hereto.

               Section 7.2.   Reconveyance Agreement . The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of the agreement of reconveyance between the SPV and Arrow with respect to the Gates/Synnex Property which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and the SPV shall have received the purchase price as stated therein.

               Section 7.3.   Gates/Synnex Receivables Schedule . The Administrative Agent shall have received a Gates/Synnex Receivables Schedule dated as of April 29, 2002.

               Section 7.4.   Master Servicer Report . The Administrative Agent shall have received a Master Servicer Report as at, and for the Calculation Period ending on the Month End Date immediately preceding the date hereof, after giving effect to the amendments to the TAA provided by Section 1 hereof and the transfer of the Gates/Synnex Receivables contemplated by Section 2 hereof (as if such amendments and transfers occurred on such Month End Date).

               Section 7.5.   Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the SPV . The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of the amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the SPV contemplated by Section 3 hereof which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

               Section 7.6.   Legal Opinions . The Administrative Agent shall have received favorable opinions of counsel for the SPV and Arrow in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent's counsel and each Funding Agent, covering such matters as the Administrative Agent may request.

               Section 7.7.   Additional Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received all additional approvals, certificates, documents, instruments and items of information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and all of the foregoing shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each Funding Agent.

               Section 7.8.   Legal Matters . All instruments and legal and corporate proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent's counsel and each Funding Agent and the fees and expenses of counsel to the Administrative Agent incurred in connection with the execution of this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been paid in full.

          Section 8.   References to and Effect on the Transaction Documents .

               Section 8.1.  Except as specifically amended and modified hereby, each Transaction Document is and shall continue to be in full force and effect and is hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed.

               Section 8.2.  The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Investor, Funding Agent or the Administrative Agent under any Transaction Document, nor constitute a waiver, amendment or modification of any provision of any Transaction Document, except as expressly provided in Section 1 hereof.

               Section 8.3.  This Amendment contains the final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire Amendment among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof superseding all prior oral or written understandings.

               Section 8.4.  Each reference in the TAA to "this Agreement", "hereunder", "hereof" or words of like import, and each reference in any other Transaction Document to "the Transfer and Administration Agreement", "thereunder", "thereof" or words of like import, referring to the Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Agreement as amended hereby.

          SECTION 9.   Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by telefacsimile shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

          SECTION 10.   GOVERNING LAW . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

          SECTION 11.   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AMONG ANY OF THEM ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATING TO OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AMENDMENT OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation ,

as SPV

By: ____________________________________________________

   Name: _______________________________________________

   Title: ______________________________________________

Arrow Electronics, Inc. ,

individually and as Master Servicer

By: ____________________________________________________

   Name: _______________________________________________

   Title: ______________________________________________

Enterprise Funding Corporation ,

as a Conduit Investor

By: ____________________________________________________

   Name: _______________________________________________

   Title: ______________________________________________

Bank of America, National Association,

as a Funding Agent, as Administrative Agent, and as an
Alternate Investor

By: ____________________________________________________

   Name: _______________________________________________

   Title: ______________________________________________

Delaware Funding Corporation,
as a Conduit Investor

By: ____________________________________________________

   Name: _______________________________________________

   Title: ______________________________________________

JPMorgan Chase Bank,

(successor by merger to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company
of New York) as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate
Investor

By: ____________________________________________________

   Name: _______________________________________________

   Title: ______________________________________________

Eagle Funding Capital Corporation,
as a Conduit Investor and as an Alternate Investor

By: Fleet Securities, Inc.,

its attorney-in-fact

By: ____________________________________________________

   Name: _______________________________________________

   Title: ______________________________________________

Fleet Securities, Inc.

as a Funding Agent

By: ____________________________________________________

   Name: _______________________________________________

   Title: ______________________________________________

 

Gramercy Capital Corp.,
as a Conduit Investor

By: Credit Suisse First Boston, New York Branch,

its attorney-in-fact

    By: ____________________________________________________

       Name: _______________________________________________

       Title: ______________________________________________

 

    By: ____________________________________________________

       Name: _______________________________________________

       Title: ______________________________________________

Credit Suisse First Boston, New York Branch

as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor

By: ____________________________________________________

   Name: _______________________________________________

   Title: ______________________________________________

By: ____________________________________________________

   Name: _______________________________________________

   Title: ______________________________________________

Liberty Street Funding Corp.,
as a Conduit Investor

By: ____________________________________________________

   Name: _______________________________________________

   Title: ______________________________________________

The Bank of Nova Scotia,

as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor

By: ____________________________________________________

   Name: _______________________________________________

   Title: ______________________________________________

 

Gotham Funding Corporation,

as a Conduit Investor

By: ____________________________________________________

   Name: _______________________________________________

   Title: ______________________________________________

The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, Ltd.,

as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor

By: ____________________________________________________

   Name: _______________________________________________

   Title: ______________________________________________

Annex A

SCHEDULE C

[Gates/Synnex Receivables Schedule]

 

Annex B

SCHEDULE D

[Excluded Receivables]

 

AMENDMENT NO. 6 AND LIMITED WAIVER TO TRANSFER AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

          AMENDMENT NO. 6 AND LIMITED WAIVER TO TRANSFER AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT, dated as of September 27, 2002 (this " Amendment "), to that certain Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of March 21, 2001, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of November 30, 2001, Amendment No. 2 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of December 14, 2001, Amendment No. 3 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of March 20, 2002, Amendment No. 4 dated as of March 29, 2002, and Amendment No. 5 dated as of May 22, 2002 (as so amended and in effect, the " TAA "), by and among Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the " SPV "), Arrow Electronics, Inc., a New York corporation, individually (" Arrow ") and as the initial Master Servicer, the several commercial paper conduits identified on Schedule A to the TAA and their respective permitted successors and assigns (the " Conduit Investors "; each individually, a " Conduit Investor "), the agent bank set forth opposite the name of each Conduit Investor on such Schedule A and its permitted successors and assigns (each a " Funding Agent ") with respect to such Conduit Investor, and Bank of America, National Association, a national banking association, as the administrative agent for the Investors (the " Administrative Agent "), and the financial institutions from time to time parties thereto as Alternate Investors. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the TAA.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:

          WHEREAS, the SPV, Arrow, the Conduit Investors, the Funding Agents, the Alternate Investors and the Administrative Agent have entered into the TAA;

          WHEREAS, the SPV and Arrow have requested that the Conduit Investors, the Funding Agents, the Alternate Investors and the Administrative Agent agree to make certain changes and amendments to the TAA;

          WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Conduit Investors, the Alternate Investors, the Funding Agents and the Administrative Agent are willing to make such changes and amendments to the TAA; and

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

          SECTION 1.   Amendments to the TAA . Effective as of the date hereof and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4 hereof, the TAA is hereby amended as follows:

               Section 1.1.  The following defined term is hereby added to Section 1.1 of the TAA in its respective alphabetical location:

                "" Arrow Rating Reporting Event " means the Net Investment exceeding zero after the occurrence of an Arrow Rating Event."

               Section 1.2.  Section 2.8 of the TAA is hereby amended in its entirety as follows:

                "SECTION 2.8 Reports . By no later than 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the 18 th day of each calendar month or if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day (and, after (i) the occurrence and continuance of an Arrow Rating Reporting Event, on the third Business Day of each week, and (ii) the occurrence of a Termination Event, within two (2) Business Days after a request from the Administrative Agent) (each, a " Reporting Date "), the Master Servicer shall prepare and forward to the Administrative Agent a Master Servicer Report, as at, and for the Calculation Period ending on, the immediately preceding Month End Date; provided , however , that with respect to a Master Servicer Report delivered more frequently than monthly, the information shall be provided as of the Friday of the preceding week. The Master Servicer Report shall be certified by the SPV and the Master Servicer. The Administrative Agent shall promptly provide a copy of such Master Servicer Report to each Investor."

               Section 1.3.  Section 9.2(b) of the TAA is amended in its entirety as follows:

                "If any Indemnified Party shall have determined that after the date hereof, the adoption of any applicable Law, any generally accepted accounting principle or bank regulatory guideline regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Official Body or any accounting board or authority responsible for the establishment or interpretation of national or international accounting principles (including, without limitation, under Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51 of the Financial Accounting Standards Board), or any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (in the case of any bank regulatory guideline, whether or not having the force of law) of any such Official Body, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on capital of such Indemnified Party (or its parent) as a consequence of such Indemnified Party's obligations hereunder or under a Program Support Agreement or with respect hereto or thereto to a level below that which such Indemnified Party (or its parent) could have achieved but for such adoption, change, request or directive (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Indemnified Party to be material, then from time to time, within ten (10) days after demand by such Indemnified Party through the Administrative Agent, the SPV shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of such Indemnified Party, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Indemnified Party (or its parent) for such reduction."

          SECTION 2.   Limited Waiver . Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions to effectiveness set forth in Section 4 hereof, each of the Administrative Agent, the Conduit Investors, the Alternate Investors and the Funding Agents hereby agree to waive, during (and only during) the period commencing September 30, 2002 and ending on November 13, 2002, the obligation of the Master Servicer (without giving effect to this Amendment) to deliver a Master Servicer Report after the occurrence of an Arrow Rating Event pursuant to Section 2.8(b) of the TAA.

          SECTION 3.   Representations and Warranties . To induce the Conduit Investors, Alternate Investors, the Funding Agents and the Administrative Agent to enter into this Amendment, the SPV and Arrow each makes the following representations and warranties (which representations and warranties shall survive the execution and delivery of this Amendment) as of the date hereof, after giving effect to the amendments set forth herein:

               Section 3.1.   Authority . The SPV and Arrow each has the requisite corporate power, authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Transaction Documents, including the TAA (as modified hereby). The execution, delivery and performance by the SPV and Arrow of this Amendment and their performance of the Transaction Documents, including the TAA (as modified hereby), have been duly approved by all necessary corporate action and no other corporate proceedings are necessary to consummate such transactions.

               Section 3.2.   Enforceability . This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the SPV and Arrow. This Amendment is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the SPV and Arrow, enforceable against the SPV and Arrow in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity). The making and delivery of this Amendment and the performance of the Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not violate any provision of law or any regulation (except to the extent that the violation thereof could not, in the aggregate, be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business or properties of Arrow and the other Originators, taken as a whole), or its charter or by-laws, or result in the breach of or constitute a default under or require any consent under any indenture or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or affected.

               Section 3.3   Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in the Transaction Documents are true and correct on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof after giving effect to this Amendment.

               Section 3.4.   No Termination Event . After giving effect to this Amendment, no event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes a Termination Event or a Potential Termination Event.

          SECTION 4.   Conditions Precedent . This Amendment shall become effective, as of the date hereof, on the date on which the following conditions precedent shall have been fulfilled:

               Section 4.1.   This Amendment . The Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this Amendment, duly executed by each of the parties hereto.

               Section 4.2.   Additional Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received all additional approvals, certificates, documents, instruments and items of information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and all of the foregoing shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each Funding Agent.

               Section 4.3.   Legal Matters . All instruments and legal and corporate proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent's counsel and each Funding Agent and the fees and expenses of counsel to the Administrative Agent incurred in connection with the execution of this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been paid in full.

          SECTION 5.   References to and Effect on the Transaction Documents .

               Section 5.1.  Except as specifically amended and modified hereby, each Transaction Document is and shall continue to be in full force and effect and is hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed.

               Section 5.2.  The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Investor, Funding Agent or the Administrative Agent under any Transaction Document, nor constitute a waiver, amendment or modification of any provision of any Transaction Document, except as expressly provided in Section 1 hereof.

               Section 5.3.  This Amendment contains the final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire Amendment among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof superseding all prior oral or written understandings.

               Section 5.4.  Each reference in the TAA to "this Agreement", "hereunder", "hereof" or words of like import, and each reference in any other Transaction Document to "the Transfer and Administration Agreement", "thereunder", "thereof" or words of like import, referring to the Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Agreement as amended hereby.

          SECTION 6.   Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by telefacsimile shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

          SECTION 7.   GOVERNING LAW . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

          SECTION 8.   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AMONG ANY OF THEM ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATING TO OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AMENDMENT OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

                                    Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation ,

                                    as SPV

                                    By:________________________________________________

                                        Name:___________________________________________

                                        Title:____________________________________________

                                    Arrow Electronics, Inc. ,

                                     individually and as Master Servicer

                                    By:________________________________________________

                                        Name:___________________________________________

                                        Title:____________________________________________

                                    Enterprise Funding Corporation ,

                                     as a Conduit Investor

                                    By:________________________________________________

                                        Name:___________________________________________

                                        Title:____________________________________________

                                    Bank of America, National Association,

                                     as a Funding Agent, as Administrative Agent, and as an
                                     Alternate Investor

                                    By:________________________________________________

                                        Name:___________________________________________

                                        Title:____________________________________________

 

                                    Delaware Funding Corporation,
                                    
as a Conduit Investor

                                    By:________________________________________________

                                        Name:___________________________________________

                                        Title:____________________________________________

                                    JPMorgan Chase Bank,

                                     (successor by merger to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company
                                     of New York) as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate
                                     Investor

                                    By:________________________________________________

                                        Name:___________________________________________

                                        Title:____________________________________________

                                    Eagle Funding Capital Corporation,
                                    
as a Conduit Investor and as an Alternate Investor

                                     By: Fleet Securities, Inc.,

                                     its attorney-in-fact

                                    By:________________________________________________

                                        Name:___________________________________________

                                        Title:____________________________________________

                                    Fleet Securities, Inc.

                                     as a Funding Agent

                                    By:________________________________________________

                                        Name:___________________________________________

                                        Title:____________________________________________

                                    Gramercy Capital Corp.,
                                    
as a Conduit Investor

                                     By: Credit Suisse First Boston, New York Branch,

                                     its attorney-in-fact

                                         By:___________________________________________

                                             Name:______________________________________

                                             Title:_______________________________________

                                         By:___________________________________________

                                             Name:______________________________________

                                             Title:_______________________________________

                                    Credit Suisse First Boston, New York Branch
                                     as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor

                                         By:___________________________________________

                                             Name:______________________________________

                                             Title:_______________________________________

                                         By:___________________________________________

                                             Name:______________________________________

                                             Title:_______________________________________

                                    Liberty Street Funding Corp.,
                                    
as a Conduit Investor

                                    By:________________________________________________

                                        Name:___________________________________________

                                        Title:____________________________________________

                                    The Bank of Nova Scotia,

                                     as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor

                                    By:________________________________________________

                                        Name:___________________________________________

                                        Title:____________________________________________

                                    Gotham Funding Corporation,

                                     as a Conduit Investor

                                    By:________________________________________________

                                        Name:___________________________________________

                                        Title:____________________________________________

                                    The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, Ltd.,

                                     as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor

                                    By:________________________________________________

                                        Name:___________________________________________

                                        Title:____________________________________________

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
Organizational (Legal Entity) Structure
As of December 31, 2002

1.   Arrow Electronics, Inc. a New York corporation
2.   Arrow Electronics International, Inc., a Virgin Islands corporation
3.   Arrow Electronics Canada Ltd., a Canadian corporation
4.   10556 Newfoundland Limited, a Newfoundland company
5.   Schuylkill Metals of Plant City, Inc., a Delaware corporation
6.   Arrow Electronics International, Inc., a Delaware corporation
7.   Hi-Tech Ad, Inc., a New York corporation
8.   Gates/Arrow Distributing, Inc., a Delaware corporation
     A) Midrange Open Computing Alliance, Inc., a Delaware corporation
     B) SN Holding, Inc. a Delaware corporation
        A) Support Net, Inc., an Indiana corporation
     C) SBM Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation
        A) Scientific & Business Minicomputers, Inc., a Georgia corporation
9.   Consan Inc., a Minnesota corporation
10.  Arrow Electronics (Delaware), Inc., a Delaware corporation
11.  Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation
12.  Arrow Electronics Real Estate Inc., a New York corporation
13.  Arrow Electronics (U.K.), Inc., a Delaware corporation
     A) Arrow Electronics (Sweden) KB, a Swedish partnership (98% owned)
     B) Arrow Electronics South Africa, LLP (1% owned)
     C) Arrow Electronics Distribution S.a.r.l., a Luxembourg company
        1) Arrow Electronics Holdings S.a.r.l., a Luxembourg company
           a) Beheer-En Beleggingsmaatschappij Mazeco B.V., a Netherlands company
              1) Arrow Electronics Netherlands Holdings B.V., a Netherlands company
                 a) B.V. Arrow Electronics DLC, a Netherlands company
                    1) Arrow Electronics Luxembourg S.a.r.l., a Luxembourg company
                    2) Arrow Electronics UK Holding Ltd., a UK company
                       a) Arrow Electronics (UK) Ltd., a UK company
                       b) Arrow Northern Europe Ltd., a UK company
                          1) Jermyn Holdings, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
                             a) Hawke Electronics, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
                             b) Impulse Electronics, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
                             c) Invader Electromechanical Distribution, Ltd., a UK company
                                (dormant)
                             d) Jermyn Development, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
                             e) Jermyn Distribution, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
                             f) Jermyn Electronics, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
                             g) Jermyn Manufacturing, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
                             h) Mogul Electronics, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
                          2) RR Electronics, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
                             a) Arrow Electronics, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
                          3) Techdis, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
                             a) Microprocessor & Memory Distribution, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
                             b) Rapid Silicon, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
                             c) Tekdis, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
                             d) Tecdis, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
                          4) Axiom Electronics, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
                       c) Multichip Ltd., a UK company
                          1) Microtronica Ltd.
                    3) Arrow Europe GmbH, a German company
                       a) Arrow Holding South Europe S.r.l., an Italian company (95% owned)
                          1) EDI Electronics Distribution International France, S.A., a French
                             company
                             a) Arrow Electronique S.A., a French company (22.81% owned)
                                1) Arrow Computer Products S.N.C., a French company
                                   a) Multichip GmbH, a German company
                                2) Tekelec Europe S.A., a French company (22.19%)
                          2) Arrow Electronique S.A., a French company (77.19% owned)
                          3) Tekelec Europe S.A., a French company (77.81%)
                          4) Silverstar S.r.l., an Italian company
                             a) I.R. Electronic D.O.O., a Slovenian company
                             b) Arrow Elektronik Ticaret, A.S., a Turkish company
                             c) Arrow Electronics Hellas S.A., a Greek company
                             d) Adecom Service S.r.l., an Italian company (51% owned)
                             e) Algol (4% owned)
                          5) Arrow Iberia Electronica, S.L.U., a Spanish company
                             a) Amitron-Arrow Electronica Lda., a Portugal company
                             b) ATD Electronica LDA, a Portugal company (dormant)
                       b) Arrow Electronics Danish Holdings ApS, a Danish company
                          1) Arrow Norwegian Holdings AS, a Norweigian company
                             a) Arrow Electronics Estronia OU, an Estonian company
                             b) Arrow Finland OY, a Finnish company
                             c) Arrow Denmark ApS, a Danish company
                             d) Arrow Components Sweden AB, a Swedish company
                                1) Arrow Nordic Components AB, a Swedish company
                             e) Arrow Norway A/S, a Norwegian company
                       c) Spoerle Electronic GmbH, a German company
                          1) Spoerle Electronic Distribution International GmbH, a German company
                             a) E.D.I. Electronic Distribution International GmbH, a German
                                company
                             b) Industrade AG, a Swiss company
                             c) SEDI Hungary Kerekedelmi Kft, a Hungarian company (99% owned)
                             d) Spoerle Kft, a Hungarian company
                                1) SEDI Hungary Kerekedelmi Kft, a Hungarian company
                                   (1% owned)
                             e) Tekelec Airtronic B.V., a Netherlands company
                             f) Tekpar S.p.r.l., a Belgian company (dormant)
                          2) Proelectron Baulelemente-Vertriebs- Gesellschaft MbH, a German
                             company
                          3) Microtronica Handelsgesellchaft fur Components Gerate und
                             Systeme mbH, a German company
                          4) Unielectronic GmbH, a German company
                          5) Sasco Vertrieb von elektronischen Bauelementen GmbH, a German company
                          6) Integra Handelsgesellschaft, mbH, a German company
                          7) Diode Components B.V., a Netherlands company
                          8) DLC Distribution Logistic Center GmbH, a German company
                             (dormant)
                          9) Spoerle Electronic spol s.r.o., a Czech company
                          10)Spoerle Electronic Polska Sp.z.o.o., a Polish company
                          11)Spoerle GmbH
                    4) Arrow Electronics (Sweden) KB, a Swedish partnership (2% owned)
                    5) Arrow Electronics Management Holdings GmbH, a German company (dormant)
                    6) Arrow Holding South Europe S.r.l., an Italian company (5% owned)
                    7) ARW Electronics, Ltd., an Israeli company
                       a) Arrow/Rapac, Ltd, an Israeli company (51% owned)
14.  Arrow Electronics South Africa LLP (99% owned), a South African limited partnership
15.  Arrow Altech Holdings (Pty) Ltd. (50.1% owned), a South African company
     A) Arrow Altech Distribution (Pty) Ltd., a South African company
     B) Erf 211 Hughes (Pty) Limited, a South African company
16.  Panamericana Comercial Importadora S.A., a Brazilian company (66.67% owned)
17.  Elko C.E., S.A., an Argentinean company (82.63% owned) and subsidiary
     A) TEC-Tecnologia Ltda, a Brazilian company (99.99% owned)
18.  Eurocomponentes, S.A., an Argentinean company (70% owned)
19.  Macom, S.A., an Argentinean company (70% owned)
20.  Compania de Semiconductores y Componentes, S.A., an Argentinean company (70% owned)
21.  Arrow Components (NZ) Limited, a New Zealand company (75% owned)
22.  Arrow Electronics Holdings Pty Ltd., an Australian company
     A) Arrow Electronics Australia Pty Ltd., an Australian company
        1) Microtronica (Australia) Pty Ltd., an Australian company
     B) Zarrow Australia Pty Ltd., an Australian company
     C) Arrow CMS Distribution Pty Ltd., an Australian company
23.  Components Agent (Cayman) Limited, Cayman Islands company (90% owned)
     A) Arrow/Components (Agent) Ltd., a Hong Kong company
     B) Arrow Electronics China Ltd., a Hong Kong company
        1) Arrow Electronics (Shanghai) Co. Ltd., a Chinese company
        2) Arrow Electronics (Shenzhen) Co. Ltd., a Chinese company
        3) Arrow Electronics Distribution (Shanghai) Co. Ltd., a Chinese company
     C) Arrow Electronics Asia Limited, a Hong Kong company
        1) Arrow Electronics Labuan Pte Ltd, a Malaysian company
           a) Arrow Electronics Korea Limited, a South Korean company
     D) Arrow Electronics (S) Pte Ltd, a Singaporean company
        1) Arrow Components (M) Sdn Bhd, a Malaysian company
     E) Intex-semi Ltd., a Hong Kong company
     F) Arrow Electronics Asia (S) Pte Ltd., an Singapore company
        1) Arrow Electronics (Thailand) Limited, a Thailand company
     G) Arrow Electronics India Ltd., a Hong Kong company
     H) Microtronica (HK) Ltd., a Hong Kong company
     I) Microtronica (S) Pte. Ltd., a Singaporean company
     J) Microtronica (M) Sdn Bhd., a Malaysian company
     K) Arrow Asia Pac Ltd., a Hong Kong company
     L) Kingsview Ltd., a British Virgin Islands company
     M) Hotung Ltd., a British Virgin Islands company
     N) Components Agent Asia Holdings, Ltd., a Mauritius company
        1) Arrow Electronics India Private Limited, an Indian company
     O) Arrow Strong Electronics (M) Sdn. Bhd., a Malaysian company
     P) Arrow/Texny (H.K.) Limited, a Hong Kong company
     Q) Arrow Electronics ANZ Holdings Pty Ltd, an Australian company
24.  Arrow Electronics Taiwan, Ltd., a Taiwanese company
     A) Strong Pte, Ltd., a Singaporean company
     B) Lite-On Korea, Ltd., a Korean company (48.58% owned)
     C) TLW Electronics, Ltd., a Hong Kong company
        1) Waily Technology, Ltd., a Hong Kong company
        2) Lite-On Korea, Ltd., a Korean company (51.42% owned)
        3) Arrow Strong Electronics (S) Pte, Ltd., a Singaporean company (48% owned)
     D) Arrow Strong Electronics (S) Pte, Ltd., a Singaporean company (52% owned)
     E) Creative Model Limited, a Hong Kong company
25.  Arrow Asia Distribution Limited, a Hong Kong company
26.  Arrow Electronics Logistics Sdn Bhd, a Malaysia company
27.  Arrow Electronics (CI) Ltd., a Cayman Islands company
     A) Marubun/Arrow Asia Ltd., a British Virgin Islands company (50% owned)
        1) Marubun/Arrow (HK) Limited, a Hong Kong company
           a) Marubun/Arrow (Shanghai) Co., Ltd, a Chinese company
        2) Marubun/Arrow (S) Pte Ltd., a Singaporean company
           a) Marubun/Arrow (Thailand) Co. Ltd., a Thailand company
           b) Marubun/Arrow (Philippines) Inc., a Filipino company
28.  Marubun/Arrow USA, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (50% owned)
29.  Arrow Electronics Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V., a Mexican company
30.  Dicopel, Inc., a U.S. company (60% owned)
31.  Dicopel S.A. de C.V., a Mexican company (60% owned)
32.  Wyle Electronics, Inc., a Barbados company
33.  Wyle Electronics de Mexico S de R.L. de C.V., a Mexican company
34.  Wyle Electronics Caribbean Corp., a Puerto Rican company
35.  eChipsCanada, Inc., a Canadian company
36.  Marubun Corporation, a Japanese company (8.42% owned)

EXHIBIT 23

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Forms S-8 No. 333-101533, No. 333-101534, No. 333-52872, No. 333-37704, No. 333-70343, No. 333-45631, No. 33-55565, No. 33-66594, No. 33-48252, No. 33-20428 and No. 2-78185) and in the related Prospectuses pertaining to the employee stock plans of Arrow Electronics, Inc., in the Registration Statement and related Prospectus (Form S-3 No. 333-38692) pertaining to the registration of 775,000 shares of Arrow Electronics, Inc. common stock, and in the Registration Statement and related Prospectus (Form S-3 No. 333-50572) pertaining to the sale of up to $2,000,000,000 in aggregate offering price of any combination of securities described in the Prospectus, in the Registration Statement and related Prospectus (Form S-4 No. 333-51100) pertaining to the issuance of up to $1,075,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of exchange notes, in the Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-91387) and in the related Prospectus pertaining to the registration and issuance of the senior notes and senior debentures of Arrow Electronics, Inc., in the Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-52695) and in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-19431) and in the related Prospectuses pertaining to the registration and issuance of the senior notes and senior debentures of Arrow Electronics, Inc., in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement and related Prospectus (Form S-3 No. 33-54473) pertaining to the registration of 1,376,843 shares of Arrow Electronics, Inc. Common Stock, in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 33-67890) and in the related Prospectus pertaining to the registration of 1,009,086 shares of Arrow Electronics, Inc. Common Stock, in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement and related Prospectus (Form S-3 No. 33-42176) pertaining to the registration of up to 944,445 shares of Arrow Electronics, Inc. Common Stock held by Aquarius Investments Ltd. and Andromeda Investments Ltd., of our report dated February 13, 2003, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Arrow Electronics, Inc. included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.

 

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP






New York, New York
March 27, 2003

Exhibit 99(i)

 

Arrow Electronics, Inc.
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Arrow Electronics, Inc. (the "company") for the year ending December 31, 2002 (the "Report"), I, William E. Mitchell, Chief Executive Officer of the company, certify, pursuant to the requirements of Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350), that, to the best of my knowledge:

    1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
    2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the company.

 

Dated: March 27, 2003                                   By:  /s/William E. Mitchell      
                                                            William E. Mitchell
                                                            President and Chief
                                                             Executive Officer

Exhibit 99(ii)

 

Arrow Electronics, Inc.
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Arrow Electronics, Inc. (the "company") for the year ending December 31, 2002 (the "Report"), I, Paul J. Reilly, Chief Financial Officer of the company, certify, pursuant to the requirements of Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350), that, to the best of my knowledge:

    1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
    2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the company.

 

 

 

Dated: March 27, 2003                                By: /s/Paul J. Reilly              
                                                         Paul J. Reilly         
                                                         Vice President and                                                           Chief Financial Officer